English

Services · Area & agency search

Services & agencies

Choose a practice area to see the related authorities, or filter by the authority you already know.

Service fields

Service fields

Detailed services: 339

Select from 9 service fields or agencies to open the accordion guidance for the corresponding detailed services in the same view.

Procedure types

The mark next to each service shows the legal nature of the procedure. Difficulty reflects how far the authority reviews the case and whether it can refuse. Hover over or tap a mark to see its explanation.

Difficulty Low
Difficulty Medium
Difficulty High
Find by agencyAll services

Tap an agency to open a popup with that agency's detailed services. The actual processing agency refers to reception/processing criteria, and the policy jurisdiction refers to statutory/policy responsibility.

Detailed services by field

Appeals against administrative dispositions

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of documents for objection and administrative appeals against driver's license cancellation or suspensionAppealPreparation of documents for objection and administrative appeals against driver's license cancellation or suspension · Official check · 1-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for objection and administrative appeals against driver's license cancellation or suspension
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Central Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityKorean National Police Agency · Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC)
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
Deadline · procedural notes An objection must be filed within 60 days from the date of disposition; an administrative appeal within 90 days from the date of knowing the disposition or within 180 days from the date of disposition. There is no fee for administrative appeals.
1When this applies

Persons who received a driving license cancellation or suspension. If only penalty points were applied and no disposition notice was issued, first check accumulated demerit points and whether a disposition is planned.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Central Administrative Appeals Commission

3Statutory and policy authority

Korean National Police Agency · Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC)

4Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

5Procedure order

Check the disposition and deadlines: From the decision notice, confirm whether it is a revocation or suspension, the reason, and the date you received it, then calculate the 60-day objection and 90-day appeal deadlines as actual dates. · Check exclusion grounds: Use the driving record certificate to confirm any drunk-driving record or injury accidents in the past five years, whether the measured level exceeds 0.1%, and whether there was test refusal, flight, or assault on an officer. For revocation by accumulated penalty points, check separate exclusion grounds such as a revocation within the past five years. · Organize livelihood evidence: Show that driving is your source of income with an employment certificate and pay records, or a consignment contract, monthly settlement statements, and income filings; show dependent family members with a family relation certificate and records of living or tuition payments. · File the objection: If a mitigation ground applies, submit the objection to the provincial police agency for your address within 60 days of the disposition; the driver's license disposition review committee decides based on the submitted materials. · File the administrative appeal and a stay request: File the appeal with the Central Administrative Appeals Commission through the online administrative appeal system, and file a request for a stay of enforcement at the same time if being unable to drive causes irreparable harm. When the agency's response arrives, add materials in a supplementary brief. · After the ruling: A ruling is in principle issued within 60 days of the commission receiving the appeal and may be extended by 30 days. If the disposition is changed to a suspension, confirm the end date of the suspension and the license restoration procedure with the competent police station.

6Basic required documents

Driver's license revocation or suspension notice (including proof of the date you received it) · Objection form, or administrative appeal petition and stay-of-enforcement request · Driving record certificate (violations and accidents in the past five years) · Copy of the breath test result and enforcement record (obtain through an information disclosure request if needed) · Employment certificate and pay slips, or business registration, consignment contract, and monthly settlement statements · Income amount certificate or comprehensive income tax filing · Family relation certificate, resident registration, and proof of supporting dependents (living or tuition payment records, etc.) · Petitions and a statement describing the circumstances and measures to prevent recurrence

7Deadline · procedural notes

An objection must be filed within 60 days from the date of disposition; an administrative appeal within 90 days from the date of knowing the disposition or within 180 days from the date of disposition. There is no fee for administrative appeals.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare an objection form and an administrative appeal request form for driver's license cancellation or suspension. Applications for suspension of execution are classified into separate types.

Scope & fee
Police-issued driver's license disposition objection only
We will review the license disposition and driving/living data of 1 driver and prepare an objection to the National Police Agency and a statement of reasons for reduction of sentence. administrative appeals and suspensions of execution are not included. Scope of writing: 1 type of driving history, livelihood, reason for reduction of penalty, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Administrative appeal merits petition; stay-of-execution application excluded
We will review the evidence of 1 license disposition and prepare a request for administrative appeal on the merits. It does not include applications for suspension of execution. Scope of preparation: 1 type of administrative appeal claim, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Administrative appeal and administrative appeal commission stay-of-execution request
We will prepare the merits of the administrative appeal for 1 license disposition and an application for suspension of execution by the Administrative Appeals Committee. It does not include court applications and appeals to the new Police Service. Scope of preparation: administrative appeal request form (1 type, 5 pages per type), Administrative Appeals Commission application for suspension of execution (1 type, per type), 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Stay-of-execution documents for an existing driver's license administrative appeal
We will review the records of the original case and emergency damage data that have already been filed and prepare an application for suspension of execution. It does not include filing of new merits and independent motions without merits. Scope of writing: Reasons for application for suspension of execution Type 1, 3 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Include the objection request as well
We will prepare the National Police Agency objection, administrative appeal merits, and execution suspension documents for 1 license disposition to the extent of actual progress. Do not duplicate common documents. Scope of writing: National Police Agency objection statement (1 type/5 pages per category), reasons for requesting administrative appeal (1 type/5 pages per category), grounds for application for suspension of execution (1 type/type) (3 pages per category). It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Police-issued driver's license disposition objection only from KRW 600,000
  • Administrative appeal merits petition; stay-of-execution application excluded from KRW 600,000
  • Administrative appeal and administrative appeal commission stay-of-execution request from KRW 700,000
  • Stay-of-execution documents for an existing driver's license administrative appeal from KRW 500,000
  • Include the objection request as well from KRW 1,100,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government filing fee for the administrative appeal; document and delivery expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Writing a DUI Apology Letter and Petition Letters 📘 Ignition Interlock Conditional Driver's License in Korea: Who Must Get One and for How Long
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of opinion, hearing and administrative appeal documents concerning business suspension and administrative surchargesAppealPreparation of opinion, hearing and administrative appeal documents concerning business suspension and administrative surcharges · Official check · 1-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of opinion, hearing and administrative appeal documents concerning business suspension and administrative surcharges
Actual processing agencyAuthority that issued the disposition · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission · Central Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityAuthority responsible for the applicable statute
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
Deadline · procedural notes Submission of opinions is within the deadline stated in the prior notice. An administrative appeal against a business suspension or administrative surcharge must be filed within 90 days from the date of knowing the disposition or within 180 days from the date of disposition, and surcharges are calculated under industry-specific standards. Administrative fines (gwataeryo) are not subject to administrative appeal: file a written objection with the imposing agency within 60 days from the date you received the notice of imposition (Article 20 of the Act on the Regulation of Violations of Public Order). Objection procedures for non-compliance charges differ by governing law and are checked case by case (e. g. , under the Farmland Act, an objection within 30 days of notification is followed by a court trial).
1When this applies

Businesses that have received notices of suspension of operations, fines (administrative surcharge), or penalties, or that have received prior notices. Distinguish between the pre-decision opportunity to submit opinions and post-decision objection procedures.

2Actual processing agency

Authority that issued the disposition · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission · Central Administrative Appeals Commission

3Statutory and policy authority

Authority responsible for the applicable statute

4Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

5Procedure order

Stage and deadline check: First determine whether the document is a prior notice or a disposition. For a prior notice, note the opinion deadline; for a disposition, mark the 90-day filing deadline from receipt and the suspension start date on the calendar. · Preserving evidence right away: Secure CCTV footage, evidence of ID checks, staff training records, and messages immediately. Circumstances showing the business operator had no intent, such as a minor using a false ID, become hard to prove as time passes. · Preparing the opinion: Submit a statement of circumstances, photos and receipts of corrective measures, a hygiene training certificate, and a recurrence-prevention pledge to the agency and by the deadline stated in the prior notice. If permit cancellation or a closure order is planned, prepare separate materials for the hearing. · Appeal and stay of execution: Once the disposition is issued, file the appeal with the disposition authority or the appeals commission, and if the suspension start date is near, file a stay-of-execution application describing the serious harm and urgency on the same day. If the appeal was filed with the disposition authority, attach a copy of the appeal and the filing receipt to the stay application. · Mitigating factors and conversion to a surcharge: Show monthly sales, rent, labor costs, and loan payments in figures, and prove dependents with family relationship documents. If the governing law allows a surcharge instead, include a request to change the suspension to a surcharge in the appeal. · Responding to the answer and after the decision: When the authority's answer arrives, add rebuttal materials in a supplementary brief. The decision is generally made within 60 days from the commission's receipt of the appeal and may be extended by 30 days; if the suspension is changed to a surcharge, missing the payment deadline can bring back the suspension, so manage the payment date.

6Basic required documents

Prior notice or business suspension/surcharge disposition (with proof of receipt date) · Business report or permit certificate and business registration certificate · Copies of inspection and enforcement records (obtained through an information disclosure request if needed) · Handwritten statement of circumstances and staff training records · Proof of corrective action (cleaning or disposal receipts, photos), hygiene training certificate, recurrence-prevention pledge · CCTV footage and other records from the time of the incident · Monthly sales, rent, labor cost, and loan records; family relationship certificate · Administrative appeal and stay-of-execution application (filing receipt if filed with the disposition authority)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Submission of opinions is within the deadline stated in the prior notice. An administrative appeal against a business suspension or administrative surcharge must be filed within 90 days from the date of knowing the disposition or within 180 days from the date of disposition, and surcharges are calculated under industry-specific standards. Administrative fines (gwataeryo) are not subject to administrative appeal: file a written objection with the imposing agency within 60 days from the date you received the notice of imposition (Article 20 of the Act on the Regulation of Violations of Public Order). Objection procedures for non-compliance charges differ by governing law and are checked case by case (e. g. , under the Farmland Act, an objection within 30 days of notification is followed by a court trial).

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare written opinions for prior notice of business suspension and fines, documents for hearing, and documents for administrative appeal and suspension of execution after disposition according to the selected procedure. Attendance and statements are not included in the written hearing.

Scope & fee
Pre-disposition advance notice response statement: prepare and file
We will review the prior notice and proof provided by 1 business location and prepare an opinion submission form. Attendance at the hearing and administrative review after disposition are separate. Scope of writing: 1 type of opinion submission, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Prepare written hearing submission; attendance excluded
We will prepare hearing opinions, statement summaries, and supporting evidence for 1 hearing notice. The same prior notice opinion form will not be written repeatedly and hearing attendance and statements will not be included. Scope of writing: 1 type of hearing opinion/summary of statement, 5 pages per piece. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Post-disposition administrative appeal merits petition; stay of execution excluded
We will prepare a claim for the merits of 1 case of business suspension, fine, etc. It does not include written opinions/hearings and suspension of execution before disposition. Scope of writing: 1 type of illegal/unfair disposition and reasons for requesting a reduction, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
File administrative appeal after disposition and request stay of execution
We will prepare the merits of an administrative appeal for 1 business disposition and an application for suspension of execution. Advance notice opinions, hearing documents, and hearing attendance are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Stay-of-execution documents for an existing business disposition administrative appeal
We will prepare an application for suspension of execution using records of business disposition administrative appeals that have already been filed and emergency damage data. It does not include new merits and independent motions without merits. Scope of writing: Reasons for application for suspension of execution Type 1, 3 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Pre-disposition advance notice response statement: prepare and file from KRW 500,000
  • Prepare written hearing submission; attendance excluded from KRW 600,000
  • Post-disposition administrative appeal merits petition; stay of execution excluded from KRW 600,000
  • File administrative appeal after disposition and request stay of execution from KRW 800,000
  • Stay-of-execution documents for an existing business disposition administrative appeal from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government filing fee for the administrative appeal; document and delivery expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of opinion, hearing and administrative appeal documents concerning business suspension and administrative surcharges 📘 Penalty Surcharge and Suspension of Operation for Overnight Parking of Trucks 📘 Responding to a Karaoke Room Business Suspension 📘 Online Posting of Lodging Rate Tables: Suspension Standards for Missing Rates or Overcharging on Booking Apps and How to Respond
View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of documents for administrative appeals and suspension of execution regarding school violence measuresAppealPreparation of documents for administrative appeals and suspension of execution regarding school violence measures · Official check · 1-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for administrative appeals and suspension of execution regarding school violence measures
Actual processing agencyDistrict Office of Education or Office of Education · Administrative Appeals Commission of the Metropolitan or Provincial Office of Education
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Education
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
Deadline · procedural notes An administrative appeal is generally due within 90 days from learning of the measure and within 180 days from the measure. For measures with immediate effects, review the timing of a stay-of-execution request as well.
1When this applies

Students or guardians who wish to challenge a school-violence measure taken by the superintendent of education.

2Actual processing agency

District Office of Education or Office of Education · Administrative Appeals Commission of the Metropolitan or Provincial Office of Education

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Education

4Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

5Procedure order

Check the notice and deadline: From the superintendent's notice of the measure, confirm the measure number, the period for compliance, the hours of special education, and the date the notice was received, then calculate the appeal deadline as a specific date. · Obtain the deliberation records: Request disclosure of the committee's meeting minutes and obtain the case investigation results and other materials the decision was based on, to see whether there were errors in the facts found or in how the measure was decided. · Identify the points to contest: Measures are decided by scoring the seriousness, persistence and intent of the violence, the offending student's remorse, and the degree of reconciliation, so separate the facts that were found incorrectly from the parts where the scoring does not hold up. · File the appeal and the stay application: Submit the appeal to the provincial office of education's administrative appeals commission through the Online Administrative Appeals system or in writing, and for measures that are hard to undo once carried out, such as a transfer, suspension from attendance or class change, file an application for a stay of execution together with it. · Rebut the response and submit supplementary briefs: When the education office's response arrives, submit a supplementary brief rebutting it fact by fact and factor by factor, adding remorse and reconciliation materials such as an apology letter or counseling completion records. The victim's side must state its intention to intervene within the deadline after receiving the notice in order to submit its views. · After the decision: As a rule, the decision is issued within 60 days of the commission receiving the appeal and may be extended by 30 days. If the measure is revoked or changed, confirm that the school records are updated accordingly.

6Basic required documents

Superintendent's notice of the measure (including proof of the date it was received) · Administrative appeal petition and application for a stay of execution · Committee meeting minutes and case investigation materials (obtained through a disclosure request) · Student statement, guardian statement, and account of events · Evidence of the facts, such as messenger conversations, photos and videos · Apology letter, records of reconciliation attempts, and certificates of counseling or education completion · Family relationship certificate (when a guardian files the appeal) · Petition letters and a copy of the school records (where needed)

7Deadline · procedural notes

An administrative appeal is generally due within 90 days from learning of the measure and within 180 days from the measure. For measures with immediate effects, review the timing of a stay-of-execution request as well.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the administrative appeal request and necessary suspension documents for the superintendent's school violence measures. We also distinguish the scope of inclusion in cases where the main case and suspension of execution are carried out together.

Scope & fee
School-violence measure administrative appeal merits; stay of execution excluded
We will prepare the reasons for the claim and supporting evidence for 1 student and 1 action. A separate rebuttal is not included after the suspension of execution and response. Scope of writing: 1 type of grounds for filing a claim on the merits by reason for action/judgment element, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
School-violence measure administrative appeal merits and stay of execution
We will prepare the main case and suspension of execution documents for 1 student and 1 action. Common evidence is compiled together and separate rebuttals and committee appearances are not included. Scope of writing: Reasons for requesting administrative appeal, 1 type, 5 pages per category, reasons for application for suspension of execution, 1 type, 3 pages per category. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Stay-of-execution documents for an existing school-violence administrative appeal
We will review the merits and emergency damage data of the school violence administrative appeal that has already been filed and prepare an application for suspension of execution. It does not include new merits. Scope of writing: Reasons for application for suspension of execution Type 1, 3 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • School-violence measure administrative appeal merits; stay of execution excluded from KRW 600,000
  • School-violence measure administrative appeal merits and stay of execution from KRW 800,000
  • Stay-of-execution documents for an existing school-violence administrative appeal from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government filing fee for the administrative appeal; document and delivery expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Requirements for Resolution of School Violence Cases by the School Principal 📘 How to Collect Evidence as a Victim of School Violence 📘 Preparation of documents for administrative appeals and suspension of execution regarding school violence measures
View full service guide Send your case
04 Preparation of documents for submission of opinions, objections, and administrative appeals regarding administrative dispositionsAppealPreparation of documents for submission of opinions, objections, and administrative appeals regarding administrative dispositions · Official check · 1-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for submission of opinions, objections, and administrative appeals regarding administrative dispositions
Actual processing agencyAuthority that issued the disposition · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission · Central Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityAuthority responsible for the applicable statute
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
Deadline · procedural notes Use the deadline in a prior notice for submitting an opinion. Administrative-appeal timing is generally 90 days from learning of the disposition and 180 days from the disposition date.
1When this applies

Persons who received a permit denial or revocation, corrective order, or another administrative disposition.

2Actual processing agency

Authority that issued the disposition · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission · Central Administrative Appeals Commission

3Statutory and policy authority

Authority responsible for the applicable statute

4Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

5Procedure order

Identifying the disposition and its basis: Check the title, legal provision, facts behind the disposition, opinion deadline, and appeal notice in the disposition or prior notice. The way to challenge it differs depending on whether it is a refusal of an application or the cancellation of an existing permit or imposition of an obligation. · Opinion and hearing: At the prior-notice stage, submit an opinion and supporting materials to the agency named in the notice by the deadline. If a hearing applies, as with permit cancellation, notice arrives at least 10 days before the hearing, so prepare your statement and evidence in advance. · Deadlines and choice of route: Decide between an objection to the disposition authority within 30 days from receipt and an administrative appeal within 90 days from learning of the disposition. Even after an objection, you can file an administrative appeal within 90 days from notification of the result, so record that date. · Facts and supplementary materials: Organize in date order where the facts behind the disposition differ from reality, what has already been corrected or supplemented, and why documents were missing from earlier filings. If the basis for the disposition is unclear, obtain inspection and review records through an information disclosure request. · Administrative appeal and stay of execution: File with the provincial administrative appeals commission for dispositions by a city, county, or district head, and with the Central Administrative Appeals Commission for most dispositions by a provincial governor or national agency. For dispositions that immediately stop business or activities, such as cancellation of registration, also file a stay-of-execution application describing the serious harm and urgency. · Responding to the answer and after the decision: When the authority's answer arrives, add rebuttal materials in a supplementary brief. The decision is generally made within 60 days from the commission's receipt of the appeal and may be extended by 30 days; if the disposition is revoked or modified, check the authority's follow-up measures.

6Basic required documents

Disposition or prior notice (with proof of receipt date) · Original permit application, registration certificate, and documents previously submitted · Inspection and enforcement records and the basis for the disposition (via information disclosure request if needed) · Statement of facts with dated supporting evidence · Corrective or supplementary measures (photos, contracts, improvement plans) · Opinion statement or hearing statement · Objection or administrative appeal and stay-of-execution application · Evidence of losses caused by the disposition (sales, contracts, employment)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Use the deadline in a prior notice for submitting an opinion. Administrative-appeal timing is generally 90 days from learning of the disposition and 180 days from the disposition date.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare a prior notification opinion, a hearing document, an objection form to the disposition office, an administrative appeal claim, and a document for suspension of execution, step by step. We will first check the actual notice and statutory application requirements.

Scope & fee
Basic scope
We will review 1 notice of disposition and the provided evidence and prepare a request for administrative appeal on the merits. Prior notification opinion, hearing, appeal to the disposition office, and suspension of execution are each separate optional procedures. Scope of preparation: 1 type of administrative appeal claim, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Preparation of opinion for prior notice of general administrative disposition
We will review 25 pages of provided materials for 1 applicant and 1 prior notice and prepare 5 pages of opinion and submission materials. For cases with dedicated work, priority is given to that type, and attendance at hearings and adjudication after disposition are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Excludes writing and attendance for general administrative disposition hearings
We will review 25 pages of notice/disposition materials for 1 applicant and 1 hearing and prepare 5 pages of hearing opinion. If it is the same document as the prior notice opinion, it will not be duplicated, and hearing attendance and statements will not be included. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of objection form to disposition office, excluding administrative appeal
We will review 25 pages of data and determine whether a legal objection can be filed for 1 applicant/1 disposition and prepare a 5-page statement of reasons. Appeals to the disposition office and administrative appeals are separate and do not include trials and lawsuits. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Document for suspension of execution of existing general administrative appeal
We will review 20 pages of emergency damage data for the merits and dispositions that have already been raised and prepare a 3-page statement of reasons for the suspension of execution. It does not include independent motions without merits, new merits, or court motions. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
General administrative appeal and suspension of execution
We will review 40 pages of common and emergency damage data for 1 case and prepare a 5-page statement of reasons for the main case and a 3-page statement of reasons for suspension of execution. It includes the common list and simultaneous submission, and preliminary opinions, hearings, separate response rebuttals, and committee appearances are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000
  • Preparation of opinion for prior notice of general administrative disposition from KRW 500,000
  • Excludes writing and attendance for general administrative disposition hearings from KRW 500,000
  • Preparation of objection form to disposition office, excluding administrative appeal from KRW 500,000
  • Document for suspension of execution of existing general administrative appeal from KRW 400,000
  • General administrative appeal and suspension of execution from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government filing fee for the administrative appeal; document and delivery expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to File an Administrative Appeal and Apply for a Stay of Execution Against a Departure Order 📘 How to Apply for Correction of the Respondent in an Administrative Appeal
View full service guide Send your case
05 Documents for Objection to Military Service DeterminationAppealDocuments for Objection to Military Service Determination · Official check · 1-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameDocuments for Objection to Military Service Determination
Actual processing agencyCompetent Regional Military Manpower Administration · Central Military Physical Examination Center
Statutory and policy authorityMilitary Manpower Administration
Online route Military Manpower Administration
Deadline · procedural notes Objections to military classification are guided within 10 days including the date of classification. Administrative appeal deadlines for military disposition objections are reviewed on the basis of 90 days from the date of knowing the disposition.
1When this applies

Persons who object to physical grade determinations or who wish to request a re-examination or change of military service disposition due to illness or mental/physical disability.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Regional Military Manpower Administration · Central Military Physical Examination Center

3Statutory and policy authority

Military Manpower Administration

4Online route

Military Manpower Administration

5Procedure order

Determination date and deadline: Counting the day you received the examination result as day 1, the deadline is day 10, and for pre-enlistment examination results it is day 7. If the last day is a Saturday or public holiday, you may file by the next day. · Grounds and medical records: Physical grades are determined under the evaluation standards for the degree of illness or disability in the Rules on Physical Examinations for Military Service. Gather surgical records, imaging reports, outpatient and inpatient records, and military-service medical certificates you could not submit at the examination, focusing on records dated before the determination. · Filing the objection: Complete the Military Manpower Administration's objection (withdrawal) form and submit it in person, by mail, or by fax. If you faxed it, call the receiving department to confirm receipt, and if a parent or other person prepares it, obtain the examinee's consent. · Re-examination in the specialty: After receipt, the examining physician for that specialty re-examines you and explains the result. Illnesses graded only from grade 1 to 3 are decided at this re-examination, and the re-examination may be skipped if you have limited mobility or live far away. · Central examination and review: If you still disagree, the grade is decided by an examination at the Central Military Service Examination Center and a review committee, and the regional office issues the disposition within 5 days (excluding Saturdays and public holidays) of being notified. You may withdraw until the day before the central examination; if you withdraw or fail to attend without a justifiable reason, the original grade stands. · After the deadline has passed: If you missed the objection period or disagree with the result, file an administrative appeal against the disposition within 90 days from learning of it, and if your enlistment date comes first, also apply for a stay of execution. If your condition worsened after the determination, apply for a change of disposition; those graded 7 take a re-examination within 1 month after the treatment period ends.

6Basic required documents

Military service determination objection (withdrawal) form (Military Manpower Administration form) · Examination result notice or pre-enlistment examination result · Military-service medical certificate or medical certificate · Surgical records, imaging reports, test results · Outpatient, inpatient, and emergency records and treatment progress records · If names on records differ due to a name or address change, a detailed basic certificate or other linking documents · Examinee's consent form and ID copy when a parent or other person prepares the form · For an administrative appeal, the appeal, stay-of-execution application, and a copy of the enlistment notice

7Deadline · procedural notes

Objections to military classification are guided within 10 days including the date of classification. Administrative appeal deadlines for military disposition objections are reviewed on the basis of 90 days from the date of knowing the disposition.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government filing fee for the administrative appeal; document and delivery expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for a Change of Military Service Disposition
View full service guide Send your case
06 Documents for Civil Servant Appeal ReviewAppealDocuments for Civil Servant Appeal Review · Official check · 1-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameDocuments for Civil Servant Appeal Review
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Appeals Commission for Educators
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Personnel Management · Ministry of Education
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
Deadline · procedural notes The principle is to file the claim within 30 days from the date of receipt of the explanation of disciplinary reasons or from the date of knowing the disposition. There is no fee for personnel appeals, and litigation periods for appeals after decisions are calculated separately.
1When this applies

Public officials and teachers who received adverse dispositions such as disciplinary action, suspension from duty, demotion, leave, dismissal, or transfer.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Appeals Commission for Educators

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Personnel Management · Ministry of Education

4Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

5Procedure order

Calculate the deadline: Confirm the date you received the statement of reasons or the personnel order notice and write down the 30-day deadline as a calendar date. If the notice arrived late, keep evidence of both the date printed on the notice and the date you actually received it. · Identify the competent commission: National public officials file with the Appeals Commission of the Ministry of Personnel Management, local government staff with the local appeals commission, education office staff with the education appeals commission, and teachers with the Teachers' Appeals Commission. An appeal filed with the wrong commission is transferred to the competent one. · Obtain the case records: Request access to, or file an information disclosure request for, the disciplinary resolution, the request for disciplinary resolution, the disciplinary committee minutes, and investigation and statement records, then compare the stated grounds with the actual facts. · Draft the appeal: Following the Regulations on Appeal Procedures, state your position and title, the respondent, the relief sought (revocation, modification, etc.), and the grounds and supporting evidence. Separate factual disputes, procedural defects, and arguments that the penalty is excessive, and support mitigation with records of commendations and service. · Submit and correct: Submit online, by email, in person, by mail, or by fax as the commission instructs. If the appeal has defects, the commission requests correction within 7 days of receipt, and failure to correct within the set period is treated as withdrawal of the appeal. · Review and decision: In dismissal or removal cases, the commission may, within 5 days of receipt, issue a provisional decision suspending the appointment of a successor. Attend the hearing to state your case or submit written opinions if you cannot attend; the decision is issued in writing as dismissal without merits, rejection, revocation, or modification.

6Basic required documents

Appeal form (signed by the appellant) · Copy of the statement of reasons for the action or the personnel order notice · Proof of the date the notice was received (evidence of late receipt, if applicable) · Copy of the disciplinary resolution and the request for disciplinary resolution (for disciplinary actions) · Disciplinary committee minutes and investigation records (obtained through a records access or information disclosure request) · Statements, confirmations, and work records supporting the facts · Service record, commendations, and performance evaluations (when seeking mitigation) · Copy of the disciplinary surcharge payment notice (if applicable)

7Deadline · procedural notes

The principle is to file the claim within 30 days from the date of receipt of the explanation of disciplinary reasons or from the date of knowing the disposition. There is no fee for personnel appeals, and litigation periods for appeals after decisions are calculated separately.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government filing fee for the administrative appeal; document and delivery expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Public Official Appeal Review Deadline of 30 Days 📘 Writing an Opinion Statement for a Public Official Disciplinary Committee
View full service guide Send your case
07 Preparation of documents for objection to disability degree determination and administrative appealsAppealPreparation of documents for objection to disability degree determination and administrative appeals · Official check · 1-7
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for objection to disability degree determination and administrative appeals
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

4Procedure order

Check the reason in the decision notice: First determine whether the reason stated in the notice is insufficient medical certificates or test results, or a difference in interpreting the disability severity standards. Reapply if materials were insufficient, and choose an objection or administrative appeal if it is a matter of interpretation. · Calculate the deadlines: The objection deadline is 90 days from learning of the decision, and the administrative appeal deadline is 90 days from learning of the disposition or 180 days from the disposition. Record both deadlines on a calendar based on the date you received the notice. · Supplement supporting evidence: In addition to the specialist's disability certificate and test results, gather medical records, treatment and rehabilitation history, and materials showing functional limitations in daily life. For developmental disabilities, special class records, school records and teacher opinions serve as grounds for functional assessment. · Prepare and submit the objection: Organize which item of the severity standards you believe applies and the supporting evidence, and submit the objection to the town or district office of your address. Once received, the National Pension Service reviews the case again. · File an administrative appeal: If you still disagree after the objection or want to dispute separately from the objection, prepare and submit an administrative appeal petition. If you disagree with the appeal ruling, you may proceed to an administrative lawsuit within 90 days of receiving the written ruling.

5Basic required documents

Objection (submitted in writing, Article 84 of the Act on Welfare of Persons with Disabilities) or administrative appeal petition (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Annexed Form No. 30) · Disability severity decision notice · Specialist's disability certificate and opinion, test results · Medical records, treatment and rehabilitation history · For developmental disabilities: special class records, school records, teacher opinions · Materials showing daily functioning (guardian statements, welfare facility use records, etc.) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare an appeal form and an administrative appeal request form regarding the determination of the degree of disability. We will review prior appeal records and medical evidence to determine the actual process to be followed.

Scope & fee
Objection application
We will determine the degree of disability of 1 applicant and review the provided diagnosis, examination, and living function data and prepare an objection form. The diagnosis/test itself and the subsequent administrative review are separate. Scope of writing: 1 type of objection, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Disability-degree decision administrative appeal only
We will review the existing objection record and the provided evidence for 1 case of disability, and prepare an administrative appeal request form. It does not include new appeal forms, diagnosis, or tests. Scope of writing: Reasons for requesting administrative appeal for determining degree of disability, 1 type, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Include administrative appeal as well
We will prepare an objection and subsequent administrative appeal documents for 1 disability case to the extent that we actually proceed together. We will share existing common evidence and further review results and new data. Scope of writing: Reasons for objecting to degree of disability (1 type, 5 pages per type), Reasons for requesting subsequent administrative appeal (1 type, 5 pages per type). It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Objection application from KRW 600,000
  • Disability-degree decision administrative appeal only from KRW 600,000
  • Include administrative appeal as well from KRW 1,000,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of documents for objection to disability degree determination and administrative appeals
View full service guide Send your case
08 Preparation of written opinions for long-term care institutions, administrative appeals for business suspension, and review requests for reimbursementAppealPreparation of written opinions for long-term care institutions, administrative appeals for business suspension, and review requests for reimbursement · Official check · 1-8
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of written opinions for long-term care institutions, administrative appeals for business suspension, and review requests for reimbursement
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

4Procedure order

Respond during the on-site investigation: Before signing the investigation result confirmation, check for any inaccuracies and record your opinion if there are any. Gather benefit provision records, work schedules and care worker attendance records for the same period as the investigation. · Classify the issues: Determine whether the case involves claims for services not provided, claims while a care worker was hospitalized or on leave, inflated service hours or staffing standard violations. Also compare by recipient whether it was an error or intentional and whether the amount and period of recovery were calculated correctly. · Submit opinions on the prior notice: When you receive a prior notice of suspension or a notice of planned recovery, submit an opinion statement and supporting materials within the deadline in the notice. Attach substitute staff records, explanations of record errors and corrective action materials to correct calculation errors first. · Appeal the suspension and consider a surcharge instead: File an administrative appeal within 90 days of learning of the suspension, and if operations must continue, also apply for a stay of execution. If recipients need protection, also consider requesting that a penalty surcharge replace the suspension. · Object to the fine for negligence: A fine for negligence is not subject to administrative appeal, so file a written objection with the authority within 60 days of receiving the notice. Once an objection is filed, the imposition loses effect and the case moves to a court fine trial. · Request review of the recovery decision: For the Service's recovery decision on unjust enrichment, file a request for review with the Service within 90 days of learning of the disposition, and if you disagree, proceed to a request for re-review. These deadlines run separately from the suspension and fine, so manage the dates for each notice.

5Basic required documents

Opinion submission form (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act, Annexed Form No. 11), administrative appeal petition (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Annexed Form No. 30), request for review (Enforcement Rule of the Long-Term Care Insurance Act, Annexed Form No. 32) · On-site investigation result confirmation, prior notice and disposition notice, notice of planned recovery · Long-term care benefit provision records, service contracts by recipient · Care worker work schedules and attendance records, proof of hospitalization or leave · Staffing status and hiring and resignation records · Corrective and preventive action materials, internal checklists · Institution operating status (number of recipients, number of staff, revenue) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the long-term care institution's prior notice opinion, business suspension administrative appeal request, and National Health Insurance Service (NHIS) recovery decision review request form. We distinguish between different dispositions and receiving organizations.

Scope & fee
Response to advance notice
We will write an opinion by reviewing the notice of suspension or recovery of business at 1 long-term care institution and the provided salary, personnel, and administrative data. Requests for administrative appeal and review after disposition are separate. Scope of writing: 1 type of prior notification opinion, 5 pages per page. It does not include in-office submissions.
Documents to challenge business suspension
We will review the local government's business suspension of 1 long-term care facility and the evidence provided, and prepare an administrative appeal request. Requests for review of the National Health Insurance Service (NHIS)'s recovery decision, objections to fines, and suspension of execution are separate. Scope of preparation: 1 type of administrative appeal request for business suspension, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Documents to challenge recovery of funds
We will prepare a review request by reviewing the National Health Insurance Service (NHIS)'s recovery decision and provided claims, personnel, and service records of 1 long-term care institution. administrative appeal for local government business suspension and request for reexamination by the National Health Insurance Service (NHIS) are separate. Scope of preparation: Request for review of recovery decision, 1 type, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Response to advance notice from KRW 500,000
  • Documents to challenge business suspension from KRW 500,000
  • Documents to challenge recovery of funds from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of written opinions for long-term care institutions, administrative appeals for business suspension, and review requests for reimbursement
View full service guide Send your case
09 Preparation of documents for submission of opinions and administrative appeals regarding mariner license dispositionsAppealPreparation of documents for submission of opinions and administrative appeals regarding mariner license dispositions · Official check · 1-9
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for submission of opinions and administrative appeals regarding mariner license dispositions
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Central Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Central Administrative Appeals Commission

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

4Procedure order

Check the prior notice of disposition: If a prior notice arrives before the license disposition, first check the planned disposition and the opinion submission deadline. Criminal proceedings and the license disposition run separately, so record the two schedules separately. · Organize the testing circumstances: Organize by time the time of drinking, boarding and navigation times, the time and method of testing, the testing equipment and whether a retest was done. Checking whether there were problems with the testing procedure and the classification of the reading is the core of the opinion submission. · Prepare and submit the opinion statement: Submit an opinion statement containing your arguments on the facts and testing procedure, with supporting materials, to the disposing authority within the deadline. If the reading is near a threshold, document the gap between the testing time and the time drinking ended. · Prepare livelihood and prevention materials: Also prepare proof of sea service, seafarer wage records, dependents' circumstances, completion of sobriety education and a recurrence prevention plan. Because the law sets dispositions by blood alcohol range, these materials are submitted as reference. · File an administrative appeal and stay of execution: After the disposition, file an administrative appeal within 90 days of learning of the disposition or within 180 days of the disposition. If a voyage schedule is at stake, consider applying for a stay of execution at the same time.

5Basic required documents

Opinion submission form (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act, Annexed Form No. 11) or administrative appeal petition (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Annexed Form No. 30) · Prior notice of disposition or disposition notice · Copy of the mariner's license · Alcohol test results and testing circumstances · Statement of circumstances (organized by time) · Proof of sea service and income records (seafarer wage records, etc.) · Family relation documents (when explaining dependents) · Recurrence prevention plan, education completion records

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare a prior notification opinion of the disposition of a sea driver's license and documents for administrative appeal and suspension of execution after the disposition. Appeals against the decision of the Marine Safety Tribunal are a separate procedure.

Scope & fee
Basic scope
We will review the prior notice of license disposition of 1 sea engineer and the measurement, boarding, and explanation data and prepare an opinion submission form. administrative appeal, suspension of execution, and criminal response after disposition are separate. Scope of writing: 1 type of opinion submission, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
administrative appeal on the merits of a sea driver's license disposition
Regarding 1 case of license disposition by the Regional Maritime Affairs and Fisheries Office of 1 sea engineer, we will review 30 pages of measurement, boarding, and disposition data and prepare a 5-page statement of grounds for claim. Preliminary opinions, suspension of execution, criminal response, appeal against the decision of the Marine Safety Tribunal, and attendance at the committee are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Document for suspension of execution of existing sea driver’s license administrative appeal
We will review 20 pages of existing records and emergency damage data for 1 license disposition for which the merits of the case have already been raised and prepare a 3-page statement of reasons for suspension of execution. It does not include independent motions without merits or filing of new merits. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
administrative appeal and suspension of execution of sea driver's license
We will review 40 pages of common and emergency damage data for 1 license disposition and prepare 5 pages of reasons for the main case and 3 pages of reasons for suspension of execution. It includes a common list of evidence and simultaneous submission, and preliminary opinions, separate responses, rebuttals, and committee attendance are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000
  • administrative appeal on the merits of a sea driver's license disposition from KRW 500,000
  • Document for suspension of execution of existing sea driver’s license administrative appeal from KRW 400,000
  • administrative appeal and suspension of execution of sea driver's license from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of documents for submission of opinions and administrative appeals regarding mariner license dispositions
View full service guide Send your case
10 Teacher Rights Protection Committee: Parent Opinion Statement and Administrative Appeal against MeasuresAppealTeacher Rights Protection Committee: Parent Opinion Statement and Administrative Appeal against Measures · Official check · 1-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameTeacher Rights Protection Committee: Parent Opinion Statement and Administrative Appeal against Measures
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Education
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Education

3Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

4Procedure order

Check the notice and deadlines: From the notice received from the school or district office of education, confirm the reported conduct, the hearing date of the Regional Teacher Rights Protection Committee, and how and by when an opinion can be submitted. If a measure has already been notified, calculate the appeal deadline as a calendar date from the day of receipt. · Match the type of infringement: Determine whether the reported conduct falls under the criminal-act types in Article 19 of the same Act or under undue interference types such as repeatedly filing complaints without a legitimate purpose or persistently forcing a teacher to do things that are not legal duties, and decide the issues the opinion must address. · Organize the facts: Arrange the dates, frequency and method of complaints, text messages, emails, call records and meeting notes in chronological order, and mark any points that differ from the report together with materials that show the facts. · Prepare and submit the parent's opinion: Prepare a written opinion focused on dates and evidence covering the background, the purpose and circumstances of the conduct, efforts to restore the relationship with the teacher and a plan to prevent recurrence, and submit it to the district office of education before the hearing date. In case the parent attends the committee to make a statement, summarize the key points consistently with the written opinion. · Review the superintendent's measure: The superintendent of the district office takes the measure within 14 days of the committee's request. Check the measure, the institution and deadline for special education or psychological treatment and the appeal information in the notice, and note that refusing special education or psychological treatment without a justifiable reason is subject to a fine for negligence of up to 3,000,000 won. · Prepare and submit the appeal petition and application for suspension: If the parent disputes the measure, prepare a petition to the administrative appeals commission under the provincial/metropolitan superintendent of education within 90 days of learning of the disposition and submit it to the superintendent of the district office or the commission. If the deadline for carrying out the measure is near, also prepare and submit an application for suspension of execution.

5Basic required documents

No prescribed submission form (the parent's written opinion has no statutory form and is written on the district office's guidance form or in free format) · Administrative appeal petition (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Annex Form No. 30, when disputing the measure) · Application for suspension of execution (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Annex Form No. 33, if needed) · Notice of opportunity to state an opinion from the Regional Teacher Rights Protection Committee and the superintendent's notice of measure (including proof of the date of receipt) · Factual materials (complaint text messages, emails, call records, meeting notes, etc.) · Materials on the recurrence prevention plan and relationship restoration efforts (letters of apology, counseling or education participation records, if any) · Power of attorney (when submission is delegated)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Parents Reported for Infringing a Teacher's Educational Activities
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Prior opinions & explanations

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Opinion Submission and Reduction for Prior Notice of Fines for NegligenceAppealOpinion Submission and Reduction for Prior Notice of Fines for Negligence · Official check · 2-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameOpinion Submission and Reduction for Prior Notice of Fines for Negligence
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the prior notice: Check the violation, legal basis, planned amount and opinion submission deadline. The opinion submission period is based on the date in the notice, and missing it reduces the chance to request a reduction. · Compare the imposition standards and reduction grounds: Find the reduction grounds and range in the fine imposition standards of the relevant enforcement decree, and truthfully organize whether there was no intent, the harm was minor, the violation has been corrected, it was self-reported, or there are financial difficulties. · Prepare and submit the opinion statement: Prepare an opinion statement with evidence attached for each argument, such as proof of correction, materials on the circumstances of the violation and income and property records, and submit it within the deadline. Showing the date of voluntary correction with evidence provides the basis for the reduction decision. · Compare with voluntary payment reduction: If there is little to dispute, you can pay voluntarily within the opinion submission period and receive a reduction of up to 20/100. Compare whether requesting a reduction or paying voluntarily is better based on the planned amount and reduction grounds. · Object after imposition: You may file a written objection with the imposing agency within 60 days of receiving the notice of imposition. Once an objection is filed, the case moves to a court fine trial and the voluntary payment reduction no longer applies, so weigh the benefit first.

5Basic required documents

Opinion submission form (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act, Annexed Form No. 11, or the opinion form attached to the prior notice) · Prior notice of fine for negligence · Materials showing the circumstances of the violation · Proof of correction (photos, report receipts, contracts, etc.) · Materials showing self-reporting (if applicable) · Income and property records showing financial difficulty (if applicable) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Submit a Written Opinion for Reduction of an Administrative Fine 📘 Licensed Real Estate Agent Fine Opinion Submission in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
02 Opinion Submission for Real Estate Transaction Report FinesAppealOpinion Submission for Real Estate Transaction Report Fines · Official check · 2-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameOpinion Submission for Real Estate Transaction Report Fines
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Respond to requests for explanatory materials: If there are doubts about the report, a detailed investigation is followed by a request to submit explanatory materials. Materials submitted at this stage form the basis for the fine decision, and false or inaccurate materials can be subject to a separate fine, so submit them truthfully with contracts and remittance records. · Check the opinion submission deadline in the prior notice: When you receive a prior notice of a fine, check the violation, planned amount and opinion submission deadline. Opinions are in principle submitted once within the deadline set in the notice, so organize the circumstances and reduction grounds together with evidence at one time. · Organize evidence for reduction grounds: Attach documents showing that the late report or error occurred without intent or negligence, that it was promptly corrected, that there are financial difficulties, or that there was a justifiable reason for transferring the rental home. If you reported the violation first, also consider the self-report reduction. · Prepare and submit the opinion statement: Submit an opinion statement containing the circumstances, reduction grounds and a list of evidence to the reporting authority within the deadline. Rental business operators also organize materials on how the transfer occurred and measures taken to protect tenants. · Choose between voluntary payment and objection: Paying voluntarily within the opinion submission deadline reduces the fine by up to 20/100. If you file a written objection within 60 days of receiving the notice of imposition, the case moves to a court fine trial and the voluntary payment reduction does not apply, so weigh the benefit first.

5Basic required documents

Opinion submission form (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act, Annexed Form No. 11, or the opinion form attached to the prior notice) · Prior notice of fine or request for explanatory materials · Sales contract, transaction report records, payment remittance records · For rental business operators: rental business registration certificate, lease contracts, materials on how the transfer occurred · Evidence of reduction grounds such as voluntary correction, absence of intent or financial difficulty · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Administrative Fines for Real Estate Transaction Reports: Written Opinion and Reduction
View full service guide Send your case
03 Opinion Statements on Prior Notice for Medical Advertising ViolationsAppealOpinion Statements on Prior Notice for Medical Advertising Violations · Official check · 2-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameOpinion Statements on Prior Notice for Medical Advertising Violations
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check the prior notice and deadline: Check the reason for the disposition, legal provision, planned disposition and opinion submission deadline stated in the prior notice. Deadlines are often short, so count back the schedule from the date of receipt. · Organize the violation and posting circumstances: Organize the expressions in the advertisement at issue, the medium, the posting period and who wrote it. If an advertising agency, employee or franchise headquarters wrote it, also gather the agency contract, review records and records of management and supervision. · Correct and conduct a full review: Capture the post, then delete or correct it immediately, and record the before and after screens with dates. Also document the results of a full review confirming the same expressions do not remain on other channels. · Prepare and submit the opinion statement: Set out in order the posting circumstances, the absence of intent, deletion and correction records, the agency management system, the recurrence prevention plan, and the harm to patient care and operations from a suspension, and submit it within the deadline. Support the reasons a surcharge in place of suspension or a reduction is needed with materials such as treatment schedules. · Administrative appeal after the disposition: Once the disposition is issued, submit an administrative appeal petition within 90 days of learning of it or within 180 days of the disposition. If the suspension start date is near, also apply for a stay of execution.

5Basic required documents

Opinion submission form (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act, Annexed Form No. 11) · Prior notice of disposition · Screen captures of the advertisement at issue (showing posting date and medium) · Before and after screens of deletion or correction and records of processing dates · Advertising agency contract and review records · Recurrence prevention plan (internal review procedures, designated staff, etc.) · Materials on operational harm such as treatment schedules and reservations · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Write a Written Opinion on Prior Notice of a Disposition for a Medical Advertising Violation
View full service guide Send your case
04 Preparation and submission of written opinions for students and guardians for the Student Guidance CommitteeAppealPreparation and submission of written opinions for students and guardians for the Student Guidance Committee · Official check · 2-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation and submission of written opinions for students and guardians for the Student Guidance Committee
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Education
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Education

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check the notice and meeting schedule: From the notice to attend the student guidance committee received from the school, check the conduct cited as the ground for discipline, the meeting date and time, and the deadline and method for submitting a written opinion, and also request the school's rules on student discipline and the committee's operating rules. · Organize the facts and materials: Set out the date, place and circumstances of the conduct at issue in chronological order, and support any part that differs from what the school has found with verifiable materials such as messages, attendance records and medical records. Separate the parts the student admits from the parts in dispute. · Review the level of discipline: Article 31(2) of the Enforcement Decree requires the type of discipline to be applied in stages according to the seriousness of the ground, giving the student an opportunity to reform. Check whether it is a first violation and compare the school rules' standards for the same ground to set the direction of the written opinion. · Prepare and submit the written opinion: Hwang Yunsang Administrative Office prepares the written opinion of the student and guardian covering the facts, the student's usual conduct, attendance and academic situation, and measures to prevent recurrence such as a home guidance plan and participation in counseling, and submits it to the school within the deadline before the meeting. · Attend the meeting and state opinions: The student and guardian attend the student guidance committee and make their statement based mainly on the written opinion. If attendance is difficult, check with the school in advance whether a written opinion can replace the oral statement, and prepare the gist of answers to expected questions. · Check the result and challenge it: When notified of the result, check the type of discipline, the suspension period and how attendance is recorded. Expulsion may be challenged by a written request for review to the City/Provincial Student Discipline Adjustment Committee, which decides within 30 days, and a claimant who objects to that decision may file an administrative appeal within 60 days of receiving the notice.

5Basic required documents

Written opinion of the student and guardian (the school's form if one exists; otherwise no prescribed form, as no form is set by law and the school rules apply) · The school's notice to attend the student guidance committee (to confirm the ground for discipline and the meeting date and time) · The school rules on student discipline and the operation of the student guidance committee · Materials proving the facts (messages, photos, medical records, etc., where applicable) · Attendance records and materials on academic performance · Materials on usual conduct (awards, volunteer activity certificates, homeroom teacher counseling records, etc.) · Materials on the recurrence prevention plan (records of counseling or education applications, guardian's guidance plan) · Request for review (in case of expulsion; a written document stating the claimant's details, the respondent, the date of becoming aware of the expulsion, and the purpose of and reasons for the request)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will write student and guardian opinions to submit to the school leadership committee. It supports organizing and submitting data and does not include committee attendance or statements.

Scope & fee
Basic scope
We will compile notices, facts, daily life, and guidance materials regarding a student's violation of school rules and write an opinion form for the student and guardian. It does not include retrials or administrative appeals after attendance at the Leading Committee, statements, and results. Scope of writing: 1 type of student/guardian opinion form, 5 pages per page. It does not include in-office submissions.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-09

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation and submission of written opinions for students and guardians for the Student Guidance Committee
View full service guide Send your case
05 Sewerage Cause-Based Charge: Calculation Review, Objection and Grievance PetitionAppealSewerage Cause-Based Charge: Calculation Review, Objection and Grievance Petition · Official check · 2-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameSewerage Cause-Based Charge: Calculation Review, Objection and Grievance Petition
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC) · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr) · e-People (epeople.go.kr)
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC) · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr) · e-People (epeople.go.kr)

4Procedure order

Obtain the notice and calculation details: Collect the estimated-charge notice issued at building permit stage and the charge notice, and request from the imposing office the calculation details showing floor area by use, the sewage generation standard applied, and the unit price. Record the date you received the notice, since it starts the objection and appeal deadlines. · Review the sewage volume calculation: Compare floor area by use in the building register and drawings against the use-specific sewage standards in the notice. Check whether mixed uses were summed by use, whether ancillary buildings or warehouse areas that generate no sewage were wrongly included, and whether objective data such as water usage could adjust the figure. · Check deductions for existing buildings and reductions: Confirm that the sewage volume of demolished buildings or the prior use was subtracted so that only the increase was charged. Since ordinances differ on how existing sewage volume is recognized, gather the pre-demolition building register, demolition records and receipts for charges paid in the past, and also check ordinance-based reductions such as greywater or rainwater facilities. · Prepare and file the objection or grievance petition: File an objection with the imposing office within the period set by ordinance, attaching the legal basis, recalculated sewage volume and amount, and evidence. If the objection period has passed or the matter can be settled through recalculation talks with the local government, prepare and submit a grievance petition to the Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission. · Prepare and file an administrative appeal: To contest the objection result or the charge directly, prepare an administrative appeal within 90 days of learning of the disposition and file it through the Online Administrative Appeals system or with the imposing office. The appeal itemizes the legal basis and calculation errors with a recalculation table and evidence, and an application for suspension of execution is considered if payment is pressing.

5Basic required documents

Objection form for the cause-based charge (form set by the local sewerage ordinance, or free format if none) or administrative appeal form (Enforcement Rules of the Administrative Appeals Act, Form No. 30) · Charge notice and the estimated-charge notice issued at building permit stage · Calculation details from the imposing office (floor area by use, sewage volume applied, unit price) · Building register, use approval, floor area by use table and drawings of the new building · Building register of the demolished building (including closed register), demolition records and photos · Receipts for cause-based charges previously paid for the existing building (if any) · Water usage data or evidence of reduction grounds (greywater or rainwater facilities, if applicable) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Objecting to a Sewerage Cost-Sharing Charge
View full service guide Send your case
06 Drafting a Statement of Explanation for Ineligible Regional Housing Association MembersAppealDrafting a Statement of Explanation for Ineligible Regional Housing Association Members · Official check · 2-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameDrafting a Statement of Explanation for Ineligible Regional Housing Association Members
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the grounds and deadline: Confirm whether the ineligibility notice cites house ownership, the household-head requirement, residence period, or duplicate membership in another housing association. The project operator sets an explanation period of at least 7 days from the notice date, so record the submission deadline and the date you received the notice. · Check the reference dates and household members: House ownership is assessed from the date of application for establishment approval (one year earlier in a speculation-overheated district) until the date occupancy becomes possible, and residence period as of the application date. For members who joined to fill a vacancy, the date of the membership application is the reference date, and houses owned by a separately residing spouse and that spouse's household members are also searched. · Review exceptions: A house acquired by inheritance, bequest or marriage is treated as not owned if it is disposed of within 6 months of receiving the ineligibility notice. Otherwise, Article 53 of the Rules on Housing Supply applies mutatis mutandis, so check whether the case involves a house owned by a lineal ascendant aged 60 or older, a single house of 20 square meters or less, or an abandoned or demolished house, and whether household-head status was lost and regained due to work, medical treatment, study or marriage. · Organize the evidence: The time of ownership and disposal is the earlier of the registration receipt date on the building registry certificate and the processing date on the building ledger, so obtain both documents. Residence period is shown by the move-in and move-out history on the resident registration abstract, and spousal relationship and divorce date by the family relation certificate and marital relation certificate. · Draft and submit the statement: For each ground of ineligibility, set out the legal provision, reference date, facts and attached evidence numbers in order so the case can be decided on the documents alone, then submit to the association within the deadline and keep proof of receipt. If a house is to be disposed of, state the disposal plan and submit the updated building registry certificate after disposal.

5Basic required documents

No prescribed form (there is no statutory form for the statement of explanation, so it is drafted in the manner stated in the association's ineligibility notice or in free format) · Copy of the ineligibility notice (to confirm the notice date and explanation deadline) · Resident registration copy and abstract (household composition, household-head status, move-in and move-out history) · Family relation certificate and marital relation certificate (spousal relationship and dates of marriage or divorce) · Building registry certificate and building ledger (house area, dates of ownership and disposal) · Sale contract or similar showing disposal of a house acquired by inheritance, bequest or marriage (if applicable) · Evidence of the reason for losing and regaining household-head status (employment, medical or enrollment records, if applicable) · Power of attorney (if delegating document issuance or submission)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Preparing an Explanation for Regional Housing Association Member Ineligibility
View full service guide Send your case
07 Farmland Disposal Obligation Hearing: Opinion Statement and Supporting ExplanationAppealFarmland Disposal Obligation Hearing: Opinion Statement and Supporting Explanation · Official check · 2-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameFarmland Disposal Obligation Hearing: Opinion Statement and Supporting Explanation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Review the grounds and inspection records: Check whether the grounds stated in the hearing notice (fallowing, unauthorized leasing, failure to follow the farm management plan, etc.) match the facts. From the date of the hearing notice until the hearing ends, you may request to inspect and copy the farmland use survey records (Article 37 of the Administrative Procedures Act), so the survey date and site photos are checked first. · Assess whether a justifiable reason applies: Article 9 of the Enforcement Decree of the Farmland Act lists lawful lease or free use, fallowing due to natural disaster, land improvement, or preparation for farming, conscription or call-up, illness or schooling, taking public office through an election, an injury requiring 3 months or more of treatment, overseas travel of 3 months or more, and pregnancy or less than 6 months after childbirth. Reasons not on the list, such as a busy job, are unlikely to be accepted, so the applicable item is identified. · Organize farming and reason evidence: Show actual cultivation with receipts for farm supplies and seeds, produce sales records, and seasonal farming photos, and organize documents proving the reason, such as medical certificates, enrollment certificates, entry and exit records, and lease agreements, so the dates match the fallow period. If failure to follow the plan is the ground, a copy of the farm management plan and a plan to resume farming are prepared together. · Prepare and submit the hearing opinion statement: Write the background, the justifiable reason, and the list of evidence on the opinion statement (Form No. 11 of the Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act) and submit it to the farmland department of the city, county, or district office before the hearing date. Submitting the statement is treated as appearing and stating the opinion (Article 31(3) of the same Act), and if the party neither appears without a justifiable reason nor submits a statement, the hearing may be closed without another opportunity (Article 35(2) of the same Act). · Respond after the disposal obligation notice: Once the obligation is notified using Form No. 7 of the Enforcement Rule of the Farmland Act, a written objection may be filed with the notifying authority within 60 days of the notice, or an administrative appeal may be filed within 90 days of receipt. Even if the land is not disposed of within the period, the disposal order may be deferred for 3 years if the owner uses it for their own farming or signs a sale consignment contract with the Korea Rural Community Corporation or similar body (Article 12 of the Farmland Act), and after receiving a disposal order the owner may request purchase by the Korea Rural Community Corporation using the Farmland Purchase Request (Form No. 8) (Article 11 of the same Act).

5Basic required documents

Opinion statement (Form No. 11 of the Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act, hearing opinion) · Copy of the hearing notice (prior notice of disposition) · Proof of cultivation: receipts for farm supplies, seeds, and fertilizer, produce sales records, seasonal farming photos · Proof of justifiable reason: medical certificate (illness, injury requiring 3 months or more of treatment), enrollment certificate, military service documents, certificate of entry and exit (overseas travel of 3 months or more), proof of pregnancy or childbirth, natural disaster damage records · Farmland lease or loan-for-use agreement, or Korea Rural Community Corporation consigned lease contract (if lease or free use is the reason) · Copy of the farm management plan or weekend/experience farming plan and a plan to resume farming (if failure to follow the plan is the ground) · Land register certificate and farmland ledger (to confirm ownership and use) · Farmland Purchase Request (Form No. 8 of the Enforcement Rule of the Farmland Act, with a copy of the disposal order if one has been received)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Writing a Hearing Opinion on a Farmland Disposal Obligation
View full service guide Send your case
08 Immigration Violation Review Statement for Korean Passport Use After Foreign CitizenshipAppealImmigration Violation Review Statement for Korean Passport Use After Foreign Citizenship · Official check · 2-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameImmigration Violation Review Statement for Korean Passport Use After Foreign Citizenship
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the date of loss of nationality and passport use: Using the acquisition date on the citizenship certificate, check the dates and number of entries and departures made on the Korean passport afterward through entry-exit records. If the acquisition date is unknown, it is presumed to be the first issue date of the foreign passport; also check whether a Korean passport was newly issued after acquisition. · Prepare the report of loss of nationality: Prepare Form No. 10 of the Enforcement Rules of the Nationality Act with a certificate of family relation records, documents proving the cause and date of acquiring the foreign nationality, and a copy of the foreign passport, for submission to an immigration office or a Korean diplomatic mission. If the acquisition date cannot be proven, a copy of the foreign passport may substitute. · Draft and submit the statement and explanation: Set out in date order when the person learned of the loss of nationality, how and how often the Korean passport was used, whether the matter was self-reported, family and living ties in Korea, and follow-up steps such as the nationality loss report, attach evidence, and submit it on the client's behalf to the competent immigration office. Dates and facts are aligned with what was stated during questioning. · Check the notice result: Confirm the fine amount and payment place on the notice and explain that it must be paid within 15 days of receipt. If not paid in time, the office head must file a criminal complaint; payment before the complaint prevents it, and paying as notified means no further punishment for the same case. · Review the link to an F-4 (Overseas Korean) or other stay application: A foreigner who loses Korean nationality while staying in Korea must obtain a status of stay within 60 days of that event, so the filing timing is checked. Restrictions on the Overseas Korean status, such as men who lost nationality without completing military service, are reviewed to set the scope of later application documents.

5Basic required documents

No prescribed form (statements and explanations for an immigration offense review have no statutory form and are drafted to fit the case) · Report of loss of nationality (Form No. 10 of the Enforcement Rules of the Nationality Act) · Certificate of family relation records · Documents proving the cause and date of acquiring the foreign nationality (citizenship certificate, etc.) and a copy of the foreign passport · Copy of the Korean passport and certificate of entry-exit facts (dates and number of uses of the Korean passport) · Materials showing family relations, living ties and need to stay in Korea · Income and asset materials showing ability to pay and living circumstances (when requesting a reduction) · Power of attorney (when an administrative agent submits on the client's behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Using a Korean Passport After Acquiring Foreign Citizenship: How to Prepare an Explanatory Statement for an Immigration Offense Review
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Petitions, redress & dispute mediation

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Filing a State Compensation Application with a District Compensation CouncilAppealFiling a State Compensation Application with a District Compensation Council · Official check · 3-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameFiling a State Compensation Application with a District Compensation Council
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the basis for compensation and the competent council — First determine whether the case is an unlawful act by a public official in the course of duty (Article 2 of the State Compensation Act) or a defect in the installation or management of a public facility such as a road or river (Article 5). Applications against both the State and local governments are reviewed by District Compensation Councils, and there are 14 District Councils under the Headquarters Council, located at the regional and district prosecution offices (including the Incheon District Compensation Council). If the person who caused the damage is a soldier or military employee, a District Council at a military unit under the Special Council of the Ministry of National Defense has jurisdiction. · 2. Organize the accident details and evidence of damage — Match the date, time and place of the accident, the agency of the official involved or the facility at issue, and the damage with photos, dispatch records, medical certificates and repair estimates. The back of Form 8 sets out attachments by type of compensation: a doctor's certificate and medical receipts for medical expenses, proof of monthly income for lost earnings, and a repair estimate or repair receipt with itemized details for property damage. Insurance payments or other amounts already received must be stated in the application, so gather those payment records as well. · 3. Prepare and submit the compensation application — On the Form 8 compensation application, enter the applicant's and victim's personal details, an outline of the accident, and the amount claimed by item such as medical expenses, lost earnings, disability compensation, consolation money and property damage, and then sign and seal it. If the applicant is not the victim, attach documents proving the right to apply; there is no filing fee. If medical or repair costs are urgent, an advance payment may be requested at the same time using Form 15, and up to one half of the compensation amount for medical or repair expenses and the full amount of funeral expenses may be paid in advance. · 4. Review, decision and service of the decision — The District Council examines the evidence and decides within 4 weeks to pay, reject or dismiss, and serves the original copy of the decision within 1 week from the date of the decision. If you receive a request for correction, the correction period is not counted in the 4 weeks. Cases in which the estimated compensation is 50,000,000 won or more are sent to the Headquarters Council, which decides within 4 weeks. · 5. Submit the consent and claim form or apply for reconsideration — If you accept a payment decision, submit the consent and claim form (Form 23) with the original copy of the decision to the paying agency; a local government pays within 2 weeks of receiving the claim, and the paying agency for District Councils under the Headquarters Council pays within 1 week. If you do not accept, submit a statement of non-consent (Form 24), and failing to claim payment is treated as non-consent. For a rejection (including partial rejection) or dismissal, submit a reconsideration application (Form 25) through the same District Council within 2 weeks of service, and the Headquarters Council or Special Council decides again within 4 weeks.

5Basic required documents

Compensation application (Form 8 of the Enforcement Rule of the State Compensation Act; attach the applicant list, Form 8-2, if there are two or more applicants) · Accident statement, site photos, dispatch records and other materials showing the facts of the accident · Medical expenses: doctor's certificate describing treatment, medical bills and receipts · Lost earnings: proof of monthly income (certificates from the mayor, county head or district head and from the head of the workplace) · Disability compensation: doctor's certificate stating the type of physical disability · Survivor compensation and funeral expenses: death certificate, family relationship certificate · Property damage: repair estimate or repair receipt with itemized details, statement of property damage (Form 9 of the same Enforcement Rule) · If the applicant is not the victim, documents proving the right to apply; if you do not consent to shared use of administrative information, a resident registration abstract

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 800,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Filing a State Compensation Application with a District Compensation Council
View full service guide Send your case
02 Gym, PT and Pilates Refund RefusedAppealGym, PT and Pilates Refund Refused · Official check · 3-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameGym, PT and Pilates Refund Refused
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the contract type and the applicable rules — A fitness center (gym) is a sports facility business, so if there is no refund agreement with the business, the refund criteria in Appended Table 3-2 of the Enforcement Decree apply. Yoga and Pilates are not sports facility businesses, so if the contract runs for one month or longer and contains a refund restriction or penalty clause for early termination, it is treated as a continuous transaction under the Act on Door-to-Door Sales, etc., and you claim termination and a refund on that basis. Also check in the contract whether it is period-based or session-based and when the start date of use is. · 2. Prepare a refund calculation sheet — If you cancel for your own reasons before the start date of use, the refund is the fee minus the penalty (one-tenth of the fee); after the start date, it is the fee minus the amount for the period or sessions used and the penalty. The fee includes the down payment, admission fee, joining fee and ancillary facility fees, while a deposit is returned separately. If the business deducted the used portion at the regular price, compare it with the unit amount the consumer actually paid and set out the difference in a table. · 3. Send a refund request or certified mail — The Fair Trade Commission notice deducts the portion used up to the time your notice of termination reaches the business, and treats unused time as used once the period has passed. So send your notice of termination early in a dated written form such as certified mail, together with the calculation sheet and a refund deadline. If you paid an installment price of 200,000 won or more by credit card in 3 or more installments over 2 months or longer, also notify the card company in writing that you refuse to pay the remaining installments (right of defense). · 4. Apply to the Korea Consumer Agency for damage relief — If the business does not refund or does not respond, apply to the Korea Consumer Agency for damage relief in writing (including online). The application states the contract details, the termination date, the amount claimed and the basis of calculation, with the contract, payment records, usage records and a copy of the certified mail attached. The Agency investigates the facts and recommends that both parties agree on compensation. · 5. Review the dispute mediation result — If no agreement is reached within 30 days from the application, the President of the Agency applies to the Consumer Dispute Mediation Commission, which in principle completes the mediation within 30 days. If you do not state whether you accept within 15 days from receiving notice of the mediation, you are deemed to have accepted, and a concluded mediation has the same effect as a judicial settlement. Review whether to accept as soon as you receive the notice.

5Basic required documents

Damage relief application (no statutory form; filed in writing under Article 43 of the Enforcement Decree of the Framework Act on Consumers, using the Korea Consumer Agency application form or online application) · Membership contract, terms of use and refund policy notice · Payment records (card sales slip, installment details, bank transfer records) · Usage records (attendance records, PT session confirmation sheets, booking app screens) · Copies of the refund request and certified mail, and the business's replies (text and messenger screens) · Refund calculation sheet (fee, used portion and penalty shown separately) · Copy of the notice to the card company refusing installment payments (right of defense) (for credit card installments of 200,000 won or more) · Letter of authorization (when submission is delegated)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-09

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Gym, PT and Pilates Refund Refused
View full service guide Send your case
03 Insurance Mis-selling Complaint to the Financial Supervisory ServiceAppealInsurance Mis-selling Complaint to the Financial Supervisory Service · Official check · 3-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameInsurance Mis-selling Complaint to the Financial Supervisory Service
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check when you joined and which remedies are available — Until the earlier of 15 days from receiving the insurance policy and 30 days from the application, you can withdraw the application (Financial Consumer Protection Act, Article 46). If you did not receive the terms and conditions or were not told the important contents, you can cancel within 3 months from the date the contract was concluded (Commercial Act, Article 638-3), and after that the unlawful contract termination request within 1 year of learning of the violation and 5 years from the contract remains. If you cancelled an existing policy and switched to a similar one, also check whether you can request reinstatement of the old contract within 6 months from its extinction (Insurance Business Act, Article 97). · 2. Organize the facts and evidence — Arrange the events in date order from the first meeting with the agent through the application, the happy call, receipt of the policy and the filing of a complaint, and note what you were told on each date. Prepare an evidence table that links unofficial leaflets, KakaoTalk and text messages, consultation recordings, whether the product description and terms were received, and whether the application was signed in your own hand to each claim. For variable insurance, whether your age, financial situation and purpose of purchase were identified and confirmed at the time (suitability principle) is also a point to check. · 3. Submit an unlawful contract termination request to the insurer — The termination request states the name of the financial product and the facts of the legal violation, with documents proving the violation attached, and is submitted to the insurer. The insurer must notify you whether it accepts within 10 days from receiving the request and, if it refuses, must give the reasons. If it refuses without justifiable grounds, the consumer may terminate the contract, and the insurer may not demand fees or penalties related to the termination. · 4. File a complaint and dispute mediation application with the Financial Supervisory Service — If you do not agree with the insurer's reply, submit a dispute mediation application to the Financial Supervisory Service. The application states the applicant and the insurer, the purpose and the reasons of the application, with documents proving the cause and facts attached, and a letter of authorization is attached when a representative submits it. Even if it is filed as a petition or complaint, it may be handled as a mediation application if its content suits mediation. · 5. Review the settlement recommendation and mediation proposal — The Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service may notify the insurer of the application and recommend a settlement, and if no settlement is reached within 30 days from the application, refers the case to the Financial Dispute Mediation Committee. The Committee prepares a mediation proposal within 60 days from the referral, and if you do not accept it within 20 days from receiving it, you are deemed not to have accepted. A mediation proposal accepted by both sides has the same effect as a judicial settlement.

5Basic required documents

Dispute mediation application (Detailed Rules on Financial Dispute Mediation, Article 11; states the applicant and respondent, the purpose and reasons; Financial Supervisory Service complaint form) · Unlawful contract termination request (Regulations on Supervision of Financial Consumer Protection, Article 31(2); states the name of the financial product and the facts of the legal violation) · Insurance policy, copy of the application, product description and confirmation of receipt of the terms and conditions · Confirmation documents completed at the time of purchase, such as the suitability confirmation (variable insurance, etc.) · Leaflets given by the agent or sales counter, KakaoTalk and text message screens, consultation recordings · Premium payment records and surrender value statement · Insurer's reply to the complaint and notice of acceptance or refusal of the termination request · Chronological fact sheet and evidence table by claim · Letter of authorization (when submission is delegated)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-09

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Insurance Mis-selling Complaint to the Financial Supervisory Service
View full service guide Send your case
04 Filing a Grievance Petition with the Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights CommissionAppealFiling a Grievance Petition with the Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission · Official check · 3-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameFiling a Grievance Petition with the Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission
Actual processing agencyAnti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC)
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC)

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the matter qualifies as a grievance petition — First check whether the subject is an action, de facto act or omission of an administrative agency or an unreasonable system. Matters under another remedy procedure such as an administrative appeal or administrative lawsuit, rights settled by a judgment or ruling, private legal relationships between individuals, and personnel actions concerning public officials may be transferred to the agency concerned or dismissed. If the period for an administrative appeal against the action is still running, decide between a grievance petition and an administrative appeal together with the deadlines. · 2. Organize the facts and supporting materials — Arrange official letters exchanged with the agency, the disposition notice, petition receipts and the dates of calls and meetings in date order, and separately write down the legal basis of the action and what is illegal or unfair in light of that law. If delay is the issue, put the receipt date, the published handling period and the actual number of days elapsed into a table. Number the evidence and link it to the text of the petition. · 3. Prepare the grievance petition — State the petitioner's name and address (for a corporation or organization, its name, main office location and representative's name), the purpose and reasons of the petition, the underlying facts, the name of the agency concerned, whether a lawsuit or other remedy procedure has been filed, and any grievance petition filed with another commission. In the purpose section, describe the specific measure sought, such as cancellation of an action, payment of a usage fee or withdrawal of a document demand. If an agent files the petition, state the agent's personal details and relationship to the petitioner and prove the agent's qualification in writing. · 4. Receipt, investigation and submission of opinions — When filed electronically through e-People or by visit or mail, the commission designates a case officer and notifies you, and after 30 days from receipt or at the petitioner's request it notifies the progress and expected completion date. The commission may request explanations and materials from the agency or carry out on-site investigations, and if it requests supplementation you must supplement within the deadline to avoid closure of the case. Before making a corrective recommendation or expressing an opinion, the commission gives the petitioner an opportunity to submit opinions, so submit additional materials at that point. · 5. Notice of decision and checking the outcome — The commission notifies the decision to the petitioner and the agency concerned. An agency that receives a corrective recommendation, opinion or system improvement recommendation must respect it and report the outcome to the commission within 30 days, and if it does not follow a recommendation it must give its reasons in writing. The commission passes this report on to the petitioner, so decide on the next step after reviewing the notice.

5Basic required documents

Grievance petition (no statutory form; a document stating the entries required by Article 39, Paragraph 2 of the Act and Article 35, Paragraph 2 of its Enforcement Decree, or an electronic application through e-People) · Copies of the disposition notice, decision notice or reply letter · Petition receipt or receipt number and materials showing the handling period (where delay is the issue) · Evidence of the facts (photos, contracts, receipts, medical records and so on, depending on the case) · Materials summarizing the legal basis of the action and the points of illegality or unfairness · Document appointing an agent and proof of the agent's qualification (where an agent files) · Representative identification documents for a corporation or organization

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Filing a Grievance Petition with the Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission
View full service guide Send your case
05 Floor Noise Dispute Mediation ApplicationAppealFloor Noise Dispute Mediation Application · Official check · 3-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameFloor Noise Dispute Mediation Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Notify the management entity of the damage — Notify the management entity, such as the management office, in writing of the floor noise and ask it to recommend that the unit causing the noise stop or take soundproofing measures. The management entity may conduct necessary investigations, including checks inside the unit, to confirm the facts, and the unit causing the noise must cooperate with the recommendation. Recording the date of the request and the management entity's measures allows them to be used directly in the negotiation history statement later. · 2. Apply to the floor noise management committee — If the noise continues despite the management entity's measures, apply for mediation to the floor noise management committee formed under the management rules. Among complexes subject to mandatory management, those with 700 or more households must form this committee, while smaller complexes may or may not have one depending on their management rules, so check with the management office first. · 3. Organize noise records and negotiation history — Keep a log of the dates, times and types of noise (direct impact noise from running or walking, and airborne noise from audio equipment and the like) and collect recordings and measurement data. Compile the management entity requests, committee mediation and conversations between the parties in chronological order with supporting evidence to prepare the negotiation history statement. Water supply and drainage noise from bathrooms and toilets is excluded from floor noise under the Rule, so describe each type of noise separately. · 4. Choose the committee to apply to — Multi-family housing management disputes are handled in principle by the local dispute mediation committee of the city, county or district, and by the central dispute mediation committee of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport when the dispute spans two or more cities, counties or districts, when there is no local committee, or when both parties agree. For the environmental dispute mediation and damage relief committee, apply to the local committee of the province or metropolitan city choosing either conciliation (3 months) or mediation (9 months), with the period in parentheses being the deadline for completing the procedure. · 5. Prepare and submit the application and review the proposal — Submit to the central multi-family housing management dispute mediation committee an application on Appended Form No. 39 with the negotiation history statement and a copy of the applicant's ID, while local committees use the form set by city, county or district ordinance. When the central committee presents a mediation proposal, the parties must notify acceptance or rejection in writing within 30 days of receipt, and if no response is given within that period, the proposal is deemed accepted. An accepted mediation document has the same effect as a judicial settlement.

5Basic required documents

Multi-Family Housing Management Dispute Mediation Application (Enforcement Rule of the Multi-Family Housing Management Act, Appended Form No. 39, for the central dispute mediation committee · local committees use city, county or district ordinance forms) · Negotiation history statement between the parties (negotiation details by date from the start of the dispute to the application, with supporting evidence) · Copy of the applicant's ID (if an agent applies, a letter of authorization with a certificate of seal impression or a certificate of personal signature, and a copy of the agent's ID) · Floor noise damage report submitted to the management entity and records of its recommendations and measures · Floor noise management committee mediation application and result (if used) · Noise logs, recordings, measurement data and other objective materials for reference · Environmental dispute conciliation or mediation application (items under Article 15 of the Enforcement Decree: parties, date and place of damage, course of the dispute, purpose of and reasons for the application)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Floor Noise Dispute Mediation Application
View full service guide Send your case
06 Application for Determination as a Jeonse Fraud VictimApplicationApplication for Determination as a Jeonse Fraud Victim · Official check · 3-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameApplication for Determination as a Jeonse Fraud Victim
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the four requirements: Confirm that the home was delivered and the move-in report and fixed date were completed (leasehold registration and jeonse rights included), that the deposit is KRW 500 million or less, that two or more tenants have suffered or are expected to suffer damage through the landlord's bankruptcy or rehabilitation or the start of auction or public sale, and that there is reasonable ground to suspect the landlord did not intend to return deposits, such as an investigation or fraud. Tenants whose auction or public sale is complete are not assessed on the move-in/fixed-date and multiple-victim requirements. · 2. Check the exclusions: A tenant is excluded if the full deposit can be recovered through guarantee insurance, if the whole deposit is subject to priority repayment of a fixed amount, or if the tenant is judged able to recover the full deposit through opposing power or priority repayment rights. The committee may raise the deposit cap within a range of KRW 200 million. · 3. Submit the application: File the determination application with the lease copy, documents on the start of auction or public sale, enforceable-title documents such as a judgment or payment order, and other documents proving the requirements, to the Mayor or Provincial Governor. The resident registration abstract is checked through administrative information, and if the tenant cannot apply in person, an agent is appointed with a power of attorney. Defects in the application bring a supplement request with a period of up to 14 days. · 4. Investigation, deliberation and decision: The Minister investigates the lease rights and the landlord's debts within 30 days of the application. The committee deliberates and decides within 30 days of the agenda being submitted, extendable once by up to 15 days if unavoidable. The original decision document is served on the applicant. · 5. Objection within 30 days: A person who objects files an objection with the Minister within 30 days of receiving the decision. The Minister decides after re-deliberation by the committee within 20 days of receiving the objection.

5Basic required documents

Jeonse fraud victim determination application · Copy of the lease contract · Documents on the start of auction or public sale (notice of demand, public sale notice, etc.) · Documents confirming an enforceable title such as a judgment or payment order (if applicable) · Materials showing landlord-related requirements such as the start of an investigation · Consent form for collection and use of personal information · Power of attorney (if an agent is appointed)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for Lease Fraud Victim Determination
View full service guide Send your case
07 Objection to an individually assessed official land priceAppealObjection to an individually assessed official land price · Official check · 3-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameObjection to an individually assessed official land price
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Submit an opinion during the pre-announcement review period — Before announcing individual land prices, the city, county or district prepares a review register and posts the review period and opinion submission period on its notice board or website for at least 20 days (Enforcement Decree Article 19). If you submit an individual land price opinion on Form 7 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Public Announcement of Real Estate Values during this period, the authority reviews it and notifies the result within 30 days after the opinion submission period ends. · 2. Check the announced price and the land characteristics survey — Individual land prices are calculated from the announced price of a standard lot with similar use value using the land price comparison table (Act Article 10(4)), so check whether the comparison standard lot is appropriate and whether the land characteristics survey is accurate. Compare the land category, zoning, actual use, road frontage, shape and terrain against the land use plan confirmation, cadastral map and site photos, and see whether the price is balanced with nearby lots. · 3. Prepare and submit the objection — On the individual land price objection form (Form 8), state the location and lot number, land category, actual use, the announced price and your proposed price (won per square meter) and the grounds, and attach evidence supporting the grounds. Submit it in writing to the mayor, county head or district head where the land is located within 30 days of the announcement; it can also be filed through Government24, and there is no fee. · 4. Verification, deliberation and notice of result — If necessary, the authority asks an appraisal firm to verify the price and refers it to the city/county/district real estate price announcement committee, then notifies the result in writing within 30 days after the objection period ends. If the objection is found justified, the individual land price is adjusted and announced again (Act Article 11(2)). · 5. File an administrative appeal if you disagree with the result — You may file an administrative appeal within 90 days of receiving the objection result (Framework Act on Public Administration Article 36(4)), and you may also file an appeal regardless of the objection (Article 36(3)). Because the decision is made by a mayor, county head or district head, the provincial administrative appeals commission reviews it, and the petition is prepared on Form 30 of the Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act.

5Basic required documents

Individual land price objection form (Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Public Announcement of Real Estate Values, Form 8) · For pre-announcement opinions: individual land price opinion form (Form 7 of the same Enforcement Rule) · Documents showing land characteristics, such as the land use plan confirmation, land register and cadastral map · Site photos showing road frontage, actual use, shape and elevation · Announced price data for nearby comparable lots and standard lots · If an interested party other than the owner applies, documents showing the interest

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Object to an Individual Land Price
View full service guide Send your case
08 Unfair trade practice report to the Korea Fair Trade CommissionAppealUnfair trade practice report to the Korea Fair Trade Commission · Official check · 3-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameUnfair trade practice report to the Korea Fair Trade Commission
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the conduct is reportable — Article 45, paragraph 1 of the Act lists unfair trade practices such as unjustified refusal to deal, discrimination against trading partners, exclusion of competitors, unjust use of a superior transactional position, trading on restrictive conditions and interference with business activities. The specific types and standards are set in Appendix 2 under Article 52 of the Enforcement Decree, so match what happened to the wording of the appendix. Subcontracting, franchise and dealership transactions may fall under separate laws, so check the transaction structure first. · 2. Organize the facts and evidence — Arrange in chronological order when, who, in which transaction and what act occurred, and link evidence such as contracts, messages, emails, tax invoices and summaries of recorded calls. The Commission cannot order corrective measures or impose penalty surcharges once 7 years have passed from the end of the violation (Article 80, paragraph 4), so identify the end date for older matters. · 3. Prepare and submit the report — Article 71 of the Enforcement Decree requires a written report containing the reporter's name and address, the respondent's address, representative's name and business, the content of the violation, and matters that clarify the violation. In urgent or unavoidable cases, a report by phone or orally is possible. Choose the submission channel (mail, visit or online) according to the Commission's guidance. · 4. Follow the investigation and check the notice of result — The Commission investigates as needed, and whether or not it takes action, it notifies the parties in writing of the grounds, content and reasons (Article 80, paragraph 3). If a request for materials arrives during the investigation, supplement them within the deadline. · 5. Request re-investigation if no action is taken — If the Commission investigates a report but takes no action, it must notify the reporter of the reasons in writing, and the reporter may request re-investigation with supporting grounds within 30 days of receiving the notice (Article 96-2). If accepted, a different investigator from the one who handled the first investigation conducts it again.

5Basic required documents

Report (no prescribed form; a written document containing the items in Article 71 of the Enforcement Decree) · Material identifying the reporter's name and address (copy of ID or business registration certificate) · Material on the respondent's address, representative and business (business registration certificate, transaction records) · Fact summary of the violation (chronological account) · Evidence (contracts, messages and emails, tax invoices, transaction records)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-19

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Reporting Unfair Trade Practices to the Fair Trade Commission
View full service guide Send your case
09 Preparation of relocation-assistance eligibility applications, exclusion-objection and administrative appeal documentsApplicationAppealPreparation of relocation-assistance eligibility applications, exclusion-objection and administrative appeal documents · Official check · 3-9
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of relocation-assistance eligibility applications, exclusion-objection and administrative appeal documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the reference date and residence period — An eligible person must be an owner who has lived in the building continuously from the date of the public notice under the relevant laws for public works until the contract date or expropriation adjudication date. Absence for unavoidable reasons such as medical treatment, military service, official duty, schooling or living in another person's building within the project district does not lead to exclusion. Project operator announcements sometimes set more specific criteria, such as ownership and residence from 1 year before the public inspection notice date, so also check the reference date in the announcement. · 2. Review exclusions and eligibility for relocation settlement money — Owners of buildings constructed or converted without the required permit or report, and tenants living in buildings owned by others, are excluded from relocation measures (tenants who own a residential building within the district are an exception). Persons who have not lived there continuously from 1 year before the public notice, or who wish to move somewhere other than the relocation site, receive relocation settlement money instead. The settlement money is 30% of the appraised value of the residential building, but not less than 12,000,000 won and not more than 24,000,000 won. · 3. Submit the eligibility application and supporting evidence — The project operator must notify eligible persons in advance of the relocation measures it plans, and the application period and form are set in the operator's announcement. If the resident registration abstract alone does not show actual residence, submit residence evidence such as utility payment records and mail receipt records. For buildings not listed in the building register, organize materials showing the construction date and whether a permit or report was made. · 4. Review land compensation eligibility and priority — To receive compensation in land, you must have owned the land continuously from 1 year before the public notice until the contract date or adjudication date, and transfer land at least as large as the minimum lot division area set by ordinance (within the Enforcement Decree of the Building Act range of 60 square meters or more in residential areas, 150 square meters in commercial and industrial areas, and 200 square meters in green areas). When applicants compete, priority goes to those who are not absentee owners and who live within the district, in order of longest holding period, and other priorities are announced by the project operator. The compensated area may not exceed 990 square meters for housing land or 1,100 square meters for commercial land. · 5. Objection and administrative appeal against an exclusion decision — You may file an objection with the project operator within 30 days of receiving the exclusion (ineligibility) notice, and an administrative appeal must be filed within 90 days of learning of the disposition and within 180 days of the disposition. If you filed an objection, you may file an administrative appeal within 90 days of being notified of the result. If you reapply with new materials after a rejection and are rejected again, the Supreme Court treats this as a new rejection disposition.

5Basic required documents

Relocation measures eligibility application (form set by the project operator's announcement, no statutory form under the land compensation laws) · Administrative appeal petition (Form No. 30 of the Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, when contesting an exclusion decision) · Objection (no prescribed form, submitted in writing to the project operator) · Compensation plan notice and relocation measures exclusion (ineligibility) notice · Resident registration abstract (including address change history) · Building register, building permit or report documents, or materials showing the construction date · Materials showing actual residence (utility payment records, mail receipt records, etc.) · Proof of unavoidable reasons for absence, if applicable (medical certificate, military enlistment records, certificate of enrollment, etc.) · Land registration certificate and holding period records (when applying for land compensation)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We review proof of residence and ownership for 1 household or 1 public project and provide assistance in preparing and submitting the relevant documents, including an initial selection application/explanation, an objection to exclusion decision, or a claim for administrative appeal. Each procedure is selected and carried out, and lawsuits and on-site visits are not included.

Scope & fee
Initial application for relocation-measures beneficiary selection
We will assist you in preparing and submitting the initial selection application and explanation of selection requirements as proof of provision of 1 household and 1 public interest project. Other application/appeal procedures and lawsuits/visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Objection only to exclusion from relocation measures
We will assist you in writing and submitting an objection form for the project operator with proof of 1 household and 1 public interest project. Other application/appeal procedures and lawsuits/visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Administrative appeal only against exclusion from relocation measures
We will assist you in preparing and submitting a claim for administrative appeal of exclusion disposition with proof of provision of 1 household and 1 public interest project. Other application/appeal procedures and lawsuits/visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Initial application for relocation-measures beneficiary selection from KRW 500,000
  • Objection only to exclusion from relocation measures from KRW 500,000
  • Administrative appeal only against exclusion from relocation measures from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-16

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of relocation-assistance eligibility applications, exclusion-objection and administrative appeal documents
View full service guide Send your case
10 Apartment defect assessment and dispute mediation applicationAppealApartment defect assessment and dispute mediation application · Official check · 3-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameApartment defect assessment and dispute mediation application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Checking the defective part and the warranty period — The warranty period is 10 years for load-bearing structural defects; for each type of works under Annex 4 of the Enforcement Decree of the Multi-Family Housing Management Act, it is 2 years for finishing works, 3 years for equipment works such as plumbing, heating, electrical and fire-fighting, and window and door works, 5 years for site preparation, reinforced concrete, masonry, roofing and waterproofing works, and 10 years for ground works. The period runs from the date of handover to the resident for private areas and from the date of use inspection (or use approval) for common areas (Multi-Family Housing Management Act Article 36(3)). · 2. Requesting repairs from the developer and checking the reply — Within the warranty period, the resident requests repairs of private areas, and the residents' representative council, managing entity or management body requests repairs of common areas (Enforcement Decree Article 38(1) and (2)). The developer must repair within 15 days of the request or notify a repair plan in writing, and if it considers the issue not a defect, it must give its reasons in writing (same Article (3)). The request dates, replies and discussions form the basis of the negotiation history statement attached to the application. · 3. Writing and submitting the defect review or dispute mediation application — If the dispute is whether there is a defect at all, use the defect review application (Form No. 15); if it concerns the repair method or cost, use the defect dispute mediation application (Form No. 16) (Enforcement Rule of the Multi-Family Housing Management Act Article 19). Attach the negotiation history statement, evidence of the defect such as color photos and explanations, and a copy of ID; for mediation claiming repair costs, add a statement of repair cost calculation, and submit copies equal to the number of respondents. The application fee stated on the form is 10,000 won, and applications can also be filed electronically on the committee's website. · 4. The respondent's answer and the committee's review — The committee notifies the other party of the application; the other party must submit an answer within 10 days unless there are special circumstances, and the developer must take part in the mediation (Multi-Family Housing Management Act Article 46). The processing period is 60 days for defect reviews and dispute mediation (90 days for common areas), excluding correction and defect appraisal periods, and may be extended once by up to 30 days (same Act Article 45). If the cause of the defect is unclear, a safety inspection agency may carry out a defect appraisal, the cost of which is borne by the parties (same Act Article 48). · 5. After receiving the decision or the mediation proposal — If a defect is found, the developer must repair it according to the decision and report the result to the committee, and a party objecting to the decision may file an objection within 30 days of receiving it, attaching an opinion from a safety inspection agency or other expert (Multi-Family Housing Management Act Article 43). For dispute mediation, each party must state whether it accepts the proposal within 30 days of receiving it; no response is deemed acceptance, and the mediation record has the same effect as a judicial settlement (same Act Article 44).

5Basic required documents

Defect review application (Enforcement Rule of the Multi-Family Housing Management Act, Form No. 15) or defect dispute mediation application (same Rule, Form No. 16), with copies equal to the number of respondents · Statement of negotiation history between the parties (requests, replies and discussions by date from the first repair request to the application, with supporting evidence) · Evidence of the defect (color photos and explanations, etc.) · Statement of repair cost calculation (when claiming repair costs in dispute mediation) · Copy of the defect repair deposit guarantee (when the guarantee issuer is a party) · Copy of the applicant's ID (certificate of seal impression for corporations), and the applicant's letter of authorization when submitted on the applicant's behalf · Proof of reporting the formation of the residents' representative council, or a copy of the certificate of assignment of the management office head and seal report, or proof of appointment of the management body's manager (when such a body applies)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Writing an Apartment Defect Review or Dispute Mediation Application
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Start-up & business operations

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Start-up permit pre-reviewAdvisoryStart-up permit pre-review · Official check · 4-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameStart-up permit pre-review
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Business registration must be filed within 20 days from the business commencement date. For industries that require a permit, check the permit processing time and fees first and build them into the opening schedule.
1When this applies

Start-up founders (sole proprietors or corporations) who want to check industry-specific permits and premises requirements before starting a business.

2Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Organize the business type and industry: decide whether to start as a sole proprietor or a corporation, and organize the business category and items, the premises address and whether there will be joint representatives. Even for the same shop, the required permits and qualifications change with how the industry is defined, so the industry is fixed concretely at this stage. · Check the permits for the industry: confirm the report, registration or permit each industry needs (such as a restaurant business report, a mail-order business report or construction business registration) and the processing body (city, county or district office, or the competent authority), and organize requirements such as qualified personnel, capital and facilities and the processing time in a table. · Check the premises requirements: before signing, check with the building register whether the building's use allows the industry and whether it meets the floor-area, floor and facility standards. Also check whether the industry has location restrictions, such as educational environment protection zones around schools. · Explain the order and documents: organize the order and deadlines for the permit application, business registration and opening, and provide a list of documents for each stage. Business registration needs a copy of the permit certificate and a copy of the lease; before the corporate registration or before the permit, a copy of the application or a business plan can be used instead. · Connect to the permit application: depending on the review, drafting and filing the business report, registration or permit application continues as the service for that industry, and documents are supplemented within the deadline if a correction is requested during processing.

6Basic required documents

No submission form (pre-review service — permit applications are drafted in the service for each industry) · Copy of the representative's ID · Premises address and lease (expected lease terms if not yet signed) · Building register (to check the premises' use and floor area) · Copies of qualifications or licenses related to the industry (for industries that require them) · Business plan summary (industry, scale, operating method, planned opening date) · For a corporation: planned trade name, business purposes, capital and officers

7Deadline · procedural notes

Business registration must be filed within 20 days from the business commencement date. For industries that require a permit, check the permit processing time and fees first and build them into the opening schedule.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Register a Franchise Disclosure Document
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of personal information leakage notification/report and dispute mediation applicationsNotificationAppealPreparation of personal information leakage notification/report and dispute mediation applications · Official check · 4-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of personal information leakage notification/report and dispute mediation applications
Actual processing agencyPersonal Information Protection Commission (PIPC) · Personal Information Dispute Mediation Committee · Korea Internet & Security Agency (KISA)
Statutory and policy authorityPersonal Information Protection Commission (PIPC)
Online route Personal Information Protection Portal · Personal Information Infringement Report Center
Deadline · procedural notes Mandatory reporting · evaluation and private certifications have different applicable targets and renewal cycles. First determine the target assessment date and the data reference date.
1When this applies

Businesses preparing personal data handling · certification, ESG · greenhouse gas · environmental management systems.

2Actual processing agency

Personal Information Protection Commission (PIPC) · Personal Information Dispute Mediation Committee · Korea Internet & Security Agency (KISA)

3Statutory and policy authority

Personal Information Protection Commission (PIPC)

4Online route

Personal Information Protection Portal · Personal Information Infringement Report Center

5Procedure order

Record when and how the incident was discovered: Immediately record the time the leak or unlawful access was first discovered, who confirmed it, and the leaked items and number of people. The 72-hour period for notification and reporting runs from the time the controller became aware of the leak. · Draft the notice to data subjects: Include every item listed in Article 34(1) of the Act and notify in writing or by similar means. If the leaked items or circumstances are not yet confirmed, first notify what has been confirmed and send further notice as soon as more is confirmed; if contact details are unknown, posting the notice on the website or at the business premises for at least 30 days may replace individual notice. · Check whether a leak report is required and file it: If 1,000 or more people, sensitive or unique identifying information, or unlawful outside access is involved, report to the Personal Information Protection Commission or the Korea Internet & Security Agency within 72 hours. A report may be omitted where the leak route was identified and the information recovered or deleted so that the risk of harm became remarkably low, so keep evidence supporting that decision. · Notify of a possible leak: Where unlawful access occurred but the affected data subjects are hard to identify, or some information was confirmed to have been traded by a third party, notify all data subjects who may be affected of the items, the suspected time and circumstances, and that further notice will follow once the leak is confirmed. · Prepare an infringement report or mediation application: An affected data subject organizes the notice received and screen or text records, then reports the infringement to the Personal Information Infringement Report Center or, to seek remedies such as damages, files a dispute mediation application with the Mediation Committee. A party who does not state acceptance or refusal within 15 days of receiving the proposal is deemed to have accepted it. · Update the privacy policy and CCTV signs and respond to fine notices: The privacy policy should contain the Article 30 items such as purpose of processing, retention period, destruction procedure and the privacy officer's contact details, and the CCTV sign should state the purpose and location, recording range and hours, and the manager's contact details. On receiving an advance notice of an administrative fine, submit a written opinion with corrective actions and mitigating circumstances within the deadline.

6Basic required documents

Record of how the leak was discovered (time first discovered, who confirmed it, leaked items and number of people) · Notice to data subjects and delivery records (text or email logs, or screenshots of the 30-day posting) · Personal information leak report (for the Personal Information Protection Commission or Korea Internet & Security Agency) · Records of response measures such as blocking access, fixing vulnerabilities, and recovering or deleting data · Privacy policy, consent forms for collection and use, and processing outsourcing contracts · CCTV installation purpose, location and recording range, with photos of the sign · Infringement report or mediation application with supporting materials (notice received, screenshots, text messages) · Advance notice of administrative fine, written opinion, and proof of corrective action

7Deadline · procedural notes

Mandatory reporting · evaluation and private certifications have different applicable targets and renewal cycles. First determine the target assessment date and the data reference date.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the business's personal information leak notification/report form and the victim's dispute mediation application form. We will distinguish between procedures appropriate for the status of the client, either business or victim.

Scope & fee
Prepare business data-breach notice and report documents
We will organize the leak recognition, target, items, and response records of 1 business operator and prepare a information subject notice and leak report. It does not include information system technical investigation and recovery and operation of a permanent personal information management system. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Personal data subject dispute mediation application for 1 person
We will compile the personal information victim data and demands of 1 victim information subject and prepare the dispute mediation application documents. It does not include statements from business leak reports, technical investigations, or coordination meetings. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Prepare business data-breach notice and report documents from KRW 500,000
  • Personal data subject dispute mediation application for 1 person from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
03 Regulatory Sandbox Application (Special Exception for Demonstration and Temporary Permit)PermitRegulatory Sandbox Application (Special Exception for Demonstration and Temporary Permit) · Official check · 4-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameRegulatory Sandbox Application (Special Exception for Demonstration and Temporary Permit)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Choose the program: If it is unclear whether a permit is needed at all, apply for rapid regulatory confirmation. Where the law has no suitable standards or existing standards do not fit, consider a temporary permit if the goal is market launch, or a special exception for demonstration if the goal is testing and verification; if another law makes a permit application impossible, only a special exception for demonstration is available. · Identify the blocking provisions and the competent ministry: Pinpoint the statutory provisions blocking the business and the law that governs the permit, and choose the competent ministry for the business, such as the Ministry of Trade and Industry for industrial convergence products and services or the Ministry of Science and ICT for information and communications convergence technologies and services. Also check whether an earlier approved case has substantially the same content or method. · Prepare the application and business implementation plan: Attach the business implementation plan, materials on innovation and user benefits, materials on market growth potential, materials on possible damage and compensation measures, and materials on life, health, safety and personal information protection to the statutory application form for the field, and submit them to the competent ministry. · Respond to agency review and supplement requests: The relevant agency replies in writing within 30 days; when it requests supplementary materials, that time is excluded, but it must still reply within 90 days. If a similar earlier case exists, the reply period is shortened to within 15 days and review by an expert committee may replace the full committee review. · Committee review and conditions: The Regulatory Special Exception Review Committee looks at the business implementation plan, innovation, the likelihood of irreparable damage and the adequacy of compensation measures, decides whether to allow the project and its area, period and scale, and may attach conditions needed for safety. Organize the review criteria notified at the time of approval as operating standards for the business. · Liability insurance and follow-up: Take out liability insurance before starting the project (if insurance is unavailable, submit a statement of reasons for being unable to obtain liability insurance and a separate compensation plan), and start the business within 2 years from the approval date. Apply for extension of the validity period 2 months before expiry, and if no request to revise the law was made, submit the results of the special exception and the business within 30 days from the expiry date.

5Basic required documents

Application for rapid regulatory confirmation, application for special exception for demonstration, or application for temporary permit (Enforcement Decree of the Industrial Convergence Promotion Act, Annexed Forms No. 1, No. 3 and No. 7; for information and communications convergence, Enforcement Rule of the Special Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Technology, Vitalization of Convergence Thereof, Etc., Annexed Forms No. 9, No. 13 and No. 11) · Business implementation plan (content of the new product or service, area, period and scale of demonstration) · Materials explaining that the product or service is an industrial convergence product or service and meets a ground for the special exception, such as the absence of standards or specifications (including the blocking statutory provisions) · Materials explaining innovation and improvement of user benefits · Materials on future growth potential of the related market · Materials on possible damage from the demonstration and compensation measures (liability insurance plan) · Materials on effects on public life, health, safety, the environment and balanced regional development, and on the protection and processing of personal information · Certificate of business registration, corporate register certificate (for corporations), power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for the Regulatory Sandbox
View full service guide Send your case
04 Preparation of application documents for small business closure support, settlement of demolition costs, and re-startup supportApplicationPreparation of application documents for small business closure support, settlement of demolition costs, and re-startup support · Official check · 4-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for small business closure support, settlement of demolition costs, and re-startup support
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the year's announcement and eligibility: Compare against the announcement text whether the applicant is a small enterprise under the Framework Act on Small Enterprises, whether the business has already closed or is scheduled to close, whether it falls under an excluded business type, and whether similar support was received before. Some announcements separate scheduled and completed closures and set the application deadline from the closure date, so check this before fixing the closure date. · Apply for store demolition costs before signing the demolition contract: Once a demolition company quote is obtained, submit the Sbiz24 online application with the store lease agreement, the quote and photos taken before demolition. Finishing demolition first or demolishing the store yourself may lead to exclusion, and the scope of restoration should first be checked against the special terms of the lease. · Apply for wind-down consulting and legal advice: Article 4-3 of the Enforcement Decree of the same Act lists consulting for business wind-down and closure-related counseling among the duties of the Small Business Closure Support Center. The consulting reviews the order for disposing of inventory and fixtures, ending the lease and settling remaining debts, and the legal advice and debt adjustment items in the announcement are selected in the same application. · Business closure report and licensed business closure report: The applicant files the business closure report personally through Hometax or the competent tax office under Article 8 of the Value-Added Tax Act. Restaurants submit the business closure report with the original business report certificate to the city, county or district office under Article 44 of the Enforcement Rule of the Food Sanitation Act, and public health businesses such as hair salons and laundries report within 20 days from the date of closure. A closure report cannot be filed while administrative sanction procedures such as business suspension are in progress. · Connect to re-employment and restart support: Those preparing for employment after closure complete the training under the announcement and apply for the job transition allowance with proof of job search or employment. Those restarting a business go through restart training and business plan review, and those insured under self-employed employment insurance also check the job-seeking benefit requirements of Article 69-3 of the Employment Insurance Act (a combined insured period of at least 1 year during the 24 months before the closure date).

5Basic required documents

Closure support program application (no statutory form: completed as the Sbiz24 online application announced each year) · Business closure report (Form No. 42 of the Enforcement Rule of the Food Sanitation Act or the statutory form for the business type, with the original business report certificate or license attached) · Certificate of business registration or certificate of closure (issued to the applicant via Hometax or the tax office) · Copy of the store lease agreement (when applying for demolition costs) · Demolition evidence required by the announcement, such as the demolition company quote and contract and before-and-after photos · Training completion confirmation and proof of job search or employment (when applying for the job transition allowance) · Restart business plan (when applying for restart support, in the announcement format) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare applications for small business closure support and settlement of store demolition costs. If you apply for a separate re-startup support notice, we will prepare a business plan and submission documents.

Scope & fee
One Stop Closure Support: initial application for 1 selected item
We will prepare the initial application documents for 1 item of your choice among 1-stop business closure support for 1 business location. Qualification and workplace data are provided, and actual consulting, demolition, settlement, re-employment incentives, and re-startup commercialization applications are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Initial storefront demolition-cost application and 1 settlement after demolition
We will prepare the initial application for demolition costs for 1 store and 1 settlement after demolition. Contracts, tax invoices, transfers, and before-and-after photos are provided, but construction, construction company estimates, and tax reporting are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Re-start business support announcement application and business plan
We will prepare an application form and a 5-page business plan for 1 re-startup announcement. Actual business, sales, and funding data are provided, but support for business closure, settlement of demolition costs, and actual start-up execution are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Settlement after demolition only for an existing storefront demolition-cost application
We will prepare demolition cost settlement data for 1 store that has previously applied for and demolition completed. Approval, contract, tax invoice, transfer, and photo data are provided, but initial application and demolition work are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • One Stop Closure Support: initial application for 1 selected item from KRW 400,000
  • Initial storefront demolition-cost application and 1 settlement after demolition from KRW 600,000
  • Re-start business support announcement application and business plan from KRW 600,000
  • Settlement after demolition only for an existing storefront demolition-cost application from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-10

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for small business closure support, settlement of demolition costs, and re-startup support
View full service guide Send your case
05 Multi-Level Marketing and Sponsored Door-to-Door Sales Business RegistrationRegistrationMulti-Level Marketing and Sponsored Door-to-Door Sales Business Registration · Official check · 4-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameMulti-Level Marketing and Sponsored Door-to-Door Sales Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Classify the business type and check disqualification: Determine from the structure of the sales organization whether it is multi-level marketing, which pays sponsorship allowances based on recruiting lower-tier sellers and their performance, or sponsored door-to-door sales, which pays no sponsorship allowance for the performance of sellers other than the seller's immediately lower-tier sellers. Check that the representative, officers and controlling shareholders do not fall under the grounds for disqualification in Article 14 of the Act, such as being a minor, a person under limited or full adult guardianship, a bankrupt who has not been reinstated, a person for whom 5 years have not passed since completing a prison sentence for violating the Act, or a person for whom 5 years have not passed since registration was revoked. · Check the capital requirement: A multi-level marketing business must have capital of at least 500 million won, and because impaired capital is deducted and legal reserves are added in the calculation, compliance is checked against the latest settlement of accounts. A sponsored door-to-door sales business does not submit proof of capital. · Conclude a consumer damage compensation insurance contract, etc.: Before registration, conclude one of an insurance contract for consumer damage compensation, a debt payment guarantee contract, or a mutual aid contract with a mutual aid cooperative, and obtain the supporting certificate. If a sponsored door-to-door sales business has sold at least 70/100 of the goods, etc. supplied to its sellers to consumers who are not sellers, a confirmation of the final consumer sales ratio and proof of sales for the previous business year may replace this contract, but this does not apply to sales made through electronic transactions. · Prepare the sponsorship allowance standards and sales method documents: Set objective and clear standards, calculated on a one-year basis, so that total sponsorship allowances do not exceed 35/100 (38/100 for sponsored door-to-door sales) of the total price (including VAT) of goods, etc. supplied to sellers. Check that there is no standard paying different allowances on condition of recruiting a certain number of lower-tier sellers and that the burden imposed on sellers is no more than 50,000 won per year, and set out inventory management and allowance payment methods in the sales method document. · Submit the application and receive the registration certificate: Attach the proof of capital, the insurance or mutual aid contract certificate, the sponsorship allowance standards, the sales method document and the document stating business days to the registration application in Annexed Form No. 7, and submit it to the Si/Do having jurisdiction over the principal office. The official checks the corporate registration certificate and the business registration certificate through shared administrative information, and once the registration requirements are met, a multi-level marketing business registration certificate (Annexed Form No. 8) or a sponsored door-to-door sales business registration certificate (Annexed Form No. 9) is issued. · Report changes, suspension and closure: If application details such as trade name, address or representative, the capital, the consumer damage compensation insurance contract, etc., or the sponsorship allowance standards change, file a change report within 15 days from the date the change occurred (for capital, the date the settlement of accounts is finalized). For changes due to termination or expiry of an insurance or mutual aid contract, supporting documents must be submitted 3 months before the termination or expiry date, and suspension, closure and resumption of business must be reported in advance.

5Basic required documents

Multi-level marketing / sponsored door-to-door sales business registration application (Annexed Form No. 7 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Door-to-Door Sales, Etc.) · Document proving capital of at least 500 million won (multi-level marketing business only) · Certificate of a consumer damage compensation insurance contract, etc. (one of an insurance contract, a debt payment guarantee contract or a mutual aid contract) · Document on the standards for calculating and paying sponsorship allowances · Document stating sales methods such as inventory management and payment of sponsorship allowances · Document stating the company's business days · Confirmation of the final consumer sales ratio (Annexed Form No. 12) and proof of sales for the previous business year (where a sponsored door-to-door sales business seeks to apply Article 29(2)) · Power of attorney (where an administrative agent submits on the applicant's behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register a Multi-Level Marketing Business
View full service guide Send your case
06 Foreign Direct Investment Report and Registration of a Foreign-Invested CompanyNotificationRegistrationForeign Direct Investment Report and Registration of a Foreign-Invested Company · Official check · 4-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameForeign Direct Investment Report and Registration of a Foreign-Invested Company
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether it is foreign investment: The investment must be KRW 100 million or more, and the investor must hold 10% or more of the voting shares or capital or dispatch or appoint an officer. If two or more foreigners invest together, the amount is counted per person. If the requirements are not met, other foreign exchange procedures are reviewed instead. · 2. Report before investing: Submit two copies of the foreign investment report with attachments to KOTRA or a foreign exchange bank in advance. A report certificate is issued without delay. In cases set by law, such as acquiring existing shares of a listed company, capitalizing reserves, or inheriting or receiving as a gift shares of a registered foreign-invested company, the report can be made within 60 days after acquisition. · 3. Bring in the funds and establish or increase capital: Bring the investment funds from abroad as reported and pay them in as capital for the new corporation or a capital increase. The funds may not be used for any purpose other than the reported one. Keep the remittance and foreign currency purchase records, since they are used again at registration. · 4. Register the foreign-invested company (within 60 days): Register within 60 days of completing payment of the contribution or settling the share price. If the KRW 100 million and 10% requirements are met, registration is possible even before payment is completed. The registration certificate may not be transferred or lent to anyone. · 5. Change registration and cancellation: Register changes when the foreign investment ratio, amount, the investor's name or nationality, the company's trade name or address, or the business changes, or when shares are transferred. Registration is cancelled if the foreign investor transfers all shares to a Korean or loses the entire stake through capital reduction.

5Basic required documents

Foreign investment report (form by investment method, 2 copies) · Documents proving the foreign investor's identity (passport copy for an individual, corporate documents for a company) · Proof of bringing in the funds (overseas remittance or foreign currency purchase records) · Foreign-invested company registration application · Corporate registry certificate, business registration certificate and shareholder register · Power of attorney (for filing or registration through an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to File a Foreign Investment Report
View full service guide Send your case
07 Report on Establishing a Domestic Branch of a Foreign CompanyNotificationReport on Establishing a Domestic Branch of a Foreign Company · Official check · 4-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameReport on Establishing a Domestic Branch of a Foreign Company
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Choose between a branch and a liaison office: Report a branch to conclude contracts and earn revenue in Korea, or a liaison office to perform only business liaison, market research or R&D for headquarters. A liaison office may not conduct profit-making business, so define in detail the work to be done in Korea first. · 2. Designate the foreign exchange bank and file the report: The foreign company designates one foreign exchange bank as its transaction bank and submits the domestic branch establishment report to the head of that bank. A domestic branch that will engage in financial work, securities or insurance work, or work not permitted by other laws reports to the Minister of Economy and Finance. · 3. Bring in operating funds: A branch brings in operating funds from headquarters through the designated foreign exchange bank. Branches and offices in Korea are treated as residents under the Foreign Exchange Transactions Act, and post-report management is handled by the designated bank. · 4. Register the business location and report to the tax office: A branch registers its purpose, trade name and domestic representative at its business location within 3 weeks of establishment, and may not trade continuously before registering. A branch reports the establishment of its domestic place of business to the tax office within 2 months of acquiring it, and a liaison office that does not receive a business registration number obtains a unique number. · 5. Change, closure and net profit remittance: If reported details change, submit a domestic branch change report to the place that received the establishment report. To remit a branch's year-end net profit to headquarters, apply to the designated bank with the balance sheet, income statement and tax payment certificate attached, and file a closure report when closing the branch.

5Basic required documents

Domestic branch establishment report (Foreign Exchange Transactions Regulation Form 9-8) · Documents proving the name, location and main business of the foreign head office (with translation) · Statement of the content and scope of the business to be conducted in Korea · Copy of the permit proving permission, if other laws require permission to establish · Domestic place of business establishment report and balance sheet as of the acquisition date (branch, submitted to the tax office) · Domestic branch change report (Form 9-9) and proof of the change (when changing) · Power of attorney (for submission through an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-06

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report a Foreign Company's Liaison Office or Branch in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
08 How to Report Overseas Direct InvestmentNotificationHow to Report Overseas Direct Investment · Official check · 4-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Report Overseas Direct Investment
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether it is overseas direct investment — Check whether the investor acquires 10% or more of the foreign corporation, or, if below 10%, whether it builds a relationship such as dispatching an executive or a sales or technology contract of 1 year or more. Additional acquisition of shares in a corporation already invested in and lending with a repayment period of 1 year or more are also overseas direct investment. Paying funds to set up and run a non-corporate business abroad is also included. · 2. Determine the foreign exchange bank for the report — A company belonging to a main debtor group reports to its main creditor bank, other companies report to the bank with the largest credit, and a resident that fits neither reports to a bank it designates. The bank that receives the report becomes the reporting institution for later remittance reports and follow-up reports. Once the investment schedule is set, confirm the remittance timing and required documents with this bank first. · 3. Prepare the overseas direct investment report and business plan — Fill in the investment details on the overseas direct investment report in Form 9-1 and prepare a business plan including the funding and use plan. Attach a document proving that the investor is not registered as a defaulter with the comprehensive credit information agency and a document proving no tax arrears. For a share acquisition, add documents the reporting bank considers necessary, such as the share transfer agreement. · 4. Remit after reporting to the foreign exchange bank — Article 18 of the Foreign Exchange Transactions Act requires the report to be completed before payment, so funds are remitted after the report. Even before reporting, up to USD 100,000 may be paid through the designated foreign exchange bank, but the reporting procedure must be completed within 1 year from the date the contract is concluded. Report documents may also be submitted electronically after real-name verification. · 5. Continue follow-up reporting — File a remittance (investment) report immediately after remittance and a foreign securities (claims) acquisition report within 6 months after paying in the investment. If total investment exceeds USD 3,000,000, file an annual business performance report within 5 months after the end of the fiscal year; report changes within 5 months after the end of the fiscal year in which the change occurred, and a sale of shares to another resident within 3 months. If the foreign subsidiary is liquidated, bring the remaining assets back to Korea and submit the liquidation report immediately.

5Basic required documents

Overseas direct investment report (Foreign Exchange Transaction Regulation, Form 9-1) · Business plan (including funding and use plan) · Document proving the investor is not registered as a defaulter with the comprehensive credit information agency · Document proving no tax arrears (tax payment certificate, etc.) · Copy of the investor's business registration certificate and, for share acquisitions, the share transfer agreement and other documents the reporting bank considers necessary · Follow-up reports: remittance (investment) report, foreign securities (claims) acquisition report, annual business performance report, liquidation report (if applicable) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report Overseas Direct Investment
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Business confirmation certificates

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Issuance of Startup Company and SME Confirmation CertificatesConfirmationIssuance of Startup Company and SME Confirmation Certificates · Official check · 5-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameIssuance of Startup Company and SME Confirmation Certificates
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm the certificate and base year required: First check whether the notice or tender requirements call for a startup company confirmation certificate or an SME (small enterprise) confirmation certificate, and which business year it must be based on. The two certificates differ in legal basis, criteria and validity period, so one cannot replace the other. · Check startup eligibility: Calculate whether the company is within 7 years of commencing business and review the exclusions in Article 2 of the Enforcement Decree. Starting the same kind of business by inheritance or gift, reopening the same kind of business within 1 year after closure, a new corporation in which an existing corporation holds more than 50% of shares, an existing corporation's oligopolistic shareholder becoming the new corporation's oligopolistic shareholder, and a mere change of company form are not treated as a startup, and "same kind" is judged by the sub-subclass of the Korean Standard Industrial Classification. · Organize corporate conversion and shareholder materials: When a sole proprietor that is a startup company comprehensively transfers the rights and obligations of the existing business to a new corporation of which the proprietor is the representative, that corporation succeeds to the startup company status. Compare the shareholder registers at incorporation and at application and the representative's past business history, and prepare materials showing that no exclusion applies. · Check SME size and independence criteria: Calculate whether the average sales of the main industry fall within Appended Table 1 of the Enforcement Decree (e.g., KRW 40 billion or less for accommodation and food services) and whether total assets are less than KRW 500 billion. Also check, based on the shareholding as of the last day of the preceding business year, whether a corporation with total assets of KRW 500 billion or more is the largest investor holding 30% or more of shares, and whether average sales combined with affiliated companies exceed the threshold. · Apply online and respond to supplementation requests: Apply for the startup certificate through the Startup Confirmation System and for the SME certificate through the SME Status Information System. If a document review, on-site inspection or request for materials follows, supplement with materials of the same base date, and if you disagree with the startup confirmation result, file an objection within 7 days of receiving notice. · Manage validity and renewal: The startup certificate is valid for 3 years, and the SME certificate for 1 year from the day 3 months after the end of the preceding business year (April 1 to March 31 of the following year for companies with a December fiscal year-end). A startup confirmation obtained by false or other fraudulent means is cancelled, and the company cannot reapply for 1 year from the cancellation.

5Basic required documents

Startup company confirmation application (Enforcement Rule of the Support for Small and Medium Enterprise Establishment Act, Form No. 2) · SME confirmation application (no prescribed form; apply by entering company information in the SME Status Information System) · Corporate registration certificate (corporation) or certificate of business registration (individual) · Shareholder register as of the incorporation registration date and as of the application · Materials confirming the representative's business history (certificate of facts on all business registrations, etc.) · Financial statements for the preceding business year (audit report for corporations subject to external audit) · Materials confirming the number of full-time employees (list of social insurance enrollees, etc.) · If there are corporate shareholders or affiliated companies, their shareholder registers and financial statements; for conversion of a sole proprietorship to a corporation, the comprehensive business transfer agreement

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Issuance of Startup Company and SME Confirmation Certificates
View full service guide Send your case
02 Women-Owned Business Confirmation CertificateConfirmationWomen-Owned Business Confirmation Certificate · Official check · 5-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameWomen-Owned Business Confirmation Certificate
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the confirmation criteria for your business type: For a company, compare the officers with authority to represent the company in the corporate register against the shareholdings in the shareholder register and calculate whether the female company representative is the largest investor. Count only shares held in her own name, and for a stock company exclude non-voting shares under Article 344-3 of the Commercial Act. · Organize evidence of actual management: A business whose representative is a woman in name only will not be confirmed, so gather approval documents and transaction records showing that the female representative personally signed contracts, executed funds and made personnel decisions. For a company with joint representatives, also check that the division of roles is the same in the register, the articles of incorporation and actual operations. · Join the procurement network and register company information: Sign up as a business member of the SME Products Public Procurement Information Network (SMPP) and register the business registration number, main business type, Korean Standard Industrial Classification code and main products so that they match what will be entered on the application. Applications for women-owned business confirmation are accepted only through this network. · Prepare and submit the application with attachments: Attach to the Annexed Form No. 1 application the shareholder register, member register and articles of incorporation for a company, the partnership agreement for a sole proprietor operating as joint business owners, or the member register, investor register and officer register for a cooperative. The corporate registration certificate and business registration certificate need not be submitted if you consent to administrative information sharing, and there is no fee. · Respond to the document review and on-site inspection: The Korea Women Entrepreneurs Association conducts a document review and an on-site inspection and may request additional materials. The on-site inspection checks whether the female representative actually makes decisions and runs the business at the workplace, so prepare the representative to explain the clients, sales and staffing herself. · Issuance of the certificate and follow-up management: Once the Regional SMEs and Startups Administration confirms the business, a women-owned business confirmation certificate (Annexed Form No. 2) valid for 3 years is issued. Apply to change the entries if the address or branch status changes; because the confirmation may be cancelled after a hearing if changes in shareholding or representatives mean the business no longer meets the criteria, apply again for confirmation through the same procedure before it expires.

5Basic required documents

Women-owned business confirmation application (Enforcement Decree of the Act on Support for Female-Owned Businesses, Annexed Form No. 1) · Shareholder register (stock company) or member register (limited company, general partnership or limited partnership) · Articles of incorporation (companies under the Commercial Act) · Partnership agreement (sole proprietors operating as joint business owners only) · Member register, investor register and officer register (cooperatives) · Copy of the business registration certificate and corporate registration certificate (if you do not consent to administrative information sharing) · Materials showing the female representative's actual management (approval documents, contracts, transaction records, etc., requested during the review) · Power of attorney (when applying through an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Obtaining a Women-Owned Business Confirmation Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
03 Disabled-Owned Business Confirmation Certificate IssuanceConfirmationDisabled-Owned Business Confirmation Certificate Issuance · Official check · 5-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameDisabled-Owned Business Confirmation Certificate Issuance
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Checking the disabled representative and business type: Confirm that the representative holds a disability registration card or has a disability grade as a person of national merit. For a sole proprietorship, check the business registration in the disabled person's name; for a company, the registration as an officer with power of representation and the voting shares between co-representatives; for a cooperative, the majority of disabled members and paid-in shares and the chairperson's status. · Small or medium enterprise and employment ratio: First determine whether the business is a small enterprise under the Framework Act on Small and Medium Enterprises by industry sales thresholds. For a medium-sized enterprise, calculate whether disabled persons make up 30% or more of all regular workers using the withholding tax return and the roster of disabled employees, and reset the application timing if the ratio falls short. · Drafting the application and attachments: Prepare the Disabled-Owned Business Confirmation and Change Confirmation Application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Decree), with the statement of changes in shareholdings for companies, the partnership agreement for joint proprietors, and the member and investor registers for cooperatives. The business registration certificate, VAT tax base certificate and disability certificate need not be submitted if the applicant consents to shared administrative information. · Filing through the SMPP portal and supplements: Register the company information on the portal and submit the application and attachments on the client's behalf. The processing period is 7 days, and if the Disabled Business Support Center requests related materials, supplementary documents are prepared on the same basis. · Responding to document and on-site reviews: The Center checks through document and on-site reviews whether the disabled representative actually runs the business. Signatures of the representative on contracts and approval documents, who controls the corporate bank account and financial authentication tools, and the employee roster are organized in advance to match actual operations, and explanatory materials are prepared for the review. · Management after issuance: Once confirmed, the confirmation certificate (Form No. 2) is printed from the portal. If confirmed details such as the representative or shareholdings change, a change confirmation is applied for with the same form, and re-confirmation is applied for to keep receiving support after the validity period ends.

5Basic required documents

Disabled-Owned Business Confirmation and Change Confirmation Application (Enforcement Decree of the Act on the Promotion of Disabled Persons' Business Activities, Form No. 1) · Statement of changes in shareholdings (companies under the Commercial Act) · Partnership agreement (joint sole proprietors) · Member register and investor register (cooperatives) · Withholding tax return and roster of disabled employees (medium-sized enterprises) · Disability certificate or certificate of person of national merit (if not consenting to shared administrative information) · Business registration certificate and VAT tax base certificate (if not consenting to shared administrative information) · Documents proving the changes (for change confirmation)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Requirements for the Disabled-Owned Business Confirmation Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
04 Root Company (Ppuri) Confirmation CertificateConfirmationRoot Company (Ppuri) Confirmation Certificate · Official check · 5-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameRoot Company (Ppuri) Confirmation Certificate
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check company and business type: Compare the factory registration business type and actual processes to confirm that the applicant is a small, medium or middle-standing enterprise and that its main business is a root industry listed in Appended Table 2 of the Enforcement Decree or manufacturing equipment used for root technologies. Large enterprises are not eligible for root company confirmation. · Organize production and equipment evidence: Production of root industry products or operation of equipment is shown by a factory registration certificate or a certified copy of the factory register. A company that performs root processes at a principal contractor's factory under a subcontract without its own factory may substitute a subcontract confirmation (Root Company Confirmation Guidelines, Form No. 1). · Prepare the sales statement and item description: Separate sales generated using root technologies and processes in the sales statement (Guidelines Form No. 2), and in the item description (Guidelines Form No. 3) state which root technology is used at which process stage for each product. Attach process photos and catalogs to show the technologies used. · Submit the application: Attach the corporate register certificate (for individuals, the representative's resident registration abstract and business registration certificate), national and local tax payment certificates and the documents above to the root company confirmation application (Enforcement Rule Form No. 4-2), and submit online to the confirming agency on the client's behalf. · Respond to document review and site inspection: The confirming agency may request additional materials or conduct a site inspection, notifying the date, purpose and place at least 3 days in advance. The result is in principle notified within 15 days of receipt, and an objection to the result may be filed with reasons and supporting evidence, with the outcome notified within 7 days. · Reissuance and follow-up management: Apply for reissuance when the trade name, location or representative (for corporations) changes or when confirmation is succeeded through conversion to a corporation or a merger; reissuance is processed within 7 days of application and keeps the validity period of the previous certificate. After confirmation, the company may be checked by document review or site inspection on whether it continues the root industry business.

5Basic required documents

Root company confirmation application (Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Promotion of Root Industries and Their Advancement, Form No. 4-2) · Corporate register certificate (corporations) or the representative's resident registration abstract and business registration certificate (individuals) · National and local tax payment certificates · Factory registration certificate or certified copy of the factory register (for root processes performed under a subcontract, a subcontract confirmation under Root Company Confirmation Guidelines Form No. 1) · Sales statement (Root Company Confirmation Guidelines Form No. 2, separating root technology and process sales) · Item description (Root Company Confirmation Guidelines Form No. 3, describing processes using root technologies) · Process photos and product catalogs showing the root technologies used · Power of attorney (for submission by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Requirements for the Root Company (Ppuri) Confirmation Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
05 Specialized Industrial Design Company ReportNotificationSpecialized Industrial Design Company Report · Official check · 5-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameSpecialized Industrial Design Company Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Choose specialized fields: Select the fields the company actually works in, such as visual, packaging, product, environmental, multimedia and service design. Reporting three or more fields makes it a comprehensive design company, which adds the sales standard of KRW 200 million or more in the previous business year or on average over the previous three business years. · Check professional staff standards: Confirm that at least one person per field meets the Guidelines, such as holders of a design engineer qualification or higher, master's degree holders in design, or bachelor's degree holders with 1 year or associate degree holders with 3 years of practical experience. Non-majors need 3 to 7 years or more of practical experience depending on education. · Organize evidence: Match education and experience with qualification certificates, graduation certificates and career certificates, and confirm employment through social insurance enrollment records. A one-person company can also report if the representative meets the standard. · Prepare and submit the report: Attach the articles of incorporation (for corporations) and documents proving the reporting standards to the report in Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Industrial Design Promotion Act and submit it to the Korea Institute of Design Promotion. · Acceptance and certificate issuance: The Institute verifies the facts reported and gives notice of acceptance within 14 days, and issues a report confirmation certificate in Form No. 4 once accepted. If supplementation is requested, submit evidence based on the same standards. · Change reports and follow-up management: If the company name, representative, location, professional staff or specialized fields change, file a change report in Form No. 5 within 30 days. The certificate may not be transferred or lent to others, and the Institute may inspect operations at any time.

5Basic required documents

Specialized industrial design company report (Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Industrial Design Promotion Act) · Articles of incorporation (for corporations) · Copy of business registration certificate or corporate registration certificate · Copy of national technical qualification certificate or graduation certificate of professional staff · Career certificate of professional staff in the industrial design field · Proof of employment of professional staff (social insurance enrollment list, etc.) · For comprehensive design companies, proof of sales for the previous business year or the previous three business years (financial statements, etc.) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Specialized Industrial Design Company Report
View full service guide Send your case
06 Profit-Sharing Company ConfirmationConfirmationProfit-Sharing Company Confirmation · Official check · 5-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameProfit-Sharing Company Confirmation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Choosing the profit-sharing type: Decide which method the company already runs or will introduce among those listed in Article 26-2 of the Enforcement Decree: performance bonus system, enrollment in the performance compensation mutual aid, wage increases, employee stock ownership plan or in-house welfare fund, and stock options. Performance bonuses are recognized only if business goals and payment criteria were agreed in writing in advance. · Adopting company or future company: If profit sharing has already been carried out, apply as a profit-sharing adopting company; if nothing has been paid yet, sign a profit-sharing agreement with employees and apply as a future profit-sharing company. A future profit-sharing company confirmation cannot be extended, so plan to actually share profits within the period and obtain a new confirmation as an adopting company. · Checking wage levels: For the wage increase type, the average wage growth rate for the year must exceed the average of the previous 3 years' growth rates or the rate set by public notice, so calculate the growth rate by year from the payroll. Also compare before applying whether total wages per full-time employee fell from the previous year. · Organizing supporting documents: Gather documents proving the chosen type, such as bonus payment rules and payment records, written agreements or profit-sharing agreements, payroll, employee lists, and records of employee stock or stock option grants, and check that the profit-sharing details and amounts entered in the application match the evidence. · Online application and managing the confirmation: Upload the application and evidence to the online system under the Ministry of SMEs and Startups and respond to supplementation requests. Once the confirmation is issued, use it as a bonus-point document when applying for support programs, and an adopting company obtains reconfirmation by proving its performance within the validity period.

5Basic required documents

Profit-sharing company confirmation application (form under the Public Notice on Confirmation of and Support for Profit Sharing between SMEs and Employees) · SME confirmation certificate or documents confirming SME status · Business registration certificate and corporate register certificate (for corporations) · Bonus payment rules and written agreement setting business goals and payment criteria · Bonus payment records (transfer confirmations, etc.), payroll and employee list · Employee stock ownership plan or in-house welfare fund records, or stock option grant agreements (for those types) · Profit-sharing agreement with employees (future profit-sharing companies)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Obtain Performance-Sharing Enterprise Confirmation
View full service guide Send your case
07 Confirmation as a Materials, Parts and Equipment Specialized CompanyConfirmationConfirmation as a Materials, Parts and Equipment Specialized Company · Official check · 5-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameConfirmation as a Materials, Parts and Equipment Specialized Company
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check product scope: For each product, confirm whether it falls under a Korean Standard Industrial Classification number listed in Annex 1 of the Enforcement Rule, and organize the product name, industrial classification code and HS code to enter on the application. Sales of products not listed in Annex 1 cannot be counted as materials, parts and equipment sales. · Calculate the previous year's sales ratio: Total sales are calculated under Article 7 of the Enforcement Decree of the Framework Act on Small and Medium Enterprises, and you check whether materials, parts and equipment sales (domestic sales and exports) are 50% or more of the total. Companies in a cross-shareholding restricted group also check that sales to their own affiliates are below 50%. · Prepare attachments: Gather documents proving materials, parts and equipment sales and a sales review opinion prepared by a person qualified under Article 4(1)2 of the Enforcement Rule. Attach an audit report if the corporation is subject to external audit, or financial statements under Article 447 of the Commercial Act otherwise, and align all documents to the same fiscal year. · Prepare and submit the application: Submit the specialized company confirmation application with the sales breakdown and attachments to the Korea Evaluation Institute of Industrial Technology. There is no application fee, and any supplementary materials requested after submission are prepared with evidence from the same reference year. · Respond to document and on-site reviews: The receiving institution may conduct a document review or on-site inspection, and notifies the date, purpose and place at least 3 days before an on-site inspection. If the sales breakdown does not match the evidence, additional materials are requested, so prepare a product-by-product sales summary in advance. · Issuance and follow-up: If the requirements are met, a specialized company confirmation valid for 3 years is issued. Reviews of continued compliance may take place during the validity period, and the confirmation may be revoked after hearing the company's opinion if it no longer meets the requirements or cannot continue business due to default, closure or suspension.

5Basic required documents

Specialized company confirmation application (Enforcement Rule of the Special Measures Act on Strengthening the Competitiveness of the Materials, Parts and Equipment Industry and Stabilizing Supply Chains, Annexed Form No. 3) · Sales breakdown by product (product name, industrial classification code, HS code) · Documents proving materials, parts and equipment sales (tax invoice summaries, export performance certificates, etc.) · Materials, parts and equipment sales review opinion (prepared by a person qualified under Article 4(1)2 of the Enforcement Rule) · Audit report (corporations subject to external audit) or financial statements under Article 447 of the Commercial Act · Corporate registration certificate · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Applying for Materials, Parts and Equipment Specialized Company Confirmation
View full service guide Send your case
08 KC Safety Certification and Safety Confirmation: Scope Review and Application DocumentsCertificationNotificationKC Safety Certification and Safety Confirmation: Scope Review and Application Documents · Official check · 5-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameKC Safety Certification and Safety Confirmation: Scope Review and Application Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Scope review: Compare the product specifications (power type, rated voltage, rated output, intended use) against the product lists and notes in Annexes 3, 4 and 5 of the Enforcement Rule to determine whether safety certification, safety confirmation, or supplier's declaration of conformity applies. The same item can fall into different groups depending on AC or DC power, and products used by children aged 13 or under are checked separately under the Special Act on the Safety of Children's Products. · Model, factory and applicant information: Because certification and reports are made per model, we organize the basic and derivative models, manufacturing factories and the applicant. A foreign manufacturer may appoint a person residing in Korea as its agent, and if two or more factories make the same product, a business registration copy for each factory and proof that the products are identical are required. Obtain the product description, electrical circuit diagrams and parts list from the overseas manufacturer in advance. · Drafting applications and reports: Prepare the safety certification application (Form No. 4) for safety certification products, the safety confirmation report (Form No. 14) for safety confirmation products, and the supplier's declaration of conformity (Form No. 17) and its report (Form No. 18) for electrical appliances in that group. When importing the same model already certified by another importer, the application is prepared with the certification body's test report attached. · Submission and supplementation: The safety certification application and safety confirmation report are filed with the safety certification body before release or customs clearance, and the supplier's declaration report and the exemption confirmation application (Form No. 7) are filed with the Korea Product Safety Management Institute. The certification body must notify the result within 45 days of receiving the application, and if supplementation is requested, we obtain the materials from the overseas manufacturer and resubmit. · Results and marking: Once the safety certificate, declaration confirmation or exemption confirmation is issued, we guide the client to apply the required mark on the product or packaging. Changes to safety-related parts or structure require a modified certification or a change report, and documents proving compliance with the safety standards must be kept on file.

5Basic required documents

Safety certification application (Enforcement Rule of the Electrical Appliances and Consumer Products Safety Control Act, Form No. 4) or safety confirmation report (Form No. 14) · Supplier's declaration of conformity (Form No. 17) and supplier's declaration report (Form No. 18, for electrical appliances in that group) · Copy of business registration certificate or equivalent (for each factory if two or more factories make the same product) · Product description, electrical circuit diagrams and parts list (electrical appliances), mechanical design and circuit drawings (applicable consumer products) · Safety confirmation test report from a designated testing body, or the test report for the supplier's declaration · Sample of the safety certification or safety confirmation mark · Exemption confirmation application (Form No. 7) and proof of the exemption ground (R&D use, non-sale exhibition, etc.) · Proof of agency (when a domestic agent of a foreign manufacturer applies), power of attorney (for submission by proxy)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 KC Safety Certification and Safety Confirmation: Checking Coverage and Application Documents
View full service guide Send your case
09 Electric Power Industry Infrastructure Fund Levy Exemption and Refund ApplicationApplicationElectric Power Industry Infrastructure Fund Levy Exemption and Refund Application · Official check · 5-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameElectric Power Industry Infrastructure Fund Levy Exemption and Refund Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups · Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups · Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

1. Confirm eligibility: Check whether the company started a manufacturing SME under the Korean Standard Industrial Classification, or, for a knowledge service business, whether it has a recognized corporate research institute or dedicated R&D department, and whether 7 years have not passed since business commencement. Resuming the same type of business within 1 year of closure, or establishing a new corporation in the same type of business while continuing the existing business, is not treated as a start-up. · 2. Obtain the start-up confirmation: The exemption application must be accompanied by documents certifying start-up status under Article 39(2) of the Support for Small and Medium Enterprise Establishment Act, so if the company does not have a start-up confirmation certificate, it is first issued through the Start-up Confirmation System. Check that the industry and business commencement date on the certificate match the exemption application. · 3. Prepare sales records and attachments: Individual businesses prepare VAT returns for the 3 most recent business years, and corporations prepare statements of adjusted revenue for the 3 most recent business years. The city, county or district checks the corporate register and business registration certificate through shared administrative information, and if the applicant does not consent to checking the business registration certificate, the applicant attaches it directly. · 4. Apply to the city, county or district: Fill in the levy exemption application (Annex Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Support for Small and Medium Enterprise Establishment Act) with the name of the levy to be exempted, the factory location and the representative's business history, and submit it to the mayor, county head or district head having jurisdiction over the principal office. Supplement the application if the city, county or district requests additional documents needed to confirm the exemption. · 5. Confirm the exemption notice and claim a refund: If eligible, the city, county or district notifies the applicant and the levy-imposing agency in writing within 14 days of the business commencement date and exemption period. After the notice, check that the levy has been removed from the electricity bill, and for levies already paid during the exemption period, calculate the amount from billing and payment records and claim a refund.

5Basic required documents

Levy exemption application (Annex Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Support for Small and Medium Enterprise Establishment Act) · Documents certifying start-up status (start-up confirmation certificate) · VAT returns for the 3 most recent business years (individual businesses) · Statements of adjusted revenue for the 3 most recent business years (corporations) · Business registration certificate (if not consenting to verification through shared administrative information) · Copy of recognition of corporate research institute or dedicated R&D department (knowledge service start-ups) · Electricity bills and payment records (for calculating the refund amount) · Power of attorney (for submission by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for the Electric Power Industry Infrastructure Fund Levy Exemption
View full service guide Send your case
10 KCs self-declaration of safety conformityNotificationKCs self-declaration of safety conformity · Official check · 5-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameKCs self-declaration of safety conformity
Actual processing agencyKorea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA)
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA)

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the machinery is covered — Article 77(1) of the Enforcement Decree covers grinders and polishers (excluding portable types), industrial robots, mixers, crushers and pulverizers, food processing machines (crushing, cutting, mixing and noodle-making only), conveyors, vehicle maintenance lifts, machine tools, stationary woodworking machines, printing machines, and certain protective devices and protective equipment. Detailed types, specifications and models are set by Ministry of Employment and Labor notice, so the actual structure and function are compared rather than the product name. Items listed in Article 74, such as presses, cranes, lifts, pressure vessels and injection molding machines, require safety certification instead. · 2. Review exemption grounds — The report may be exempted for manufacture or import for research and development, manufacture for export, or products that have received safety certification under Article 84(3) (proviso to Article 89(1)). Article 119 of the Enforcement Rule also lists inspection under the Agricultural Mechanization Promotion Act, certification under the Industrial Standardization Act (KS), safety certification or safety inspection under the Electrical Appliances and Consumer Products Safety Control Act, and IECEx certification. Where such a certificate exists, its scope is checked against the product model before filing. · 3. Prepare the product manual and conformity documents — The report form is accompanied by the product manual and documents proving that the machinery meets the self-safety standards (Article 120(1) of the Enforcement Rule). For imported machinery, drawings, specifications and protective device data from the overseas manufacturer are needed to compare each standard item, so the scope of technical data is agreed at the import contract stage. The model, capacity and manufacturer location are entered on the form as they are, so they must match the product actually shipped. · 4. Complete the report form and file it with the Agency — The self-safety confirmation report (Form No. 48 of the Enforcement Rule) states the workplace details, the machinery name (domestic or imported), model, capacity and manufacturer, and is filed with the Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency before shipping or importing, including electronic filing. The Agency checks the corporate register or business registration certificate through shared administrative information, and an individual who does not consent attaches the business registration certificate. The Agency issues the report certificate (Form No. 49) within 15 days of receipt. · 5. Marking, record keeping and change reports — The reporter must place the self-safety confirmation mark under Annex 14 of the Enforcement Rule on the product, container or packaging, and keep documents proving conformity with the self-safety standards (Articles 89(3) and 90(1) of the Act). Changes to reported matters are also subject to reporting, so a change in model or structure is reported again.

5Basic required documents

Self-safety confirmation report (Form No. 48 of the Enforcement Rule of the Occupational Safety and Health Act) · Product manual · Documents proving that the machinery meets the self-safety standards · For imported products: technical data such as the overseas manufacturer's drawings, specifications and protective device data needed for comparison with the standards · Business registration certificate for individuals who do not consent to shared administrative information (the Agency checks the corporate register for corporations) · Where an exemption is reviewed: the relevant certificate, such as a safety certificate, KS certificate, electrical appliance safety certificate or agricultural machinery inspection certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 KCs Self-Safety Confirmation Report
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Business certifications & designations

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of certification and support-program applications and business plansCertificationPreparation of certification and support-program applications and business plans · Official check · 6-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of certification and support-program applications and business plans
Actual processing agencyAuthority designated in the public notice · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Small Enterprise and Market Service (SEMAS)
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route K-Startup · Bizinfo · Competent Korean authority or official service
Deadline · procedural notes Certification procedures may proceed in the order of self-diagnosis, on-site evaluation, and final approval. INNOBIZ and MAINBIZ typically take about 3–4 weeks, with a validity period of three years as a scheduling reference.
1When this applies

SMEs preparing for INNOBIZ · MAINBIZ · venture confirmation or policy support programs.

2Actual processing agency

Authority designated in the public notice · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Small Enterprise and Market Service (SEMAS)

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

4Online route

K-Startup · Bizinfo · Competent Korean authority or official service

5Procedure order

Choose the programs you can apply for: Narrow down by years in business and track record. Inno-Biz and Main-Biz require three or more years in business, so companies in their first or second year should first review venture confirmation (innovative growth or R&D type) and startup support programs. · Check program eligibility: The pre-startup package is for people with no business registration as of the notice date, the early-startup package for businesses within three years of founding, and the startup-leap package for businesses over three and up to seven years old. Businesses with national or local tax arrears, overdue financial loans, or that are closed or suspended are excluded from most notices. · Secure basic certificates and check requirements: Most certifications and programs require an SME confirmation or startup business confirmation, so obtain a valid one first. The venture R&D type requires a corporate research institute or dedicated R&D department, R&D spending of 50 million won or more over the previous four quarters, and a sales-ratio criterion (waived for companies under three years old); the venture investment type requires investment of 50 million won or more from an eligible investor amounting to at least 10% of capital. · Prepare the business plan and application: For Inno-Biz and Main-Biz, the online self-assessment score must exceed the threshold before an on-site evaluation can be requested. Write venture confirmation and startup package business plans in the notice's format so that technology, market, and sales plans match the supporting documents. · Respond to evaluation and supplementation: Evaluators such as specialized agencies or the Korea Technology Finance Corporation check whether the documents match conditions on site. Inno-Biz application fees are not refunded if the on-site evaluation fails, so align the evidence in advance. · Validity and follow-up: Venture confirmation, Inno-Biz, and Main-Biz are valid for three years, and Inno-Biz and Main-Biz extensions are applied for from 90 days before expiry. Some programs, such as innovation vouchers, restrict applications the following year if you give up the agreement after selection, so manage agreement, self-funding, and settlement schedules together.

6Basic required documents

Application form for each certification or program (for venture business confirmation, the application form announced by the Minister of SMEs and Startups, completed electronically in the Venture Confirmation System; for Inno-Biz and Main-Biz, the online application filed after the online self-assessment; for policy funds and startup support programs, the application form in each notice) · Business registration certificate; corporate registry certificate and articles of incorporation (corporations) · SME confirmation or startup business confirmation · Financial statements for the last three years or VAT tax base certificates · Proof of full-time employees such as the four major insurance subscriber list · Business plan in the notice's format (management innovation plan for Main-Biz) · Corporate research institute or R&D department recognition and proof of R&D spending (venture R&D type) · Investment agreement and proof of investment payment (venture investment type) · National and local tax payment certificates, and evidence for extra points such as patents, certifications, or export records

7Deadline · procedural notes

Certification procedures may proceed in the order of self-diagnosis, on-site evaluation, and final approval. INNOBIZ and MAINBIZ typically take about 3–4 weeks, with a validity period of three years as a scheduling reference.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will review the type of venture business confirmation and the application requirements for each Innobiz, Mainbiz, and startup support announcement, and prepare the application form, business plan, and self-diagnosis supporting materials. This is not a service that guarantees issuance of confirmation or business selection.

Scope & fee
Confirm venture business and apply for venture investment type
We compare investment institutions, investment funds, and capital ratios with 20 pages of investment contract, payment, and registration data for 1 company and prepare a confirmation application and supporting table. If a separate business plan document is required, the actual amount of preparation will be divided into additional scopes. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Confirm venture business, apply for research and development type, write business plan
We compare 30 pages of data on research organization, sales, and research expenses of 1 company with 20 transactions, and prepare a 6-page research expenses table and business plan. It does not include new laboratory accreditation, tax accounting, technology development, or experiments. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Confirm venture business, apply for innovative growth type, write business plan
We will review 30 pages of basic technology, market, and sales data provided by 1 company and prepare 10 pages of technology innovation and business growth plan and application materials. External market research, technology development, and on-site evaluation are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Application for preliminary venture business confirmation and preparation of business plan
We will review 20 pages of history, technology, and market data from 1 prospective entrepreneur and prepare 8 pages of business plan and application materials. It does not include company establishment, investment attraction, or market research. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Innobiz application, self-diagnosis basis, technology business plan preparation
We will summarize the basis for self-diagnosis with 30 pages of technical, financial, and organizational data from 1 company, and prepare 6 pages of technology business plan and evaluation application materials. It does not include actual on-site evaluation performance, testing, or technology development. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Main Biz application, self-diagnosis basis, management innovation plan creation
We will summarize the basis for self-diagnosis in 30 pages of management, finance, and business procedure data for 1 company and prepare 5 pages of management innovation plan and application materials. It does not include conducting on-site evaluations and implementing management innovations. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Application for start-up support project and writing business plan (1 notice)
We will review the conditions and 30 pages of provided materials for 1 start-up support notice that can actually be accepted, and prepare a 10-page business plan and application materials. The standards of the relevant announcement, such as preliminary, initial, and leap forward, are applied, and evaluation announcement, agreement, project execution, and settlement are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Confirm venture business and apply for venture investment type from KRW 300,000
  • Confirm venture business, apply for research and development type, write business plan from KRW 600,000
  • Confirm venture business, apply for innovative growth type, write business plan from KRW 700,000
  • Application for preliminary venture business confirmation and preparation of business plan from KRW 600,000
  • Innobiz application, self-diagnosis basis, technology business plan preparation from KRW 600,000
  • Main Biz application, self-diagnosis basis, management innovation plan creation from KRW 600,000
  • Application for start-up support project and writing business plan (1 notice) from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
02 Baeknyeon Gage (Century-Old Store) Designation ApplicationCertificationBaeknyeon Gage (Century-Old Store) Designation Application · Official check · 6-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameBaeknyeon Gage (Century-Old Store) Designation Application
Actual processing agencySmall Enterprise and Market Service (SEMAS)
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Small Enterprise and Market Service (SEMAS)

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirming the start date of business history: Calculate whether 30 years have passed from the business start date in the business registration for individuals, or from the corporate registration date for corporations. When an individual business converted to a corporation, history is counted from the individual start date if the main business type is the same, the main production facilities were contributed in kind and the corporation took over all related liabilities. · Checking business type continuity and suspensions: Check that the same business type at the subclass level of the Korean Standard Industrial Classification has been kept as the main business, and if another business type was added, that its sales are under 50% of total sales. Suspensions other than those due to unavoidable causes such as natural disasters or infectious diseases break continuity, so check the history with suspension and closure certificates. · Organizing succession records: For a store inherited from parents, show the timing of the change of representative, the circumstances of succession and the family relationship in continuous documents. The key point is whether business registration and the main business type continued without a break through the change of representative, so organize this together with the business registration history. · Preparing the application and evaluation materials: Attach sales and full-time employee status documents to the century-old small business designation application, and organize with photos, according to the evaluation items, the originality, marketability and reliability of products or services, technology held, intellectual property, recognition, and records of long-term employment, employment of vulnerable groups and community contribution. · Applying during the announcement period and after designation: Apply during the Ministry of SMEs and Startups announcement period and receive the century-old small business designation certificate after evaluation. The designation is valid for 5 years, only designated stores may display the century-old small business mark, and support programs after designation are applied for separately with the designation certificate and a business plan.

5Basic required documents

Century-old small business designation application (Annexed Form No. 1-2 of the Enforcement Rules of the Act on the Protection of and Support for Micro Enterprises) · Sales status documents (VAT tax base certificate, etc.) · Full-time employee status documents (social insurance enrollment list, etc.) · Business registration certificate (if not consenting to administrative information sharing) and certificates of suspension or closure · Family relationship certificate and succession records (for family business succession) · Documents confirming in-kind contribution and assumption of liabilities (for conversion to a corporation) · Store photos, introduction of signature menus or products, and distinctiveness materials such as intellectual property and awards · Community contribution records (long-serving employees, employment of vulnerable groups, community activities)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Baeknyeon Gage (Hundred-Year Store) Designation Application
View full service guide Send your case
03 Green Certification (Green Technology, Green Technology Products, Green Specialized Companies)CertificationGreen Certification (Green Technology, Green Technology Products, Green Specialized Companies) · Official check · 6-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameGreen Certification (Green Technology, Green Technology Products, Green Specialized Companies)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Decide the purpose and type: Green certification is linked to support for investment in green sectors rather than paying subsidies directly to companies, so decide whether it will be used for attracting investment, bidding or support program evaluations, and choose the type needed among technology, product and company. · Check the technology field and rights: Confirm that the technology falls within a green technology field under the Green Certification Operating Guidelines and that you hold intellectual property rights such as a patent or a license. If a patent is held jointly, obtain the consent of the co-owners. · Check product and company requirements: Product confirmation requires proof of production such as a factory registration certificate, direct production confirmation or contract manufacturing agreement, plus quality management certifications, while specialized company confirmation requires proof through financial statements that 1 year has passed since founding and of the share of sales from certified green technology. · Prepare the application and technology description: Attach the technology description, business plan and commercialization record to the application for the relevant type, making sure the performance figures in the description, the patent claims and the product specifications match. · Respond to the evaluation: The evaluation institution conducts a document review and an on-site evaluation, adding a presentation evaluation if needed; specialized company confirmation proceeds without an on-site evaluation. The results are finalized after deliberation by the Green Certification Committee. · Manage the validity period: Certificates and confirmations are valid for 4 years from issuance and can be extended only once for up to 4 years, so schedule the extension application before expiry.

5Basic required documents

Green certification application for the relevant type · Technology description and business plan · Proof of intellectual property rights, such as a patent registration certificate, or a license agreement · Consent of co-owners (if the patent is held jointly) · Proof of production, such as a factory registration certificate, direct production confirmation or contract manufacturing agreement (product confirmation) · Quality management certifications (product confirmation) · Financial statements and proof of sales related to green technology (specialized company confirmation) · Business registration certificate and corporate registration certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for Green Certification
View full service guide Send your case
04 Excellent Real Estate Service Provider CertificationCertificationExcellent Real Estate Service Provider Certification · Official check · 6-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameExcellent Real Estate Service Provider Certification
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

4Procedure order

Setting the core and linked structure: Choose the core service among brokerage, management, development, leasing and so on, and confirm the linked businesses and linked services to be provided together. All participating businesses must be registered, and the service structure is shown through linkage contracts or business agreements. · Self-check against the scoring table: Following the scoring table divided into expertise and legal compliance, service stability and excellence, and consumer protection measures, separate the items that can be proven with current operating records from those that must be newly prepared. Calculate in advance whether the total exceeds 70% and each item subtotal exceeds 40% (60% and 30% for small businesses). · Preparing the operation plan and internal rules: Set out in the real estate service operation plan how the core and linked services are delivered, the consumer protection process from contract to aftercare, and staffing, and organize evidence such as internal rules, work manuals and customer service records. · Application and supplementation: Submit the application with documents proving the standards are met and the operation plan. The corporate register and business registration are checked through administrative information, and if a supplementation notice is received it must be completed within 30 days, or the application is returned. · Review, certification and regular inspection: Results are issued within 60 days of receipt after review by the certification review committee and may be extended once by up to 30 days, and an objection may be filed within 14 days of notification. Certified providers may use the certification mark, undergo a regular inspection every 2 years, and are subject to ad hoc inspection if they are judged not to maintain the standards.

5Basic required documents

Excellent real estate service provider certification application (Annexed Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rules of the Real Estate Service Industry Promotion Act) · Documents proving the certification standards are met (evidence for each evaluation item) · Real estate service operation plan · Business registration details of participating businesses (core and linked) and linkage contracts or business agreements · Internal rules, work manuals, and consumer protection and dispute handling procedures · Small business confirmation documents (when the small business standard applies) · Business registration certificate (if not consenting to administrative information sharing)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Excellent Real Estate Service Provider Certification Requirements and Review Criteria
View full service guide Send your case
05 Corporate R&D Center and Dedicated R&D Department RecognitionConfirmationCorporate R&D Center and Dedicated R&D Department Recognition · Official check · 6-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameCorporate R&D Center and Dedicated R&D Department Recognition
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Choosing the recognition type and staffing standard: Check the company size, founding date and venture status, and decide whether to establish a corporate R&D center or a dedicated R&D department, which requires only 1 dedicated researcher. A company that has grown from a small to a medium enterprise is subject to the 3-person standard for 1 year from the date it became medium-sized. · Checking dedicated researcher qualifications: Confirm with degree certificates, qualification certificates and social insurance records that the staff are full-time employees meeting the qualification standards in the Enforcement Rules, such as a bachelor's degree or higher in natural sciences or a relevant national technical qualification. Employees handling non-research work must be assigned separately so researchers can concentrate on research, so divide the duties on the organization chart. · Setting up research facilities: Separate the research space from other departments with fixed walls and provide a separate entrance and nameplate. Small enterprises, venture companies and others may divide a space of 50 m² or less with partitions, and the full floor plan of the floor where the center is located and interior drawings and photos of the research space are attached to the application. · Preparing and filing the recognition application: Submit the corporate R&D center recognition application with the R&D activity summary, research equipment status, R&D staff status, organization chart, drawings and photos through the KOITA online system. If there are 10 or more dedicated researchers and others, a research lab safety budget statement and insurance enrollment certificate are also submitted, and a dedicated R&D department uses its own application form (Annexed Form No. 6). · Change reports and aftercare: File a change report within 30 days when reported matters such as name, location, research field or research staff change. If the standards are not met, a supplementation order of at least 1 month is issued, and recognition may be revoked if supplementation is not completed in time, so schedule replacement promptly when researchers leave.

5Basic required documents

Corporate R&D center recognition application (Annexed Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rules of the Act on Support for Research and Development of Corporate R&D Centers; Annexed Form No. 6 for dedicated R&D departments) · R&D activity summary (Annexed Form No. 2 of the same Rules) · Research equipment status (Annexed Form No. 3) and R&D staff status (Annexed Form No. 4) · Organization chart of the company and the center · Full floor plan of the floor where the center is located and interior drawings of the center (including entrance nameplate and interior photos) · Dedicated researcher qualification documents (degree certificates, qualification certificates, career certificates) and proof of employment · Research lab safety budget statement and insurance enrollment certificate (if there are 10 or more dedicated researchers and others) · Business registration certificate and SME confirmation documents (if not consenting to administrative information sharing)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 30-Day Deadline for the Report of Change of a Company-Affiliated Research Institute
View full service guide Send your case
06 Youth-Friendly SME (Youth Job Strong SME) Selection Application DocumentsCertificationYouth-Friendly SME (Youth Job Strong SME) Selection Application Documents · Official check · 6-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameYouth-Friendly SME (Youth Job Strong SME) Selection Application Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor · Ministry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Employment24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor · Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Employment24

4Procedure order

Check the notice and eligibility: Confirm in that year's notice whether the company qualifies as a priority support enterprise or SME and the employment insurance establishment reference date. Also check in the notice whether only one application per company is allowed under the head office business registration number and whether previously selected companies may reapply. · Review disqualification and basic requirements: Compare wage-arrears name disclosure, fatal industrial accidents, the credit rating standard, excluded industries (entertainment businesses, employment placement, labor supply, etc.) and the minimum number of workers by industry against the notice's reference dates and periods. Organize wage-arrears and industrial accident history and the financial statement reference year first. · Organize materials by evaluation indicator: For each indicator (work-life balance such as flexible work, leaving on time, leave and childcare support; wages such as starting pay, bonuses and benefits; employment stability such as regular and youth employee ratios and hiring retention or growth; innovation such as certifications, awards and intellectual property), bundle the program usage logs and evidence. Policies that exist only on paper without usage records are hard to score, so usage records are gathered as well. · Prepare the online application: Fill in the company profile and indicator results according to the application website form and arrange the evidence files required by the application manual in indicator order. Submissions are not accepted after the deadline, so the schedule is set so the company can finish submitting several days before the deadline. · Supplement during document review and prepare for on-site inspection: If a supplement request comes during document review, supplementary materials are prepared. The on-site inspection checks whether the policies and results stated in the application are actually in operation, so internal rules, program usage logs and original wage records are aligned with the application.

5Basic required documents

Youth Job Strong SME online application form (completed electronically on the application website; a notice-based program with no statutory form) · Business registration certificate (head office) and SME confirmation certificate or other proof of SME or priority support enterprise status · Employment insurance establishment and insured employee status records confirming the number of workers · Financial statements for the reference year set in the notice (for credit rating confirmation) · Rules of employment, internal policies and usage records for flexible work, leave and childcare support programs · Wage ledger and other records showing starting pay, bonuses and benefits · Certificates, awards and intellectual property evidence, and records of workplace harassment prevention training · Other evidence files required by that year's application manual

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Youth-Friendly Strong SME (Youth Job Strong Company) Selection
View full service guide Send your case
07 KS Certification Application Preparation (Quality Manager Designation and In-house Standards)CertificationKS Certification Application Preparation (Quality Manager Designation and In-house Standards) · Official check · 6-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameKS Certification Application Preparation (Quality Manager Designation and In-house Standards)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm the item and KS number: KS certification is available only for items designated by the Minister after deliberation by the council and announced in the Official Gazette and online. Confirm the KS number that applies to the product and the certification body's item-specific review criteria (sampling method, certification classification by type, grade, designation or model), and prepare separately for each factory if there is more than one. · Secure a quality manager: The certification review criteria require a qualified quality manager. Designate a person holding a Professional Engineer Quality Management, Engineer Quality Management or Industrial Engineer Quality Management qualification, or a person who completed the 100-hour quality manager training course and passed the exam, and have that person take 16 hours of periodic training every 3 years. In a company with 20 or fewer employees, the quality manager independently performs the role of the quality management department. · Prepare in-house standards and management rules: Establish in-house standards and management rules based on KS, suited to the company's size, and apply them company-wide. Specify incoming material inspection items, process control items and key manufacturing equipment, product inspection items and quality criteria, testing and inspection equipment, working environment and training plans, and conduct a self-inspection of standardization and quality management at intervals of no more than 1 year. · File the application after 3 months of records: After accumulating at least the most recent 3 months of records of material inspection, process control, product inspection, equipment management and training carried out according to the in-house standards, submit the product certification application to the certification body. The certification body prepares a review plan and notifies the applicant of the schedule and the review team of 2 or more certification auditors. · Respond to factory and product assessments and follow-up: In the factory assessment, the records are checked against the certification review criteria; in the product assessment, samples collected and sealed at the factory by the auditor are tested by an accredited testing and inspection body. If the KS or review criteria change after filing, revise the in-house standards as requested, and if a certified factory relocates, file a relocation assessment application within 10 days of completing the move and undergo the relocation assessment within 45 days.

5Basic required documents

Product certification application (Enforcement Rule of the Industrial Standardization Act, Form No. 7) · In-house standards and management rules (based on KS, covering materials, processes, products, equipment, working environment and training) · Factory operating records for at least the most recent 3 months (incoming material inspection, process control, product inspection, equipment management, including prototype production records) · Proof of quality manager qualification (national technical qualification certificate or proof of completing training and passing the exam) · Standardization and quality management training records of managers in production and quality departments · List of manufacturing, testing and inspection equipment and equipment management records · Self-inspection results and quality improvement activity records · Test reports from an accredited testing and inspection body (issued within 2 years, if any test items qualify for exemption)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Preparing a KS Certification Application
View full service guide Send your case
08 Defense Materiel and Defense Contractor Designation ApplicationCertificationDefense Materiel and Defense Contractor Designation Application · Official check · 6-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameDefense Materiel and Defense Contractor Designation Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check defense materiel status: Confirm whether the product has been designated as defense materiel by DAPA and whether it is major or general defense materiel. Designation is in principle made per finished product or major component; parts and assemblies qualify only if they contain core or defense industry technology or were developed through the parts localization program (Article 40 of the Enforcement Decree). · Submit a defense materiel designation request (undesignated items): Complete the request form (Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rule) with the operational concept, specifications, development status, localization record and plan, production record and capacity, and need for designation, and submit it to DAPA. Items that two or more domestic companies are judged able to produce may not be designated, so the need for designation should be explained concretely. · Prepare the production facility statement and records/plans: Prepare the statement and capability description of production facilities and major auxiliary facilities, the raw material usage record and procurement plan, and the type, specifications, production and sales record and plan of products. The facility standards cover general and special facilities, quality inspection facilities and technical personnel as set by the Minister of Trade and Industry (Article 42), so the statement is organized along those items. · Prepare the business plan, technical personnel and safety plans: Prepare the business plan, the training plan and technical capability description for engineers and technicians, and the safety measures plan and description. Security requirements comprise 9 items including site security, personnel security, handling of classified documents, protection of materials and equipment, communications and data processing (Article 44(1)), so site security measures are checked before applying. · File the contractor designation application and respond to inspections: Submit the application (Form No. 4) with attachments to the Minister of Trade and Industry and respond to the facility measurement and the security measurement conducted by the Minister of National Defense via DAPA. Upon designation a certificate (Form No. 5) is issued; an existing defense contractor adding other defense materiel attaches only the 4 documents from the facility statement to the business plan.

5Basic required documents

Defense contractor designation application (Enforcement Rule of the Defense Acquisition Program Act, Form No. 4) · Defense materiel designation request (same Rule, Form No. 3, if the product is not yet designated) · Articles of incorporation (corporations only; the corporate register is checked through shared administrative information) · Statement of financial position and income statement · Statement and capability description of production facilities and major auxiliary facilities · Raw material usage record and procurement plan; product types, specifications and production/sales record and plan · Business plan · Training plan and technical capability description for engineers and technicians; safety measures plan and description

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Defense Industry Company Designation
View full service guide Send your case
09 Designation as a Child Safety Education AgencyCertificationDesignation as a Child Safety Education Agency · Official check · 6-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameDesignation as a Child Safety Education Agency
Actual processing agencyMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check staffing standards: Under Article 2 of the Notice, the agency must have at least one full-time professional instructor qualified under Annex 1 and at least one dedicated administrative staff member, and at least one assistant instructor if practical training is given to 20 or more trainees. Instructors must be physicians or nurses/emergency medical technicians with emergency-care experience, so licenses and career records are checked first. · Secure lecture room and training equipment: Article 3 of the Notice requires at least one lecture room of 60㎡ or more in total floor area and the training equipment listed in Annex 2 (manikins, training AEDs, etc.). If each course is capped below 20 trainees, the room size may be adjusted in proportion to the number of trainees, and the equipment must be kept in the lecture room at all times. · Prepare curriculum and materials: Build the curriculum and materials around Article 9(3) of the Enforcement Decree (emergency response procedures, key medical and surgical first aid theory, and hands-on first aid training including pediatric CPR), led by the professional instructor. Delivering theory online requires a system meeting Article 5 of the Notice, including identity verification, learning-history tracking and prevention of simultaneous log-ins. · Draft business plan and operating rules: Prepare the articles of incorporation or equivalent operating rules and a business plan covering course operation, trainee recruitment and instructor management. Course capacity, lecture room size and assistant instructor staffing must be consistent to reduce supplementation requests during review. · File the application: Under Article 2 of the Enforcement Rule, submit the Form No. 1 designation application to the Minister of the Interior and Safety with the operating rules, business plan, and evidence of staffing and of facilities and equipment. The corporate registration certificate is checked by the official through shared administrative information, and the processing period stated on the form is one month. · Receive certificate and maintain compliance: If the standards are met, a designation certificate in Form No. 2 is issued. The Minister may request prior-year education results, staffing and facility status, and curriculum and materials, and failing the standards or the required education methods can lead to revocation or suspension of up to 3 months.

5Basic required documents

Application for designation as a child safety education agency (Enforcement Rule of the Child Safety Management Act, Form No. 1) · Articles of incorporation or equivalent operating rules · Business plan (curriculum and materials, trainee recruitment, instructor management) · Copies of professional instructors' licenses and career certificates (to confirm Annex 1 qualifications) · Employment certificates for instructors, assistant instructors and administrative staff (to confirm full-time status) · Proof of right to use the lecture room and its floor area (lease, floor plan, etc., to confirm 60㎡ or more) · Purchase records of training equipment and photos of it in the lecture room · Description of the online education system (if theory is delivered online)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Child Safety Education Institution Designation
View full service guide Send your case
10 Traditional Market Merchant Association Registration and Support Program Supporting DocumentsRegistrationTraditional Market Merchant Association Registration and Support Program Supporting Documents · Official check · 6-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameTraditional Market Merchant Association Registration and Support Program Supporting Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the association's membership and business area: Confirm that members are merchants who directly run businesses in the market or shopping district, and that the business area does not overlap with another merchant association already registered. A member may not consent to the establishment of, or become a member of, another merchant association covering the same area, and registration may be cancelled if a person who is not a merchant is elected as the representative officer (Article 65(8) of the same Act). · Obtain merchant consent: If the total number of merchants is under 300, obtain consent from at least one half or at least 100 merchants; if 300 or more but under 1,000, at least one third or at least 250 merchants; if 1,000 or more, at least one quarter. For a market made up of 4 or more commercial buildings or 4 or more zones (each with 50 or more stores), consent from at least one half of the representatives of the buildings or zones may be obtained instead of the 300-or-more standards, and each representative must prove consent from at least one half of the merchants in that building or zone. · Prepare the bylaws and general meeting documents: The bylaws or articles of incorporation must include the name, business area, purpose, business activities, general meeting and board of directors, method of electing officers, and matters on assets and accounting (Article 12(5) of the Enforcement Rule). Hold an inaugural general meeting to approve the bylaws and elect officers, prepare the minutes, list of consenting merchants, business plan and statement of assets, and check whether the city, county or district ordinance sets additional rules on establishing and operating merchant associations. · File the registration application and receive the certificate: The representative submits the Merchant Association Registration Application (Form No. 11) with the attachments to the head of the city, county or district. The head verifies the submitted documents and issues a merchant association registration certificate (Form No. 12) within 14 days from receipt; a merchant association that is a corporation must also obtain approval of its articles of incorporation, including whenever they are amended. · Check support program eligibility and supporting documents: For the traditional market and shopping district revitalization support programs, the local government applies through Sosanggongin24, so the merchant association submits documents to the responsible department of the city, county or district by its internal deadline. Eligibility conditions such as the association membership rate and fire mutual aid enrollment rate, and the issue-date rules for documents, differ by program, so check compliance and missing documents against that year's announcement; the application form and business plan in the announcement's format must be written by the merchant association itself. · Manage merchant status records: Because the head of the city, county or district may request documents on the association's operation when necessary (Article 65(6) of the same Act), keep the membership list, dues payment records and general meeting minutes up to date. If the number of merchants or membership rate in a support program application differs from actual status, the application may be rejected or the selection and agreement cancelled, so use figures checked against the store register.

5Basic required documents

Merchant Association Registration Application (Enforcement Rule of the Special Act on the Development of Traditional Markets and Shopping Districts, Form No. 11) · List of consenting merchants (store location and consent signature of each merchant) · Minutes of the inaugural general meeting (resolutions approving the bylaws and electing officers) · Merchant association bylaws or articles of incorporation (name, business area, purpose, business activities, general meeting and board, officer election method, assets and accounting) · Merchant association business plan (attachment to the registration application) · Statement of assets · Proof of traditional market status (traditional market recognition certificate or large store registration certificate, etc., when applying for a support program) · Power of attorney (when an administrative agent files on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Preparing a Merchant Association Application for the Traditional Market Revitalization Support Program
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Social economy & employment certifications

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Social Enterprise CertificationCertificationSocial Enterprise Certification · Official check · 7-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameSocial Enterprise Certification
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Checking the organizational form: Confirm that the organization takes a form set by the Enforcement Decree, such as a corporation or association under the Civil Act, a company or limited partnership under the Commercial Act, a corporation established under a special act, or a non-profit private organization. A social cooperative has already had its public-interest business and member participation structure verified at the incorporation approval stage, so there is less work in revising its articles. · Calculating the operating income standard: Using monthly sales and labor cost records, calculate whether total income from business activities in the 6 months before the month of application (or the period of operation if shorter than 6 months) is at least 50% of total labor costs for the same period. · Proving the social purpose type and ratio: The standard is a vulnerable group ratio of at least 30% among service recipients for the social service type, at least 30% among all workers for the job-providing type, at least 20% each for the mixed type, and for the community contribution type at least 20% of local vulnerable groups or at least 40% of income or expenditure in the main purpose area. Collect the fact confirmation forms for each type and documents confirming vulnerable group status, such as disability registration certificates. · Revising the articles and decision-making structure: Provide in the articles or operating rules for a decision-making body in which stakeholders such as service recipients and workers participate, and keep minutes as a record of its operation. Commercial companies state in their articles that at least two-thirds of distributable profits will be used for social purposes. · Submitting the certification application: During the application period in the Ministry's announcement, submit the certification application with evidence of organizational form, the list of paid workers, social purpose, decision-making structure and operating income, and a copy of the articles to the Korea Social Enterprise Promotion Agency. The agency checks the documents and may request supplementation, and certification is decided after review within 60 days of the end of the application period. · Management after certification: After receiving the certificate, the enterprise must submit business reports and continue to meet the certification requirements, including the vulnerable group ratio, operating income and decision-making structure, and certification may be revoked if the requirements are lost.

5Basic required documents

Social enterprise certification application (Annexed Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rules of the Social Enterprise Promotion Act) · Documents confirming organizational form (corporate register certificate, business registration certificate, unique number certificate, etc.) · List of paid workers, social insurance enrollment records and payroll · Fact confirmation for social-service-providing or job-providing social enterprises (Annexed Forms No. 2 and No. 3 of the same Rules, etc.) and documents confirming vulnerable group status · Operating rules and minutes showing the decision-making structure · Operating income and labor cost records for the previous 6 months (sales records and wage payment records) · Copy of the articles of incorporation or bylaws · Records of government or local government support received (if received or expected)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Social Enterprise Certification Requirements and Application Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
02 Application for Designation as a Senior-Friendly Company or InstitutionCertificationApplication for Designation as a Senior-Friendly Company or Institution · Official check · 7-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameApplication for Designation as a Senior-Friendly Company or Institution
Actual processing agencyMinistry of Health and Welfare · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Ministry of Health and Welfare
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of Health and Welfare · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Ministry of Health and Welfare

4Procedure order

Choose the application type: an existing company maintaining or expanding senior employment applies for senior-friendly company designation (Enforcement Rule Articles 8 and 9); a newly founded company hiring seniors applies for start-up support for senior-hiring companies (Enforcement Rule Article 6, Form No. 4). Entities designated as a senior-hiring company or community business group cannot receive the support under Article 8(2) of the Enforcement Rule, such as costs for improving the work environment. · Check legal form and operating period: eligible entities are companies and limited partnerships, non-profit corporations and associations, registered non-profit civic organizations, social enterprises, cooperatives and public institutions, with at least 1 year of operation. Sole proprietors may apply only if they intend to convert into a corporation after designation, so the conversion timing is stated in the business plan. · Check employment figures as of the end of the previous year: at least 5 regular workers and senior employment of at least 5/100 of workers and no fewer than 5 persons are assessed as of the end of the previous year. These figures cannot be changed once the call opens, so they are checked in the second half of the previous year using social insurance enrollment records and industrial accident insurance employment data; the age counted as a senior is confirmed against Article 2 of the Enforcement Decree and that year's announcement. · Prepare the business plan and matching investment plan: the business plan for creating senior jobs and improving the work environment sets out yearly headcounts for employing at least 5 seniors each year for 5 years from the year after designation, and the items and amounts in the matching investment implementation plan for the financial support must be consistent with the business plan. Public-notice requirements such as prior-year sales are checked against the prior-year financial statements. · Apply during the call period: the designation application (Enforcement Rule Form No. 7), with the plans and articles of incorporation attached, is submitted within the period and by the method stated in the Korea Labor Force Development Institute for the Aged announcement. The business registration certificate, standard financial statement certificate, tax payment certificates, social insurance premium payment certificate and industrial accident insurance employment information certificate need not be submitted if the applicant consents to administrative information sharing. · Post-designation management: once designated, the entity receives a designation certificate (Form No. 8) and may use the designation mark as set out in Enforcement Rule Annex 2. The planned headcount must be maintained every year; if the entity no longer meets the criteria or was designated through false means, the designation is cancelled after a hearing, and the certificate must be returned and the mark removed.

5Basic required documents

Application for designation as a senior-friendly company or institution (Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Support for Senior Employment and Social Activities, Form No. 7) · Business plan for creating senior jobs and improving the work environment (including a 5-year yearly senior employment plan) · Matching investment implementation plan · Documents showing financial status, such as the prior-year balance sheet and income statement · Articles of incorporation (corporations only) · Copy of the unique identification number certificate (if there is no business registration certificate) · Business registration certificate, standard financial statement certificate, national and local tax payment certificates, social insurance premium payment certificate, industrial accident insurance employment information certificate (if the applicant does not consent to administrative information sharing) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Senior-Friendly Company Designation Requirements and Application Documents
View full service guide Send your case
03 Disabled Standard Workplace Certification ApplicationCertificationDisabled Standard Workplace Certification Application · Official check · 7-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameDisabled Standard Workplace Certification Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Calculate the required headcount: Check that there are at least 10 employees with disabilities and that they make up at least 30% of regular employees. Persons with severe disabilities must number at least 15% of regular employees for fewer than 100 employees, 10% plus 5 for 100 to fewer than 300, and 5% plus 20 for 300 or more, with fractions discarded. · Check facility and wage standards: Confirm that accessibility facilities required under the Act on Guarantee of Convenience Promotion are actually installed, and compare the payroll to confirm that every employee with a disability is paid at least the minimum wage. Vocational rehabilitation facilities are excluded from certification. · Review the subsidiary-type ownership structure: If a company with a disability employment obligation owns more than 50% of the total issued shares or total capital contribution, the employees with disabilities are counted toward the parent company, with persons with disabilities who are neither women nor severely disabled counted as one half. A parent company that wishes to support the workplace must publish the support targets and methods in advance, for example on its website. · Decide whether to apply for establishment support: To receive a grant for facility investment, the application form and investment plan are submitted to KEAD before certification, followed by selection and an agreement. A grant carries an obligation to retain newly hired employees with disabilities for a set period, so it is reviewed together with the hiring plan. · Prepare and submit the certification application: Attach copies of documents proving disability or severe disability and a copy of the payroll paid to employees with disabilities in the month before the application month, and submit to KEAD. KEAD checks the corporate registration certificate and business registration through shared administrative information. · Post-certification changes and management: If the business name, representative or location changes, or the certificate is lost, submit a reissuance application with supporting evidence to KEAD. Because certification may be revoked if headcount falls below the standard, recalculate it whenever employees leave or are hired.

5Basic required documents

Disabled standard workplace certification application form · Copies of documents proving that employees are persons with disabilities or severe disabilities · Copy of the payroll for employees with disabilities (paid in the month before the application month) · Copy of business registration certificate (if not consenting to shared administrative information) · Register of regular employees and calculation sheet of employees with disabilities and severe disabilities · Records of installed accessibility facilities (drawings, photos) · Shareholder register or capital contribution details (subsidiary type) · Certificate reissuance application and supporting evidence (change of details or loss)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Standard Workplace for Persons with Disabilities Certification and Subsidies
View full service guide Send your case
04 Family-Friendly Certification ApplicationCertificationFamily-Friendly Certification Application · Official check · 7-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameFamily-Friendly Certification Application
Actual processing agencyMinistry of Gender Equality and Family · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Gender Equality and Family
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of Gender Equality and Family · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Gender Equality and Family

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Choose the certification type: First-time applicants apply for new certification, and companies renewing before expiry apply for re-certification. SMEs may receive preliminary certification once, evaluating only some family-friendly program items, and if they apply for new certification within its validity period, items already scored are credited. · Check legal compliance: First confirm whether the company has violated provisions such as maternity leave and nursing time under the Labor Standards Act, or parental leave and reduced working hours during childcare under the Equal Employment Opportunity and Work-Family Balance Assistance Act. Non-compliance with these laws fails the criteria regardless of score. · Match the review items: Compare the company's programs with the review items and scoring in the Ministry notice 'Certification Criteria for Family-Friendly Companies'. An SME applying under the childbirth and childcare type is reviewed under the family-friendly organizational culture type if any designated item, such as the female employees' parental leave usage rate, has no eligible users, so decide the type in advance. · Organize operating records: Collect internal rules and actual usage records for maternity leave, parental leave, reduced working hours during childcare, and flexible work. Rules without actual usage are hard to reflect in the score, so prepare usage ledgers and approval records together. · Prepare the application and self-assessment: Submit the family-friendly certification application with an overview of the family-friendly management system, operating records and self-assessment results, and related materials. Review and evaluation costs, calculated by multiplying the announced review unit cost by the number of review days, are borne by the applicant, and SMEs and others may receive a reduction. · After certification: If the criteria are met, a family-friendly certificate is issued and the certification mark may be used on products, packaging, and promotional materials during the validity period. Review materials must be kept on file, and re-applying before expiry allows some previously verified documents to be omitted.

5Basic required documents

Family-friendly certification application (Enforcement Rule Form No. 1) · Overview of the family-friendly management system · Family-friendly management operating records and self-assessment results · Rules of employment and internal regulations (maternity leave, parental leave, reduced working hours during childcare, flexible work) · Proof of program usage (leave and flexible work usage ledgers, approval records) · Business registration certificate and SME confirmation certificate (to confirm SME status) · Other materials related to family-friendly management (program notices, photos, etc.)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for Family-Friendly Certification
View full service guide Send your case
05 Military Service Designated Company Selection (Industrial Technical Personnel and Professional Research Personnel)CertificationMilitary Service Designated Company Selection (Industrial Technical Personnel and Professional Research Personnel) · Official check · 7-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameMilitary Service Designated Company Selection (Industrial Technical Personnel and Professional Research Personnel)
Actual processing agencyMilitary Manpower Administration · Competent Regional Military Manpower Administration · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMilitary Manpower Administration
Online route Military Manpower Administration
1Actual processing agency

Military Manpower Administration · Competent Regional Military Manpower Administration · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Military Manpower Administration

3Online route

Military Manpower Administration

4Procedure order

Decide the application type and unit: To receive professional research personnel, apply as a research institute (per research center or branch); to receive industrial technical personnel, apply as a key industry company or defense industry company. Industrial-sector key industry companies and defense industry companies are selected per factory or business site, not as a whole company. · Check the selection criteria: Confirm that a natural science research institute has at least 5 full-time researchers with a master's degree or higher, an SME-affiliated research institute at least 2, and a startup-affiliated research institute at least 1. In the industrial sector, check that the registered business type, factory registration and actual products match, along with the regular workforce at the applying factory; detailed criteria are set by the Commissioner of the Military Manpower Administration. · Identify the recommending authority: The Minister of Science and ICT for natural science research institutes, the Minister of Education for university research institutes, the head of the competent central administrative agency for key industry companies, and the Chairman of the Korea Defense Industry Association for defense industry companies. Since the submission office differs by industry, confirm it first. · Prepare and submit the application: Submit the application for selection with required documents such as degree and employment proof for full-time researchers, the corporate research institute recognition certificate and factory registration records to the recommending authority by June 30 each year. SME-affiliated research institutes may also apply by January 31, and the corporate register is checked electronically by the recommending authority. · Recommendation list and notice of selection: The recommending authority lists only those meeting the criteria and submits the list to the Commissioner by July 31 (by the end of February for January applications). The Commissioner makes the selection and notifies the recommending authority and the competent regional military manpower office. · Allocated quota and follow-up management: The number of personnel a company can receive is set separately per company by the Commissioner within a range that does not hinder military manpower needs. The head of the company submits a pledge to honor the agreed working conditions to the regional military manpower office, and if selection is canceled due to closure or similar reasons, personnel in service must transfer to another designated company.

5Basic required documents

Application for selection as a military service designated company (Enforcement Rule of the Military Service Act, Form No. 53 for research institutes, Form No. 53-2 for key and defense industries; electronic filing included) · Business registration certificate and articles of incorporation (corporate register checked electronically by the recommending authority) · Master's degree or higher certificates and employment proof for full-time researchers (research institutes) · Corporate research institute recognition certificate (SME-affiliated research institutes) · SME confirmation or startup confirmation (when SME or startup research institute criteria apply) · Factory registration certificate and product verification records (industrial-sector key industry companies) · Regular workforce records for the applying factory or business site (social insurance enrollee list, etc.) · Pledge to honor agreed working conditions (submitted to the regional military manpower office after selection)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Applying for Military Service Designated Company Selection
View full service guide Send your case
06 Village Enterprise Designation ApplicationCertificationVillage Enterprise Designation Application · Official check · 7-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameVillage Enterprise Designation Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm the village resident standard: A village resident is a person registered as a resident of the eup/myeon/dong where the enterprise is located and active, or a person who works at or runs a business in that eup/myeon/dong. If residents are recognized at the si/gun/gu level, the resident ratio among investors rises to 80% (except in depopulation areas), and for village enterprises meeting the youth composition standard the ratio is 50%. · Arrange the equity structure and legal form: Adjust the investor register so that at least 5 village residents invest, no investor exceeds 30%, and an investor together with spouse, lineal relatives and siblings does not exceed 50% of total capital. If there is no legal entity yet, establish one under these standards first and appoint a village resident as representative. · Check the annual notice: Review the designation criteria, application period, required attachments and evaluation items in the annual notice of the Ministry of the Interior and Safety. If the notice requires prior training or a self-funding share, schedule the training and funding before the application period. · Prepare the business plan: Using the notice form, describe the four requirements together with a sales plan: community (residents decide directly and share profits), public benefit (contribution to the local community), locality (use of local resources), and business viability (actual operations and revenue). · Submit to the si/gun/gu and respond to the site check: After the application and related documents are filed with the local si/gun/gu, the office reviews the representative, equity, legal form and local activity requirements and checks the site. The province reviews community and other requirements, the Central Committee deliberates, and the si/gun/gu notifies the result. · Maintain requirements after designation: If changes in investors break the resident ratio or equity caps, designation may be revoked after a hearing. A village enterprise notified of revocation must submit a performance report within 14 days of notice and is subject to measures such as subsidy repayment.

5Basic required documents

Village enterprise designation application (form set in the Ministry of the Interior and Safety notice for that year) · Business plan (form set in that year's notice) · Articles of incorporation · Corporate registration certificate · Investor register and proof of capital payment · Proof that investors are village residents (resident registration abstract, certificate of employment or business registration certificate) · Minutes of general or board meetings showing resident participation in decisions · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Village Enterprise Designation Requirements and Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
07 Work-Life Balance Campaign Participation ApplicationApplicationWork-Life Balance Campaign Participation Application · Official check · 7-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameWork-Life Balance Campaign Participation Application
Actual processing agencyMinistry of Employment and Labor
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor · Public Procurement Service
Online route Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of Employment and Labor

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor · Public Procurement Service

3Online route

Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)

4Procedure order

Check the scoring benefit: First confirm that the bid is a PPS technical services bid and that the credibility items in the notice include campaign participants. Companies whose capability score already reaches the scoring limit receive no added points. · Choose practices: Select policies the company already runs or will soon run, such as leaving on time, simplified meetings and reporting, flexible work, encouraging annual leave use, and guaranteed family care time. Organizing existing policies makes evidence easier. · Organize operating evidence: Group materials showing each practice is actually in operation, such as rules of employment or internal regulations, internal notices, and attendance and leave records. Policies that exist only on paper without operating records are written separately as action plans. · Prepare the action plan: Describe in concrete terms when each future policy will start, which employees it covers, and how it will operate. The review focuses on whether the submitted practices are specific and feasible. · Apply and respond to supplement requests: Submit the participation application and evidence in the manner set by the Ministry of Employment and Labor and wait for the selection result. If a supplement request arrives, submit additional materials within the given period. · Use it in bid documents: Confirm that the selection document is valid as of the bid notice date and include it in the eligibility review documents. Materials arising after the day following the bid notice date are excluded from evaluation, so time the application to the bid schedule.

5Basic required documents

Work-Life Balance Campaign participation application · Business registration certificate and corporate register certificate (for corporations) · Rules of employment or internal regulations on working hours and leave · Internal notices and guidance on flexible work and leaving on time · Attendance records and annual leave usage (evidence of practices in operation) · Action plan (start date, covered employees, operating method) · The target bid notice and its credibility items (to check the scoring benefit)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Applying to Join the Work-Life Balance Campaign
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Public procurement

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of KONEPS registration, public-bid and procurement-contract application documentsRegistrationApplicationPreparation of KONEPS registration, public-bid and procurement-contract application documents · Official check · 8-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of KONEPS registration, public-bid and procurement-contract application documents
Actual processing agencyContracting authority designated in the public notice · Public Procurement Service · Korea SMEs and Startups Agency Distribution Center
Statutory and policy authorityPublic Procurement Service · Ministry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS) · Public Procurement Information Network
Deadline · procedural notes Electronic bid deadlines in each notice take priority; manage registration/certification renewal dates and correction request dates separately. Confirm fees and guarantee requirements stated in the notice.
1When this applies

Businesses preparing registration on the national procurement portal, bid participation, certification/performance submissions, or sanctions and objection procedures.

2Actual processing agency

Contracting authority designated in the public notice · Public Procurement Service · Korea SMEs and Startups Agency Distribution Center

3Statutory and policy authority

Public Procurement Service · Ministry of SMEs and Startups

4Online route

Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS) · Public Procurement Information Network

5Procedure order

Confirm the registration category and qualifications: Choose among construction, goods (manufacturing or purchasing) and services and select the detailed item name, then obtain the licenses, registrations or reports required for that business first. Products you make yourself are registered as manufacturing and products you buy and supply as purchasing; an incorrect category can lead to rejection. · Prepare the certificate and basic documents: Obtain a general-purpose joint certificate in the business's name, and register a separate certificate for any bidding agent. The corporate register and business registration are checked through administrative information sharing; if you do not consent, attach copies. · Apply for bidding qualification registration on Nara Marketplace: Submit the application with proof of permits, and for goods manufacturing registration also submit a certified copy of the factory register or a document confirming direct production. Once approved, print and keep the competitive bidding qualification registration certificate, and file a change registration whenever the trade name, representative or address changes. · Direct production confirmation and product cataloguing: Supplying products designated for competition among SMEs requires a direct production confirmation certificate with a stated validity period, and you must reapply if the confirmed factory moves or the representative of a sole proprietorship changes. To be listed on the online shopping mall, obtain a product identification number using specifications and test reports, then go through contract procedures such as a multiple award schedule (MAS) contract. · Check qualifications for each announcement and submit bids: Review the regional restrictions, required business types, track record or construction capacity criteria, and the reference date for bonus certifications in the announcement, make sure the business type and address registered on Nara Marketplace match the requirements, and submit the electronic bid before the deadline. · Objections and sanction responses: If you disagree with the result of an objection, you may request a review by the National Contract Dispute Mediation Committee within 30 days of receiving the notice. On receiving an advance notice of bidding qualification restriction, submit a written opinion within the deadline explaining the circumstances, the absence of intent and the measures taken to prevent recurrence.

6Basic required documents

Application for competitive bidding qualification registration · Copy of business registration certificate and corporate register (for corporations) · General-purpose joint certificate in the business's name (including the bidding agent's certificate, if any) · Proof of permits, licenses, registrations or reports for the business type (where required, such as construction or services) · Certified copy of the factory register or direct production confirmation certificate (goods manufacturing registration) · Specifications, test reports and product data sheets (product cataloguing) · Performance certificates, credit rating confirmation and bonus-point certifications (when required by the announcement) · Advance notice of bidding qualification restriction, written opinion and objection (if applicable)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Electronic bid deadlines in each notice take priority; manage registration/certification renewal dates and correction request dates separately. Confirm fees and guarantee requirements stated in the notice.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare KONEPS supply/manufacturing registration, product listing, participation documents for each announcement, MAS application/price data, and state contract objection/mediation documents step by step. It does not include determining the bidding amount and transmitting an authorized signatory's electronic signature or the bid form.

Scope & fee
New registration for KONEPS supply and service bidding participation qualifications
We will review 15 pages of business/corporation/license data for 1 company registering a supply or service industry and prepare a registration application and attached documents. This is a case where prior industry registration has been completed, and manufacturing registration, product identification number, and individual bidding documents are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
New registration for KONEPS product manufacturing bidding participation qualifications
We will review 25 pages of factory, production, and permit data for 1 manufacturer and detailed product name and prepare a manufacturing registration application form and list of evidence. Direct production confirmation, new acquisition, on-site confirmation, and product identification number registration are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
KONEPS bidding participation qualification registration information changed
We will prepare 1 change registration for 1 company's name, representative, address, etc. Changed registration and business data are provided, and adding new industry and product names is a separate scope. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Request for registration and listing of procurement product identification number
We will provide you with 20 pages of Korean specifications, photos, and test data for 1 product model and 1 standard, and prepare an item attribute table and listing request materials. Testing, certification, new technical specifications, contracts, and shopping mall listings are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Review individual public bidding participation requirements and prepare participation documents
We compare the conditions and 25 pages of qualifications and performance evidence for 1 company and 1 announcement and prepare a list of participation applications, pledges, and evidence. It does not include creating a new proposal, calculating price, determining bid amount, or using certificates. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Product MAS qualification evaluation/negotiation item application documents
We will prepare qualification evaluation and negotiation item application materials for up to 1 procurement company, 1 detailed product name, and 3 models. The scope is to provide 30 pages of completed specifications, tests, and performance data and valid proof of direct production, and pricing data, negotiations, and contracts are the next steps. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of product MAS price data and contract documents
We compare 30 cases and 40 pages of transaction data for 1 company and 3 models that have passed the qualification evaluation and prepare a price summary table, 3 pages of price proposal and contract confirmation memo, and attached materials. It does not include pricing decisions, negotiation statements, professional cost calculations, or representative electronic signatures. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Prepare an objection form for state contract bidding and contract procedures
We will review the statutory application requirements and 30 pages of public notice, evaluation, and notification materials for 1 act subject to a state contract, and prepare a 5-page reason for objection. Local contract mediation, committee retrial, and administrative appeals for restrictions on bidding participation are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Preparing a request for reconsideration of state contract dispute mediation
We will review 40 pages of existing and additional data for 1 state contract dispute with the results of a prior objection and prepare a 5-page reason for retrial. It does not include new filing of prior objections, attendance at committees, statements, or lawsuits. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of opinions on restrictions on bid participation
We will review 25 pages of contract, performance, and correction data for 1 company and 1 prior notice, and prepare 5 pages of opinions and submission materials. administrative appeal and hearing attendance after disposition are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • New registration for KONEPS supply and service bidding participation qualifications from KRW 300,000
  • New registration for KONEPS product manufacturing bidding participation qualifications from KRW 300,000
  • KONEPS bidding participation qualification registration information changed from KRW 200,000
  • Request for registration and listing of procurement product identification number from KRW 300,000
  • Review individual public bidding participation requirements and prepare participation documents from KRW 300,000
  • Product MAS qualification evaluation/negotiation item application documents from KRW 400,000
  • Preparation of product MAS price data and contract documents from KRW 600,000
  • Prepare an objection form for state contract bidding and contract procedures from KRW 500,000
  • Preparing a request for reconsideration of state contract dispute mediation from KRW 600,000
  • Preparation of opinions on restrictions on bid participation from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of KONEPS registration, public-bid and procurement-contract application documents 📘 Requirements for Adding a Specification to an MSS Innovative Product 📘 Requirements for Participating in Regionally Restricted Competitive Bidding
View full service guide Send your case
02 Direct Production Confirmation Certificate IssuanceConfirmationDirect Production Confirmation Certificate Issuance · Official check · 8-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameDirect Production Confirmation Certificate Issuance
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Public Procurement Information Network
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Public Procurement Information Network

4Procedure order

Match the detailed item against the standards: Confirm the product classification number and detailed item name, then check one by one the required production and inspection equipment, minimum factory area, number of regular employees excluding the representative, mandatory processes and electricity usage set in Annex 2 of the standards. If items from different product groups are applied for at one factory, area, facilities and staff are assessed against the sum of each item's standards. · Prepare factory and business documents: The certificate of business registration and the factory registration certificate must be issued within 3 months before the inspection date, and the factory registration must list the industry code for the item. A small business with a factory under 500㎡ that has not registered the factory checks that the building register shows a factory or Class 1 or 2 neighborhood living facility use. · Prepare facility and staff evidence: Owned equipment is proven with purchase or installation records such as contracts and tax invoices, and leased equipment with the lease contract, lease tax invoices and rent payment records, together with a production facility list stating specifications and model names. Staff are proven with a four-insurance enrollment list issued within 7 days of the application showing the 3-month average, and the validity of calibration certificates for inspection equipment is checked. · File on the SMPP and pay the fee: Fill in the electronic application per factory and upload supporting documents such as the process chart. When notified that a field inspection will be conducted, pay the fee on the network; incomplete documents or unpaid fees can lead to the application being returned. Products holding certifications listed in the notice, such as KS certification, may be exempt from the field inspection. · Field inspection: The inspector compares the documents with the actual equipment at the factory and may ask regular employees to operate equipment or explain mandatory processes. If you disagree with the result, you can request a re-check from the Korea Federation of SMEs with the grounds and supporting evidence, and the result is notified after another on-site review. · Manage validity and changes after issuance: Schedule the reapplication within 30 days before the 2-year expiry, obtain a reissued certificate when the trade name or corporate representative changes, and return the certificate and reapply within 30 days when a reapplication event such as a factory move occurs. After signing a supply contract for a competing product, submit raw material purchase records and photos of the mandatory processes on the network before delivery.

5Basic required documents

Direct production confirmation application (electronic application on the SMPP, filed per factory; no separate statutory form in the Enforcement Rule) · Certificate of business registration and factory registration certificate (issued within 3 months before the inspection, listing the item's industry) · Factory lease contract and proof of deposit or rent payments for the last 3 months (for leased factories) · Proof of purchase or installation of production equipment, or lease evidence (lease contract, lease tax invoices, rent payment records) · Production facility list (with specifications and model names) and calibration certificates for inspection equipment · Four social insurance enrollment list (issued within 7 days of the application, showing the 3-month average headcount) · Process chart or work standard, and electricity usage and raw material purchase records required by the detailed standard · Power of attorney (if filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Requirements for a Direct Production Confirmation Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
03 Venture Nara Product Designation ApplicationCertificationVenture Nara Product Designation Application · Official check · 8-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameVenture Nara Product Designation Application
Actual processing agencyPublic Procurement Service
Statutory and policy authorityPublic Procurement Service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)
1Actual processing agency

Public Procurement Service

2Statutory and policy authority

Public Procurement Service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)

4Procedure order

Check eligibility and exclusions: First check the company-type certificate and SME status, then whether the product is made overseas, is a semi-finished good rather than a finished consumer product, or falls into categories difficult to supply as procurement goods such as food, agricultural and fishery products or medicines. Since eligibility is judged as of the designation date, also make sure the certificate does not expire during the review. · Register bidding qualification and detailed item names: Register bidding qualification on Nara Marketplace (KONEPS) and register the detailed item name of the product as a manufactured item. OEM products registered as supplied items may still be allowed on Venture Nara, and companies already registered for bidding qualification are recognized as is. · Obtain the item catalog number: Separately from bidding registration, request cataloging in the PPS catalog information system to receive a 16-digit item catalog number made up of an 8-digit classification number and an 8-digit identification number. A number already issued before designation is recognized as is. · Prepare application documents: Prepare the document-submission pledge, the designation application, the product description, quality evidence, the pledge to deliver statutory and quality-certified products, and the price data summary. If there is no quality certificate or accredited test report, submit a quality management plan; all evidence must be issued before the application deadline. · Apply according to the notice and supplement: Apply during the period and at the place stated in the candidate recruitment notice jointly issued by PPS and the recommending institutions. If a request for supplementation is not answered by the deadline, the review proceeds on the original documents only, and unclear documents are excluded from review. · Review, product registration and certificate: Once designated through the Innovative Procurement Review Committee, the result is notified on the designation date and posted on the Venture Nara notice board. After registering company information, the supply commitment, product information and the registered unit price and receiving approval, the designation takes effect and the company receives a designation certificate and may use the designation mark on products and promotional materials.

5Basic required documents

Venture Nara product designation application (Annex 2, Attachment 2 form of the Regulations on the Designation and Management of Goods and Services Registered on Venture Nara) · Pledge of reliability for document submission (Annex 2, Attachment 1 form) · Product description (Annex 2, Attachment 3 form) · Company-type evidence such as a venture company certificate, start-up certificate or social enterprise certification (if not linked to Nara Marketplace company information) · Quality evidence (quality certificate, test report from an accredited testing body, or a quality management plan if neither exists) · Copies of patent or utility model registers and gazettes (if technical evidence exists), and copies of statutory certifications such as type registration, safety certification or EMC registration (where applicable) · Pledge to deliver statutory and quality-certified products (Annex 2, Attachment 4 form) and price data summary (Form No. 4) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Venture Nara Product Designation Application Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
04 Designation and Re-designation of Production Facilities for Products Made by Persons with Severe DisabilitiesCertificationDesignation and Re-designation of Production Facilities for Products Made by Persons with Severe Disabilities · Official check · 8-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameDesignation and Re-designation of Production Facilities for Products Made by Persons with Severe Disabilities
Actual processing agencyMinistry of Health and Welfare
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of Health and Welfare

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check eligibility: The applicant must hold one of the following: a report certificate for a welfare facility for persons with disabilities, an establishment permit for an organization for persons with disabilities (corporations), or a report confirmation for a psychiatric rehabilitation facility. Ordinary companies and sole proprietors are not eligible, so the facility report or corporate permit must be obtained first. · Check employment requirements by item: Using the worker register and payroll ledger, calculate for each item the number of participating workers with disabilities, the 70% ratio of workers with disabilities, the 60% ratio of workers with severe disabilities, and the 50% working-hours ratio. For two or more items, confirm that at least 5 workers with disabilities take part in each item, and check whether the item is one announced by the Minister of Health and Welfare, for which the severe-disability ratio is 30%. · Review the announcement and prepare the application: Confirm the application period and filing method in the Ministry of Health and Welfare announcement, and enter the production items and workforce status in the application form (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule). Cross-check that headcounts and wages in the attached worker register and payroll ledger match the figures in the application. · Submit and respond to supplementation requests: Submit the application and attachments within the announced period. If asked to supplement, the materials must be provided within the set deadline, and the application may be returned if the supplementation is not made without a justifiable reason. · Prepare for on-site inspection: For guidance and supervision, the Ministry of Health and Welfare may request materials or have its officials enter the facility to inspect and ask questions. Check the on-site inspection document stating the inspection period and scope, and make sure the actual workforce, workspace, and production equipment match the worker register and payroll ledger. · Issuance of designation certificate and re-designation: If the application is found suitable, a production facility designation certificate is issued and the designation is publicly announced. File for re-designation at least 60 days before the 3-year validity period ends; if there has been no administrative disposition or penalty surcharge in the last 3 years and employment of persons with disabilities has increased, the validity period may be set at 3 to 5 years.

5Basic required documents

Application for designation (re-designation) as a production facility for products made by persons with severe disabilities (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule) · Report certificate for a welfare facility for persons with disabilities, establishment permit for an organization for persons with disabilities (corporations), or report confirmation for a psychiatric rehabilitation facility (may be omitted for re-designation) · Worker register · Payroll ledger · Copy of articles of incorporation or bylaws · Summary of participating workers with disabilities and working hours by item (for pre-checking requirements) · Documents confirming the disability severity of workers with disabilities (for checking the severe-disability ratio) · Power of attorney (when the administrative agent files on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Designation of Production Facilities for Products Made by Persons with Severe Disabilities
View full service guide Send your case
05 G-PASS Company (Promising Company for Overseas Procurement Markets) Designation and Re-designationCertificationG-PASS Company (Promising Company for Overseas Procurement Markets) Designation and Re-designation · Official check · 8-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameG-PASS Company (Promising Company for Overseas Procurement Markets) Designation and Re-designation
Actual processing agencyPublic Procurement Service
Statutory and policy authorityPublic Procurement Service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)
1Actual processing agency

Public Procurement Service

2Statutory and policy authority

Public Procurement Service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)

4Procedure order

Check eligibility and the notice: Confirm that the company is registered for competitive bidding eligibility on KONEPS and qualifies as an SME under the Framework Act on Small and Medium Enterprises or as a middle-standing enterprise, and check for grounds for exclusion such as false documents, bankruptcy or insolvency, or a debarment period. Because PPS sets eligibility and procedures by public notice, check the application period and the performance recognition period for that round. · Organize quantitative evidence: The 60 quantitative points cover export performance over the last 3 years, overseas certifications, international industrial property rights, foreign-language overseas marketing materials, and participation in overseas exhibitions and export support programs. Collect export performance certificates and copies of certificates and registrations within the recognition period, and estimate the expected score for each item. · Prepare qualitative evaluation materials: The 40 qualitative points assess the potential to enter overseas markets and the feasibility of the export plan, efforts to enter overseas procurement markets, and capability. Write the target countries, products, sales channels and schedule so that they are consistent with the quantitative evidence; to pass the first review, the applicant must score at least 60% of the maximum on these items. · Prepare and submit the application: Prepare the new designation application (Annex Form No. 1 of the Regulations) and the applicant company submission form (Annex Form No. 3), and submit them on the client's behalf to the PPS Administrator or the receiving office designated by the Administrator. Companies with no export performance in the last 3 years as of the application month are subject to a PPS overseas procurement market capability assessment before the first review. · Post-designation management and re-designation: Once designated after the second review, the company receives a G-PASS designation certificate (Annex Form No. 5) and may use the designation mark on its products and promotional materials. A company with no export performance in the 3 years before designation must complete export-related training or briefing sessions hosted by PPS, KOTRA or similar bodies at least 2 times within 1 year after designation and submit proof, and re-designation may be applied for with Annex Form No. 2 from 90 days before the designation period expires.

5Basic required documents

G-PASS new designation application (Annex Form No. 1 of the Regulations on the Designation and Management of Promising Companies for Overseas Procurement Markets and Export Support; Annex Form No. 2 for re-designation) · Applicant company submission form (Annex Form No. 3 of the same Regulations) · Proof of competitive bidding eligibility registration on KONEPS · SME confirmation certificate or middle-standing enterprise confirmation certificate · Proof of export performance for the last 3 years · Copies of overseas certifications and international industrial property right registrations · Foreign-language catalogs, websites and other overseas marketing materials, and proof of participation in overseas exhibitions or export-related training (if applicable) · Power of attorney (if submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for G-PASS Company Designation
View full service guide Send your case
06 Performance Certification (EPC), Excellent Procurement Product Designation and Eco-Label Certification ApplicationCertificationPerformance Certification (EPC), Excellent Procurement Product Designation and Eco-Label Certification Application · Official check · 8-6
Procedure type
Actual service namePerformance Certification (EPC), Excellent Procurement Product Designation and Eco-Label Certification Application
Actual processing agencyMinistry of SMEs and Startups · Public Procurement Service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups · Public Procurement Service · Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of SMEs and Startups · Public Procurement Service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups · Public Procurement Service · Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Korea ON-line E-Procurement System (KONEPS)

4Procedure order

Choose the scheme and check eligibility: Check whether the product holds NET or NEP certification, implements a patent, utility model or design, or belongs to a published Eco-Label product category, and choose the scheme that fits. For an Excellent Procurement Product, a patent must be within 7 years and a utility model within 3 years of registration, and the company must be registered on KONEPS (Nara Marketplace) as a bidder for manufactured goods, so the registration status is checked as well. · Prepare the application: For EPC, the performance certification application (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Facilitation of Purchase of SME-Manufactured Products) is submitted with the product specification through the Small and Medium Business Public Procurement Portal (SMPP); for an Excellent Procurement Product, the designation application is submitted in the manner set out in the Public Procurement Service designation notice. For the Eco-Label, the certification application (Form No. 23 of the Enforcement Rule of the Environmental Technology and Industry Support Act) is submitted to the Korea Environmental Industry & Technology Institute. · Organize technical and quality evidence: For EPC, prepare evidence of the underlying technology such as NET/NEP certificates and a performance test report; for an Excellent Procurement Product, prepare technical evidence such as patents and certificates, quality evidence such as test and evaluation reports, and the product specification. If a patented or certified product has a product performance test report issued by a testing institute within the last 3 years, the performance test may be waived, so the issue date of existing reports is checked first. · Submission and review response: EPC proceeds through a conformity review, a specification check by the expected purchasing public institutions, a factory audit and a performance test, and any requested supplement must be filed within the period set by the institution, up to 5 days from the application deadline of that round. An Excellent Procurement Product goes through a first review combining technical/quality evaluation and credibility, an on-site production inspection and a second review, and the product identification number must be obtained before the second review. Factory audits, performance tests and inspections are carried out by specialized and testing institutions, and Hwang Yunsang Administrative Office prepares and submits the documents requested for supplementation. · Results and validity management: EPC is valid for 4 years from certification (extendable within 4 years), an Excellent Procurement Product for 3 years from the effective date of designation (extendable by up to 3 years, with the extension application filed from 1 year before expiry until expiry), and the Eco-Label for 3 years (extended by 3 years if applied for before expiry). A change of trade name or representative or relocation of the audited factory requires reissuance of the EPC certificate, and the Eco-Label may be revoked if the certified product is not distributed for 1 year.

5Basic required documents

Performance certification application (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Facilitation of Purchase of SME-Manufactured Products) · Excellent Procurement Product designation application (statutory form, Article 30(3) of the Enforcement Decree of the Public Procurement Business Act) · Eco-Label certification application (Form No. 23 of the Enforcement Rule of the Environmental Technology and Industry Support Act) · Product specification and product photos · Technical evidence (NET/NEP certificates, patent, utility model or design registration certificates, etc.) · Quality evidence (test and evaluation reports); for the Eco-Label, materials on environmental performance and quality · SME confirmation certificate and KONEPS bidder registration certificate (Excellent Procurement Product) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Performance Certification (EPC), Excellent Procurement Product Designation and Eco-Label Certification
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Business reports & registrations

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of application documents and review of procedures for business licenses and notifications by industryNotificationPermitPreparation of application documents and review of procedures for business licenses and notifications by industry · Official check · 9-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents and review of procedures for business licenses and notifications by industry
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office · Competent metropolitan city or province
Statutory and policy authorityCentral administrative authority responsible for the business sector
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Processing times and fees vary by the specific application name, local government, and industry. Confirm facility standards before applying and schedule the opening including time for any requested corrections.
1When this applies

Persons who plan to open a business in specific industries such as food service, lodging, tourism, or factories, or who intend to change facility or business operations at their premises.

2Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office · Competent metropolitan city or province

3Statutory and policy authority

Central administrative authority responsible for the business sector

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Identify the business type and permit category: Decide the business type by sales method, cooking method and whether alcohol is served, then check whether it requires a permit, report or registration and whether the processing authority is the city, county or district, the province or a central agency. General and rest restaurants are distinguished by whether drinking is allowed. · Check the location and building use: Before signing a contract, use the land use plan confirmation and building register to see whether the zoning and building use suit the business, and check whether a safety facility completion certificate, an LPG facility completion inspection, or a water quality test (when groundwater is used) is required. · Prepare training and health examinations: Food service businesses complete the required pre-opening food sanitation education in person, and employees subject to health examinations obtain health examination results. For barber and beauty businesses, also check the license, and for lodging businesses, the facility and equipment standards for the business type. · Prepare and submit the report: Attach the applicable documents, such as the education certificate and proof of the right to use any outdoor business area, to the industry-specific report form and submit it to the sanitation department of the competent authority or through Government24. When filed by an agent, include a Letter of authorization and a copy of the applicant's ID. · Acceptance notice and supplementary requests: Under the Food Sanitation Act, acceptance of a business report is notified within 3 days of receipt, and if supplementation is requested, correct only the documents and facilities pointed out and resubmit. After receiving the business report certificate, register the business with the tax office and make the signboard match the reported business type. · Change, succession and closure reports: File a change report when important reported matters change, and when taking over a business, file a report of succession to the business operator's status within the deadline for that industry. A closure report cannot be filed during a sanction period such as a business suspension or while the sanction procedure is in progress.

6Basic required documents

Industry-specific business report or business permit application · Education certificates for the industry, such as the food sanitation education certificate · Health examination results (for employees subject to health examinations) · Proof of the right to use the premises, such as a lease (and proof of the right to use any outdoor business area) · Building register and land use plan confirmation (to check building use and zoning) · Safety facility completion certificate (multi-use establishments) and LPG facility completion inspection certificate (if applicable) · Water quality test report (if groundwater is used), industry-specific licenses and facility drawings · Letter of authorization and copy of ID (when filed by an agent)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Processing times and fees vary by the specific application name, local government, and industry. Confirm facility standards before applying and schedule the opening including time for any requested corrections.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

After reviewing the business type and business location, we will organize a list of permits/report types, competent agencies, facility/training/inspection requirements, and documents to be prepared. The actual application preparation and submission is classified according to the tasks of the relevant industry.

Scope & fee
Business permit/report route Prior review/preparation list issuance
We provide 20 pages of business, building, lease, and facility data for 1 industry and 1 workplace, confirming the types of permits/reports, competent agencies, facilities, qualifications, training, and inspection requirements, and providing a 3-page review and preparation list. The actual application preparation and submission and site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Business permit/report route Prior review/preparation list issuance from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
02 Companion Animal AdministrationPermitRegistrationCompanion Animal Administration · Official check · 9-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameCompanion Animal Administration
Actual processing agencyCompetent local animal protection division
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route National Animal Protection Information System · Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Animal business registration applications typically take 15 days, and registration fees are guided as KRW 10,000 per case. Reflect on-site inspection schedules and training completion dates in the opening schedule.
1When this applies

Business operators who intend to open or change pet-related businesses such as animal boarding management or pet grooming.

2Actual processing agency

Competent local animal protection division

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

4Online route

National Animal Protection Information System · Government24

5Procedure order

Classify the business type: Breeding for sale, import, sales (including brokering or mediating sales) and funeral services are permit businesses, while exhibition (such as pet cafes), boarding (pet hotels and daycare), grooming and transport (pick-up) are registration businesses. If you run two or more, a separate permit or registration is required for each type. · Check disqualifications and the building: First review the grounds for disqualification under Article 74, such as being a minor or applying for the same business type within 1 year after a permit or registration was revoked, and before signing a lease, check the building ledger use and land use plan to confirm the business can operate in that building. · Complete operator training: Within 1 year before the application date, take 3 hours of training at an institution designated by the Minister of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs and keep the completion certificate. If you also apply for a dangerous dog handling permit to breed, import or sell dangerous dogs, 4 hours are required. · Meet facility and staffing standards: Prepare the facility specifications and layout plan according to Annex 10 for permit businesses or Annex 11 for registration businesses, and draft a business plan including staffing status, staff deployment and the animal care and management plan. · Submit the application and review: File the business permit application or business registration application with the attachments at the animal protection department of the competent city, county or district office. The department checks the building ledger and land use plan, and issues a permit or registration certificate if the facility and staffing standards are met. · Post-opening reports and annual training: Report changes of trade name or phone number, obtain a change permit or change registration for other matters, and complete 3 hours of regular training every year. When advertising animals, display the permit or registration number together with the transaction price.

6Basic required documents

Business permit application or business registration application · Facility specifications and layout plan of the premises · Staffing status and deployment plan · Business plan (including the animal care and management plan) · Documents proving the facility and staffing standards in Annex 10 or 11 of the Enforcement Rule are met · Business operator training certificate (within 1 year before the application date) · Plan for disposing of remains after carcass processing (when installing animal cremation, drying or alkaline hydrolysis facilities) · Vehicle registration certificate (for vehicle-based animal grooming or animal transport businesses)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Animal business registration applications typically take 15 days, and registration fees are guided as KRW 10,000 per case. Reflect on-site inspection schedules and training completion dates in the opening schedule.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
03 Food and Public Hygiene Business NotificationNotificationFood and Public Hygiene Business Notification · Official check · 9-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameFood and Public Hygiene Business Notification
Actual processing agencyCompetent local food-hygiene division
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Food Safety Korea
Deadline · procedural notes Whether notification or permit is required and processing times differ by industry. Before setting an opening date, check facility inspections and training schedules with the competent sanitation department.
1When this applies

Business operators intending to newly open or change food service or public hygiene businesses such as restaurants or beauty services.

2Actual processing agency

Competent local food-hygiene division

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

4Online route

Government24 · Food Safety Korea

5Procedure order

Confirm the business type and notification category: Decide the business type based on how you will actually operate. Selling alcohol with meals is a general restaurant, selling cooked food or drinks without alcohol is a rest restaurant, and making and selling bread or rice cakes is a bakery. Karaoke bars and entertainment bars require a permit rather than a notification, and beauty businesses are notified by sub-type such as general beauty or skin care. · Check the location before signing the lease: Before signing a lease, check the building register and the land use plan confirmation to see whether the building use and zoning suit the business type. If the use does not match, the notification will not be accepted, so first review whether a change of building use is possible. · Prepare facilities and safety documents: Install kitchen, water supply, ventilation and disinfection facilities according to the facility standards for the business type. Prepare a safety facility completion certificate if the premises is a multi-use business, an LPG facility completion inspection certificate if LPG is used, and a water quality test report if groundwater is used. · Hygiene training and health checks: Food service businesses and on-site food manufacturing and processing require 6 hours of hygiene training in advance, and public hygiene businesses require 3 hours. Pre-opening food hygiene training is in principle classroom training, and holders of a cook, dietitian or sanitarian license are exempt from the new-business training for food service businesses. Workers who handle food should obtain a health examination certificate. · Prepare and submit the notification: Attach the training certificate, documents proving the right to use the premises, and, for public hygiene businesses, a summary of business facilities and equipment to the notification form for the business type, and submit it to the hygiene department of the competent city, county or district. The authority checks the building register, land use plan, health examination certificate and barber or beautician license through shared administrative information; if you do not consent, submit copies. · Management after the certificate is issued: For food service businesses, the authority inspects the premises within 1 month after issuing the notification certificate, and for public hygiene businesses a facility check may take place within 30 days after the certificate is issued. After that, complete hygiene training every year and file notifications for changes to important matters and for closure (a public hygiene business must report closure within 20 days of closing).

6Basic required documents

Business notification form for the business type (food business notification or public hygiene business notification) · Hygiene training certificate (if training was completed before opening) · Lease agreement or other documents proving the right to use the business premises · Summary of business facilities and equipment (public hygiene businesses) · Barber or beautician license (barber and beauty businesses; a copy if you do not consent to shared administrative information checks) · Health examination certificate (workers who handle food) · Safety facility completion certificate and LPG facility completion inspection certificate (where applicable) · Water quality test report (if groundwater is used as drinking water or for cooking and washing)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Whether notification or permit is required and processing times differ by industry. Before setting an opening date, check facility inspections and training schedules with the competent sanitation department.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxFood business report example: KRW 28,000; education and licence tax are separateOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Building Sanitation Management Business Report 📘 How to Report a Public Hygiene Business
View full service guide Send your case
04 Sanitary Products Import Business ReportNotificationSanitary Products Import Business Report · Official check · 9-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameSanitary Products Import Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Food Safety Korea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Food Safety Korea

4Procedure order

Check whether the product is a sanitary product: Confirm that the goods fall under Article 2 of the Sanitary Products Control Act (detergents and rinse aids, oral care products, disposable cups and straws, toilet paper and paper napkins, wet wipes for food service establishments, disposable diapers and cotton swabs, etc.). Products classified as cosmetics or quasi-drugs follow procedures under other laws, so classify them first by ingredients and intended use. · Prepare the office and storage warehouse: Under Annex 1 of the Enforcement Rule, an independent office for business activities is required, and for e-commerce or mail-order businesses a building used as a residence may serve as the office. The warehouse may be located elsewhere or leased, and must be separated or partitioned from areas storing non-sanitary products. Where no warehouse is needed, such as selling directly from a bonded warehouse to other business operators, a separate warehouse may be omitted. · Complete hygiene training before filing: Take the training at an institution designated by the Minister of Food and Drug Safety and obtain a certificate of completion. If training cannot be taken in advance due to natural disaster, illness, overseas business travel or similar reasons, it must be completed within 6 months after starting business, and annual training is required after filing. · Submit the business report: File the Sanitary Products Import Business Report (Enforcement Rule of the Sanitary Products Control Act, Form No. 2) with the hygiene training certificate and the warehouse lease (if leased) to the competent Regional Office of Food and Drug Safety. Officials check the land use plan and building register through shared administrative information, so confirm in advance that the building records for the office and warehouse match the contracts. · Receive notice and the business report certificate: The authority notifies acceptance or the reason for delay within 3 days of receipt and, once accepted, issues a business report certificate (Form No. 3). If the operator's name, trade name, location or floor area later changes, file a change report using Form No. 6. · File an import declaration and pass inspection for each shipment: Separately from the business report, each shipment requires an import declaration (Form No. 13) with packaging or documents showing the Korean labeling, filed with the Regional Office of Food and Drug Safety with jurisdiction over the place of entry. It may be filed from 5 days before the expected arrival date, and an import declaration confirmation is issued if the inspection result is compliant. If notified of non-compliance, the goods must be returned, destroyed or converted to another use within 1 year.

5Basic required documents

Sanitary Products Import Business Report (Enforcement Rule of the Sanitary Products Control Act, Form No. 2) · Hygiene training certificate (completed before filing, or within 6 months after starting business if there is an unavoidable reason) · Warehouse lease agreement (if the warehouse is leased) · Office lease agreement or proof of right to use the premises (for facility verification) · Certified copy of corporate register (for corporations) · List of products to be handled and product specifications (to determine whether they are sanitary products) · Sanitary products manufacturing business report certificate (if a manufacturer imports raw materials for its own products, only this is attached) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Hygiene Products Import Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
05 Pet Grooming Business RegistrationRegistrationPet Grooming Business Registration · Official check · 9-5
Procedure type
Actual service namePet Grooming Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the building use before signing the lease: Registration is possible in Type 1 (under 300㎡) or Type 2 neighborhood living facilities. Other uses such as office facilities need a change of use, and apartment buildings, residential officetels and illegally modified buildings are not accepted, so check the building register and any illegal-building notation first. · Complete operator training: Complete 3 hours of operator training on the Animal Love Learning Center within 1 year before the application date and obtain the certificate. Completion requires watching 100% of the video and scoring at least 70, and 3 hours of refresher training are required every year after registration. · Design and build the facility: Separate the customer area from the work area and install fixed grooming tables, non-slip flooring, water supply and drainage with hot and cold water, a disinfector, and temperature, humidity and ventilation equipment. Install CCTV without blind spots and size storage to keep footage for at least 30 days. · Prepare the registration application: Fill in the animal grooming business registration form with the location, facility details and staff, and attach a floor plan and facility photos. Mark the separation of customer and work areas and the CCTV positions on the plan. · Submit to the district office and pass the on-site check: Submit the application and attachments to the animal protection department. An official inspects the facility and issues the registration certificate if the standards are met. If supplementation is requested, supplement and resubmit within the deadline. · Manage after registration: Register the business with the tax office and take refresher training every year. Relocation, change of representative or business name, and facility changes require a change report within the set period after the event.

5Basic required documents

Animal grooming business registration form (form under the Animal Protection Act Enforcement Rule) · Operator training certificate (within 1 year before application) · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Lease or other proof of the right to use the premises · Building register (to confirm use and illegal-building status) · Floor plan (showing customer and work area separation and CCTV positions) · Facility photos (grooming tables, disinfector, ventilation, flooring) · Staff list and other documents confirming facility and staffing standards

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Animal Grooming Business Registration Requirements and Facility Standards
View full service guide Send your case
06 Pet Hotel and Daycare (Animal Boarding Business) RegistrationRegistrationPet Hotel and Daycare (Animal Boarding Business) Registration · Official check · 9-6
Procedure type
Actual service namePet Hotel and Daycare (Animal Boarding Business) Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Decide the business type: Decide which of boarding (hotel or daycare), exhibition or transport you will run and prepare a registration for each type. If you sell drinks or food, plan the rest-area food business report as well and confirm the building use fits each business. · Check zone separation at the drawing stage: Partition the boarding room from the customer reception area and separate the boarding zone from play and customer spaces. Registration has been refused for lack of separation, so check the drawings before interior work starts. · Meet the facility standards: Install double doors with locks at entrances and finish exercise-area floors with material that is easy to clean of waste. Artificial turf or wood finishes can be grounds for rebuilding, and near residences noise and odor measures are also needed. · Complete operator training: Complete the operator training required by the Animal Protection Act before applying and obtain the certificate. The certificate is part of the application, and refresher training is required after registration. · Apply for registration by type: Submit the registration form for each business type, the facility layout and photos, the building register and the lease to the animal protection department of the district office. An official inspects the site and issues the registration certificate if the standards are met. · Manage after registration: Register the business with the tax office and take refresher training. Changes to facilities, representative or location require a change report, and for a pet cafe prepare the rest-area food business report and hygiene training certificate separately.

5Basic required documents

Animal boarding business registration form (separate forms for exhibition and transport businesses) · Operator training certificate · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Facility layout (showing boarding room and reception separation) and facility photos · Building register · Lease or other proof of the right to use the premises · For transport: vehicle-related documents · For a pet cafe: rest-area food business report documents

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Dog Hotel and Daycare Animal Boarding Business Registration
View full service guide Send your case
07 Sanitary Products Manufacturing Business ReportNotificationSanitary Products Manufacturing Business Report · Official check · 9-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameSanitary Products Manufacturing Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the product is a sanitary product: First check whether the product falls within the sanitary products in Article 2 of the Act or is classified as a cosmetic or quasi-drug. Import and sales only are a different business type with a different reporting office. · Prepare the workplace: Separate the workplace from other uses and make it a structure that can be kept clean. Provide separate storage for raw materials, supplies and finished goods and confirm before signing the lease that the building use allows manufacturing. · Complete hygiene training: Complete the required new-operator hygiene training before reporting and obtain the certificate. Periodic hygiene training continues after reporting, so mark the deadlines on your calendar. · Submit the business report: After preparing the facility, submit the report and attachments to the city, county or district office where the business is located. The applicant must not fall under disqualification grounds, and a change report is required when matters such as location or representative change. · Product manufacturing report: For sanitary products designated as needing special management for public health, report the product name and ingredients to the district office before manufacturing. Check at the reporting stage whether your product is a reportable item. · Self quality inspection and labeling: Inspect products yourself or entrust a sanitary products testing and inspection institution to check that they meet standards and specifications. Confirm inspection items and cycles for each product, set up pre-shipment inspection, and label products according to the labeling standards.

5Basic required documents

Sanitary products manufacturing business report form (form under the Act's Enforcement Rule) · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Hygiene training certificate · Workplace floor plan and facility layout · Building register · Lease or other proof of the right to use the premises · Business registration certificate (or proof of planned registration) · Product manufacturing report (for reportable items)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Hygiene Products Manufacturing Business Report: Procedure and Facility Standards
View full service guide Send your case
08 Tobacco Import and Sales Business RegistrationRegistrationTobacco Import and Sales Business Registration · Official check · 9-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameTobacco Import and Sales Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Business type and disqualification check: Selling imported tobacco to wholesalers or retailers requires tobacco import and sales business registration with the Mayor/Do Governor, while buying from other businesses and selling to retailers is a tobacco wholesale business requiring a separate registration with the city/county/district. First check whether the applicant or the corporate representative falls under any Article 14 disqualification. · Review of the supply contract with a foreign manufacturer: Because the registration requirement is a supply contract with a foreign tobacco manufacturer, confirm the counterparty is identified as the manufacturer and that the product names and supply terms match what will be entered on the application. A contract with an intermediary that is not the manufacturer is reviewed separately for whether it meets the requirement. · Preparing the registration application: Enter the trade name, representative, head office location, product names, manufacturer (supplier) name, and each branch's location and sales area on the tobacco import and sales business registration application, and attach one copy of the supply contract signed with the foreign tobacco manufacturer. · Filing with the Mayor/Do Governor and receiving the certificate: File with the Mayor/Do Governor with jurisdiction over the head office or principal office; the processing period on the form is 5 days. If the requirement is met and there is no disqualification, a tobacco import and sales business registration certificate (Form No. 9) is issued, and the authority notifies the Korea Customs Service and other relevant agencies within 7 days of registration. · Retail price report and post-registration management: Report the consumer retail price of imported tobacco by product to the Mayor/Do Governor at least 6 days before sales begin and publish it. If the corporate name or representative, head office location, or tobacco supplier changes, file a change registration on Form No. 11, and for tobacco that is smoked, obtain fire-safety performance certification by product every half-year and submit the certificate.

5Basic required documents

Tobacco import and sales business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Tobacco Business Act, Form No. 7) · One copy of the tobacco supply contract signed with a foreign tobacco manufacturer · Certified copy of corporate register or business registration certificate (to identify the applicant) · Representative's ID · List of products to be handled (product names and manufacturer names) · Location and sales area of each branch (if there is a sales organization) · Power of attorney (if filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case
09 Mail-Order (E-Commerce) Business ReportNotificationMail-Order (E-Commerce) Business Report · Official check · 9-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameMail-Order (E-Commerce) Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the report is required: Reporting is the rule, but a business with fewer than 50 mail-order transactions in the previous year or a simplified taxpayer need not report. Transactions with withdrawn orders are not counted. A business outside the exemption must report. · 2. Prepare the report items and purchase safety confirmation: The report states the trade name, address, telephone number, email address, internet domain name and host server location. A seller that takes payment before consumers receive the goods also submits a purchase safety service confirmation or an escrow service confirmation. · 3. Report to the local city, county or district office: Submit the report to the city, county or district office of the main office; it can also be filed online through Government24. The business registration certificate and corporate registry certificate are checked by the office through administrative information. If the domain and host server location cannot be stated in a new report, supplement them within 30 days of receiving the certificate. · 4. Receive the certificate and display business information: After processing, the mail-order business report certificate is issued. The sales page must display the business identity information, including the trade name, representative, address, telephone number and report number, and failing to do so is subject to an administrative fine. · 5. Change, suspension and closure reports: If the trade name, address, telephone number, email address, domain or host server location changes, file a change report with proof within 15 days of the change. Report suspension, closure or resumption after suspension in advance, and attach the previous certificate to a closure report.

5Basic required documents

Mail-order business report · Purchase safety service confirmation or escrow service confirmation (for sellers taking payment before delivery) · Business registration certificate (when not consenting to administrative information checks) · Corporate registry certificate (for corporations, checked through administrative information) · Change report: the change report and documents proving the change · Closure report: the previous report certificate · Power of attorney (for submission through an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-04

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to File a Mail-Order Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
10 Designation as an official waste-bag retailerCertificationDesignation as an official waste-bag retailer · Official check · 9-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameDesignation as an official waste-bag retailer
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the local ordinance and public notice — Article 14, paragraph 7 of the Waste Management Act provides that a mayor, county governor or district head may, as set by ordinance, have others produce, distribute and sell volume-based waste bags. The eligibility, distance rules, application period and form are in that ordinance and the local government's notice, so first check the local rules of the city, county or district where the shop is located. · 2. Review the shop's status against the requirements — Compare the business type the ordinance specifies (such as retail), business registration or report status, distance from existing retailers and disqualifying grounds with the shop's actual situation. If a requirement is not met, ask the responsible department how to remedy it before applying. · 3. Prepare the application and attachments — Use the form set by the local government for the designation application, and prepare attachments as the ordinance or notice requires. Many require copies of the business registration, business report and ID, but this varies by local government, so follow the wording of the notice exactly. · 4. Filing and review — Submit the application to the cleaning administration department of the city, county or district, which reviews the requirements and decides on designation. If a supplement request arrives, supplement the documents within the deadline. · 5. Confirm obligations after designation — After designation, check in the ordinance and designation notice the obligations on selling price, settlement of bag payments and stock management, and follow them. Keep the notice.

5Basic required documents

Volume-based waste bag retailer designation application (form set by the local ordinance or notice; no statutory form) · Documents required by the ordinance or notice (copies of business registration, business report and ID, etc.)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 200,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-19

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Designation as a Volume-Based Waste Bag Retailer: Application Procedure
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Restaurant & bar business reports

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Restaurant Business Report (General and Rest-Area Restaurants)NotificationRestaurant Business Report (General and Rest-Area Restaurants) · Official check · 10-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameRestaurant Business Report (General and Rest-Area Restaurants)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Food Safety Korea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Food Safety Korea

4Procedure order

Decide the business type by alcohol sales: Both types can cook and sell food, and the legal difference is whether alcohol may be sold. A general restaurant may sell alcohol incidentally with meals while drinking is not permitted in a rest-area restaurant, so report a general restaurant if you plan to sell alcohol. · Check the building use before the lease: Restaurants are possible in Type 1 or Type 2 neighborhood living facilities, but the permitted use differs by business type and floor area. The report is not accepted if the building register use does not match, so check before the lease, and prepare a fire safety completion certificate if the area is above the threshold. · Complete hygiene training: Complete the new operator training (6 hours for general and rest-area restaurants) before reporting and obtain the certificate. Pre-opening training is classroom-based in principle and online training is allowed only under the exceptions set by law, so confirm the method with the training institution first. · Prepare health certificates and facility documents: All staff obtain a health certificate, valid for 1 year. If LPG is used, prepare the gas completion inspection documents, and if groundwater is used, a water quality test report. · Submit the business report: Submit the report and attachments to the hygiene department of the district office; after a facility standards check the business report certificate is issued. Also check that the business type on the signboard matches the reported type. · Business registration and start of operation: After receiving the report certificate, register the business at the tax office or Hometax. Changes of floor area, representative or name require a change report within the deadline, and you must manage health certificate and periodic hygiene training deadlines.

5Basic required documents

Business report form (Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule Form No. 37) · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Hygiene training certificate · Health certificates for all staff · Documents confirming building use in the building register · Lease or other proof of the right to use the premises · Fire safety completion certificate (if applicable) · LPG facility completion inspection certificate and water quality test report (if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Preparation of application documents and review of procedures for business licenses and notifications by industry 📘 How to File a Food Truck Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
02 Contract Catering Business ReportNotificationContract Catering Business Report · Official check · 10-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameContract Catering Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Food Safety Korea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Food Safety Korea

4Procedure order

Confirm the business form: Contract catering means contracting with the institution that operates a group meal facility and cooking and serving meals at that facility. It is a different reporting type from a lunch box business that cooks at its own shop and only delivers, so clarify the contract form first. · Prepare the office and storage: An independent office for business activity is required. Provide a warehouse and refrigeration (10°C or below) and freezing (minus 18°C or below) facilities to store ingredients hygienically, and store raw materials and finished goods separately. · Secure transport: Keep at least one transport vehicle with a refrigerated or frozen cargo compartment, or substitute a transport contract with a food transport business. If you use the facilities of the contracting meal facility, confirm this in the contract. · Complete hygiene training and health examinations: The operator completes new operator food hygiene training before reporting (exempt with a cook, dietitian or sanitarian license), and cooking staff have health examinations. If groundwater is used, prepare disinfection equipment and water quality test results. · Submit the business report: Attach the training certificate and facility documents to the report and submit it to the hygiene department of the district office where the business is located. The report certificate is issued after an official checks the facilities. · Contract start and after-care: The report certificate must be in hand by the contract start date, so equip the office and warehouse and report before the contract schedule. After reporting, register the business with the tax office, file a change report when location, representative or transport method changes, and manage periodic hygiene training deadlines.

5Basic required documents

Food business report form (Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule Form No. 37) · Food hygiene training certificate (exempt for operators with a cook, dietitian or sanitarian license) · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Office lease or other proof of the right to use, and building register · Warehouse, refrigeration and freezing facility status and photos · Transport vehicle registration or transport contract with a food transport business · Group meal facility contract and copy of its establishment report certificate (if requested) · Copies of dietitian or cook licenses, staff health examination results, and water quality test report if groundwater is used (as applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to File a Contracted Meal Service Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
03 Outdoor Business (Terrace) ReportNotificationOutdoor Business (Terrace) Report · Official check · 10-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameOutdoor Business (Terrace) Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the connection to the indoor business area: The outdoor business area must be directly connected to the business area inside the building. On a different floor it must be directly accessible up or down, and a separate space reached by going around the outside of the building is unlikely to be accepted. · Check the right to use: For a detached building, prove the right to use through ownership or a lease. In a multi-unit building an exclusive use right under the management rules is required and common areas cannot be used, so also check that the lease states the terrace use scope. · Review conflicts with laws in advance: The report cannot be made if the space is a public open space, an open space within the site, mandatory landscaping, an evacuation route, a road or a mandatory parking space. Compare the building register and layout with the site to filter out prohibited items first, and also check the local government's outdoor business criteria. · Meet the facility standards: On the second floor or above, a railing of at least 1.2m is required. Fixed structures are not allowed, only movable furniture, and open flames cannot be installed, so match your installation plan to these standards. · Check disaster liability insurance: Rest-area and general restaurants are required to carry disaster liability insurance if the combined indoor and outdoor floor area is 100㎡ or more. Calculate the total area and decide on coverage before reporting. · File the change report with the hygiene department: Prepare the change report with the existing business report certificate, a plan of the outdoor area and use right documents and file within 7 days of the change. If supplementation is requested, respond with drawings and site photos.

5Basic required documents

Business report change form (Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule Form No. 41, within 7 days of the change) · Existing business report certificate · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Plan showing the location and area of the outdoor business space · Use right documents (proof of ownership, lease, or exclusive use right confirmation for multi-unit buildings) · Building register and layout (to check conflicts) · Site photos (terrace condition, railing, movable furniture) · Disaster liability insurance documents (if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Requirements and Procedure for the Outdoor Business Report for Cafe and Restaurant Terraces
View full service guide Send your case
04 Pop-up Store and Event Temporary Food Business ReportNotificationPop-up Store and Event Temporary Food Business Report · Official check · 10-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePop-up Store and Event Temporary Food Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm whether a report is required: Serving coffee, drinks or alcohol in a pop-up, selling snacks at a flea market, or giving out samples may also require a report. The business type differs depending on whether you sell finished packaged goods or cook or portion on site, so organize the sales method first. · Check the existing business history: If you have an instant food manufacturing, rest-area restaurant, general restaurant or bakery report, you can run a temporary business of up to 1 month at a place other than the reported premises by submitting documents such as the business report certificate. If you have no report history, file a new business report. · Organize event information and the basis for using the site: Organize the event name, operating period, location and the entry or use contract with the organizer. A temporary business report is accepted only when the event period and place are specified, so obtain confirmation documents from the organizer first. · Prepare hygiene requirements: Check health examination results for cooking and sales staff, hygiene training completion, cooking equipment, and water supply and washing methods. Required documents and site standards differ slightly by local government, so confirm with the hygiene department in advance. · Report to the district office: Submit the report to the hygiene department of the city, county or district office with jurisdiction over the event site. Filing just before opening leaves no time to handle requests for supplementation, so file with time to spare. · Touring pop-ups and after-care: A touring pop-up that moves between regions must report separately to the authority for each location. End operation when the period ends, and when extending the period or changing the location check again whether reporting is possible.

5Basic required documents

Food business report form (Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule Form No. 37, when there is no report history) · For an existing operator's temporary business: business report certificate and related documents · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Event outline (name, period, location) and the organizer's confirmation of entry and site use · Health examination certificates for cooking and sales staff · Proof of hygiene training completion (if applicable) · Description of products sold and cooking and serving method · Description of cooking equipment, water supply and washing methods, and booth layout

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Temporary Business Report for Pop-Up Stores and Events
View full service guide Send your case
05 Entertainment Bar and Karaoke Bar Business PermitPermitEntertainment Bar and Karaoke Bar Business Permit · Official check · 10-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameEntertainment Bar and Karaoke Bar Business Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Decide the business type: Decide whether it is a karaoke bar, where customers may only sing, or an entertainment bar, which may employ entertainment workers or install entertainment facilities such as a dance floor. The required building use and facilities differ by type. · Check the building use and zoning: Entertainment bars must be in buildings used as amusement facilities, and karaoke bars must be in Class 2 neighborhood living facilities or amusement facilities depending on floor area; since amusement facilities are not allowed in some zoning districts, check the building register and land use plan confirmation first. · Check educational environment protection zones: Check whether the premises are in the absolute protection zone within 50 m of a school entrance or the relative protection zone within 200 m of the school boundary, and if in the relative zone, prepare an application for deliberation by the Educational Environment Protection Committee. · Fire safety facility certificate: As a multi-use business, meet the fire safety facility standards from the interior construction stage and obtain a certificate of completion of safety facilities from the local fire station. · Hygiene training and health examinations: The business operator completes food hygiene training before opening, and persons subject to health examinations prepare their health examination certificates. · Permit application and on-site check: Submit the business permit application and attachments to the city, county or district office, and the permit is issued after an official inspects the facilities. Operating before the permit is granted is unlicensed business and subject to punishment.

5Basic required documents

Food service business permit application · Certificate of completion of safety facilities (issued by the local fire station) · Food hygiene training certificate · Health examination certificate (for persons subject to health examinations) · Building register and land use plan confirmation (to check building use and zoning) · Lease agreement or other proof of the right to use the premises · Floor plan of the premises (showing rooms, stage and other facilities) · Results of the Educational Environment Protection Committee deliberation (if in the relative protection zone)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Business Permit Procedure for Entertainment Bars and Karaoke Bars
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Food manufacturing & distribution businesses

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Instant Food Manufacturing and Processing Business Report (Side-Dish Shops and Shared Kitchens)NotificationInstant Food Manufacturing and Processing Business Report (Side-Dish Shops and Shared Kitchens) · Official check · 11-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameInstant Food Manufacturing and Processing Business Report (Side-Dish Shops and Shared Kitchens)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Food Safety Korea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Food Safety Korea

4Procedure order

Decide the sales method: Selling directly to consumers in store or by parcel is an instant food manufacturing business, while supplying distributors or consignment sales on platforms falls under the food manufacturing and processing business registration. If you run a general restaurant and also sell packaged side dishes, add an instant food manufacturing report. · Check the premises use: Check that the building register use, such as a neighborhood living facility, allows the business. A private home is not allowed in principle, and checking before the lease and interior work avoids rebuilding. · Meet the facility standards: Separate the cooking and processing area from the sales area and provide washing and disinfection equipment and refrigeration and freezing facilities. For a shared kitchen, define the scope of facility use in the contract with the operator and first confirm with the hygiene department whether reporting is possible. · Complete hygiene training and health examinations: New operators complete 6 hours of food hygiene training and attach the certificate to the report, and cooking and sales staff have a health examination before starting. · Submit the report: Submit the business report, manufacturing method description and facility layout to the hygiene department of the district office. The business report certificate is issued after the facility standards check, and a change report is required if products are added or facilities change. · Prepare online sales and labeling: To sell online, file a mail-order business report separately and label packaging with the product name, manufacturing date and consumption deadline. After starting, check periodic obligations such as annual hygiene training.

5Basic required documents

Business report form (Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule Form No. 37) · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Food hygiene training certificate · Manufacturing method description · Facility layout (showing work area and sales area separation) · Building register · Lease or other proof of the right to use the building · For a shared kitchen: usage contract with the shared kitchen operator

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Report an Instant Sale Manufacturing and Processing Business
View full service guide Send your case
02 Food Distribution-Only Seller (OEM Own Brand) Business ReportNotificationFood Distribution-Only Seller (OEM Own Brand) Business Report · Official check · 11-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameFood Distribution-Only Seller (OEM Own Brand) Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Food Safety Korea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Food Safety Korea

4Procedure order

Choose the contract manufacturer: First confirm the company holds a business registration that allows manufacturing your product type. The product must be listed in the manufacturer's business registration for it to be produced under contract. · Write the consignment production contract: State the product name, item, production method and scope of quality responsibility in the contract. Manufacturing faults are primarily the manufacturer's responsibility, but labeling and sales responsibility remain with the seller, so divide the roles in writing. · Secure an office: The report is filed with the district office where the office is located, so you must be able to prove the right to use it, for example with a lease. Check before signing that the building use allows an office. · Complete pre-report hygiene training: New distribution-only operators take 4 hours of hygiene training before reporting and attach the certificate to the report. The certificate must be valid at the time of reporting, so schedule the training before the filing date. · File the report with the district office: Submit the business report, hygiene training certificate and lease to the hygiene department of the district office where the office is located. For agent filing, include power of attorney documents, and prepare the consignment production contract and the manufacturer's registration copy in case they are requested. · Manage changes after reporting: File a change report when the operator (representative) name, business name, location or floor area changes. Changing without reporting is punishable by up to 3 years in prison or a fine of up to 30 million won, and administrative sanctions such as suspension may also apply.

5Basic required documents

Food business report form (Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule Form No. 37) · Hygiene training certificate · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Office lease (proof of right to use) · Consignment production contract (not statutory, prepared in case of a request) · Copy of the contract manufacturer's business registration (same reason) · For agent filing by an individual: seal certificate and power of attorney · For agent filing by a corporation: corporate seal certificate, corporate registry extract and power of attorney

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Business Report for a Distribution-Specialized Food Sales Business
View full service guide Send your case
03 Food Transport Business ReportNotificationFood Transport Business Report · Official check · 11-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameFood Transport Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Food Safety Korea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Food Safety Korea

4Procedure order

Confirm whether a report is required: A manufacturer or seller carrying its own products in its own vehicle, or anyone carrying only ambient-temperature food, does not need to report. Report when specializing in transporting perishable food; unreported operation is subject to criminal penalties, so decide before starting. · Check the vehicle structure: The vehicle must be a dedicated food vehicle with an enclosed compartment that maintains refrigeration (0-10°C) or freezing (-18°C or below). Loading ice boxes in an ordinary box truck is not accepted, and for a used freezer truck check that the vehicle registration shows the refrigerated or frozen structure. · Prepare the garage, car wash and office: A garage may be a rented nearby parking lot and the car wash facility may be replaced by an external car wash. Whether a shared office counts as an office varies by local government, so confirm with the hygiene department in advance. · Complete hygiene training: Complete food hygiene training before reporting and obtain the certificate. Training before starting business is the rule, so schedule it before the filing date. · Check health examinations: If you carry unpackaged food yourself, have a health examination before starting. If you carry only fully packaged food, no health examination is required, so decide based on what you carry. · Submit the business report: Submit the report, training certificate, vehicle registration and garage and office use documents to the hygiene department of the district office where the office is located. Processing usually takes about 3 days, and a change report is required if the vehicle changes or increases.

5Basic required documents

Food business report form (Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule Form No. 37) · Food hygiene training certificate · ID (corporate registry extract for a corporation) · Vehicle registration (showing refrigerated or frozen structure) · Garage lease or other proof of the right to use · Office lease or other proof of the right to use, and building register · Car wash facility usage contract (if using an external car wash) · Staff health examination certificates (if carrying unpackaged food)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Business Report Requirements for a Food Transportation Business
View full service guide Send your case
04 Food Subdivision Business ReportNotificationFood Subdivision Business Report · Official check · 11-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameFood Subdivision Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the products to subdivide: Make a list of the products you plan to subdivide and first confirm that it contains no prohibited items such as fish meat products, canned or bottled products, retort foods or starch, and that any soy-based sauces or vinegar are individually packaged products. · Review the building use and layout: Before signing a lease, check the use of the premises on the building register and whether the subdivision room can be separated from the sales area by a wall or partition, with clean and general zones kept apart. · Install the facilities: Install subdivision and packaging equipment, storage for raw materials and finished products, and washing and disinfection facilities, and if you use groundwater or other non-tap water, obtain a water quality test report from a drinking water testing institution. · Complete hygiene training: As a rule, the business operator completes food hygiene training before filing the report, and since the training provider and format differ by business type, confirm them at the time of application. · File the business report: Submit the business report with the training certificate, a water quality test report (if applicable) and a floor plan of the premises to the city, county or district office; the official checks the building register and land use plan confirmation through shared administrative information. · On-site check and labeling: If a facility check is needed, it takes place within 15 days of the certificate being issued, and any shortfall must be corrected before a re-inspection. Subdivided products must be labeled with the product name, ingredients, use-by date, storage method, subdivider information, allergens and similar items.

5Basic required documents

Food subdivision business report form · Food hygiene training certificate · Floor plan of the premises (showing the subdivision room, storage and washing facilities) · Lease agreement or other proof of the right to use the premises · Drinking water quality test report (if water other than tap water is used) · List of products to be subdivided and labeling information of the original products · Health examination certificate (for persons subject to health examinations)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Food Subdivision Business Report: Procedure and Facility Standards
View full service guide Send your case
05 Food Manufacturing and Processing Business RegistrationRegistrationFood Manufacturing and Processing Business Registration · Official check · 11-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameFood Manufacturing and Processing Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Food Safety Korea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Food Safety Korea

4Procedure order

Confirm the business type and registration requirement: Determine from the sales method whether the business is an instant food manufacturing and processing business selling directly to consumers or a food manufacturing and processing business that also supplies other businesses and distributors. At this stage also check whether products such as fish cakes, confectionery, bread, rice cakes, beverages, cabbage kimchi and ready-to-eat foods listed in Article 62 of the Enforcement Rule, or products of premises with prior-year sales of 10 billion won or more, are subject to mandatory HACCP. · Check the site before signing a lease: Use the building register and the land use plan confirmation to check that a food factory can operate in the building, and review the septic tank, drainage and any use of groundwater. Because the registration authority checks these two documents directly through shared administrative data, registration is not possible if the building use does not match, even when the facilities are ready. · Design workplace zoning and facilities: The workplace must be a separate building or separated from facilities for other uses by walls or floors, and the raw material handling, manufacturing and packaging rooms must be separated or partitioned. Floors need waterproofing and drainage, inner walls need a light-colored waterproof finish up to 1.5 meters from the floor, and ventilation and thermometers for freezing and refrigeration facilities are required. For mandatory HACCP products, include the clean-zone separation in the first drawings. · Training and registration application: The operator completes 8 hours of food sanitation training before registration, and operators and employees directly engaged in manufacturing receive health examinations. After the business registration application is filed with the registration authority together with the training certificate and the types of food to be manufactured, the facilities are inspected on site before the certificate is issued, so the schedule should include time to correct any on-site findings. · Product manufacturing report: For each product, file a product manufacturing report with the manufacturing method statement and the statement of reasons for the use-by date with the registration authority before production starts or within 7 days after it starts. For products made under contract at another factory the commissioning party reports, and a change report is also filed within 7 days when changing the product name or mixing ratio or extending the use-by date.

5Basic required documents

Business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Food Sanitation Act, Form No. 41-2) · Food sanitation training certificate (8 hours for food manufacturing and processing) · Document stating the types of food to be manufactured or processed · Workplace floor plan and facility layout · Copy of the building lease (the building register and land use plan confirmation are checked by the registration authority through administrative data) · Health examination results (operators and employees directly engaged in manufacturing) · Drinking water quality test report (when using groundwater or other water that is not tap water) · Product manufacturing report (Enforcement Rule of the Food Sanitation Act, Form No. 43) with the manufacturing method statement and statement of reasons for the use-by date

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register a Food Manufacturing and Processing Business
View full service guide Send your case
06 Preparation and submission of application documents for domestic HACCP certificationCertificationPreparation and submission of application documents for domestic HACCP certification · Official check · 11-6
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation and submission of application documents for domestic HACCP certification
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm coverage and scope: Check whether the products are mandatory foods under Article 62 of the Enforcement Rules of the Food Sanitation Act or a livestock products business, and decide the workplace and product groups to be certified. If preparing to export, also check the hygiene registration requirements of the importing country to set the scope of the documents. · Prepare the prerequisite program standards: Document the facility and hygiene management standards that must be in place before applying HACCP, such as the workplace, hygiene, manufacturing facilities, refrigeration and freezing equipment, water, storage and transport, testing and recall management, to suit the workplace, and set the inspection log formats. · Prepare the HACCP plan: Analyze biological, chemical and physical hazards for each product and process, and based on the process flow chart set the critical control points (CCPs), critical limits, monitoring, corrective actions and verification procedures, compiling them into the food safety management certification plan. · Training and operating records: The operator and employees complete HACCP training at a training institution and build up operating records such as hygiene inspection logs and temperature records for a period according to the prepared standards. The on-site inspection uses these records to confirm actual operation. · Apply for certification and supplement documents: For food, submit the HACCP-applied business certification application with the certification plan for each workplace to the Korea Agency of HACCP Accreditation and Services. If the documents are insufficient, a supplement request is issued, so submit the supplementary documents within the deadline. · On-site inspection and post-certification management: Correct the items pointed out in the on-site inspection and receive the certificate. To change critical control points or the business location, submit a change application, and following the notice the agency sends at least 90 days before expiry, submit the extension application at least 60 days before expiry.

5Basic required documents

HACCP-applied business certification application (Form No. 52 of the Enforcement Rules of the Food Sanitation Act) or livestock products HACCP certification application (statutory form) · Food safety management certification plan for each applicable food (for livestock products, the HACCP operation plan) · Prerequisite program standards and operating records (hygiene inspection logs, temperature records, etc.) · Hazard analysis materials, grounds for determining critical control points and critical limits, and process flow chart · Monitoring, corrective action and verification procedures and record forms · HACCP training certificates for the operator and employees · Copy of the business registration, permit or report certificate · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare application documents for HACCP certification for domestic food and livestock workplaces. We distinguish between reviewing and supplementing existing standards and creating new documents, and documents are prepared based on data confirmed by the technical manager. Review of export-country registration requirements and preparation of export submissions are separate services.

Scope & fee
Review/supplement existing HACCP documents/apply for certification/non-visit
We will review 40 pages of HACCP standards, plans, and records in actual operation for 1 food manufacturing workplace, 1 product group, and 1 process, and prepare 4 pages of limited information and certification application documents. We will proceed based on review of non-visit materials and preparation of application documents. It does not include the creation of a new document system, facility construction, scientific verification, testing, training, or registration in the export country.
Official fee source ↗
Existing HACCP document review/supplementation/certification application/2 on-site
We will review 40 pages of HACCP standards, plans, and records in actual operation for 1 food manufacturing workplace, 1 product group, and 1 process, and prepare 4 pages of limited information and certification application documents. We include two visits to compare field data in the the Seoul metropolitan area area. It does not include the creation of a new document system, facility construction, scientific verification, testing, training, or registration in the export country.
Official fee source ↗
Create new HACCP standard/management plan/apply for certification/2 on-site
We will fill out 20 pages of prerequisite standards, 15 pages of HACCP management plan, and 6 types of record forms for 1 food manufacturing workplace, 1 product group, 1 process, and 2 CCPs and then apply for certification. Two site visits to the the Seoul metropolitan area area are included. This is the standard for receiving risk analysis, verification, testing, and technical data, and does not include construction, preparation of actual operation records, scientific verification, testing, training, or registration in the export country.
Official fee source ↗
Livestock product processing: Review/supplement/certify application/non-visit of existing HACCP documents
We will review 40 pages of HACCP standards, plans, and records in actual operation for 1 livestock product processing workshop, 1 product group, and 1 process, and prepare 4 pages of limited supplementary text and certification application documents. We will proceed based on review of non-visit materials and preparation of application documents. It does not include the creation of a new document system, facility construction, scientific verification, testing, training, or registration in the export country.
Official fee source ↗
Livestock product processing: Review/supplement/certify application for existing HACCP documents/2 on-site visits
We will review 40 pages of HACCP standards, plans, and records in actual operation for 1 livestock product processing workshop, 1 product group, and 1 process, and prepare 4 pages of limited supplementary text and certification application documents. We include two visits to compare field data in the the Seoul metropolitan area area. It does not include the creation of a new document system, facility construction, scientific verification, testing, training, or registration in the export country.
Official fee source ↗
Livestock product processing HACCP standard/management plan new creation/certification application/2 on-site
We will fill out 20 pages of prerequisite standards, 15 pages of HACCP management plan, and 6 types of record forms for 1 livestock product processing workshop, 1 product group, 1 process, and 2 CCPs and then apply for certification. Two site visits to the the Seoul metropolitan area area are included. This is the standard for receiving risk analysis, verification, testing, and technical data, and does not include construction, preparation of actual operation records, scientific verification, testing, training, or registration in the export country.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Review/supplement existing HACCP documents/apply for certification/non-visit from KRW 600,000
  • Existing HACCP document review/supplementation/certification application/2 on-site from KRW 900,000
  • Create new HACCP standard/management plan/apply for certification/2 on-site from KRW 2,300,000
  • Livestock product processing: Review/supplement/certify application/non-visit of existing HACCP documents from KRW 600,000
  • Livestock product processing: Review/supplement/certify application for existing HACCP documents/2 on-site visits from KRW 900,000
  • Livestock product processing HACCP standard/management plan new creation/certification application/2 on-site from KRW 2,300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation and submission of application documents for domestic HACCP certification
View full service guide Send your case
07 Organic Processed Food Certification Application (Environment-Friendly Agriculture and Fisheries Act)CertificationOrganic Processed Food Certification Application (Environment-Friendly Agriculture and Fisheries Act) · Official check · 11-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameOrganic Processed Food Certification Application (Environment-Friendly Agriculture and Fisheries Act)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Review ingredient composition and standards: Using each product's formula, calculate whether organic ingredients make up at least 95% excluding water and salt (70% for '70% organic' labeling), and check whether any non-organic ingredient is a food ingredient that cannot be sourced commercially in organic form or a food additive/processing aid permitted under Annex 1 of the Enforcement Rule. Also confirm that delivery notes, transaction certificates and other proof can be obtained for each ingredient. · Prepare the manufacturing/processing and handling plan: On Form No. 8 of the Enforcement Rule, describe each product's ingredients, production process, cleaning and sanitizing methods, and how organic integrity is protected during packaging, storage and transport. If conventional products are made in the same facility, describe how ingredients and products are kept from mixing. · Organize business management records: Under Annex 5 of the Enforcement Rule, compile the last 1 year of daily receipt, use and storage quantities of ingredients with supplier certificates, records of food additive and processing aid use, and daily production and per-customer sales of certified products. New facilities handling products for less than 1 year may have the record period adjusted within a range of at least 1 month. · Prepare maps, drawings and training proof: Prepare a map marking the site boundary and a drawing showing the structure and use of the work areas, and confirm that the business operator has completed the basic environment-friendly agriculture course (at least 2 hours, once every 2 years) at an institution designated by the National Agricultural Products Quality Management Service. If completion cannot be verified electronically, attach proof. · Submit the application and respond to inspection: File the application on Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule with the attachments to the certification body; within 10 days it notifies the inspection schedule and the list of inspectors, then conducts the document review and on-site inspection. Revise and resubmit materials when supplements are requested, and request a re-examination from the same body if you disagree with the result. · Post-certification changes and renewal: After the certificate is issued, obtain change approval from the certification body before changing certified details, and apply for renewal on the same application form at least 2 months before expiry. As a rule, certification cannot be obtained from the same body more than 2 consecutive times (except bodies with high evaluation ratings), so check the certification body again at renewal.

5Basic required documents

Certification application (for manufacturers/processors or handlers) (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Promotion of Environment-Friendly Agriculture and Fisheries and the Management of and Support for Organic Foods, under the Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs) · Manufacturing/processing and handling plan for certified products (Form No. 8 of the same Enforcement Rule) · Business management records (Annex 5 of the same Enforcement Rule: ingredient receipt/use/storage records, food additive and processing aid use records, production and per-customer sales of certified products) · Map marking the boundary of the business site · Drawing showing the structure and use of the work areas (if there is a work area) · Proof of completing the basic environment-friendly agriculture course (unless verifiable electronically) · Ingredient proof such as delivery notes, transaction certificates, guarantees or test reports for organic ingredients · Product formulas and ingredient lists (for calculating organic content)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Organic Processed Food Certification Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
08 Health Functional Food General Sales Business ReportNotificationHealth Functional Food General Sales Business Report · Official check · 11-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameHealth Functional Food General Sales Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the sales method and the report category: Selling health functional food made by others in a store, door to door or online is general sales business. Selling products made by a contract manufacturer under your own brand is a separate distribution-only sales report. Sales at a pharmacy registered under the Pharmaceutical Affairs Act or at a custom-made health functional food outlet do not require a general sales report. If you plan to sell medical devices too, check at this stage whether the items are exempt from the sales business report. · 2. Complete 2 hours of safety and hygiene training: Anyone starting a general sales business must take 2 hours of safety and hygiene training before filing (Enforcement Rule Article 19(3)). If you start the same type of business within 2 years of the training date, you need not repeat it. After opening, you take 2 hours of training every year for each place of business. · 3. Check the facility standard: In principle the business needs its own independent place of business, but if business operations are not affected it may share another place or keep only an office (Enforcement Rule Table 1). Door-to-door, telephone solicitation, multi-level and e-commerce or mail-order sales, where buyers do not visit the office, may use a residential building as the office. If you open a store, check before signing the lease that the use recorded in the building register allows retail. · 4. Submit the business report form: Attach proof of training completion to the business report form (Form No. 6) and submit it to the business report department of the city, county or district office where the premises are located, or apply through Government24. The office checks disqualification grounds through administrative data and must notify you within 3 days whether it accepts the report. If no notice is given within that period, the report is deemed accepted on the day after the period ends. Once accepted, a business report certificate (Form No. 8) is issued. · 5. File the medical device sales report and the mail-order report together: If you also sell or rent out medical devices such as massage chairs, blood pressure monitors or thermometers, submit a medical device sales (rental) business report (Form No. 36) for each place of business to the same district office, separately. Processing takes 3 days and no documents are specified for the applicant to attach. A person who has filed a sales report need not file a rental report again. If you sell online, also check whether you must file a mail-order business report under Article 12 of the E-Commerce Act.

5Basic required documents

Health functional food business report (Form No. 6 of the Enforcement Rule of the Health Functional Foods Act, marking the detailed business type 'general sales of health functional food') · Proof of completing safety and hygiene training (may be omitted if the officer can verify it directly, for training taken in advance) · For a foreign applicant, home-country documents showing no disqualification grounds (with consular confirmation or an apostille) · License, permit or use contract if the business operates in a ferry or boat landing, a military facility, or a railway or urban rail station · Medical device sales (rental) business report (Form No. 36 of the Enforcement Rule of the Medical Devices Act, if medical devices are sold too) · Corporate registry certificate (for a corporation, verified by the officer through administrative data) · Filing fee (health functional food report 25,000 won electronic, 28,000 won in person; medical device sales report 9,000 won electronic, 10,000 won in person) · Power of attorney (when an administrative agent handles the submission)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-16

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report a General Health Functional Food Sales Business
View full service guide Send your case
09 Food Additive Manufacturing Business RegistrationRegistrationFood Additive Manufacturing Business Registration · Official check · 11-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameFood Additive Manufacturing Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the business type: First decide whether you make or process the product yourself, have another manufacturer make it for sale under your own brand, or buy and resell finished products. Making it yourself requires food additive manufacturing registration, while having it made for sale under your own brand falls under a distribution-only sales report. · 2. Check the site and building use: Before signing the lease, check the building use and factory site restrictions. Divide the workplace into raw material storage, manufacturing and packaging areas, and keep it away from sources of contamination. · 3. Prepare the facilities: Apply the facility standards for food manufacturing and processing businesses, and provide a workplace, warehouse, testing room, water supply and drainage, and restrooms. If the registering office finds no sanitary risk, parts of the building location, structure and workplace requirements may be treated differently. · 4. Complete hygiene training and apply for registration: Finish the hygiene training before starting business and submit the registration application with the facility documents to the city, county or district office with jurisdiction. The registering office checks the facilities and then issues the registration certificate. · 5. Product manufacturing report and in-house quality testing: Once you start production, report each product you manufacture. Food additives need a component and standard test at least once every 6 months, and sterilizing and disinfecting agents need a test of sterilizing power, with records kept.

5Basic required documents

Business registration application · Food hygiene training completion certificate · Workplace floor plan and facility layout · Building register and lease or other proof of right to use the premises · Drinking water quality test report (if water other than tap water, such as groundwater, is used) · Testing room equipment list or contract for outsourced in-house quality testing · Product manufacturing report (per product, after production begins)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-01

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Register a Food Additive Manufacturing Business
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Livestock product processing & distribution

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Meat Packing Business PermitPermitMeat Packing Business Permit · Official check · 12-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameMeat Packing Business Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the building use: Before signing a lease, check on the building register whether the building is used as a factory or as a Class 2 neighborhood living facility permitted by local ordinance, and rule out residential buildings from the start. · Design the workplace: Separate the raw material storage room, cutting room and packing room, create a flow that prevents cross-contamination from receiving to shipping, and plan cooling and lighting equipment to maintain at least 220 lux and 15℃ or below. · Reflect HACCP standards: HACCP became mandatory for businesses with sales of 2 billion won or more in 2023 and 500 million won or more in 2025, and will apply to those with 100 million won or more in 2027 and to all businesses from January 1, 2029, so designing the permit drawings to HACCP standards from the start reduces the need for later reconstruction. · Hygiene training and health examinations: The business operator completes livestock products hygiene training, and workers receive health examinations and prepare their certificates. · Permit application and on-site check: Submit the permit application with the workplace floor plan and facility layout to the city, county or district office; an official inspects the facilities, and the decision is notified within 8 days of receiving the application. · Product manufacturing report and change permit: File a product manufacturing report before starting production or within 7 days of starting, with supporting data for setting the use-by date. Relocating the workplace requires a change permit.

5Basic required documents

Meat packing business permit application · Workplace floor plan and facility layout (showing raw material storage, cutting and packing areas) · Building register (to confirm use) and lease agreement · Water quality test report (if groundwater is used) · Livestock products hygiene training certificate · Health examination certificates for workers · Product manufacturing report and supporting data for setting the use-by date · HACCP-related documents (if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Meat Packaging Business Permit
View full service guide Send your case
02 Livestock Products Distribution Seller Business ReportNotificationLivestock Products Distribution Seller Business Report · Official check · 12-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameLivestock Products Distribution Seller Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the business type: Check that the products are packaged meat, meat products, dairy products or egg products, and that the commissioned company holds the matching livestock products processing or meat packaging processing permit. Cutting or packaging the products yourself falls under a different business, such as meat packaging processing or meat sales. · Prepare the office and warehouse: Set up an independent office, which may be shared with another business office if it does not interfere with operations. The warehouse may be located elsewhere or leased, and if there is no dedicated warehouse, part of the warehouse of the commissioned processor may be used under a use agreement. · Check the facility layout and building: Designate a permanent storage space for returned and exchanged goods and mark it on the layout together with the warehouse location. Since the office checks the building ledger and land use plan electronically, confirm before signing the lease that the building use is suitable. · Hygiene training and health checkups: Complete 6 hours of livestock products hygiene training before starting business. Persons who only store or sell fully packaged products are exempt from health checkups, but staff who open packages and handle products directly must have a health checkup before starting work. · Submit the business report: File the business report with the facility description and layout, and a copy of the facility use agreement if leased, at the si/gun/gu office where the business is located. The office notifies acceptance within 3 days and issues a report certificate. · Keep records after opening: When purchasing meat or packaged meat, record type, quantity, origin, traceability number and supplier in the transaction ledger and keep it for 1 year from purchase, and keep records of consumer complaints such as foreign matter reports for 2 years. File a change report or a suspension or closure report when reported details change or the business suspends or closes.

5Basic required documents

Livestock products business report (Form No. 23 of the Enforcement Rule of the Livestock Products Sanitary Control Act) · Facility description and layout (showing the warehouse and returns storage) · Copy of the facility use agreement (when the office or warehouse is leased) · Warehouse use agreement (when using part of the processor's warehouse) · Livestock products hygiene training certificate (6 hours) · Health certificate (when staff handle products directly and do not consent to administrative information sharing) · Processing or packaging commission contract and copy of the contractor's business permit (in case it is requested) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Livestock Product Distribution Seller Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
03 Meat Processing Business (Livestock Product Processing) Permit and Product Manufacturing ReportPermitNotificationMeat Processing Business (Livestock Product Processing) Permit and Product Manufacturing Report · Official check · 12-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameMeat Processing Business (Livestock Product Processing) Permit and Product Manufacturing Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24 · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24 · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Determining whether a permit is required and which business type applies: Processing meat by adding seasoning or additives is a meat processing business, cutting or grinding meat and packaging it as is falls under a meat packaging business, and a butcher shop selling processed meat products it makes directly to final consumers files a report as an on-site meat sales and processing business. Meal kits (simple meat cooking sets) fall within the meat processing business when their main ingredient is meat the operator cut itself or processed meat products it made itself. · Checking the workplace location and designing facilities to the standards: Before signing a lease, the permitted use is checked through the building register and the land use plan confirmation, and the raw material room, processing room, and packaging room are placed in a separate building or separated from facilities used for other purposes by walls or floors, then separated or partitioned from one another. Floors must be waterproofed and drain well, interior walls must have a light-colored water-resistant finish up to 1.5 meters from the floor, and automated equipment is required from ingredient mixing to packaging, except where the nature of the product, such as bacon or dried and cured meat, makes automation difficult. · Preparing the laboratory, water supply, and HACCP layout: A laboratory capable of testing processing standards and specifications is required, but it may be omitted if self-testing is outsourced to a designated livestock product testing and inspection institution. If groundwater is used, the water source must be at least 20 meters away from toilets, waste treatment facilities, and similar sites, and a water quality test report is obtained in advance. Because meat processing businesses must comply with HACCP, the separation of clean zones and work flow are reflected in the first floor plan. · Applying for the permit after hygiene training: The person intending to operate the business first completes 6 hours of livestock product hygiene training. The business permit application is submitted with the workplace facility details and layout and, where applicable, the water quality test report, and the permitting authority issues the permit after reviewing the documents and conducting an on-site inspection. The corporate register, building register, land use plan confirmation, and health certificate are checked by the official through shared administrative information. · Product manufacturing reports and post-permit management: For each product, a product manufacturing report is filed with a description of the manufacturing method and a statement of the basis for the shelf life before production starts or within 7 days after it starts, and a change report is filed within 7 days if the product name, ingredient mixing ratios, or shelf life change. A change permit is required to change the business location or the raw material room, manufacturing and processing room, or packaging room, and the business operator completes 3 hours of hygiene training every year.

5Basic required documents

Business permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Livestock Products Sanitary Control Act, Form No. 16) · Workplace facility details and layout (showing the partitioning of the raw material, processing, and packaging rooms and the work flow) · Copy of the drinking water quality test report (if groundwater or similar water is used for processing livestock products) · Livestock product hygiene training completion certificate (6 hours before starting business) · Copy of the health certificate (if the applicant does not consent to verification through shared administrative information) · Building register, land use plan confirmation, and lease agreement (to check the permitted use of the workplace and the right to use it in advance) · Outsourced testing contract with a livestock product testing and inspection institution (if self-testing is outsourced instead of operating a laboratory) · Product manufacturing report (Form No. 28 of the same Enforcement Rule) with a description of the manufacturing method and a statement of the basis for the shelf life, plus a review of temporary standards and specifications for products without established processing standards and specifications

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Meat Processing Business Permit Requirements and Item Manufacturing Report
View full service guide Send your case
04 Business reporting for edible egg collection and sales and preparation of HACCP application documents for repackagingNotificationCertificationBusiness reporting for edible egg collection and sales and preparation of HACCP application documents for repackaging · Official check · 12-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameBusiness reporting for edible egg collection and sales and preparation of HACCP application documents for repackaging
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm scope and exclusions: Article 21, item 7(ba) of the Enforcement Decree covers the business of collecting, processing, or purchasing hen eggs and selling them exclusively. Selling all self-produced eggs to a sorting and packing business or a collection and sales business, or selling packaged eggs only to final consumers at a store or business site, is excluded, so first confirm whether the report is required. · Decide on repackaging and HACCP linkage: If you do not plan to repackage packaged eggs, the report alone is enough to operate. To repackage, Annex 2-4, item 8 of the Enforcement Rule requires either bulk-packed eggs of 300 or more bought from another collection and sales business, or HACCP certified-business status. Repackaging eggs packed by a sorting and packing business or imported packaged eggs requires certification. · Facility check and hygiene training: Equip the business site to the facility standards in Annex 10 of the Enforcement Rule and confirm that eggs can be kept out of direct sunlight and stored at a temperature that meets the storage and distribution standards. A person starting the business must take livestock product hygiene training under Article 30(2) of the Act, and owners and employees who directly handle unpackaged eggs should confirm whether they are subject to the health examination under Article 44 of the Rule. · Submit the business report: On Form No. 23 mark the business type as edible egg collection and sales, attach the facility details and layout plan and, if leasing, a copy of the facility use contract, and submit to the livestock department of the city, county, or district office. The corporate registry certificate and building register are checked through shared administrative information; the processing period is 3 days and a report receipt is issued once accepted. · Apply for HACCP certification (when repackaging): Submit Form No. 1-3 certification application with the safety management certification operation plan to the head of the Korea Food Safety Management Accreditation Service. The applicant must operate a hygiene management program and complete the training from a training institution (2 hours for the owner and 16 hours for employees, within the range set by public notice). The certificate is issued if document review and the on-site investigation find that the standards are met. · Duties after opening and changes: Record collection, packing, and sales details in the egg transaction and disposal statement (Form No. 40) and keep it for at least 6 months from the collection date; in principle eggs are sorted and packed at the sorting and packing site of an edible egg sorting and packing business, with a request (Form No. 41) submitted. The certification is valid for 3 years and an extension is applied for at least 60 days before expiry; changes, suspension, and closure of the business are reported to the office.

5Basic required documents

Business report (Form No. 23 of the Enforcement Rule of the Livestock Products Sanitary Control Act) · Facility details and layout plan of the business site (Article 35(1), item 1 of the Rule) · Copy of the facility use contract (when the business site is leased) · Health examination certificate (only for persons subject to the examination; a copy is attached if shared administrative information use is not consented to) and corporate registry certificate (for corporations) · Proof of completing livestock product hygiene training (for the person starting the business) · Egg sorting and packing request (Form No. 41 of the same Rule, when sorting and packing is entrusted to a sorting and packing business) · HACCP certification application (Form No. 1-3 of the same Rule) and certification operation plan (when repackaging) · HACCP training completion certificates (owner and employees) and hygiene management program materials (when repackaging)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare and submit the edible egg collection and sales business report and attached materials such as facilities and usage rights. If HACCP certification is required depending on the repackaging plan, we will connect you to a separate certification application process.

Scope & fee
Edible egg collection and sales business business report and HACCP application separate
We will review approximately 15 pages of provided materials, including facility details, layout, usage rights, and training for 1 business location, and prepare and submit a business report and attached materials. We also check whether certification is required for the repackaging plan, and HACCP certification documents, certification applications, facility construction, actual operation, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Edible egg collection and sales business business report and HACCP application separate from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Business reporting for edible egg collection and sales and preparation of HACCP application documents for repackaging
View full service guide Send your case
05 Livestock Product Storage Business Permit Requirements and ProcedurePermitLivestock Product Storage Business Permit Requirements and Procedure · Official check · 12-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameLivestock Product Storage Business Permit Requirements and Procedure
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether a permit is required — A business that stores livestock products in a frozen or chilled state needs a livestock product storage business permit. Exceptions are storage by a livestock product processing or meat packing business operator for use as raw materials, and storage by a milk sales business operator with refrigeration or freezing facilities for delivering livestock products sold by a mail-order seller. Permits are granted per workplace, so a separate application is needed for each warehouse. · 2. Check the building and location — The workplace must be a separate building or be separated from facilities used for other purposes. Exceptions apply when it is used together with the facilities of an imported food storage business, or when sealed livestock products and sealed foods are stored separately without mixing. Because the permitting authority checks the building register and land use plan confirmation, check the building's designated use and whether it is marked as an illegal building before signing a lease. · 3. Meet the facility standards — Install facilities for loading and unloading livestock products hygienically, such as a loading dock, along with a pre-freezing room, freezer room and cold room, each separated or partitioned (rooms for product types not handled may be omitted). Each room must allow temperature control and have a thermometer mounted outside so the temperature can be read without opening the door, and the workplace needs waterproof flooring, lighting of at least 75 lux, ventilation, rodent and insect barriers, and a flush toilet with a septic tank. Arrange the space so that livestock products that may contaminate each other can be stored separately. · 4. Hygiene training and health checkups — A person who intends to operate the business completes 6 hours of livestock product hygiene training in advance. Operators and employees directly engaged in storing livestock products must have a health checkup before starting work and every year thereafter, but persons who store only fully packaged livestock products are excluded from the checkup requirement. · 5. File the application and receive the permit — Submit the business permit application with a facility list and layout of the workplace to the city, county or district office where the workplace is located, and include a copy of the drinking water quality test report if groundwater is used. The permitting authority gives notice of its decision within 8 days and issues the permit (Form No. 17), and the fee is 10,000 won (9,000 won online). To change the freezer or cold rooms or the business location after the permit is granted, a change permit is required.

5Basic required documents

Business permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Livestock Products Sanitary Control Act, Form No. 16) · Facility list and layout of the workplace · Copy of the drinking water quality test report (when groundwater or other non-tap water is used) · Self-quality control standards (only for businesses subject to them) · Copy of the health checkup certificate (if the applicant does not consent to verification through shared administrative information) · Corporate registration certificate, building register and land use plan confirmation (checked by the permitting authority through shared administrative information) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Livestock Product Storage Business Permit Requirements and Procedure
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Alcohol manufacturing & distribution

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Liquor Quality Certification Application (8 Liquor Types incl. Traditional Liquor and Makgeolli)CertificationLiquor Quality Certification Application (8 Liquor Types incl. Traditional Liquor and Makgeolli) · Official check · 13-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameLiquor Quality Certification Application (8 Liquor Types incl. Traditional Liquor and Makgeolli)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Decide the liquor type and application unit: A separate application is filed for each liquor (each manufacturing method), and the applicant enters the manufacturing method code and approval date already approved by the competent tax office under the Liquor Tax Act. First match the approved manufacturing method to the relevant standard among the 8 liquor types. · Check against the standards and prepare descriptions: Each liquor type has its own manufacturing method standards; for takju, for example, grains must make up at least 80% of the combined weight of starch materials and raw sugar, and brewing base brought in from another plant or seasonings may not be used. Raw material receipt and use records, manufacturing process and quality control records are checked against the standards, and the product description and the description of manufacturing facilities and equipment are prepared. · Analysis certificate and attachments: The analysis and appraisal certificate for the product must be issued by the National Tax Service Technical Service Institute within 6 months before the application date. Copies of the manufacturing method application and process flow chart, the main and auxiliary labels (photos for coated bottles, paper packs or ceramic containers) are prepared, and the consent form for disclosure of certified company information on the back of the application is completed. · Submission to the certification body and supplementation: After the application is submitted, the certification body sets and notifies the review schedule. The certification auditor checks the application and documents and, if supplementation is needed, sets a deadline; supplementary documents are submitted within that period. · Manufacturing site review and product review: The auditor visits the plant to review the manufacturing method and site standards, takes samples (6 bottles for products of 500 ml or more, about 3 L for smaller products) and conducts physicochemical analysis and a sensory evaluation by a trained panel of at least 10 people. The applicant or an agent attends each stage. · Certificate issuance and follow-up management: If the standards are met, a quality certificate is issued; if not, the reasons are notified. If the applicant reapplies within 6 months of a nonconformity notice, items already found conforming may be exempted from review. Certification-related records must be kept for 3 years, and a person who takes over the business by transfer, inheritance or merger must report the succession to the NAQS Director within 30 days.

5Basic required documents

Quality certification application (Form No. 7 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Promotion of the Traditional Liquor Industry; the same form is used for validity extension) · Product description · Description of manufacturing facilities and equipment · Copy of the analysis and appraisal certificate for the product (issued by the National Tax Service Technical Service Institute within 6 months before the application date) · Copies of the manufacturing method application and manufacturing process flow chart · Main and auxiliary labels of the product (photos for coated bottles, paper packs or ceramic containers) · Raw material receipt and use records, manufacturing process records and quality control records (for comparison during the site review) · Original quality certificate (for validity extension), power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for Liquor Quality Certification
View full service guide Send your case
02 Traditional Liquor and Regional Specialty Liquor Manufacturing License (Recommendation and License Application)PermitTraditional Liquor and Regional Specialty Liquor Manufacturing License (Recommendation and License Application) · Official check · 13-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameTraditional Liquor and Regional Specialty Liquor Manufacturing License (Recommendation and License Application)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · National Tax Service · Ministry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · National Tax Service · Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm traditional liquor status and liquor type: Under the Liquor Tax Act, traditional liquor covers liquor made by intangible heritage holders and food masters and regional specialty liquor recommended by the governor. Regional specialty liquor must use main ingredients grown by the applicant or in the brewery's district or adjacent districts, so the sourcing plan is checked first. Licenses are issued per liquor type (takju, yakju, cheongju, fruit wine, soju and so on), and a different type needs a separate license. · Check the brewery and facility standards: For regional specialty liquor, Annex 1, item 3 of the Enforcement Decree requires a brewing room of at least 10 square meters plus a simple still and alcohol meter for takju, yakju and cheongju, a raw-material room of at least 6 square meters and a brewing room of at least 20 square meters for fruit wine, and a brewing room of at least 25 square meters for soju and general distilled liquor. Filtering, bottle-washing, filling and sealing facilities may also be required, so building use and layout are checked before leasing or buying equipment. · Submit the recommendation application to the city, county or district: Under Article 4 of the Enforcement Rule, the recommendation application (Form No. 1) with the business plan and documents proving eligibility is submitted to the mayor, county head or district head. The local government adds a review opinion and forwards it to the governor, who recommends the applicant to the Commissioner of the National Tax Service by recommendation (Form No. 2) if suitable, or notifies the applicant of the reasons if not. · Apply for the liquor manufacturing license at the tax office: Under Article 2 of the Enforcement Decree, Form No. 3 states the applicant's details, brewery location, liquor type and specification, manufacturing method and expected output per brewing year, and attaches the recommendation copy, business plan, drawings, equipment list, capacity table and process chart. The tax office may grant a license conditioned on completing the facilities, and any request for supplements is answered within the given period. · Register food manufacturing and processing: Under the proviso of Article 26-2(1) of the Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Decree, food manufacturing and processing that produces liquor is registered with the Minister of Food and Drug Safety. The registration application with facility documents and the hygiene training certificate is filed after the facilities are in place and before operations begin. · Report commencement, completion and facility changes: With a conditional license, construction must start within 1 year and be completed within 3 years of the license date (6 months and 1 year for small-scale liquor makers), with a report to the tax office promptly on each. The license lapses if the deadlines are missed. Any new, expanded or improved manufacturing facility, equipment, brewery building or site must be reported within 20 days.

5Basic required documents

Liquor manufacturing license application (Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Liquor License Act) · Liquor manufacturing license recommendation application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Promotion of Traditional Liquors) and documents proving eligibility (farming business registration, proof of ingredient origin, etc.) · Copy of the liquor manufacturing license recommendation (Form No. 2 of the same Rule, issued by the governor) · Business plan (for the recommendation and for the license application) and drawings showing the brewery site and building structure · List of machines, tools and containers used for manufacturing, storage and sale, and facility and equipment description with capacity table · Manufacturing process chart and manufacturing method statement · Copy of lease agreement (if the brewery is leased), articles of incorporation, minutes of shareholders or board meetings and lists of shareholders and officers (corporations), copy of partnership agreement (joint business) · Food manufacturing and processing business registration application (Form No. 41-2 of the Food Sanitation Act Enforcement Rule) and hygiene training certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for a Traditional Liquor Manufacturing License
View full service guide Send your case
03 Liquor Import License and Imported Food Import-Sales Business Registration in KoreaPermitLiquor Import License and Imported Food Import-Sales Business Registration in Korea · Official check · 13-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameLiquor Import License and Imported Food Import-Sales Business Registration in Korea
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check requirements and grounds for disqualification — The liquor import-export license is available to a person who has received a trade business code. The license may be refused if national or local taxes are in arrears, if the applicant was sentenced to imprisonment without labor or heavier for violating the Punishment of Tax Offenses Act, the Food Sanitation Act or the Special Act on Imported Food Safety Control and 5 years have not passed, or if the applicant is bankrupt and not reinstated. For a corporation, its officers are reviewed against the same standards. · 2. Secure an office and a warehouse — Importing liquor other than ethyl alcohol requires a warehouse of at least 22㎡; exporting only has no warehouse requirement. Registration with the regional MFDS office requires an independent office and a warehouse where imported food can be stored hygienically, and the warehouse may be located elsewhere or leased. If you do not sell directly to consumers, a separate storage warehouse may not be required. · 3. Complete hygiene training and register the import-sales business — Before starting business, complete 4 hours of hygiene training at a designated training institution. After securing the facilities, submit the business registration application with the training certificate and a facility use contract (if the warehouse is leased or a shared office is used) to the competent regional MFDS office. The processing time is 3 days and the fee is 28,000 won. · 4. Apply for the liquor import-export license at the tax office — On the liquor sales license application, enter liquor import-export business as the license type and state the warehouse area, then submit it to the tax office having jurisdiction over the place of sale. If you apply without a place of sale, state the reason and submit it to the tax office for your address. Under the official form the processing time is 40 days and the fee is 50,000 won, and you can also apply through Hometax. · 5. Management after imports begin — Liquor brought in for sale is reported to the MFDS for each import. Business operators complete 3 hours of hygiene training every year and file a change registration within 30 days when important matters such as the business location change. When moving the place of sale, file a relocation report with the tax office of the new location.

5Basic required documents

Liquor sales license application (liquor import-export business, with warehouse area) · Copy of trade business code certificate · Copies of lease contracts for the place of sale, office and warehouse (if leased) · Articles of incorporation, minutes of the general meeting of shareholders or board of directors, list of shareholders and officers (corporations) · Copy of partnership agreement (joint business) · Imported food business registration application · Hygiene training certificate (4 hours before starting business) · Facility use contract (if a storage facility is leased or a shared office is used)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-06

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Liquor Import License and Imported Food Import-Sales Business Registration in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
04 How to Apply for a Liquor Sales Business LicensePermitHow to Apply for a Liquor Sales Business License · Official check · 13-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Apply for a Liquor Sales Business License
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Choose the license type and the store — A specific liquor wholesale license covers only designated products, such as takju, yakju, cheongju, traditional liquor and beer made by small-scale liquor manufacturers, bought from manufacturers and sold wholesale. A specialty retail license allows face-to-face sales of liquor other than ethanol to consumers at the licensed store, and liquor paid for face-to-face at the store may be delivered at the consumer's request. Licenses are issued per store, so opening another shop or selling at a different place such as a festival site requires a separate license for that place. · 2. Check warehouse and store requirements and grounds for refusal — A specific liquor wholesaler must have a warehouse of 22㎡ or more, and storage containers and insect-proof facilities if it handles liquor that is not bottled. As a rule, a new sales license cannot be issued for a manufacturing site or store that already holds another liquor license, and licenses are also restricted for places not separated or partitioned from facilities used for purposes other than liquor sales. Grounds for refusal, such as national or local tax arrears, less than 2 years since a license revocation, or less than 5 years since a prison sentence for violating the Punishment of Tax Offenses Act or the Food Sanitation Act, also apply to the officers of a corporation. · 3. Prepare corporate purposes and attachments — A corporation attaches its articles of incorporation, minutes of the general meeting of shareholders or board of directors, and a list of shareholders and officers, so if liquor sales is not among the business purposes, the articles must first be amended by a special resolution of the general meeting (two-thirds or more of the voting rights of shareholders present and one-third or more of total issued shares) and the change of purpose registered. If the store or warehouse is leased, prepare a copy of the lease, and for a joint business, a copy of the partnership agreement; specific liquor wholesalers also submit a credit information report issued by the comprehensive credit information concentration agency. Business registration under the Value-Added Tax Act is a license requirement for liquor retail. · 4. Apply to the competent tax office — Enter the license type and warehouse area on the liquor sales business license application and submit it to the tax office with jurisdiction over the store; it can also be filed through Hometax. The tax office reviews the application and grounds for refusal and may inspect the store and warehouse on site, and the processing period on the form is 40 days. The fee is 50,000 won for specific liquor wholesale and 30,000 won for liquor retail, paid with revenue stamps. · 5. Comply with license conditions — The license designates the types of liquor that may be sold and the business scope, and violating the scope can lead to revocation. Specific liquor wholesalers must sell liquor for entertainment and restaurant use to entertainment and restaurant businesses and liquor for household use to liquor retailers, exchanging a liquor sales statement or tax invoice for each sale. To relocate a store, file a relocation report with the tax office of the new location at least 15 days before the planned move.

5Basic required documents

Liquor sales business license application (Enforcement Rule of the Liquor License Act, Form No. 6, stating license type and warehouse area) · Copy of the lease (if the store or warehouse is leased) · Articles of incorporation, minutes of the general meeting of shareholders or board of directors, and list of shareholders and officers (corporations) · Copy of the partnership agreement (joint business) · Credit information report (specific liquor wholesale, issued by the comprehensive credit information concentration agency) · Floor plans of the store and warehouse and other documents showing the license requirements are met · Revenue stamps (50,000 won for specific liquor wholesale, 30,000 won for liquor retail) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for a Liquor Sales Business License
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

General business permits

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Permit Succession and Business Transfer (Succession of Business Operator Status Report)NotificationPermit Succession and Business Transfer (Succession of Business Operator Status Report) · Official check · 14-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePermit Succession and Business Transfer (Succession of Business Operator Status Report)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCentral administrative authority responsible for the business sector
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Central administrative authority responsible for the business sector

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the business type and succession method: Check the type of permit, report or registration and its governing law from the business report certificate or permit, and distinguish whether it is a report after succession (food, public health, livestock products) or permission before transfer (waste treatment business). · Check the transferee's qualifications: Review grounds for disqualification and industry-specific qualifications. Only license holders can succeed to barber or beauty businesses, and for food businesses, confirm completion of food sanitation training and whether a health examination is required in advance. · Check the administrative sanction history: Ask the hygiene department of the competent city, county or district office about any business suspension or fine imposed on the previous operator and any ongoing inspection or hearing, and keep the inquiry record and a confirmation from the transferor before signing the contract. · Prepare the contract and succession date: Specify the succession date (the day the business is handed over) in the transfer agreement, count the 1-month reporting deadline (30 days for livestock products) from that day, and align it with the balance payment and handover schedule. If you plan to change the business name, check whether it can be reported together with the succession report. · Submit the succession report: File the industry-specific succession report with documents proving the transfer, the previous business report certificate or permit, and the training completion certificate to the competent city, county or district office. Under the Food Sanitation Act, the authority notifies whether the report is accepted within 3 days of receipt. · Confirm acceptance and follow-up: The succession report requires acceptance, so operate under the transferee's name only after receiving the acceptance notice and new business report certificate. Multi-use businesses should have proof of fire liability insurance, and waste treatment businesses should manage the scope and schedule of the succeeded liabilities stated in the permit notice.

5Basic required documents

Industry-specific succession of business operator status report (Annex Form No. 49 of the Enforcement Rule of the Food Sanitation Act, etc.) · Previous operator's business report certificate, business permit or business registration certificate · Copy of documents proving the transfer (transfer agreement, etc.); for inheritance, documents proving heirship · For acquisition through auction, liquidation sale or sale of seized property, documents proving acquisition of all business facilities through that procedure · Food sanitation training completion certificate (if completed in advance); barber or beautician license (barber and beauty businesses) · Health examination result (for those subject to it, if not consenting to administrative information sharing) · Certificate of fire liability insurance (for businesses classified as multi-use businesses) · Power of attorney and a copy of the delegator's ID bearing their signature (when delegating the report)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case
02 Security Service Business PermitPermitSecurity Service Business Permit · Official check · 14-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameSecurity Service Business Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityKorean National Police Agency
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Korean National Police Agency

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Specify the services and check the articles of incorporation: Decide which of facility, escort, personal protection, machine, special, or crowd and traffic control security you will perform under contract, and check that the purpose clause of the corporation's articles of incorporation includes it. If not, amend the purpose clause first. · Check officers for disqualification: Adult wards, persons declared bankrupt and not reinstated, persons whose sentence of imprisonment without labor or heavier has not lapsed, and officers of a corporation whose permit was revoked for violating the Act within the past 3 years (5 years if revoked for having guards act beyond the scope of security duties) cannot serve as officers, so every officer is checked. · Prepare personnel, capital and equipment for each service: Secure paid-in capital meeting Annexed Table 1, recruit security guards and a security instructor, and prepare guard uniforms, whistles, batons and sprays; for machine security, prepare the control center, sensing, transmitting and receiving devices and dispatch vehicles. Capital cannot be deferred through a securing plan. · Prepare and submit the application: Attach the articles of incorporation, officers' resumes, and a securing plan for any personnel, facilities or equipment not yet in place to the permit application, affix a KRW 10,000 revenue stamp as the fee, and submit it to the Metropolitan or Provincial Police Agency with jurisdiction over the head office or a police station under it. The official checks the corporate registration certificate through administrative information sharing, and the processing period stated on Government24 is 15 days. · Fulfill the securing plan and receive the permit: If a securing plan was submitted, the personnel, facilities and equipment in Annexed Table 1 must be in place within 1 month of the permit date and confirmed by the Commissioner. The permit certificate is issued through the police station with jurisdiction over the head office. · Change reports and renewal: Report closure or suspension within 7 days, and changes to the corporate name, representative or officers, head office or branch offices, machine security control center, or purpose clause within 30 days of the change. To continue operating, submit a renewal application with the original permit certificate at least 30 days before the permit expires.

5Basic required documents

Security services permit or change permit application (Enforcement Rule Form No. 2) · Articles of incorporation (purpose clause stating the relevant security services) · Resumes of corporate officers · Securing plan for security personnel, facilities and equipment (if not in place at the time of application) · Proof of paid-in capital (at least KRW 100 million, or KRW 300 million for special security) · Copy of the security instructor certificate and list of security guards (to confirm personnel standards) · KRW 10,000 revenue stamp (fee for permit, addition, change or renewal) · For renewal, the original permit certificate and amended articles of incorporation (if changed)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Security Services Business Permit Requirements and Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of registration documents for measuring instrument manufacturing/repair and notification documents for importsRegistrationNotificationPreparation of registration documents for measuring instrument manufacturing/repair and notification documents for imports · Official check · 14-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of registration documents for measuring instrument manufacturing/repair and notification documents for imports
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Classify the business: Manufacturing or repairing your own products is manufacturing, repairing instruments made by other companies is repair, and importing as a business requires an import business report. Repair is limited to the scope in Annex 4 of the Enforcement Decree, so first compare the instrument types and work you plan to do. · Check inspection equipment standards: Annex 3 of the Enforcement Decree sets separate inspection equipment and specifications for each type, such as non-automatic weighing instruments, weights, gas meters, water meters, fuel dispensers and electricity meters. If you handle two or more types, overlapping equipment needs to be provided only once, and some equipment may be secured through lease or shared-use agreements. · Check the inspection room and calibration: Confirm that the temperature and humidity control equipment of the inspection room meets the standards, and keep calibration certificates for inspection measuring devices that are within their calibration intervals. Also confirm that the measuring devices are more precise than the instruments to be inspected. · Prepare the application and statements: Attach the in-house facility statement and the inspection equipment statement to the registration application (Form No. 1). For imports, enter the instrument types, the importer's name and address, and the country, name and address of the manufacturer on the report (Form No. 6). · Submit to the si/gun/gu and receive the certificate: After filing with the si/gun/gu office where the business is located, the office checks compliance and issues a registration certificate or an import report confirmation. The business registration certificate and corporate registration are checked through administrative information sharing, or submitted directly if you do not consent. · Change reports and equipment management: Submit a change report (Form No. 3) within 30 days when registered or reported details change, and the office notifies acceptance within 7 days. If inspection equipment falls below the standards after registration, it is grounds for revocation or suspension, so recheck the standards when replacing equipment.

5Basic required documents

Measuring instrument manufacturing/repair registration application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Weights and Measures Act) or measuring instrument import business report (Form No. 6 of the same Rule) · In-house facility statement (location and area of the inspection room, temperature and humidity control equipment) · Inspection equipment statement (equipment names and specifications) · Calibration certificates for inspection measuring devices · Lease or shared-use agreement for inspection equipment (when equipment is borrowed) · Business registration certificate and corporate registration certificate (when not consenting to administrative information sharing) · Copy of type approval (when manufacturing or importing instruments subject to type approval) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare meter manufacturing/repair business registration and import business reporting documents. We compare facility and inspection equipment data for the relevant industry and organize specifications and application materials.

Scope & fee
Metrology instrument importer notification; support without a visit
We will prepare a meter import business report for 1 company and support non-visit submission. Manufacturing country, manufacturer, meter, and business data are provided, but manufacturing/repair registration, facility specification preparation, inspection, and type approval are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of meter manufacturing registration and facility specification documents
We will prepare a manufacturing registration application form for 1 business location and 1 type of meter, as well as two types of specifications for own facilities and inspection equipment. It is a standard for receiving drawings, equipment specifications, calibration reports, and data within 10 points of equipment, and does not include field trips, calibration, testing, type approval, or testing itself.
Official fee source ↗
Register meter repair business and prepare facility specification documents
We will prepare a repair business registration application form for 1 business location and 1 type of meter, as well as two types of self-facility and inspection equipment specifications. It is a standard for receiving drawings, equipment specifications, calibration reports, and data within 10 points of equipment, and does not include field trips, calibration, testing, type approval, or testing itself.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Metrology instrument importer notification; support without a visit from KRW 300,000
  • Preparation of meter manufacturing registration and facility specification documents from KRW 400,000
  • Register meter repair business and prepare facility specification documents from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of registration documents for measuring instrument manufacturing/repair and notification documents for imports
View full service guide Send your case
04 Job Information Service Business Report (Job Sites and Apps)NotificationJob Information Service Business Report (Job Sites and Apps) · Official check · 14-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameJob Information Service Business Report (Job Sites and Apps)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Business structure review: Using the user flow and screen plans, check whether the site or app only posts job information for users to contact each other directly, or receives job and job-seeker applications and arranges employment contracts. If it includes placement functions, it falls under job placement business registration, so the scope of the report is settled first. · Reporting units and entries: Organize the name and location of the business office, the means of providing information, the medium name and website address, the main occupations and regions, the main target users, and whether a fee is charged. Reports are split so that each business office is reported separately and each branch is reported to the Employment Center where it is located. · Drafting the report and business plan: Prepare the Job Information Service Business Report (Form No. 27 of the Enforcement Rule) and a business plan including a revenue and expenditure budget. A corporation attaches its articles of incorporation and proof of establishment, and a business that needs registration or a license under another law attaches a copy of that proof. · Filing with the Employment Center and supplements: The administrative office files the report and attachments with the competent Employment Center on the client's behalf. The officer checks the corporate registration certificate through shared administrative information; the processing period is 7 days and there is no fee. If a supplement is requested, the business plan and service description are aligned and supplementary documents are submitted. · Certificate and operational readiness: Once the report is accepted, the Job Information Service Business Report Confirmation and a report number are issued, and the business must start within 6 months of the report date. Display the report number clearly on the site or app, and set up checks of the employer's business name and business registration and blocking of postings below the minimum wage on the posting screen. When a reported item changes, file a change report (Form No. 12) within 10 days, and on closure file a closure report (Form No. 16) within 7 days.

5Basic required documents

Job Information Service Business Report (Enforcement Rule of the Employment Security Act, Form No. 27) · Business plan (including a revenue and expenditure budget) · Articles of incorporation and proof of establishment (corporations) · Copy of proof of registration, authorization or permit under another law (if such registration or license is required) · User flow and screen plans of the site or app (to confirm the means of providing information, medium name and website address) · Job Information Service Business Change Report (Enforcement Rule of the Employment Security Act, Form No. 12) and proof of the change (when changing) · Power of attorney (when filed by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Job Information Service Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
05 Fee-Charging Job Placement Business RegistrationRegistrationFee-Charging Job Placement Business Registration · Official check · 14-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameFee-Charging Job Placement Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Domestic or overseas classification and disqualification check: Classify the business as domestic or overseas based on where the placed workers will work, and check whether the representative and officers fall under the disqualification grounds of Article 38 of the Act (minor, less than 2 years since completing a sentence of imprisonment without labor or heavier, less than 5 years since revocation of registration, etc.). Also check whether any business prohibited from being run concurrently under Article 26, such as a marriage brokerage or lodging business, is being operated. · Organizing proof of the representative's and officers' qualifications: Collect documents proving the applicable item of Article 21(1) of the Enforcement Decree, such as a copy of a Vocational Counselor certificate, a public service career certificate, a social worker certificate, or a career certificate showing at least 2 years of vocational counseling work. For a corporation, also check the purpose stated in the articles of incorporation, the paid-in capital, and that at least 2 officers are qualified. · Checking the office and vocational counselor requirements: Use the lease agreement and building records to confirm that the office's exclusive floor area is at least 10 square meters, and check that each office has at least 1 vocational counselor qualified under Article 19 of the Enforcement Rule. If the representative is qualified and works full-time at that office, a separate vocational counselor does not need to be hired. · Preparing the registration application and staff register: Fill in the registration application (Enforcement Rule Form No. 14) with the office name, location, exclusive floor area, main occupations placed, and any concurrent business, and prepare the staff register (Form No. 15). For overseas placement, add a business plan (Form No. 8), and if the applicant or an officer is a foreign national, prepare home-country documents proving no disqualification ground applies. · Filing with the competent authority and proof of guarantee insurance: Our administrative office files the application and attachments on the client's behalf with the Si/Gun/Gu office for a domestic business or the competent regional employment and labor office for an overseas business. Proof of guarantee insurance, mutual-aid enrollment, or a deposit must be submitted by the time the registration certificate is issued, and the guarantee insurance must name the head of the registering authority as the insured. · Change registration and guarantee renewal after registration: If the office name, number of offices, location, representative or officers, staff register, or concurrent business changes, file a change registration application (Form No. 12) within 30 days of the change. When the guarantee insurance period ends, renew it by the expiry date and submit the proof to the registering authority within 10 days.

5Basic required documents

Fee-charging job placement business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Employment Security Act, Form No. 14) · Career certificate or copy of a qualification certificate proving the representative's (for a corporation, at least 2 officers') qualifications · Documents proving the vocational counselor's qualifications (copy of certificate or career certificate) · Staff register (Enforcement Rule of the Employment Security Act, Form No. 15) · Business plan (Enforcement Rule of the Employment Security Act, Form No. 8; overseas fee-charging job placement only) · Proof of guarantee insurance, mutual-aid enrollment, or deposit (by the time the registration certificate is issued) · Document issued by the home-country government, or a notarized statement confirmed by a Korean consulate, proving no disqualification ground applies (if the applicant or an officer is a foreign national) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Fee-Charging Job Placement Business Registration
View full service guide Send your case
06 Educational Environment Protection Zone Review (Exclusion of Prohibited Acts and Facilities)PermitEducational Environment Protection Zone Review (Exclusion of Prohibited Acts and Facilities) · Official check · 14-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameEducational Environment Protection Zone Review (Exclusion of Prohibited Acts and Facilities)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Education · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Education · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the zone type and the applicable item: Using the zone notice map and the Educational Environment Information System, confirm whether the planned business site is in an absolute protection zone (within 50 m in a straight line from the school gate) or a relative protection zone, and which item of Article 9 the business falls under. Singing rooms and game-provision businesses are not prohibited in the first place within the protection zones of kindergartens and universities. · Decide whether review is available: Facilities in an absolute protection zone, and items 1 to 13 even in a relative protection zone (facilities exceeding emission standards, cremation and enshrinement facilities, slaughterhouses, restricted screening cinemas, establishments off-limits to youth, etc.), cannot be excluded through review. Lodging and tourist lodging (item 27), karaoke bars and entertainment bars (item 26), singing rooms (item 24), game-provision businesses including PC rooms (item 19) and tobacco retail (item 18) are eligible for review. · Prepare site condition materials: Draw a location map marking the school and the planned business site, and organize, with photos, the straight-line distance to the school, school routes and entrance direction, roads and buildings in between, business hours and signage plans so that the committee can judge the effect on learning and the educational environment. · Prepare and file the exclusion application: Attach the location map and, if there is no building register, the facility or architectural design drawings to the application for exclusion from prohibited acts and facilities (Enforcement Rule Form No. 2) and file it with the competent local education office. The building register and land use plan confirmation are checked through administrative information sharing; if the applicant does not consent, they are attached directly. · Local committee review and notice of result: The Local Educational Environment Protection Committee decides on exclusion with a majority of all members present and at least two-thirds of the members present in favor. The chair may have the head of the related school attend to give an opinion, and requests to observe from school steering committee members or parents are in principle allowed. The result is notified to the applicant using Enforcement Rule Form No. 3. · Re-review period and business licensing: The head of a school that objects to the result may request a re-review through the school steering committee within 10 days of learning of the result, and the committee reviews again within 15 days of receiving the request. After receiving an exclusion decision, the business report or permit is filed with the relevant administrative agency such as the city, county or district office.

5Basic required documents

Application for exclusion from prohibited acts and facilities (Enforcement Rule of the Educational Environment Protection Act, Form No. 2) · Location map showing the school with the protection zone and the planned business site · Facility or architectural design drawings (if there is no building register) · Building register and land use plan confirmation (if the applicant does not consent to administrative information sharing) · Site photos showing the distance to the school, school routes and entrance direction (review reference) · Business plan explanation covering business type, hours, signage and entrance location (review reference) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Exclusion from Prohibited Facilities in Educational Environment Protection Zones
View full service guide Send your case
07 Clan and Family Cemetery Installation Permit and Individual Cemetery ReportPermitNotificationClan and Family Cemetery Installation Permit and Individual Cemetery Report · Official check · 14-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameClan and Family Cemetery Installation Permit and Individual Cemetery Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Determine the cemetery type and procedure: A site holding only one grave or the grave of that person's spouse is an individual cemetery, reported within 30 days after installation; a family cemetery for relatives and a clan cemetery for clan members require a permit before installation. Failing to report an individual cemetery is subject to a fine of up to KRW 3 million. · Review restricted areas and distance standards: Using the land use plan confirmation and cadastral/forest maps, check whether the site falls within prohibited areas under Article 17 of the Act and Article 22 of the Decree, such as water source protection zones, cultural heritage protection zones, and restricted green areas. Individual and family cemeteries must be at least 200m from roads, railways, and river zones and 300m from residential clusters and schools; clan cemeteries 300m and 500m respectively, unless the mayor, county head, or district head recognizes no hindrance. · Plan the area and grave form: Keep a family cemetery within 100㎡ and a clan cemetery within 1,000㎡, with each grave and its tombstone area not exceeding 10㎡ (15㎡ for joint burial). Mounds must be 1m or lower and flat graves 50cm or lower; stone walls and access stairs must stay within the permitted area, and areas without graves are to be greened with grass or trees. · Confirm the clan's resolution and land ownership: A clan cemetery requires the clan bylaws or documents proving the clan's decision, such as general meeting minutes, and proof that the land is owned by the clan. A family cemetery requires a family relationship certificate together with proof of land ownership or the landowner's consent, so the registered title and the resolution should be aligned before applying. · Prepare and submit the application: For family and clan cemeteries, submit the installation permit application (Enforcement Rule Form No. 5 of the Act on Funeral Services, etc.) with a floor plan (a surveyed plan for clan cemeteries) and a location map or photos to the competent city, county, or district office. For an individual cemetery, submit the installation report (Form No. 4). Land registers and the land use plan confirmation are checked by the official through shared administrative information. · Compliance check, permit issuance, and changes: The mayor, county head, or district head notifies the applicant to carry out the application, confirms completion of installation work, and issues the installation permit (Form No. 6). If the cemetery is 100㎡ or larger, the deemed mountain land conversion permit does not apply and separate mountain land permits are needed; changes to area, stone walls, access roads, or the clan cemetery manager require a change permit.

5Basic required documents

Cemetery installation (change) permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Funeral Services, etc., Form No. 5, for family and clan cemeteries) or individual cemetery installation (change) report (same Rule, Form No. 4) · Floor plan (individual and family cemeteries) or surveyed plan (clan cemeteries) · Location map (sketch) or photos identifying each grave and the cemetery site · Clan bylaws or documents proving the clan's decision to install the cemetery (e.g., clan general meeting minutes) · Proof that the land is owned by the applicant (by the clan for clan cemeteries) or the landowner's consent to use (individual and family cemeteries) · Family relationship certificate (family cemeteries) · Change plan and revised drawings (for change permits or change reports) · Power of attorney (when an administrative agent handles submission)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Clan and Family Cemetery Permits and Individual Grave Reports
View full service guide Send your case
08 Overseas Emigration Agency RegistrationRegistrationOverseas Emigration Agency Registration · Official check · 14-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameOverseas Emigration Agency Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm the business scope: Identify which of the activities in Article 10(1) of the Emigration Act (recruitment and arrangement, emigration report filing, emigration entry visa applications, consultation and guidance, settlement support) will be carried out as a business. Emigration consultation alone requires registration, and operating without registration is punishable by up to 5 years' imprisonment or a fine of up to KRW 50 million. · Check corporate and officer requirements: Use the corporate registry certificate to confirm corporate status and the officers, and check each officer against the disqualification grounds. Also confirm that the articles of incorporation include the overseas emigration agency business and that paid-in capital (basic property for non-profit corporations) is KRW 100 million or more on the statement of financial position. · Obtain guarantee insurance: Take out guarantee insurance with a guarantee insurer established under the Insurance Business Act, with an insured amount of KRW 300 million or more, a term of 1 to 3 years, and the Commissioner of the Overseas Koreans Agency as the insured, covering losses to prospective emigrants from non-performance of contracts (Article 8 of the Enforcement Rule). · Prepare the business plan and attachments: Set out in the business plan the scope of arrangement services, the premises and staff, and the standards for arrangement fees and commissions, and arrange the articles of incorporation, statement of financial position, proof of guarantee insurance, and a document listing officers' names and resident registration numbers in the order of the application form. · File the application and respond to requests: Submit the registration application (Form No. 6 of the Enforcement Rule of the Emigration Act) to the Commissioner of the Overseas Koreans Agency; the official checks the corporate registry certificate through shared administrative information. The processing period is 20 days; respond to any supplementation request within the deadline and receive the registration certificate (Form No. 7). · Post-registration display and changes: Display the registration certificate and the arrangement fees and commissions at each place of business. If the representative or officers, trade name, head office location, or articles of incorporation change, file a change registration application (Form No. 8) within 1 month. Renew the guarantee insurance before it expires and submit proof within 10 days of renewal to have the registration certificate renewed.

5Basic required documents

Overseas emigration agency registration application (Form No. 6 of the Enforcement Rule of the Emigration Act) · Articles of incorporation (confirming the overseas emigration agency business is among the corporate purposes) · Statement of financial position (confirming paid-in capital or basic property of KRW 100 million or more) · Business plan (scope of arrangement services, premises and staff, fee and commission standards) · Proof of guarantee insurance (insured amount of KRW 300 million or more, Commissioner of the Overseas Koreans Agency as the insured) · Document listing officers' names and resident registration numbers · Corporate registry certificate (checked by the official through shared administrative information)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Emigration Agency Business Registration
View full service guide Send your case
09 Preparation of safety plans for festivals and outdoor performances and preparation of event reporting documentsNotificationPreparation of safety plans for festivals and outdoor performances and preparation of event reporting documents · Official check · 14-9
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of safety plans for festivals and outdoor performances and preparation of event reporting documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Finalize the event outline and list the permits that apply — First fix the venue (urban park, private land, performance facility, etc.), the period, the expected number of spectators (peak attendance), structures such as stages, tents and booths, whether food or drinks will be sold, whether fireworks or flammable gas will be used, and whether drones will film the event. Different laws apply to each item, so a single event outline is used to list the reports, permits and responsible agencies. The filing office differs by item, for example the park management department for an urban park, the building department for structures, the sanitation department for food and the culture department for performance safety. · 2. Prepare the performance disaster response plan and the local festival safety management plan — A performance outside a performance hall expected to draw 1,000 or more spectators requires a disaster response plan to be reported jointly with the venue operator by 14 days before the performance starts, and changes must be reported by 7 days before the performance. The plan covers the management organization and duties, prevention of crowd crush accidents, safety management when installing and dismantling stage facilities, emergency measures and contacts, fire prevention, the plan for securing and deploying safety personnel, and the performance plan. If a privately organized local festival meets the size criteria, the organizer hears the opinions of the local government, fire station and police in advance and submits a local festival safety management plan by 3 weeks before the opening day, with changes submitted by 7 days before the opening day. · 3. Park occupancy permission and temporary building construction report — Installing short-term temporary buildings or temporary structures in an urban park for competitions, gatherings, exhibitions, expos, performances or film shoots requires occupancy permission from the park management authority, and the application must be accompanied by a business plan (including a location map and floor plan), a construction plan and a restoration plan. Temporary entertainment and exhibition venues, tents or lightweight structures for temporary tourism and cultural events in amusement areas and similar places, and outdoor exhibition and filming facilities are subject to a temporary building construction report and may only be installed after the report. The construction report is accompanied by a site plan and floor plan and, for land owned by another person, a land use consent form, and acceptance is notified within 5 days of the report (within 20 days if consultation under other laws is needed). · 4. Check food sales and drone filming procedures — A business that has already reported an instant food manufacturing and processing business or a rest restaurant, general restaurant or bakery business may operate temporarily for up to 1 month at a place other than its reported premises by submitting its business report certificate and other documents; a business with no prior report must file a new business report. Even a powered unmanned aircraft with a maximum takeoff weight of 25 kg or less needs flight approval to fly in a control zone or no-fly zone or at an altitude of 150 m or more (measured from the top of the highest nearby obstacle in areas crowded with people or buildings). Flying over a crowd in a way that may endanger people or property and flying at night are prohibited, and night flights and similar operations are only allowed within the scope of a special flight approval. · 5. File backward from the deadlines and manage change reports — Schedule backward from the procedures with the earliest deadlines, such as the local festival safety management plan (3 weeks before the opening day) and the performance disaster response plan (14 days before the performance starts), and file the construction report and occupancy permission so that they are completed before installation work. If performers, stage layout or audience size change, submit the changes to the disaster response plan by 7 days before the performance and to the local festival safety management plan by 7 days before the opening day. If the city, county or district requests supplementation, the plan must be supplemented and reported again unless there is a justifiable reason, so time for responding to supplementation requests is also built into the schedule.

5Basic required documents

Performance disaster response plan report form (Enforcement Rule of the Performance Act, Annex Form No. 13-3, filed jointly with the venue operator) · Local festival safety management plan (festival outline, safety manager and organization, fire prevention and measures against casualties from crowding, safety personnel deployment plan, emergency response procedures and contacts) · Urban park occupancy permission application (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Urban Parks, Greenbelts, etc., Annex Form No. 1) with a business plan (including location map and floor plan), construction plan and restoration plan · Temporary building construction report form (Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, Annex Form No. 8) with a site plan, floor plan and land use consent form (for land owned by another person) · Ultra-light flying device flight approval application (Enforcement Rule of the Aviation Safety Act, Annex Form No. 122, where the flight requires approval) · Food sales: for existing businesses, the business report certificate (with self-quality inspection results for instant food manufacturing and processing businesses); without a prior report, a business report form (Enforcement Rule of the Food Sanitation Act, Annex Form No. 37) · Performance plan, plan for securing and deploying safety personnel, and event site layout · Venue use contract or use consent document, and letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare a safety plan appropriate for the size and location of the event and prepare the relevant reporting and permit application documents. We classify the actual necessary procedures among safety plans, park occupancy, temporary buildings, food sales, and drone applications.

Scope & fee
Prepare and report a disaster response plan for performances outside of the performance hall
We will review approximately 25 pages of data provided by the operator of 1 performance and 1 location, and prepare and submit a 5-page disaster response plan and reporting documents. Actual deployment of safety personnel, training, insurance, design, on-site inspection, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of local festival safety management plan, prior opinion and submission
We will prepare a 5-page safety management plan estimate of approximately 25 pages of data provided for 1 festival and 1 location, and assist with requesting prior opinions from three related organizations, comparing responses, and submitting jurisdiction. Safety personnel operation, technical design, field inspection, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Performance and local festival safety plans together and reuse of common contents
We will review approximately 30 pages of common materials for 1 event and 1 location that require both a performance report and submission of a local festival plan. We will prepare a 5-page estimate of the common plan and a 2-page estimate of performance-specific items, receive prior opinions from 3 related organizations, and support the actual submission of the necessary items. Technical data is provided, but actual safety personnel operation, design, on-site inspection, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Permission for festival park use/business/construction/restoration administrative plan
We will prepare and submit approximately 20 pages of drawings and installation materials for 1 event and 1 park, including 2 pages of projected business description, 1 page of administrative explanation for construction, 1 page of restoration plan, and application documents for occupancy permit. Technical drawings and construction materials are provided, but drawing, actual construction, restoration, park rental, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Event drone general flight approval application materials
With approximately 10 pages of data provided by pilots and operators for 1 event, 1 flight area, and 1 aircraft, we will check whether approval is required for general daytime visibility flights and assist in preparing and submitting application documents. Actual flight, filming, safety management, aerial photography application, special flight approval, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Event drone aerial photography application materials
We will assist you in preparing and submitting the necessary aerial filming application form by checking the filming range, schedule, and approximately 10 pages of operator-provided data for 1 filming, 1 area, and 1 aircraft. Flight approval, special flight approval, actual filming, video production, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Prepare and report a disaster response plan for performances outside of the performance hall from KRW 500,000
  • Preparation of local festival safety management plan, prior opinion and submission from KRW 600,000
  • Performance and local festival safety plans together and reuse of common contents from KRW 800,000
  • Permission for festival park use/business/construction/restoration administrative plan from KRW 500,000
  • Event drone general flight approval application materials from KRW 300,000
  • Event drone aerial photography application materials from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of safety plans for festivals and outdoor performances and preparation of event reporting documents
View full service guide Send your case
10 Permit for regulated activity in a greenbeltPermitPermit for regulated activity in a greenbelt · Official check · 14-10
Procedure type
Actual service namePermit for regulated activity in a greenbelt
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the land status against permitted facilities — Confirm with the land use plan confirmation whether the land is in a development restriction zone, and review the land category and the land category and existing buildings at the time of designation together with the building register. Compare whether the planned facility is a permitted facility under Annex 1 of the Enforcement Decree and whether it meets the restrictions on the installer (the State or local governments, farmers, residents at the time of designation, etc.) and on size. For example, new houses may be built only on land whose category has been building site since the zone was designated or on land with an existing house, and livestock barns are limited to 1,000 ㎡ per household including existing area, with the Seoul metropolitan area and the Busan area subject to separate limits set within that range by Ordinance of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. · 2. Distinguish permits, reports, and minor activities — An extension, reconstruction, or major repair of a house or neighborhood living facility is subject to a report if the total floor area including the existing area is 100 ㎡ or less or the extended area is 85 ㎡ or less. Felling bamboo and trees over an area of less than 500 ㎡ or a volume of less than 5 ㎥, and altering land to change a rice paddy into a field, are also subject to a report under Article 19 of the Enforcement Decree. Activities beyond this scope require a permit, and activities that require a management plan can be permitted only if the management plan has already been established. · 3. Review the detailed standards and prepare the project plan documents — Under Annex 2 of the Enforcement Decree, the plan must be the minimum size necessary, forests and consolidated farmland are in principle excluded from building sites, and building is not permitted on a site of less than 60 ㎡. Houses and neighborhood living facilities built at a building coverage ratio of 60% or less are limited to 3 stories, a floor area ratio of 300%, and a total floor area of 232 ㎡ including the existing area (300 ㎡ for residents at the time of designation). Prepare a location map and project plan documents, and also a landscaping plan if the land alteration exceeds 200 ㎡. · 4. Prepare the activity permit application and submit it to the city, county, or district — Land alteration, earth and stone extraction, felling bamboo and trees, land division, and piling up goods are applied for with the Activity Permit Application (Report) under Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule, and construction or change of use of buildings and installation of structures with the relevant application under the Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, submitted to the development restriction zone department of the city, county, or district. The processing period of Form No. 1 is 15 days, and there is no fee. Construction of 1,500 ㎡ or more in total floor area or land alteration of 5,000 ㎡ or more (10,000 ㎡ or more for cultivation) takes longer because it goes through public inspection for at least 14 days, consultation with related agencies, and urban planning committee deliberation. · 5. Fulfill permit conditions and pass the completion inspection — Because the provisions of the National Land Planning and Utilization Act on performance guarantee deposits, restoration, and completion inspection apply to the permit, carry out the work according to the permit conditions and pass the completion inspection. A person who receives a land alteration permit or building permit may be subject to the development restriction zone conservation charge under Article 21 of the Act, so check the details of the charge notice.

5Basic required documents

Activity Permit Application (Report) (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Special Measures for the Designation and Management of Development Restriction Zones, Form No. 1) or Building, Major Repair, and Change of Use Permit Application (Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, Form No. 1-4) · Location map · Project plan documents · Landscaping plan (where applying for a land alteration permit for land exceeding 200 ㎡ to construct a building or install a structure other than a livestock barn, a temporary building for construction, or a temporary facility) · Documents proving the application, such as the land use plan confirmation and land and building registers (including materials confirming the land category and existing house at the time of designation) · Documents proving eligibility to install (a farmer confirmation, materials confirming the period of residence, etc., where applicable to the facility) · For buildings and structures, design documents required for a building permit (prepared by an architect) · Letter of authorization (where an administrative agent submits on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-15

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for an Activity Permit in a Development Restriction Zone
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Construction contractor registration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Construction Business RegistrationRegistrationConstruction Business Registration · Official check · 15-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameConstruction Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check whether the work requires registration: General construction with an estimated amount per project below 50,000,000 won and specialty construction below 15,000,000 won can be performed without registration. Amounts of the same work split into several contracts are added together, and when the client supplies materials their market price and freight are included, so the decision is based on the actual contract structure. · Check the registration standards by business type: Technical capability and capital differ by business type under Annex 2 of the Enforcement Decree. For example, building construction requires corporate capital of 350,000,000 won or more and 5 junior or higher construction engineers in the building field (including 2 who are building engineers or intermediate or higher), and civil engineering requires 500,000,000 won or more for a corporation and 6 engineers in the civil field. · Obtain the guarantee capacity certificate: A designated financial institution evaluates financial and credit standing, takes collateral or a cash deposit of 25% to 60% of the capital for the business type, and issues a certificate that it can guarantee at least the capital standard. If the issuer notifies the receiving authority of the issuance, the certificate is deemed attached. · Secure the office and technical staff: The office must be in a building with a use approval under the Building Act and meet the location standards notified by the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. Technical staff are verified through employment insurance and industrial accident insurance records, so complete actual employment and insurance enrollment before applying. · Registration application: Attach the balance sheet and income statement (statement of business assets for individuals), the guarantee capacity certificate, a copy of the office lease and the technical staff list to the construction business registration application. General construction and notified specialty construction are received by the delegated registration agency, other specialty construction by the metropolitan city or province, and in areas such as Incheon where the work is re-delegated to district heads, by the district office where the office is located.

5Basic required documents

Construction business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on the Construction Industry, Form No. 1) · Balance sheet and income statement (corporations) or statement of business assets with supporting documents (individuals) · Guarantee capacity certificate (not needed if the issuer has notified the receiving authority) · Copy of the office lease (if leased; owned or jeonse-registered offices are checked through the building registration certificate) · Technical staff list (certificates and career records, employment and industrial accident insurance enrollment) · Status of construction facilities and equipment (business types for which Annex 2 requires facilities and equipment) · Documents confirming no grounds for disqualification for foreign nationals or foreign corporations (apostille or consular confirmation)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Construction Business Registration Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
02 Electrical Construction Business RegistrationRegistrationElectrical Construction Business Registration · Official check · 15-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameElectrical Construction Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the registration standards: At least 3 electrical construction engineers must belong to the business as full-time officers or employees, and at least 1 must hold a professional engineer, master craftsman, engineer or industrial engineer qualification. Capital means real capital of 150,000,000 won or more excluding capital not used for the business, and foreign engineers must hold an intra-company transfer, corporate investment or trade management status of stay. · Obtain the guarantee capacity certificate: The Electrical Contractors' Financial Cooperative or a designated financial institution evaluates financial and credit standing, receives collateral, a cash deposit or an investment of at least 25% of the capital standard, and issues a certificate that it can guarantee at least the standard amount. This certificate must also be issued within 30 days before submission, so obtain it in line with the application schedule. · Prepare attached documents: Prepare documents on the personal details of the applicant (for a corporation, officers including the representative), a corporate diagnosis report prepared under the notified standards, the list of electrical construction engineers with copies of their career certificates, and a copy of the lease. If attached documents are missing or were issued more than 30 days earlier, the designated association sets a period and requests supplementation. · Application and issuance of the registration certificate: When the electrical construction business registration application is filed with the designated association, the engineers' national pension and health insurance enrollment and the office building information are checked through administrative data. If the standards are met and there are no grounds for disqualification, the mayor or governor registers the business and issues a registration certificate and registration booklet. · Change reports and registration standard reports: When the office location, representative, capital or electrical construction engineers change, file a change report with the registration certificate and booklet within 30 days from the date of the change. Transfer of the business and corporate mergers must also be reported, and the registration standards are reported when 3 years have passed from registration.

5Basic required documents

Electrical construction business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Electrical Construction Business Act, Form No. 8) · Documents stating the personal details of the applicant (for a corporation, officers including the representative) · Corporate diagnosis report (prepared under the standards notified by the Minister of Climate, Energy and Environment) · Guarantee capacity certificate (issued by the Electrical Contractors' Financial Cooperative or a designated financial institution) · List of electrical construction engineers and copies of their career certificates · Copy of the office lease (if leased) · Certificate of no grounds for disqualification (foreign applicants, issued by the home country) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Electrical Construction Business Registration Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
03 Information and Communications Construction Business RegistrationRegistrationInformation and Communications Construction Business Registration · Official check · 15-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameInformation and Communications Construction Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the registration standards: Capital must be 150,000,000 won or more excluding capital not used for the business, and for individuals the asset valuation is used. At least 3 technical-grade information and communications engineers (at least 1 intermediate or higher) and at least 1 skill-grade engineer must be full-time officers or employees, and the skill-grade engineer can be replaced by a technical-grade engineer. · Obtain the deposit or investment certificate: Deposit cash or invest at least 10% of the capital standard with the Information and Communication Financial Cooperative or a financial company designated by the Minister of Science and ICT, and obtain a certificate proving it. This certificate must also be issued within 30 days before the application date, so obtain it in line with the application schedule. · Prepare attached documents: Prepare documents on the personal details of the applicant (for a corporation, officers including the representative), a corporate diagnosis report prepared under the corporate diagnosis guidelines for information and communications construction, the list of engineers with copies of their career books, and a copy of the office lease. If the office is a temporary building subject to reporting, attach the construction report certificate as well. · Application and issuance of the registration certificate: When the information and communications construction business registration application is filed with the mayor or governor, the engineers' national pension and health insurance enrollment and the building information are checked through administrative data. If attached documents are missing or unclear, the mayor or governor sets a period and requests supplementation, and once registered a registration certificate and registration booklet are issued. · Change reports and transfer reports: When the business office location, representative or engineers change, or capital falls below the registration standard, file a change report within 30 days from the date of the change. For a transfer of the business or a corporate merger, the parties jointly file a report within 30 days from the transfer contract date or the merger registration date.

5Basic required documents

Information and communications construction business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Information and Communications Construction Business Act, Form No. 1) · Documents stating the personal details of the applicant (for a corporation, officers including the representative; a copy of the alien registration card for foreign nationals) · Corporate diagnosis report (prepared under the corporate diagnosis guidelines for information and communications construction) · List of information and communications engineers and copies of their career books · Cash deposit or investment certificate from the Information and Communication Financial Cooperative or similar · Copy of the office lease (if leased) · Temporary building construction report certificate (if the office is a temporary building subject to reporting) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Information and Communications Construction Business Registration Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
04 Engineering Business Report and Transfer (Succession) Report FilingNotificationEngineering Business Report and Transfer (Succession) Report Filing · Official check · 15-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameEngineering Business Report and Transfer (Succession) Report Filing
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Choose the business type and specialized fields: File as an engineering business for engineering activities in general, or as an engineering consulting business for research, planning, advice and guidance only. Select specialized fields (e.g., roads and airports, water supply and sewerage, air quality management) under the technical sectors of Annexed Table 1, and meet the reporting standards separately for each field. · Check technical personnel standards: An engineering business needs at least 3 technical-track engineering technicians including 1 special-grade technician; a consulting business needs at least 1 special-grade technician. A professional engineer counts as 1 special-grade and 1 entry-grade technician, and personnel must work exclusively on engineering activities, so employment at other companies and recognized fields and grades are checked. · Prepare the office and attachments: Obtain a certificate of engineering technicians held from the Korea Engineering and Consulting Association, and prove the office with a building register certificate or lease agreement. A corporation also prepares its corporate register certificate, and the trade name, representative and address on all documents are matched to the report. · Prepare and file the report with the Association: Attach the personnel deployment table by specialized field (Form No. 8-2) and other attachments to the engineering business report (Form No. 8) and submit them to the Korea Engineering and Consulting Association. To add a specialized field in the same technical sector, at least 3 technicians including 1 advanced-grade or higher technician in that field are required. · Respond to the notice and supplementation requests: Acceptance is notified within 30 days of receipt, and if supplementation is needed, a deadline of up to 3 months is set. If no notice is given within the period, the report is deemed accepted on the day after the period ends, and a report certificate is issued upon acceptance. · Succession on transfer and change reports: On acquisition, merger or inheritance, file the succession report (Form No. 12) within 30 days of the event, and check the previous business's sanction history with a confirmation of administrative disposition history before the acquisition. A change report is filed within 60 days when the trade name, representative, place of business, specialized field or technical personnel change.

5Basic required documents

Engineering business report (Form No. 8, Enforcement Rule of the Engineering Industry Promotion Act); for transfer, merger or inheritance, the engineering business succession report (Form No. 12 of the same Rule) · Technical personnel deployment table by specialized field (Form No. 8-2 of the same Rule) · Certificate of engineering technicians held (Form No. 21 of the same Rule, issued by the Korea Engineering and Consulting Association) · Proof of office (building register certificate or lease agreement) · Corporate register certificate (corporations only) and business registration certificate · Previous engineering business report certificate and documents proving succession such as a copy of the transfer agreement (for succession reports) · Confirmation of administrative disposition history of the engineering business (Form No. 12-3 of the same Rule, for checking before acquisition) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Engineering Business Operator Report Requirements
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Factory & facility permits

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Permit to Establish Hazardous Materials Manufacturing/Storage/Handling FacilitiesPermitPermit to Establish Hazardous Materials Manufacturing/Storage/Handling Facilities · Official check · 16-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePermit to Establish Hazardous Materials Manufacturing/Storage/Handling Facilities
Actual processing agencyCompetent fire station · Metropolitan city or province · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityNational Fire Agency
Online route Somin Fire Safety Civil Petition Portal (safeland.go.kr/somin) · Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Government24 guidance indicates a total processing period of 5 days for permits to establish hazardous materials manufacturing facilities. However, actual schedules may vary depending on facility type and whether corrections are required, so confirm reception criteria with the competent fire station before construction scheduling.
1When this applies

Business operators who intend to establish manufacturing, storage, or handling facilities to store or handle hazardous materials above designated quantities.

2Actual processing agency

Competent fire station · Metropolitan city or province · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Statutory and policy authority

National Fire Agency

4Online route

Somin Fire Safety Civil Petition Portal (safeland.go.kr/somin) · Government24

5Procedure order

Confirm whether a permit is required: list the class, product name and maximum quantity of hazardous materials to be stored or handled, calculate the multiple of the designated quantity, and determine which type of facility applies, such as a manufacturing facility, indoor storage, tank storage or general handling facility. Storage for residential heating and storage of 20 times or less of the designated quantity for agricultural, livestock or fisheries heating or drying facilities may be installed without a permit. · Review technical standards: use the layout plan to check whether safety distances and clearance space, building structure, ventilation and exhaust equipment, and fire extinguishing, alarm and evacuation equipment meet the location, structure and equipment standards of the Enforcement Rule. For facilities subject to technical review, obtain the Korea Fire Industry Technology Institute review first and attach the result to the permit application. · Prepare the permit application: attach to the application on Form No. 1 or Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Safety Control of Hazardous Substances Act the drawings showing site layout, equipment layout and process outline, and electrical, lightning protection, fire extinguishing, alarm and evacuation equipment, together with the structural equipment specification sheet for the facility, and submit it to the competent fire station. · Construction and tank inspection: proceed with construction after the permit, and if there are hazardous materials tanks, obtain the tank safety performance inspection and keep the pass certificate. For piping subject to pressure or non-destructive testing, keep the test pass documents in preparation for the completion inspection. · Apply for the completion inspection: after installation, apply using Form No. 22 or Form No. 23 with the piping test pass documents and tank inspection pass certificate attached, and use the facility only after receiving the completion inspection pass certificate. · Appoint the safety manager and ongoing management: appoint a qualified safety manager for each facility and report the appointment within 14 days. If the safety manager is dismissed or resigns, appoint a new one within 30 days and designate a deputy to perform the duties in the meantime.

6Basic required documents

Hazardous materials facility installation permit application (Form No. 1 or Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Safety Control of Hazardous Substances Act) · Drawings of the location, structure and equipment of the facility (including site layout, equipment layout and process outline) · Structural equipment specification sheet (the applicable form among Forms No. 3 to No. 15) · Design documents for fire extinguishing and fire detection equipment (if installed) · Technical review report from the Korea Fire Industry Technology Institute (if reviewed in advance) · Material safety data sheets for the hazardous materials handled and calculation of the designated quantity multiple (for review) · Completion inspection application (Form No. 22 or Form No. 23) with tank inspection pass certificate and piping test pass documents · Proof of the safety manager's qualification and appointment report documents

7Deadline · procedural notes

Government24 guidance indicates a total processing period of 5 days for permits to establish hazardous materials manufacturing facilities. However, actual schedules may vary depending on facility type and whether corrections are required, so confirm reception criteria with the competent fire station before construction scheduling.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxCalculated under the statutory schedule by facility and scaleOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
02 Factory Establishment Approval · Modification · RegistrationApprovalRegistrationFactory Establishment Approval · Modification · Registration · Official check · 16-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameFactory Establishment Approval · Modification · Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent local factory-establishment division · Industrial complex management authority
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Authority responsible for the industrial complex
Online route Factory On
Deadline · procedural notes Processing periods for approval, modification, registration, and completion report differ by application type and competent authority. Review site, building, and environmental procedures prior to factory operation start date.
1When this applies

Business operators preparing factory establishment, relocation, expansion, or factory registration.

2Actual processing agency

Competent local factory-establishment division · Industrial complex management authority

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Authority responsible for the industrial complex

4Online route

Factory On

5Procedure order

Check the site and building: before signing a lease or purchase contract, check the zoning in the land use plan confirmation, the main use in the building register and whether the site is in an industrial complex, to confirm that a factory of the planned industry type can be located there. · Determine the procedure: based on the 500 square meter factory building area threshold and whether it is a new build, expansion or change of industry type, determine whether approval is required, whether factory registration can be applied for directly, or whether it is handled through an industrial complex occupancy contract. If only machinery is installed in an existing factory building, also check whether manufacturing facility installation approval applies. · Apply for approval: attach the business plan (Form No. 2-2) and documents proving the right to use the land and building to the factory establishment approval application on Form No. 5, and if deemed approvals such as farmland conversion or development activity permits are sought, also submit the permit statement and documents required by the relevant laws. The processing period is 7 to 20 days depending on the scope of deemed approvals. · Manage construction start and schedule: approval may be revoked if construction does not begin within 3 years of approval (2 years if farmland conversion is deemed approved) or if the completion report is not filed within 4 years after approval, so the construction schedule should be managed around these deadlines. · Completion report and factory registration: file the completion report within 2 months from the date the final building use approval is obtained and machinery installation is completed, and have the on-site inspection confirm that the business plan, manufacturing process chart and actual equipment match. Factories under 500 square meters apply for registration using the factory registration application on Form No. 9. · Change of registration: if registered matters such as the company name, a decrease in factory site or building area, ancillary facility area or industry type change, submit the factory registration change application and supporting documents within 2 months. Deemed processing of modification permits or reports for emission facilities and hazardous materials facilities can also be requested at the time of change of registration.

6Basic required documents

Factory establishment approval application (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Industrial Cluster Development and Factory Establishment Act), or factory registration application (Form No. 9) when registering without approval · Business plan (Form No. 2-2; Form No. 2-3 for factories not subject to approval) · Documents proving the right to use the land and building (lease contract, consent to use, etc., when owned by another person) · Permit statement (Form No. 5-3) and permit documents subject to deemed approval (when seeking deemed approvals such as farmland conversion or development activity permits) · Factory layout plan and specifications of production facilities (machinery and equipment) · Manufacturing process chart · Land use plan confirmation and building register (for advance site review) · Factory establishment completion report and building use approval documents (at completion report)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Processing periods for approval, modification, registration, and completion report differ by application type and competent authority. Review site, building, and environmental procedures prior to factory operation start date.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application fee; registration, notarization or third-party expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Factory Registration Procedure and Required Documents 📘 Approval for Installation of Manufacturing Facilities: Scope and Procedure 📘 Permit Order for Building a Factory on Farmland 📘 When to File Factory Registration after Buying a Factory Building in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
03 Logistics Warehouse Business Registration and Change Registration (Including Fire Safety Management Plan)RegistrationLogistics Warehouse Business Registration and Change Registration (Including Fire Safety Management Plan) · Official check · 16-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameLogistics Warehouse Business Registration and Change Registration (Including Fire Safety Management Plan)
Actual processing agencyCompetent metropolitan city or province · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent metropolitan city or province · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Calculating the registration threshold: Add up the floor area of storage facilities used directly by the applicant on a single-lot basis, combining adjoining lots, and check whether it reaches 1,000 m². Storage yards are calculated the same way, including the land occupied by storage facilities, to see whether they reach 4,500 m². If the entire warehouse is licensed or registered and used only as a bonded warehouse, a hazardous chemical storage business, or a food freezing and refrigeration business, it is deemed registered as a logistics warehouse business. · Checking building use and location standards: Confirm on the building register that the storage facility is designated as a warehouse facility. When registering as an order delivery facility within Class 2 neighborhood living facilities, parking spaces must be secured, there must be no other order delivery facility on an adjoining lot, the site must not adjoin a child, elderly or disabled protection zone, and it must not be within 200 m in a straight line from the boundary of a kindergarten or elementary school. · Preparing the business operation plan: Set out the stored items, loading, sorting and packing methods, warehouse layout, the area used directly on each lot, and staffing in the business operation plan. For a leased warehouse, prove the right of use with the lease agreement, and if the representative is a foreign national, prepare home-country documents confirming no grounds for disqualification with an apostille or consular confirmation. · Preparing the fire safety management plan: Prepare plans for fire prevention, response and preparedness following the items of the preparation guidelines notified by the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport, and include them in the business operation plan. After registration, the plan must be reviewed for validity and adequacy, rewritten and kept by December 31 every year, and its contents must be carried out, so it should be written in terms the warehouse staff can actually follow. · Application and change registration: When the logistics warehouse business registration and change registration application is filed with the competent authority, the official checks the corporate register, building and land registers and the building register, reviews the registration standards and grounds for disqualification, and issues a registration certificate. After registration, change registration is made within 30 days if the representative, trade name or location changes or the area increases or decreases by 10% or more, and a business succession report is filed when the business is acquired or merged.

5Basic required documents

Logistics warehouse business registration and change registration application (Annexed Form No. 1 of the Rules on Registration of Logistics Warehouse Business) · Documents proving the right to use the logistics warehouse (lease agreement, etc.) · Warehouse layout plan and calculation of the area used directly on each lot · Logistics warehouse business operation plan · Fire safety management plan (included in the business operation plan) · Documents confirming parking spaces and location standards (when registering as an order delivery facility) · Documents confirming the representative has no grounds for disqualification (foreign nationals, with apostille or consular confirmation) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Logistics Warehouse Business Registration Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
04 Industrial Complex Occupancy Contract and Change Contract ApplicationApplicationIndustrial Complex Occupancy Contract and Change Contract Application · Official check · 16-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameIndustrial Complex Occupancy Contract and Change Contract Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Checking eligible business types: Each industrial complex has business types that may move in under its management basic plan, so first check whether the Korean Standard Industrial Classification code of the intended business is among them and whether it is manufacturing or another business. · Preparing the business plan: Enter the products and business type, site and building area, and employment and equipment plans in the business plan (Annexed Form No. 2-2 of the Enforcement Rules). Leasing businesses prepare a leasing business plan, and knowledge industry center occupants prepare the occupant business plan (Annexed Form No. 2-3). · Filing before acquisition or lease: Submit the industrial complex occupancy contract application and business plan to the management agency before finalizing the sale, purchase or lease of the industrial land or factory. Signing a purchase or lease first without an occupancy contract can cause cancellation and cost problems if occupancy is not approved. · Contract decision and confirmation: The management agency decides within 5 days of the application and may extend this by up to 5 days when it needs to confirm permits or consult related agencies. Once the contract is concluded, an occupancy contract confirmation is issued, and the factory construction and completion report (factory registration) follow with the management agency. · Change contracts and termination grounds: When the company name, business type or content, site area, building area, or relocation address of a tenant company within the complex changes, submit the occupancy contract change application with supporting documents and a business plan, and the management agency decides within 5 days. A factory under construction that increases its site area within 20% of the original and meets the standard factory area ratio is excluded from the change contract requirement, and the construction start deadline and the 1-year business start deadline after completion are managed together.

5Basic required documents

Industrial complex occupancy contract application (Annexed Form No. 25 of the Enforcement Rules of the Industrial Cluster Development and Factory Establishment Act) · Business plan (Annexed Form No. 2-2 of the same Rules; leasing businesses submit a leasing business plan) · Knowledge industry center occupant business plan (Annexed Form No. 2-3 of the same Rules, when moving into a knowledge industry center) · Corporate register certificate or business registration certificate · Sale or lease terms for the industrial land or factory · Occupancy contract change application (Annexed Form No. 25 of the same Rules) with supporting documents and a revised business plan (for change contracts) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for an Industrial Complex Occupancy Contract
View full service guide Send your case
05 Outdoor Advertisement (Signboard and Banner) Display Permit and ReportPermitNotificationOutdoor Advertisement (Signboard and Banner) Display Permit and Report · Official check · 16-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameOutdoor Advertisement (Signboard and Banner) Display Permit and Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Checking the designated area: Check on the land use plan whether the site is in an area subject to permits or reports, such as an urban area, cultural heritage protection zone, conservation mountain area, natural park, district unit planning zone or tourist site. Most commercial districts are urban areas and therefore subject to permits or reports. · Distinguishing permit and report: Sort the advertisement type (wall, projecting, pole or rooftop signboard, banner, standing sign or poster), size, floor and lighting method. Third-party advertisements on walls of the 4th floor or higher, projecting signboards 5 m or taller with a face of 1 m² or more (excluding medical institution, pharmacy and barber or beauty shop signs), and neon or LED signboards with exposed light sources require a permit, while banners, standing signs, posters and pole signboards under 4 m require a report. · Photos, design and consent: Prepare color photos showing the surroundings of the site and color designs of the advertisement, and obtain the consent of the owner or manager when displaying on another person's building or land. Buildings above a certain size require signboards to follow the signboard display plan submitted by the owner or manager, so check that plan with the building manager first. · Attaching design and structural safety documents: For permits, attach descriptions of the shape, dimensions, materials, structure and design of the advertisement and design documents, and where the ordinance requires, attach review documents and structural safety confirmation documents. The design documents and structural safety confirmation documents are prepared by the signboard manufacturer or designer and attached. · Filing and receiving the permit: Submit the outdoor advertisement display permit application or report to the advertisement department of the city, county or district. Results are notified within 10 days for permits, 5 days for reports and 20 days when a review is required, and the display period stated on the permit or report certificate is extended by permit or report within 30 days before or after it ends. If the previous display period was 1 year or longer, color photos and the consent letter (except for advertisements of one's own business) are added to the extension application.

5Basic required documents

Outdoor advertisement display permit application or report (Annexed Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Decree of the Act on the Management of Outdoor Advertisements and Promotion of the Outdoor Advertisement Industry) · Color photos of the site surroundings and color design of the advertisement (permit) · Description of the shape, dimensions, materials, structure and design of the advertisement and design documents (permit) · Consent of the building or land owner or manager (when displaying on another person's building or land) · Outdoor advertisement review committee documents (where the ordinance requires review) · Structural safety confirmation documents (where the ordinance requires them) · Copy of the building's signboard display plan (for buildings with such a plan) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Signboard Permit and Report Criteria
View full service guide Send your case
06 Reporting of appointment of information and communication facility managers and preparation of maintenance plan documentsNotificationReporting of appointment of information and communication facility managers and preparation of maintenance plan documents · Official check · 16-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameReporting of appointment of information and communication facility managers and preparation of maintenance plan documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the target building and timing: check the use and gross floor area in the building register to see whether it is a use-category building of 5,000 ㎡ or more. Apartment buildings are excluded, and for existing buildings check whether the deemed-appointment dates of July 18, 2025, 2026 or 2027 apply by floor area. · Check qualification and grade: confirm from the career record book that the candidate is a technical ICT engineer with 20 hours or more of manager training. The grade is special for 60,000 ㎡ or more, advanced or higher for 30,000 ㎡ or more, intermediate or higher for 15,000 ㎡ or more, and beginner or higher for 5,000 ㎡ or more; one person may be appointed for up to 5 buildings. · Prepare and file the appointment/dismissal report: within 30 days of the appointment or dismissal date, submit Form No. 10 to the city, county or district office with the employment certificate (or a copy of the outsourcing contract), a copy of the career record book and the career confirmation. The office checks the building register through shared administrative information. · Apply for the appointment report certificate: if a certificate is needed, submit the Form No. 12 application, and the office promptly issues the Form No. 13 certificate. If reported details (name or address of the managing party, manager's address, grade or record book number) change, file a change report within 30 days. · Organize the maintenance, management and performance inspection plan documents: prepare for each building the status table of facilities to be inspected, the maintenance and management procedures and the performance inspection plan. Inspections are required at least once a year, records must be kept for 5 years and submitted on request of the local office.

5Basic required documents

Report of Appointment or Dismissal of ICT Facility Maintenance Manager (Form No. 10 of the Enforcement Rules of the Information and Communications Construction Business Act) · Employment certificate of the manager or other proof of employment (copy of the maintenance outsourcing contract if outsourced) · Copy of the ICT engineer career record book · ICT engineer career confirmation · Proof of completing the recognized maintenance manager training · Building register (to confirm use and gross floor area) · Application for appointment report certificate (Form No. 12 of the Enforcement Rules, if a certificate is needed) · Power of attorney and copy of ID (for submission by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the appointment, dismissal, and change reporting documents for information and communication facility managers. We will also write a maintenance and performance inspection plan based on the equipment and inspection data provided by the technical manager.

Scope & fee
Information and communication equipment maintenance/manager appointment report
We will prepare and submit the appointment report and attached materials for 1 building and 1 manager. We will provide you with information on your career, education, employment, or consignment contract, and guide you through verification of your report. It does not include writing a new plan, actual inspection, or on-site visit.
Official fee source ↗
Information and communication equipment maintenance/manager dismissal report
We will prepare and submit a dismissal report and attached materials for 1 building and 1 manager. We will provide you with information on your career, education, employment, or consignment contract, and guide you through verification of your report. It does not include writing a new plan, actual inspection, or on-site visit.
Official fee source ↗
Information and communication equipment maintenance/manager report change report
We will prepare and submit a change report and attached materials for 1 building and 1 manager. We will provide you with information on your career, education, employment, or consignment contract, and guide you through verification of your report. It does not include writing a new plan, actual inspection, or on-site visit.
Official fee source ↗
Only write information and communication facility maintenance/management plan text
We will prepare a 5-page maintenance/management plan based on technical data for 1 building and 10 types of equipment. This is the scope where the technical manager provides the inspection method, cycle, and judgment criteria, and does not include manager reporting, actual inspection, maintenance work, or long-term operation management.
Official fee source ↗
Only write information and communication equipment performance inspection plan text
We will prepare a 5-page performance inspection plan based on technical data for 1 building and 10 types of equipment. This is the scope where the technical manager provides the inspection method, cycle, and judgment criteria, and does not include manager reporting, actual inspection, maintenance work, or long-term operation management.
Official fee source ↗
Prepare information and communication equipment maintenance and performance inspection plan together
We will prepare a 5-page maintenance/management plan and a 5-page performance inspection plan based on technical data for 1 building and 10 types of equipment. This is the scope where the technical manager provides the inspection method, cycle, and judgment criteria, and does not include manager reporting, actual inspection, maintenance work, or long-term operation management.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Information and communication equipment maintenance/manager appointment report from KRW 300,000
  • Information and communication equipment maintenance/manager dismissal report from KRW 300,000
  • Information and communication equipment maintenance/manager report change report from KRW 300,000
  • Only write information and communication facility maintenance/management plan text from KRW 500,000
  • Only write information and communication equipment performance inspection plan text from KRW 500,000
  • Prepare information and communication equipment maintenance and performance inspection plan together from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Reporting of appointment of information and communication facility managers and preparation of maintenance plan documents
View full service guide Send your case
07 Preparation of reporting documents for changes, abolition, or succession of permits/licenses after factory relocation or transferNotificationPreparation of reporting documents for changes, abolition, or succession of permits/licenses after factory relocation or transfer · Official check · 16-7
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of reporting documents for changes, abolition, or succession of permits/licenses after factory relocation or transfer
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · River Basin or Regional Environmental Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment · National Fire Agency
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · River Basin or Regional Environmental Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment · National Fire Agency

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24

4Procedure order

List the permits: Find all permits remaining in the name of the former factory, such as the factory registration ledger, air and wastewater discharge facility permits or report certificates, hazardous materials facility permits, toxic chemical business permits and business waste discharger reports, and organize the competent authority and current status of each in a table. · Distinguish removal from succession: If the equipment is removed and the business ends, closure or abolition reports are required in each field; if another company takes over and continues to use the factory and equipment, the transferee must file succession reports. A company that acquires the facilities through auction or the sale of seized property also succeeds to the status. · Air and wastewater discharge facility reports: For air emission or prevention facilities, submit a discharge facility change report before closure; for wastewater discharge facilities, submit a change report before closure if part is closed, or within 30 days of closure if all are closed. If the workplace name or representative changes, file a change report within 2 months. · Hazardous materials and toxic chemicals: For hazardous materials facilities, file an abolition report within 14 days of abolishing their use, and the acquiring company files a succession report within 30 days of succession. For a toxic chemical business, dispose of the remaining toxic chemicals first and then file a closure report, and the acquiring company files a succession report within 30 days. · Factory registration change or cancellation and industrial complex matters: If registered details such as the company name, site area or industry change, submit a factory registration change application to the city, county or district within 2 months, and consulted items such as hazardous materials succession or discharge facility change reports may be processed at the same time. Companies in an industrial complex settle their occupancy contract with the management agency, and the business closure report to the tax office is filed by the applicant directly through Hometax or at the tax office.

5Basic required documents

Factory registration change application (Form No. 9 of the Enforcement Rules of the Industrial Cluster Development and Factory Establishment Act) · Discharge facility change report (Form No. 4 of the Enforcement Rules of the Clean Air Conservation Act) with the discharge facility installation permit or installation report certificate · Wastewater discharge facility change report (Form No. 13 of the Enforcement Rules of the Water Environment Conservation Act) with the wastewater discharge facility installation permit or report certificate · Hazardous materials facility abolition report or succession report (statutory form) · Toxic chemical business closure report or succession report (statutory form) · Documents proving the change or closure (photos of removal, proof of disposal of remaining toxic chemicals and waste, etc.) · Documents proving succession, such as a transfer agreement (when another company takes over the facilities) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will check remaining licenses and permits after factory relocation or transfer and prepare change, abolition, and succession reporting documents for each target. We classify applications for factory registration, discharge facilities, hazardous materials, and hazardous chemicals.

Scope & fee
List of remaining factory permits and implementation procedures review report only
We will check the 5 types of licenses and 30 pages of documents provided by 1 factory and prepare a 2-page report summarizing the competent authority, application type, and implementation data. It does not include actual reporting to government offices, on-site inspection, environmental technology diagnosis, facility demolition, or disposal of hazardous substances.
Official fee source ↗
Application documents for factory registration cancellation due to factory closure
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required for the application for cancellation of factory registration due to the closure of 1 business location and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Change report due to closure of air emissions facility
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required to report changes due to the closure of air emissions facilities for 1 business location and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Report of change in succession of rights and obligations following transfer of air emission facilities
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required to report changes in the succession of rights and obligations following the transfer of air emissions facilities for 1 business site and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Simple change report of air emission facility name/representative
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required to simply report a change in the name and representative of an air emissions facility for 1 business location and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Change report due to closure of wastewater discharge facility
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required to report changes due to the closure of wastewater discharge facilities for 1 business location and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Report of change in succession of rights and obligations following transfer of wastewater discharge facility
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required to report changes in the succession of rights and obligations following the transfer of wastewater discharge facilities for 1 business site and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Simple change report of wastewater discharge facility name/representative
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required to simply report a change in the name and representative of a wastewater discharge facility for 1 business location and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Report on abolition of use for hazardous materials manufacturing plants, etc.
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials required to report the discontinuation of use for 1 business location and 1 existing permit or registration number as a hazardous materials manufacturing facility. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Status succession report for dangerous goods manufacturing plants, etc.
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials necessary for reporting status succession, such as 1 business site and 1 existing permit or registration number for a dangerous goods manufacturing facility. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
Reporting and implementation data for hazardous chemical business closure
We will organize a business closure report for 1 hazardous chemical business, 3 pages of explanatory materials on provision processing and safety measures, and business performance records. This is the standard for receiving proof of actual processing and safety measures and performance records, and does not include chemical treatment, removal, performance generation, technical diagnosis, or on-site visits.
Official fee source ↗
Report on succession of hazardous chemical business rights and obligations
We will prepare and submit the report and attached materials necessary for reporting the succession of hazardous chemical business rights and obligations for 1 business site and 1 existing permit or registration number. Existing certificates and materials proving changes, demolitions, transfers, and successions are provided, and do not include applications for facility construction, environmental design, inspection, hazardous substance disposal, on-site visits, or other permits.
Official fee source ↗
1 case each of air and wastewater discharge facilities was closed and a change report was filed.
We will prepare and submit a closure change report for 1 air discharge facility and 1 wastewater discharge facility at 1 business location. Existing permits and proof of demolition and alteration are provided, and other permits, actual demolition, and disposal of residual materials are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • List of remaining factory permits and implementation procedures review report only from KRW 400,000
  • Application documents for factory registration cancellation due to factory closure from KRW 300,000
  • Change report due to closure of air emissions facility from KRW 300,000
  • Report of change in succession of rights and obligations following transfer of air emission facilities from KRW 300,000
  • Simple change report of air emission facility name/representative from KRW 300,000
  • Change report due to closure of wastewater discharge facility from KRW 300,000
  • Report of change in succession of rights and obligations following transfer of wastewater discharge facility from KRW 300,000
  • Simple change report of wastewater discharge facility name/representative from KRW 300,000
  • Report on abolition of use for hazardous materials manufacturing plants, etc. from KRW 300,000
  • Status succession report for dangerous goods manufacturing plants, etc. from KRW 300,000
  • Reporting and implementation data for hazardous chemical business closure from KRW 500,000
  • Report on succession of hazardous chemical business rights and obligations from KRW 300,000
  • 1 case each of air and wastewater discharge facilities was closed and a change report was filed. from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of reporting documents for changes, abolition, or succession of permits/licenses after factory relocation or transfer
View full service guide Send your case
08 Clan Natural Burial Ground and Tree Burial Forest Establishment ReportNotificationClan Natural Burial Ground and Tree Burial Forest Establishment Report · Official check · 16-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameClan Natural Burial Ground and Tree Burial Forest Establishment Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Review the land and restricted areas: Check the zoning and land category with the land use plan confirmation and the land (forest) register, and check whether the site falls in a restricted area under Article 22 of the Enforcement Decree, such as a water source protection zone, agricultural promotion area, roadside zone, river zone, forest protection zone, Baekdudaegan protection area, erosion control site, or military base and installation protection zone. If the site is in a residential, commercial, or industrial area, separately confirm whether national land planning laws allow a natural burial ground there. · Plan the burial type and area: Decide between a natural burial ground where bone ashes are buried under grass, flowers, or trees, and a tree burial forest within a forest, and keep the area at 2,000㎡ or less. If the clan already has a reported natural burial ground, the one-site-per-clan rule applies, so check existing reports as well. Plan to bury bone ashes at least 30㎝ below the ground surface, mixed with soil if no container is used. · Prepare proof of the clan's decision and drawings: Prove the clan's decision with clan bylaws on establishing the natural burial ground or minutes of the clan general meeting, and prepare a survey drawing and a location map (sketch) or photographs. If the land is not owned by the clan, obtain the landowner's consent to use, and decide at the general meeting who will be the establisher (clan representative) and the manager to be entered on the report. · Prepare and submit the establishment report: Fill in the name, location, land category, area, burial type, establisher, and manager on the Family, Clan Natural Burial Ground Establishment (Change) Report under Form No. 16-2 and submit it to the funeral services section of the city, county, or district office. The land registration certificate, land use plan confirmation, cadastral map, and forest map are checked by the official through administrative information sharing, and once accepted an establishment report certificate under Form No. 16-3 is issued. · Manage forest-related reports and change reports: When a clan tree burial forest report is accepted, a temporary mountain land use report and a tree felling report are deemed to have been made, but this does not apply if the area is 100㎡ or more, in which case the forest-related reports must be made separately. If the area, markers, or establisher or manager change after establishment, file a change report on the same form, and keep records of natural burials.

5Basic required documents

Family, Clan Natural Burial Ground Establishment (Change) Report (Form No. 16-2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Funeral Services, etc.) · Clan bylaws on establishing the clan natural burial ground or documents proving the clan's decision (minutes of the clan general meeting, etc.) · Clan rules and minutes appointing the representative (to confirm the reporting person is the clan representative) · Survey drawing · Location map (sketch) or photographs showing where the natural burial ground is · Proof that the land is owned by the clan, or the landowner's consent to use · Change plan and change drawings (for a change report on area, markers, or establisher or manager) · Power of attorney (when an administrative agent submits on the clan's behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Clan Natural Burial Ground and Tree Burial Forest Report
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Building administration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preliminary review and preparation of application documents for legalization and rectification of illegal buildingsPermitPreliminary review and preparation of application documents for legalization and rectification of illegal buildings · Official check · 17-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreliminary review and preparation of application documents for legalization and rectification of illegal buildings
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24 · Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24 · Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

4Procedure order

Checking the current status and stage of the measure: Review the illegal-building entry in the building ledger and the corrective order, enforcement fine warning or notice of imposition to confirm the area, use and structure of the violating part and whether the case is at the corrective order, warning or imposition stage. · Eligibility under the Special Act: Check whether the building was substantially completed on December 31, 2023, whether at least 50% of its floor area is residential, whether it falls within the 85 square meter (multi-household), 165 square meter (detached) or 660 square meter (multi-family) limits, and whether it lies in an excluded area such as an urban planning facility site, road buffer zone or conservation mountain area. · Gathering proof of the completion date: Prove completion and residential use before the end of 2023 with aerial photos, enforcement fine records, construction contracts, lease agreements and electricity and water usage records, and confirm land ownership or consent to use the land, or a management body resolution for collective buildings. · Specified building report and review: File the report with the city, county or district office (or its specified building support center, if one exists) within the reporting period set by the Enforcement Decree, attaching design documents and a site survey report prepared by an architect. If the building committee requires improvements to structural safety, evacuation, fire protection or parking, complete them before use approval is granted. · Comparing correction routes when the Act does not apply: Compare restoration with legalizing the building through an extension, major repair or change-of-use permit application or report under the Building Act. Once the correction is completed, new enforcement fines stop immediately, but fines already imposed are still collected. · Opinion statement and administrative appeal: On receiving a prior notice or warning, submit an opinion statement with a correction plan and grounds for reduction by the deadline stated in the notice. If there are grounds to contest the imposition, file an administrative appeal petition with the provincial administrative appeals commission within 90 days of learning of the measure.

5Basic required documents

Specified building report (statutory form) · Application for building, major repair or change-of-use (modification) permit (Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, Attached Form No. 1-4) or (modification) report (Attached Form No. 6 of the same Rule), when the Special Act does not apply · Opinion statement (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Procedures Act, Attached Form No. 11) or administrative appeal petition (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Attached Form No. 30) · Building ledger and land ledger · Corrective order, enforcement fine warning or notice of imposition · Design documents and site survey report prepared by an architect (statutory attachments for a Special Act report) · Proof of land ownership or consent to use (management body resolution for collective buildings) · Records showing completion and residential use before December 31, 2023 (aerial photos, construction and lease contracts, electricity and water usage records)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We review options for correcting unauthorized buildings and prepare correction plans, completion reports, written opinions and application documents. The special act on specified buildings takes effect on 17 December 2026. Before that date, our service covers eligibility review and document preparation. Statutory filing is a separate procedure, subject to the actual filing requirements after the act takes effect.

Scope & fee
Preliminary assessment
We will review the status of 1 building, completion date, and technical data for possible maintenance and application of special laws, and issue the results of consultations with related organizations. It does not include filing of court applications, architectural design, or technical diagnosis. 1 office visit is included.
Preparation of violation building correction implementation plan and deadline extension request form
We will review 25 pages of status, process, and technical data for 1 building and 1 municipal notice and prepare a 3-page implementation plan and 1-page request for period adjustment. Acceptance of the request is determined by the management office and does not include design, safety diagnosis, or construction. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Report on completion of correction of violations and request for organization of building register markings
We will review 20 pages of completed photos, technical confirmation, and drawing materials for 1 building building and prepare a 2-page completion report and 1 type of request for clearing violation marks. The government office confirms and decides whether corrections have been completed and the ledger is organized, and technical confirmation, construction, and field inspection are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of opinions on corrective orders and enforcement fines in advance
We will review 30 pages of violation facts, area, period, and imposition data for 1 building and 1 prior notice and prepare 5 pages of opinion and submission materials. administrative appeal after technical judgment, appraisal, field investigation, and disposition is separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Preliminary assessment from KRW 500,000
  • Preparation of violation building correction implementation plan and deadline extension request form from KRW 500,000
  • Report on completion of correction of violations and request for organization of building register markings from KRW 400,000
  • Preparation of opinions on corrective orders and enforcement fines in advance from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preliminary review and preparation of application documents for legalization and rectification of illegal buildings 📘 Charges for Compelling Compliance on Illegal Buildings in Korea: Opinion Submission and Administrative Appeal
View full service guide Send your case
02 Temporary Building Construction Report and Permit (Including Extension of Retention Period)NotificationPermitTemporary Building Construction Report and Permit (Including Extension of Retention Period) · Official check · 17-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameTemporary Building Construction Report and Permit (Including Extension of Retention Period)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Determine permit or report: Check through the land use plan whether the site is an urban or Gun planning facility or a planned site for one; if not, compare the intended use against the reportable uses in Article 15(5) of the Enforcement Decree, such as construction use, container-type temporary offices, warehouses and lodgings, and outdoor smoking rooms of 50㎡ or less in total floor area. Containers placed on the rooftop of a building are excluded from the reportable uses. · Confirm land use rights and site restrictions: If the landowner differs from the applicant, obtain a letter of consent for land use; for common areas of an aggregate building, check whether proof of a management body resolution can substitute. Because the Si, Gun or Gu consults relevant agencies on restrictions under other laws, site restrictions such as farmland, mountainous land or development restriction zones are checked in advance. · Prepare the report or permit application: For reportable buildings, enter the use, structure, area and retention period in the Temporary Building Construction Report (Form No. 8) and attach the site plan and floor plan. For permitted buildings, enter the retention period in the temporary building section of the building permit application (Form No. 1-4). If the details of a construction-use temporary building were submitted together with a building permit application, a separate construction report is not required. · Check safety documents for three or more stories: For a temporary building of three or more stories to be exempted from structural and evacuation provisions, its safety must be recognized by the local building committee review; the review may be omitted by submitting elevation, section and structural drawings, structural calculations, a structural safety and seismic design confirmation, and an evacuation safety confirmation. These documents are prepared by the designer and attached. · Submit via Seumteo and receive the certificate: Submit through Seumteo online filing or to the building department of the Si, Gun or Gu. When the Si, Gun or Gu requests consultation from a relevant agency, that agency must give its opinion within 15 days, and if no opinion is given within that period, consultation is deemed complete. Once accepted, a temporary building construction report certificate (a permit for permitted buildings) is issued and the building is entered in the temporary building register, after which construction may begin. · Extend before the retention period expires: The Si, Gun or Gu notifies the owner of the expiry date and whether extension is possible at least 30 days before expiry. For reported buildings, file the Retention Period Extension Report (Form No. 11) at least 7 days before expiry with front, rear and both side photos taken within 1 month before the filing date; for permitted buildings, apply for an extension permit at least 14 days before expiry. Temporary buildings installed in factories, among others, are deemed extended for the same period unless the owner gives notice that extension is not wanted.

5Basic required documents

Temporary Building Construction Report (Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, Form No. 8) · Application for Building, Major Repair or Change of Use (Change) Permit (Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, Form No. 1-4; for permit cases on urban or Gun planning facility sites or planned sites) · Site plan and floor plan of the temporary building · Letter of consent for land use (if the land is owned by another person; for common areas of an aggregate building, proof of a management body resolution may substitute) · Land use plan confirmation and land registry certificate (to confirm the zoning and whether the site is an urban or Gun planning facility) · Elevation, section and structural drawings and structural calculations prepared by the designer, structural safety and seismic design confirmation, and evacuation safety confirmation for temporary buildings of three or more stories (Form No. 8-2; for buildings of three or more stories) · Retention Period Extension Report for Temporary Building (Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, Form No. 11) with front, rear and both side photos taken within 1 month before the filing date (for extensions) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Report a Temporary Building and Extend Its Retention Period
View full service guide Send your case
03 Building Use Change Permit, Report and Registry Change ApplicationPermitNotificationBuilding Use Change Permit, Report and Registry Change Application · Official check · 17-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameBuilding Use Change Permit, Report and Registry Change Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the register use and the target use: Check the current use of the floor or unit and any illegal-building mark in the building register, then decide which item of Table 1 of the Enforcement Decree the new use falls under. A Category 2 neighborhood living facility manufacturing shop must stay within the floor area and emission facility standards of Table 1; beyond them it is treated as a factory. · Decide permit, report or register change: Compare the facility group numbers in Article 14(5) of the Enforcement Decree: a higher group needs a permit, a lower group needs a report, and the same group needs a building register change application. Changing from the neighborhood living facility group to a factory in the industrial group is a change to a higher group and requires a permit. · Prepare the application and attachments: Use Form No. 1-4 of the Enforcement Rule of the Building Act for a permit, Form No. 6 for a report, and the building mark change application for a change within the same group. A permit or report attaches the post-change floor plan and drawings showing changes to fireproofing, fire prevention, evacuation or building equipment; the permit authority checks the pre-change plan against the building register. · Submit to the si/gun/gu and handle supplements: Submit to the building department of the si/gun/gu where the building is located, or electronically through Seumteo. The permit authority checks compliance with relevant laws and issues the permit or report certificate; the legal processing period for a building mark change application is 7 days, and any supplement request is answered within the deadline. · Use approval and business registration: If the floor area of the changed part totals 100㎡ or more, apply for use approval; once approved, the si/gun/gu corrects the register entry ex officio according to the use approval certificate. After confirming the corrected register use, proceed with food manufacturing registration or factory-related applications.

5Basic required documents

Building, Major Repair and Use Change (Amendment) Permit Application (Form No. 1-4 of the Enforcement Rule of the Building Act), or for a change to a lower group, the Building, Major Repair and Use Change (Amendment) Report (Form No. 6 of the same Rule) · Building Mark Change Application (Form No. 15 of the Rules on Entry and Management of the Building Register, for a change within the same facility group) · Post-change floor plan of the floor being changed (design documents prepared by a licensed architect for permit cases of 500㎡ or more) · Drawings showing changes to fireproofing, fire prevention, evacuation or building equipment resulting from the use change · Building status drawing (where its content has changed) and documents proving the change in the building's marked particulars · (Temporary) Use Approval Application (Form No. 17 of the Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, where use approval is required) · Building register and land use plan confirmation (to check the current use and any illegal-building mark) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Building Use Change Permit, Report and Building Indication Change Application
View full service guide Send your case
04 Amending Apartment Management Rules and ReportingNotificationAmending Apartment Management Rules and Reporting · Official check · 17-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameAmending Apartment Management Rules and Reporting
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Identify the reasons for amendment and compare with the standard rules — Compare the current management rules with the latest standard management rules of the metropolitan city or province article by article and list the parts that need to be amended. The standard rules cover items such as the election and dismissal procedures for building representatives, the operation of the election management committee, calculation and collection of management fees, the long-term repair reserve rate, accounting audits, floor noise and secondhand smoke, identity verification for electronic voting, and the prohibition of harassment of security guards and other workers, so first check whether amendments to the standard rules have been reflected in the complex's rules. For any article that will differ from the standard rules, write down the reason separately. · 2. Draft and propose the amendment — The draft must state the purpose of the amendment, the changes from the existing rules and the differences from the standard rules. The amendment may be proposed by resolution of the residents' representative council or in writing by at least one tenth of all residents, so for a council proposal the resolution is recorded in the meeting minutes, and for a resident proposal a signed list of proposers is prepared. · 3. Public notice, individual notice and voting — Post the draft on the complex website and each building's notice board (including entrance notice boards, if any), and send a summary of the draft to each resident. The amendment is then decided by approval of a majority of all residents, and votes may be collected by electronic voting instead of written consent. When electronic voting is used, identity must be verified through mobile phone authentication, a certificate or a similar method, and residents must be informed in advance of the voting method and period. · 4. Report the amendment to the city, county or district — Within 30 days of the amendment, the chair of the residents' representative council submits the report form on the establishment and amendment of management rules to the mayor, county head or district head, together with the amendment proposal and the residents' consent forms. The city, county or district must notify whether the report is accepted within 7 days of receiving it, and if neither acceptance nor an extension of the processing period is notified within that period, the report is deemed accepted on the day after the period ends. · 5. Keep the amended rules and respond to inspection requests — Once the report is accepted, the management entity keeps the amended rules and must comply when a resident requests to inspect them or to make copies at their own expense. If amended articles affect how management fees are charged or how elections are run, the management office's charging standards and the election management committee's operating rules are also updated.

5Basic required documents

Report form on the establishment and amendment of management rules (Enforcement Rule of the Multi-Family Housing Management Act, Annex Form No. 5) · Amendment proposal (minutes of the residents' representative council resolution, or the list of written proposals by at least one tenth of residents) · Residents' consent forms (written consent forms or electronic voting results confirming approval by a majority of all residents) · Draft amendment (stating the purpose, the changes from the existing rules and the differences from the standard rules) and the full text of the amended rules · Records of the public notice of the draft and the individual notice of the summary (photos of postings, notice records, etc.) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 900,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Amending Apartment Management Rules and Reporting 📘 Apartment Council of Occupants' Representatives Formation Report
View full service guide Send your case
05 Preparation of application documents regarding change of use for residential lodging facilities and deferment of enforcement finesPermitPreparation of application documents regarding change of use for residential lodging facilities and deferment of enforcement fines · Official check · 17-5
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents regarding change of use for residential lodging facilities and deferment of enforcement fines
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the building register, the permit application date and the district unit plan — Use the building register to confirm that the use is a residential lodging facility within lodging facilities and that the first building permit application (including an application for building committee deliberation) was made on or before October 16, 2024. In a district unit planning zone, a change of use must also conform to the district unit plan, so check whether officetels are a permitted use. Sales contracts for residential lodging facilities must include a confirmation of the duty to report a lodging business and that residential use is allowed only after a change of use, so review the contract documents as well. · 2. Review officetel construction standards and parking — In an officetel, the boundary walls between units must be fire-resistant and meet the prescribed wall thickness or provide sound insulation of 45 dB or more, and on the 16th floor and above the walking distance to a direct staircase must be 40 meters or less. For a residential lodging facility whose first building permit was applied for on or before October 16, 2024, the dedicated officetel entrance and the exclusive area calculation standard may be disapplied, and this fact is entered in the building register. Additional attached parking must be secured for the difference between the number of parking spaces required before and after the change, based on the standards at the time of the change. · 3. Resolution of the management body and consent of unit owners — If reinforcement work changes common areas such as corridors or stairs, a resolution of the management body meeting by at least two-thirds of unit owners and at least two-thirds of voting rights is required. If a change to common areas specially affects the rights of a particular unit owner, that owner's consent is also required. Prepare the meeting notice, minutes and resolution together with the report documents. · 4. Fire safety pre-confirmation, recognition and building committee deliberation (corridor exception) — If the corridor width standard is not met, first apply to the city, county or district for pre-confirmation, which notifies the pre-confirmation result within 20 days. Then apply to the competent fire station chief for fire safety recognition; the performance-based design evaluation panel reviews fire and evacuation simulation results and other materials within 30 days, and if supplementation is decided, a supplementation period of up to 21 days is given. After recognition by the fire station chief, apply for deliberation by the local building committee, whose result is notified in writing within 7 days. · 5. Use change report and use approval — Submit the building, major repair and use change report with the floor plan after the change and drawings showing fire resistance, fire protection, evacuation and building equipment to the Mayor, county head or district head. If the corridor exception applies, also submit the fire safety review result and the main results of the building committee deliberation, and the city, county or district inspects whether construction followed the design documents. If the total floor area of the changed part is 100 square meters or more, the use approval procedure applies, but use approval is not required if the area is under 500 square meters and no major repair work is involved.

5Basic required documents

Building, major repair and use change (modification) report (Enforcement Rule of the Building Act, Form No. 6) · Floor plan after the change for the floors whose use is being changed · Drawings showing fire resistance, fire protection, evacuation or building equipment changed by the use change (design documents prepared by an architect) · Application for fire safety pre-confirmation (Fire Safety Recognition Standards for Converting Residential Lodging Facilities into Officetels, Form No. 1, when the corridor exception is sought) · Application for fire safety recognition (Form No. 3 of the same notice) with design documents reviewing fire safety performance, the firefighting system installation plan, and documents confirming the reviewer's qualifications and a copy of the contract · Fire safety review result (Form No. 4 of the same notice) and the main results of the building committee deliberation · Minutes and resolution of the management body meeting or consent of unit owners (when common areas are changed) · Plan for securing additional attached parking (when the required number of spaces increases) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare minutes of the unit owners' management body, resolutions, and application documents for change of use. If you meet the local government filing requirements, we will also prepare preliminary application for lodging business report or confirmation of deferral management for existing filing history in a separate process.

Scope & fee
Owners' management body wording and change-of-use notification support
By reviewing the technical documents provided by 1 residential lodging facility with cooking facilities, we will assist you in preparing and submitting 5 pages of expected minutes of the unit owners' management body, 5 pages of resolutions, and change-of-use filing documents for conversion to an officetel. Application for special hallway width is separate. Actual design, performance testing, construction, use approval, new lodging business report, preliminary application, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Owners' management body wording, change of use and 3 corridor-width exception routes
By reviewing the technical documents provided by 1 residential lodging facility with cooking facilities, we will assist you in preparing and submitting 5 pages of expected minutes of the unit owners' management body, 5 pages of resolutions, and change-of-use filing documents for conversion to an officetel. If special provisions for hallway width are required, we will also prepare application documents for fire safety preliminary confirmation, fire department certification, and building committee deliberation. Actual design, performance testing, construction, use approval, new lodging business report, preliminary application, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Owners association documents and change-of-use report support — minutes 3 pages, resolution 1 page
By reviewing the technical documents provided by 1 residential lodging facility with cooking facilities, we will assist you in preparing and submitting 3 pages of minutes of the unit owners' management body, 1 page of resolution, and change-of-use filing documents for conversion to an officetel. Application for special hallway width is separate. Actual design, performance testing, construction, use approval, new lodging business report, preliminary application, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Owners association documents, change of use and corridor-width exception across 3 filing routes — minutes 3 pages, resolution 1 page
By reviewing the technical documents provided by 1 residential lodging facility with cooking facilities, we will assist you in preparing and submitting 3 pages of minutes of the unit owners' management body, 1 page of resolution, and change-of-use filing documents for conversion to an officetel. If special provisions for hallway width are required, we will also prepare application documents for fire safety preliminary confirmation, fire department certification, and building committee deliberation. Actual design, performance testing, construction, use approval, new lodging business report, preliminary application, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of preliminary application and deferred management materials for reporting lodging business
We will check whether you are currently eligible for preliminary application with approximately 20 pages of ownership, ordinance, enforcement/imposition, and existing application materials for 1 owner and 1 room. If you meet the application requirements, we will prepare a pre-confirmation/preliminary application form and usage rights/consent materials and submit them to the support center. Final accommodation report, operation, change of use, construction, donation fee cancellation, and on-site visit are separate and do not guarantee deferment.
Official fee source ↗
Submission of confirmation and explanation materials for those already registered and eligible for deferred accommodation management
We compare approximately 20 pages of provided data, including receipts, official documents, and charges/payments for existing preliminary applications or change of use for 1 owner and 1 room, and prepare and submit 2 pages of expected explanatory materials for reception/action history and a confirmation request. New statutory deferral extension applications, donation fee cancellation/appeal, new use change, lodging business report, and on-site visit are separate and do not guarantee deferment.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Owners' management body wording and change-of-use notification support from KRW 700,000
  • Owners' management body wording, change of use and 3 corridor-width exception routes from KRW 1,200,000
  • Owners association documents and change-of-use report support — minutes 3 pages, resolution 1 page from KRW 600,000
  • Owners association documents, change of use and corridor-width exception across 3 filing routes — minutes 3 pages, resolution 1 page from KRW 1,000,000
  • Preparation of preliminary application and deferred management materials for reporting lodging business from KRW 300,000
  • Submission of confirmation and explanation materials for those already registered and eligible for deferred accommodation management from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-09

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents regarding change of use for residential lodging facilities and deferment of enforcement fines
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Environmental & waste permits

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Environmental Emission Facility PermitsPermitNotificationEnvironmental Emission Facility Permits · Official check · 18-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameEnvironmental Emission Facility Permits
Actual processing agencyRiver Basin or Regional Environmental Office · Competent metropolitan city or province · Competent city, county, or district office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Permit or notification distinctions and processing times vary by facility size and region. Air-related matters are received by watershed · regional environmental offices or provincial authorities, and wastewater follows municipal provincial or city/county/district agency criteria for reception.
1When this applies

Workplaces that intend to install or change air or wastewater emission facilities or prevention facilities.

2Actual processing agency

River Basin or Regional Environmental Office · Competent metropolitan city or province · Competent city, county, or district office

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Check whether the equipment is an emission facility: list equipment that emits pollutants, such as painting, drying, crushing or melting equipment, boilers, and washing or plating processes, together with equipment specifications, and compare them against the emission facility classifications and capacity thresholds in the Enforcement Rules of the Clean Air Conservation Act and the Water Environment Conservation Act. · Distinguish permit from report: determine whether a permit or a report is required by checking whether specified hazardous air or water pollutants are generated and whether the site is in a special countermeasure area or upstream of a water source protection zone. Also review the report exceptions for cases where all wastewater is entrusted for treatment or sent to a public wastewater treatment facility. · Prepare statements and drawings: prepare the statement of raw material, fuel and water usage, product output and projected pollutant discharge, and the installation statements for emission and prevention facilities; for air, attach the general drawing of prevention facilities and the annual maintenance plan, and for wastewater, attach the location map and wastewater discharge process flow chart. · File the application and respond to supplementation requests: submit Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Clean Air Conservation Act for air, or Form No. 12 of the Enforcement Rule of the Water Environment Conservation Act for wastewater, to the competent authority, revise the statements and drawings as requested, and begin installation after receiving the permit or report certificate. · File the operation start report: once the emission and prevention facilities are installed, file the report on Form No. 5 (air) or Form No. 16 (wastewater) with the permit or report certificate attached before operation begins. If the reported start date changes, file a change report for the start date. · Manage changes: when equipment is added or replaced, raw material or water usage changes, or processes change, first confirm whether the change requires a modification permit or a modification report, and file at the appropriate time so that the actual facility does not diverge from the permitted or reported details.

6Basic required documents

Emission facility installation permit application or installation report (Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Clean Air Conservation Act; for wastewater, Form No. 12 of the Enforcement Rule of the Water Environment Conservation Act) · Statement of raw material (including fuel and water) usage, product output and projected pollutant discharge · Installation statement for emission and prevention facilities · General drawing of prevention facilities (a layout plan may substitute for wastewater installation reports) · Annual maintenance plan for prevention facilities (air) · Location map of the emission facility and wastewater discharge process flow chart (wastewater) · Equipment specifications or catalogs and site layout (for reviewing whether the equipment is an emission facility) · Emission facility installation permit or report certificate (for modification permits and operation start reports)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Permit or notification distinctions and processing times vary by facility size and region. Air-related matters are received by watershed · regional environmental offices or provincial authorities, and wastewater follows municipal provincial or city/county/district agency criteria for reception.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxAir-emission permit example: KRW 10,000; change permit KRW 5,000Official fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Measurement Agency Business Registration Procedure 📘 Wastewater Discharge Facility Installation Permit, Installation Report and Change Report
View full service guide Send your case
02 Business Waste Discharger ReportNotificationBusiness Waste Discharger Report · Official check · 18-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameBusiness Waste Discharger Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm coverage and waste type: Check whether the site is covered by Article 18(1) of the Enforcement Rule using whether it has emission facilities and its average daily volume (100 kg for emission facilities, 300 kg for other sites, 5 tons in total for construction works), and separate excluded items such as waste paper and scrap metal from designated waste. · Check designated-waste status in advance: Waste that may be classified as designated waste because of hazardous substance content must be checked in advance through a waste analysis institution, and the waste analysis result is attached to the report. · Prepare the consignee capacity confirmation and report form: Obtain the consignee treatment capacity confirmation (Form No. 5) from the contracted treatment company, then complete Form No. 6 for ordinary sites, Form No. 7 for construction works, or Form No. 8 for a joint treatment body. · File with the local government: Ordinary sites file within 1 month of starting business or of the waste being generated, construction works by the scheduled discharge date (start of construction), and the representative of a joint treatment body within 7 days of starting business. The local head notifies acceptance within 20 days and issues the report certificate. · Enter hand-over data in the Allbaro system: Each time waste is handed over, the discharger, the collector-transporter and the treatment company each enter the hand-over and receipt details and on-site data such as weighing values, and the discharger checks the entries. · Change reports and performance report: If the monthly average volume rises by 50 percent or more, the business name or location changes, or the treatment plan by waste type changes, file a change report within 1 month of the event. Submit the waste discharge and treatment performance report through Allbaro by the end of February of the following year (within 15 days after discharge ends for construction works).

5Basic required documents

Business waste discharger report (Form No. 6 of the Enforcement Rule of the Wastes Control Act; Form No. 7 for construction works, Form No. 8 for joint treatment) · Consignee treatment capacity confirmation (Form No. 5, when the waste is outsourced for treatment) · Waste analysis result prepared by a waste analysis institution (when designated-waste status must be checked in advance) · Data on volume by waste type and the treatment plan (method and place of treatment) · Copy of the treatment company's waste treatment business permit or treatment report certificate (if the filer does not consent to joint use of administrative information) · Business registration certificate and proof of the permit or report for emission facilities (for sites operating emission facilities) · For change reports: documents showing the change and the existing business waste discharger report certificate · For designated waste: waste treatment plan (Form No. 12) and consignee confirmation (Form No. 5)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Business Waste Discharger Report, Report of Change, and Managing Electronic Manifests on Allbaro
View full service guide Send your case
03 Registration of Measuring Device Management Agency (Stack and Water Quality TMS)RegistrationRegistration of Measuring Device Management Agency (Stack and Water Quality TMS) · Official check · 18-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameRegistration of Measuring Device Management Agency (Stack and Water Quality TMS)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the registration field: Decide first whether to manage stack (air) devices or water quality devices. The governing Act, equipment items and personnel qualifications differ by field, so registering in both requires meeting each standard. · Check personnel qualifications and numbers: The air field needs one person each in categories A (for example, Air Environment Engineer with 2 years of experience), B (for example, air-field Environmental Measurement Analyst) and C (for example, an engineer in electrical, electronic or information and communication fields). The water field needs at least 1 person such as a Water Environment Engineer or higher and at least 2 engineers in environment, chemical, mechanical, electrical or electronic fields; a representative who holds a qualifying credential may be counted. · Secure the laboratory and equipment: Provide a laboratory and equipment for sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, oxygen, dust, hydrogen chloride, ammonia, hydrogen fluoride, flow rate and temperature (air), or pH, total organic carbon, suspended solids, total nitrogen and total phosphorus (water). Joint-use, lease or measurement agency contracts may count as having the equipment, so confirm the contract terms. · Check disqualification grounds and corporate officers: Confirm that the representative and officers do not fall under the disqualification grounds in Article 32-2(2) of the Clean Air Conservation Act (Article 38-7 of the Water Environment Conservation Act for water). If even one officer is disqualified, the whole corporation cannot register, so resolve this before applying. · Prepare and submit the application: Submit Form No. 12-3 (air) or Form No. 23-3 (water) with the holdings of facilities, equipment and personnel and supporting documents to the competent environmental office for the office location. The water field also requires a business plan. The official checks national technical qualifications and the corporate registry or business registration through shared administrative information, and any supplementation request must be answered by the deadline. · Receive the certificate and meet post-registration duties: The environmental office issues the registration certificate. Afterward, file a performance report with contracts attached by January 31 each year and keep a copy for 3 years, and apply for change registration when the name, representative, office or laboratory location, or registered technical personnel change.

5Basic required documents

Application for registration of a measuring device management agency (Form No. 12-3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Clean Air Conservation Act; Form No. 23-3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Water Environment Conservation Act for the water field) · Holdings of facilities, equipment and technical personnel with supporting documents (comparison table against Table 3-3 or Table 8-2) · Business plan for the measuring device management agency (required for the water field) · Personnel list, national technical qualification or Environmental Measurement Analyst certificate, career certificate and employment proof (copies of qualifications if the applicant does not consent to shared administrative information) · Equipment list with type approval and calibration certificates (type approval applies to air emission gas analyzers) · Proof of use of the laboratory and office (lease agreement, building register, floor plan) · Joint-use or lease agreement, or measurement agency contract, where applicable · Corporate registry certificate (corporation) or business registration certificate (individual), and materials confirming officers' eligibility

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Registration Requirements for a Measuring Device Management Agency Business
View full service guide Send your case
04 Preparation of business plans and application documents for permits for intermediate waste disposal and recycling businessesPermitPreparation of business plans and application documents for permits for intermediate waste disposal and recycling businesses · Official check · 18-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of business plans and application documents for permits for intermediate waste disposal and recycling businesses
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the disposal method and target waste: Choose incineration, mechanical disposal or chemical/biological disposal, and decide whether you will accept designated waste, medical waste or other waste. For waste other than designated waste, the minimum disposal capacity is 2 tons per hour for incineration, 200 kilograms per hour for mechanical disposal and 5 tons per day for chemical or biological disposal (Annex 7 of the Enforcement Rule). · Submit the business plan: Submit the business plan (Form No. 17) and the disposal plan to the mayor or governor, or the head of the local environmental office, with jurisdiction over the planned facility site. Attach the emission facility permit or report documents if applicable, and an environmental survey report for an incineration facility. In an industrial or recycling complex this stage is skipped. · Suitability review and supplements: The authority reviews disqualification grounds, site conflicts with other laws, the permit standards for facilities, equipment and technical capability, and the effect on water source quality and environmental standards, then notifies you of suitability. If it requests supplements, align the treatment capacity, volumes and drawings so the figures match across all documents, and resubmit. · Build the facilities and secure personnel: Within 2 years of the suitability notice (3 years if an incineration facility is needed), install the disposal facility, a storage facility for at least 10 and at most 30 days of the daily disposal capacity, a weighing facility, laboratory instruments and at least one qualified engineer. If a natural disaster or similar cause makes the deadline unachievable, apply for an extension of up to 1 year in total. · Apply for the permit: Submit the permit application (Form No. 18) with the facility and equipment specification, the disposal facility installation specification with drawings and process diagram, proof of technical qualifications and the basis for calculating storage capacity. If you meet the requirements under the plan found suitable, the authority must issue the permit without delay, and it may attach conditions for local convenience and environmental protection. · Report the start of use and handle changes: After construction, report to the permitting authority before starting to use the facility; it must notify you within 20 days of the report whether it is accepted. Afterward, material changes such as the representative or trade name, the planned facility site, a change of 30% or more in disposal capacity, or the permitted storage volume require a change permit in advance.

5Basic required documents

Waste treatment business permit application (Form No. 18 of the Enforcement Rule of the Wastes Control Act) · Waste treatment business plan (Form No. 17) and the disposal plan for the target waste (including plans for facility installation, equipment and technical capability) · Facility and equipment specification · Disposal facility installation specification with drawings and process diagram · Documents showing the technical personnel held and their qualifications (engineer licenses, etc.) · Documents showing the storage facility capacity and how it was calculated (10 to 30 days of daily disposal capacity) · Environmental survey report (for incineration facilities; may be replaced by an environmental impact assessment where one is required) · Documents attached to the emission facility permit application or report (if the disposal facility is an emission facility)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare business plans and business license application documents for waste intermediate disposal and recycling businesses. We compare the provided technical documents with facility and personnel data and proceed with the application at the requested level.

Scope & fee
Business planning stage
We will prepare a 5-page intermediate disposal business plan for 1 business site and application documents for notification of conformity. Professional drawings, process, and environmental data are provided, and business permits, facility construction, and hiring are not included.
Permit stage after suitability notice
After notification of conformity, we will prepare an application for an intermediate disposal business permit for 1 business site equipped with facilities, equipment, and manpower. Completed technical documents are provided, and advance business plan application, facility construction, and technical design are separate.
Business plan and intermediate waste-disposal permit; technical documents provided
We will prepare a notification of compliance with the intermediate disposal business plan for 1 business site and application documents for a follow-up business permit. A completed technical book is provided, but facility construction, testing, recruitment, and writing the technical book itself are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Permit documents for recycling business (intermediate, final or integrated)
We will prepare permit documents for the selected business among intermediate, final, and comprehensive recycling businesses at 1 business site. This is the standard for providing a direct permit route and completed technical documents that allow you to skip the business plan. Advance business plan application, construction, and technical design are separate.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Business planning stage from KRW 500,000
  • Permit stage after suitability notice from KRW 300,000
  • Business plan and intermediate waste-disposal permit; technical documents provided from KRW 700,000
  • Permit documents for recycling business (intermediate, final or integrated) from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of business plans and application documents for permits for intermediate waste disposal and recycling businesses 📘 Waste Recycling Business Permit in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
05 Environmental Consulting Company RegistrationRegistrationEnvironmental Consulting Company Registration · Official check · 18-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameEnvironmental Consulting Company Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the scope of work: Decide which activities under Article 16-4(1) of the Act you will perform (environmental regulatory research and advice, advice on environmental administrative procedures, site and facility regulatory diagnosis, pollution prevention diagnosis and education, site environmental diagnosis, etc.) and check that they appear in the business purpose of the articles of incorporation. · Check personnel requirements: Compare qualifications, degrees and experience against Annex 1 of the Enforcement Decree for at least 1 senior and at least 2 general personnel. Experience counts both before and after obtaining the qualification or degree. Pollution prevention diagnosis and education or technology commercialization diagnosis requires one environmental professional engineer among the senior personnel. · Check officer disqualifications: Confirm that no officer falls under the four grounds in Article 16-4(2): minor or person under adult guardianship, undischarged bankrupt, less than 3 years after a prison sentence for violating environmental laws, or former officer of a company whose registration was revoked less than 2 years ago. · Prepare and file the application: File the application on Form No. 22-7 of the Enforcement Rule together with the articles of incorporation and the status and supporting proof of professional personnel with the competent Mayor or Do Governor (Article 33-10 of the Rule). The official checks the corporate registry through shared administrative information. · Registration and certificate: The Mayor or Do Governor must register the company unless the business scope, officer disqualification, personnel requirements or other legal restrictions pose a problem, and issues the registration certificate on Form No. 22-8. The certificate may not be lent to others. · Change registration and follow-up: Within 60 days from the date a reason for change arises in the trade name or location, representative or officers, technical personnel or business purpose, file the change registration application with proof of the change and the registration certificate with the Mayor or Do Governor who registered the company (Article 33-11 of the Rule). Be prepared for inspections and data requests from the Mayor or Do Governor.

5Basic required documents

Environmental consulting company registration application (Form No. 22-7 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Support for Environmental Technology and Environmental Industry) · Articles of incorporation (with environmental consulting stated in the business purpose) · Status table of professional personnel (senior and general) · Copies of technical personnel qualification certificates and degrees · Career certificates of technical personnel and employment records such as social insurance enrollment history · List of officers and disqualification check materials (identity documents, etc.) · Corporate registry certificate (checked by the official through shared administrative information; submit if it cannot be checked) · For change registration: change registration application (Form No. 22-7), proof of the change and the existing registration certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Environmental Consulting Company Registration Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
06 Private Sewage Treatment Facility Design and Construction Business RegistrationRegistrationPrivate Sewage Treatment Facility Design and Construction Business Registration · Official check · 18-6
Procedure type
Actual service namePrivate Sewage Treatment Facility Design and Construction Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check whether registration is required: Anyone who designs and constructs private sewage treatment facilities such as septic tanks and sewage treatment units as a business must register under Article 51 of the Sewerage Act. Holders of certain construction business registrations, the relevant environmental specialty construction registration, or a treatment facility design and construction registration under the Livestock Excreta Act may do this work without it, so existing registrations are checked first. · Match the four technical personnel: Under Appended Table 4 of the Enforcement Decree, one person with civil or architectural industrial engineer qualification or higher, one person in the mechanical or electrical field such as general machinery engineer or electrical industrial engineer, and two persons with water environment or chemical industrial engineer qualification or higher are required. Entry-level or higher construction engineers in the same field are recognized, but water personnel only if their specialty is water quality management, and one person with several qualifications counts as one. · Arrange facilities, equipment and measurement agency contracts: An office and laboratory, test equipment for 6 items (BOD, COD, suspended solids, total nitrogen and total phosphorus, coliform count, chloride ion concentration), and drafting equipment or a CAD computer are needed. With a measurement agency contract for an item, the equipment for that item is not required, and with a contract for all items, the laboratory is not required either; leased equipment is also accepted. · Prepare and submit the registration application: The registration application (Form No. 29 of the Enforcement Rule of the Sewerage Act) is filed with the city, county or district office having jurisdiction over the office location, together with the statement of facilities and equipment (including a copy of any measurement agency contract) and the list of technical personnel with proof of qualifications. The processing period is 10 days, and if there are no disqualifications and the registration standards are met, a registration certificate (Form No. 30) is issued. · Receive the certificate and confirm compliance duties: The registration certificate must be posted in the office, contracted work must be designed directly, and neither design subcontracting nor subcontracting of the entire work is allowed. If the trade name, technical personnel, representative, office location or laboratory location (including changes to the measurement agency contract) changes, a change report is filed on the same form within 30 days of the change.

5Basic required documents

Registration application for private sewage treatment facility design and construction business (Form No. 29 of the Enforcement Rule of the Sewerage Act) · Statement of facilities and equipment (office, laboratory, test equipment, drafting equipment) · Copy of the measurement agency contract (if a contract was concluded with a measurement agency) · Lease contract for test equipment and drafting equipment (if leased) · List of technical personnel · Documents proving the qualifications of technical personnel (national technical qualification certificates, construction engineer career certificates) · Lease contract or building registry certificate for the office and laboratory · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Private Sewage Treatment Facility Design and Construction Business Registration Standards
View full service guide Send your case
07 Registration and Change Registration of Natural Environment Conservation Project AgenciesRegistrationRegistration and Change Registration of Natural Environment Conservation Project Agencies · Official check · 18-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameRegistration and Change Registration of Natural Environment Conservation Project Agencies
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirming the scope of projects: Organize which projects you intend to take on among natural environment restoration, ecosystem conservation charge refund, substitute nature creation, and storage facility or artificial wetland projects, and whether you will handle design and construction or aftercare and monitoring. Acting as an agency for these projects without registration is punishable by imprisonment of up to 2 years or a fine of up to 20 million won, so registration is completed before taking orders. · Checking the 5 technical staff: One natural environment management professional engineer, two natural ecology restoration engineers or industrial engineers (one may be replaced by a biological classification engineer), one landscape engineer or intermediate landscaping technician, and one civil engineering construction technician or forest engineering technician must work full time. A person who fits two categories counts as only one, and those whose qualifications are suspended are excluded, so the certificates and social insurance records of current staff are checked one by one. · Preparing office and capital evidence: Prepare the lease agreement for the office and capital evidence. Paid-in capital is used for stock companies, contributions for other corporations, and the appraised value of business assets for individuals, and individuals submit a statement of business assets with supporting documents. Construction business operators also check whether they need not duplicate what they already hold under construction business registration standards. · Preparing and filing the application: Submit the natural environment conservation project agency registration application with the office lease agreement, technical staff status and qualification documents to the Natural Environment Restoration Support Center. The center checks the corporate register, building register and national technical qualifications through administrative information sharing, the processing period is 20 days, and on registration a certificate is issued and the registration is announced on the center's website. · Change registration and performance reports: If the trade name, representative, location, technical staff or capital changes, submit a change registration application on the same form with supporting documents and the registration certificate within 60 days (processed in 7 days), and report annual agency performance with supporting documents by the end of February of the following year. Because compliance with the qualification requirements is checked at least twice a year, replace technical staff promptly when someone leaves.

5Basic required documents

Natural environment conservation project agency registration application (Annexed Form No. 14-2 of the Enforcement Rules of the Natural Environment Conservation Act) · Office lease agreement (when the office is leased) · Technical staff status · Technical staff qualification documents (national technical qualifications are checked by the center) and proof of employment (social insurance records, etc.) · Capital evidence (corporate register certificate, financial statements, etc.) · Statement of business assets with supporting documents (individuals) · Construction business registration certificate (when a construction business operator applies for recognition of overlapping standards) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Nature Conservation Project Agent Registration Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
08 Prior Report of Specified Construction Work and Fugitive Dust-Generating Business ReportNotificationPrior Report of Specified Construction Work and Fugitive Dust-Generating Business Report · Official check · 18-8
Procedure type
Actual service namePrior Report of Specified Construction Work and Fugitive Dust-Generating Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Checking whether the prior report of specified construction work applies: First check whether Appended Table 9 equipment such as pile drivers, drills, air compressors, breakers, excavators, generators, loaders, or concrete cutters will be used for 5 days or more. The report is required for building construction of 1,000㎡ or more, demolition of 3,000㎡ or more, civil works with a volume of 1,000㎥ or an area of 1,000㎡ or more, earthwork or site grading of 1,000㎡ or more, or boring work with a total length of 200m or more, or for work within 50m of the boundary of a school, apartment complex, or general hospital or in a residential zone. · Checking whether the fugitive dust report applies: Building construction (including extensions, alterations, and major repairs) with a total floor area of 1,000㎡ or more, demolition of 3,000㎡ or more, earthwork or site grading of 1,000㎡ or more, and civil works with a structure volume of 1,000㎥ or more or a work area of 1,000㎡ or more are covered at or above the Appended Table 13 scale. Even if the work is split into separate contracts, the total scale is used, so the areas of split contracts are added together. · Preparing the work outline and mitigation measures: Prepare a work outline with the purpose and schedule, a location map marking affected receptors such as nearby housing, and specifications and drawings of soundproofing and vibration-proofing facilities. Mitigation measures such as low-noise methods and equipment, movable sound barriers, and adjusted working hours are written to match the work stages, and for fugitive dust the plan for dust barriers, wheel-washing facilities, and truck bed covers under Appended Table 14 is included. · Filing the reports before groundbreaking: File the prior report of specified construction work and the fugitive dust-generating business report with the environment division of the city/county/district with jurisdiction over the site before groundbreaking. For work subject to a construction commencement report under the Building Act, the fugitive dust report may be filed together with the business waste discharger report, and if the site spans two or more cities/counties/districts, the report goes to the one covering the largest work area. · Receiving the report certificate and filing change reports: For specified construction work, if no notice is given within 4 days, the report is deemed accepted on the day after that period ends. Increases of 30% or more in equipment, extension of the work period, or expansion of the work scale by 10% or more require a change report on Form No. 12, and an extension must be filed before the work period on the certificate ends. For fugitive dust, a change of name or representative is reported within 30 days, and an extension of the work period by the end date on the report certificate.

5Basic required documents

Prior report of specified construction work (Enforcement Rule of the Noise and Vibration Control Act, Form No. 10) · Fugitive dust-generating business report (Enforcement Rule of the Clean Air Conservation Act, Form No. 24) · Outline of the specified construction work (including purpose and schedule) · Site location map (marking affected receptors such as nearby housing) · Specifications and drawings of soundproofing and vibration-proofing facilities · Noise and vibration mitigation measures and plan for fugitive dust control facilities and measures · Business waste discharger report (when filed together for work subject to a construction commencement report) · Power of attorney (if filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Specific Construction Prior Report and Fugitive Dust Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
09 Waste Collection and Transport Business Permit (Including Dedicated Vehicle Standards)PermitWaste Collection and Transport Business Permit (Including Dedicated Vehicle Standards) · Official check · 18-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameWaste Collection and Transport Business Permit (Including Dedicated Vehicle Standards)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Classify the waste and business type: Decide whether you will carry household waste, non-emission-facility business waste, emission-facility business waste, designated waste or medical waste. Vehicle and facility standards and the filing office differ by waste type, and some waste such as waste paper and scrap metal may fall under the Article 46 waste treatment report instead of a permit. · Check dedicated vehicle standards: Household waste requires at least 1 sealed compaction vehicle (2 in a special or metropolitan city) and at least 1 sealed or sealed-cover vehicle (total load capacity of 4.5 tons or more). Solid emission-facility business waste requires at least 2 sealed or sealed-cover vehicles, and liquid waste at least 1 tank lorry and 1 sealed vehicle. · Submit the waste treatment business plan: File the business plan (Form No. 17) with a collection and transport plan (including plans for facilities, equipment and technical capability). Designated waste goes to the regional environmental office for the parking lot location; other waste goes to the city/province for the contact point or office location. · Respond to the suitability review: The authority checks disqualification grounds, whether the office and parking lot location conflict with other laws, and whether the planned vehicles and technical capability meet the permit standards, then notifies suitability. If supplements are requested, align the vehicle plan and proof of right to use the premises and resubmit. · Apply for the permit within 6 months: Within 6 months of the suitability notice, secure the vehicles and file the permit application (Form No. 18) with the facility and equipment specification, the collection and transport plan, and proof of technical capability and qualifications. For unavoidable reasons such as natural disasters, the period may be extended on request by up to 6 months in total. · Change permits and vehicle management: Changing the waste to be carried, the business area for household waste, the parking lot location for designated waste, or adding transport vehicles (excluding temporary vehicles) requires a change permit. Designated waste vehicles must have a yellow body and display the designated waste vehicle marking, company name and phone number on both sides of the cargo box.

5Basic required documents

Waste treatment business permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Wastes Control Act, Form No. 18) · Waste treatment business plan (Form No. 17 of the same Rule, for the suitability notice before the permit application) · Collection and transport plan for the target waste (including plans for facilities, equipment and technical capability) · Facility and equipment specification (type, number and load capacity of vehicles) · Copy of vehicle registration certificates for transport vehicles · Technical capability status and copies of qualification certificates (designated waste collection and transport) · Proof of right to use the office and parking lot (lease agreement, etc.) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Waste Collection and Transportation Business Permit Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
10 Waste Recycling Report (Waste Treatment Report)NotificationWaste Recycling Report (Waste Treatment Report) · Official check · 18-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameWaste Recycling Report (Waste Treatment Report)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm reporting eligibility: Check the waste type, recycling method and site area against Article 66 and Annex 16 of the Enforcement Rule. Waste paper, scrap metal and similar items must be handled by sorting, compressing, reducing or cutting (stripping for waste wire), and if designated waste is mixed in or another method is used, review whether a recycling business permit is required. · Prepare storage and recycling facilities: Storage must hold at least 1 day and no more than 30 days of daily treatment capacity in containers or facilities, and recycling facilities must include the applicable sorting, compressing, reducing, cutting, feed or compost facility for the waste type and method. If you collect and transport the waste yourself, at least 1 vehicle is required. · Prepare the report and attachments: Attach to the waste recycling report (Form No. 56-2) the documents confirming eligibility, a description of the recycling use or method, a recycling facility specification, the storage capacity and its calculation basis, and a treatment plan for waste generated during recycling. Add a collection and transport plan if you transport the waste yourself. · File 15 days before starting and receive acceptance: File with the city/province for the site at least 15 days before waste treatment begins. The city/province notifies acceptance within 20 days and issues a report certificate if suitable; if no acceptance or extension notice is given within that period, the report is deemed accepted on the day after the period ends. · Measures against abandoned waste before operation: A reporter handling business waste must, before starting operation, pay contributions to the waste treatment mutual aid association or take out insurance guaranteeing waste treatment. Reporters specified in the Enforcement Rule in view of the risk of abandonment are exempt. · Change reports and compliance: To change the trade name or site location, the type of waste recycled, the recycling use or method, the type of recycling facility, the storage capacity, or the number of transport vehicles, file a change report with the report certificate before making the change. Recycling facility capacity requires a change report when cumulative changes after the report reach 30% or more.

5Basic required documents

Waste recycling report (Enforcement Rule of the Wastes Control Act, Form No. 56-2; for changes, a change report on the same form with the report certificate) · Documents confirming that the activity is subject to the waste treatment report (site area records, etc.) · Description of the recycling use or method by recycling type · Recycling facility specification · Storage facility or container specification (including capacity and calculation basis) · Treatment plan for waste generated during recycling · Waste collection and transport plan (if transporting the waste yourself) · Consent of the construction client or land rights holder when used directly as fill or subbase material

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Waste Treatment Report: Who Must File and What to Submit
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Chemicals & household chemical products

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of household chemical-product safety-conformity notifications and approval applicationsNotificationApprovalPreparation of household chemical-product safety-conformity notifications and approval applications · Official check · 19-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of household chemical-product safety-conformity notifications and approval applications
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Determine the item and whether a report or approval applies: Check whether the product falls under the announced list of Safety-Confirmed Household Chemical Products. If a safety standard under Article 9 of the same Act has been announced for the item, proceed with conformity confirmation and a report; if not, proceed with an approval application. Products that already hold KC certification for electrical or household goods must still go through this procedure. · Organize ingredient and product information: Using the manufacturer's data, organize the ingredients, mixing ratios and uses of every substance in the product, the product name, formulation, weight or volume, and product photos and instructions. For contract manufacturing, gather the contractor's trade name, address and contact details and a copy of the contract; for imported products, request the overseas manufacturer's ingredient list first. · Prepare the application or report form: For items with an announced safety standard, submit the confirmation application (Form No. 1) together with the product to a designated testing and inspection institution, and once the confirmation result is received, prepare the safety-standard conformity report (Form No. 3). For items without an announced standard, attach to the approval application (Form No. 5) data on the manufacturer of the main ingredient and manufacturing method, efficacy, safety, risk including exposure information, quality-control test results and first-aid measures. · Review the label sample: Using a label sample, confirm that the product name, the manufacturer's or importer's trade name, address and contact details, the names of acutely hazardous substances, priority-control substances and biocidal substances, weight or volume, precautions for use, month and year of manufacture, and the report or approval number are shown in Korean. For products subject to child-resistant packaging, include that indication as well. · Submission and supplement response: The testing and inspection institution notifies the result within 10 days of completing the test, the report is filed with the Korea Environmental Industry and Technology Institute within 30 days of that notice, and the Institute issues a report certificate within 25 days. The National Institute of Chemical Safety receives approval applications and notifies the result within 90 days; after approval, changes to the product name, formulation or contained substances other than the main ingredient require change approval, while changes to the trade name, address or contact details require a change report.

5Basic required documents

Application for approval of a Safety-Confirmed Household Chemical Product (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Safety Management of Household Chemical Products and Biocides), or confirmation application (Form No. 1 of the same Enforcement Rule) and safety-standard conformity report (Form No. 3) · Data on ingredients, mixing ratios and uses of contained substances (manufacturer's ingredient list) · Product information such as product photos and instructions (including product name, formulation, weight or volume) · Copy of the Safety-Confirmed Household Chemical Product confirmation result (issued by the testing and inspection institution, for a conformity report) · Data on the manufacturer of the main ingredient and manufacturing method, efficacy, safety, risk including exposure information, and quality-control test results (for an approval application) · Directions and dosage, precautions for use, and first-aid measures for explosion, fire or exposure (for an approval application) · Label sample showing the labeling standard items · Copy of the contract manufacturing agreement (if outsourced), certificate of passing the high-pressure gas container inspection (spray products), proof of compliance with child-resistant packaging standards (applicable products), corporate registration certificate or copy of business registration certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will review the product's ingredients and test data and prepare and submit a conformity confirmation or approval application document. If support for application to a testing agency is required, the relevant scope will be categorized separately.

Scope & fee
Possession of test results and reporting of conformity confirmation of household chemical products
We will prepare and submit a conformity confirmation report and attached materials by comparing approximately 20 pages of provided materials, including the ingredient list, labeling sample, and testing agency confirmation report for 1 product. This is a case where a valid confirmation result is provided, and actual tests, visits, and applications for new testing institutions are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Household chemical product test confirmation application materials and follow-up reports
We prepare approximately 20 pages of manufacturer's ingredient, formulation, and product data for 1 product, along with testing agency confirmation application materials and follow-up conformity confirmation reporting documents. Samples and technical data are provided, but actual testing, sample transportation, retest fees, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Application for approval of household chemical products without safety standards
We compare approximately 40 pages of technical data completed by the manufacturer and testing agency for 1 type of product and prepare and submit an approval application form, list of attachments, and 3 pages of expected administrative explanatory materials. Safety, efficacy, and risk data are provided, but new tests, scientific risk report preparation, translation, and visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Possession of test results and reporting of conformity confirmation of household chemical products from KRW 300,000
  • Household chemical product test confirmation application materials and follow-up reports from KRW 400,000
  • Application for approval of household chemical products without safety standards from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of household chemical-product safety-conformity notifications and approval applications
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of hazardous-chemical transport-business permit, installation-inspection application and manager-appointment report documentsPermitNotificationPreparation of hazardous-chemical transport-business permit, installation-inspection application and manager-appointment report documents · Official check · 19-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of hazardous-chemical transport-business permit, installation-inspection application and manager-appointment report documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm whether a permit is required: Check whether the substance is an acute human toxic, chronic human toxic, ecotoxic or accident precaution substance and whether more than 1 ton is transported at a time. Substances built into machinery, reagents for testing, research or inspection, and handling and transport within a defined area such as a port or station yard are exempt under Article 29. · Check the transport business permit and disqualification grounds: Since a copy of the freight vehicle transport business permit or construction machinery rental registration certificate goes into the application, confirm the transport business permit first. Also check that the representative and corporate officers do not fall under Article 30 disqualification grounds, such as undischarged bankruptcy or less than 2 years since a permit revocation. · Prepare facilities and equipment: Under Annex 6 of the Enforcement Rule, provide a parking lot large enough for the transport vehicles, a vehicle washing facility with a sump to collect wastewater, a changing room, personal protective equipment for every worker, fire extinguishing equipment and similar items. The technical personnel standard in the same Annex does not apply to the transport business. · Vehicle installation inspection: Transport vehicles are handling facilities, so they undergo installation inspection by an inspection body under Article 22 of the Enforcement Rule, such as the Korea Environment Corporation, to obtain an inspection report with a pass decision. Vehicles without a pass decision cannot be used for transport, and after the permit, periodic inspections follow at intervals of up to 3 years set by public notice. · Submit the permit application: Attach the annual expected handling quantity data, a handling facility specification listing each vehicle's capacity, the equipment specification, the installation inspection report and a copy of the transport business permit to the application in Form No. 43 and file it with the River Basin (Regional) Environmental Office for the place of business. The processing period is 15 days, and any request for supplementation is answered within the given period. · Manager appointment and later changes: Before starting business, appoint one hazardous chemical management officer and one inspector per 20 transport vehicles (the inspector may be omitted for 20 vehicles or fewer), and report the appointment using Form No. 49. If transport facility capacity increases by a cumulative 50% or more after the permit, a change permit is required; smaller fleet increases or a change of vehicle type require a change report.

5Basic required documents

Hazardous chemical transport business permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Chemicals Control Act, Form No. 43) · Data on annual expected handling quantity of hazardous chemicals (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 44) · Installation inspection report with a pass decision for the transport vehicles (issued by the inspection body) · Hazardous chemical handling facility specification (capacity and number of each vehicle, location map and layout of the parking lot and washing facility) · Hazardous chemical equipment and technical personnel specification (personal protective equipment, fire extinguishing equipment, etc.) · Copy of the freight vehicle transport business permit or construction machinery rental business registration certificate · Hazardous chemical manager appointment report (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 49) with the appointment form (Form No. 50), manager list and copies of qualifications · If the applicant or a corporate officer is a foreign national, a document issued by that country or a consul-certified statement proving no disqualification grounds apply

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare and submit the documents required for transportation business permits, application for vehicle installation inspection, and notification of manager appointment. The actual inspection of the vehicle and the hiring and appointment of managers are performed by the business operator and inspection agency.

Scope & fee
Hazardous chemical transport business permit application and inspection results provided
We will prepare and submit a transportation business license application form, annual volume/facility/equipment specifications, and attached materials in approximately 20 pages of provided materials for 1 business site, 1 vehicle, and 1 type of material handled. A transportation business permit and conformity inspection results are provided, but inspection application, actual inspection, manager appointment report, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of transport vehicle installation inspection application materials and inspection linkage
We prepare an inspection agency application form and attached list of approximately 15 pages of technical data provided for 1 transport vehicle, and provide basic schedule contact information and comparison of results. Technical data is provided, but actual vehicle inspection, on-site attendance, repairs, new drawings, and inspection fees are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of hazardous chemical manager appointment report documents
We will check approximately 10 pages of qualifications, education, and appointment materials for 1 business site and 1 senior manager, and prepare and submit the appointment report, appointment letter, and manager list. The actual recruitment, appointment, and training are performed by the business operator, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Transport business permit, vehicle inspection application materials, manager appointment report included
We prepare and submit approximately 30 pages of common information for 1 business site, 1 vehicle, 1 type of substance, and 1 manager, including inspection agency application materials, transportation business permit documents, and manager appointment report. Actual inspection, recruitment, training, technical drawing preparation, field attendance and institutional costs are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Hazardous chemical transport business permit application and inspection results provided from KRW 400,000
  • Preparation of transport vehicle installation inspection application materials and inspection linkage from KRW 300,000
  • Preparation of hazardous chemical manager appointment report documents from KRW 300,000
  • Transport business permit, vehicle inspection application materials, manager appointment report included from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
03 Hazardous Chemical Sales Business Permit and Report (including E-Cigarette Nicotine Liquid)PermitNotificationHazardous Chemical Sales Business Permit and Report (including E-Cigarette Nicotine Liquid) · Official check · 19-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameHazardous Chemical Sales Business Permit and Report (including E-Cigarette Nicotine Liquid)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm the substance and business type: Check whether the nicotine content of each product exceeds the threshold in the Chemical Safety Institute designation notice for acutely toxic substances, and, if the product is imported, whether the import report for hazardous substances under Article 20(2) applies. Selling substances built into machines or devices is exempt from the permit under Article 29, while selling only reagents for testing, research or inspection is subject to the Article 29-3 report. · Decide between permit, business report and sales report: Compare the maximum holding quantity at the site with the specified quantity for each substance. At or above the lower specified quantity is a business permit; at or above the lowest but below the lower specified quantity is a business report; selling without installing or operating handling facilities is a sales business report. Stock kept in a shop or warehouse counts as a handling facility, so decide the storage location and maximum holding quantity first. · Check facilities and prior procedures: If you keep a storage facility, prepare the items in Appendix 6 of the Enforcement Rule, such as a changing room, personal protective equipment, fire-fighting equipment, and a leak detection and alarm device or CCTV. At or above the lower specified quantity, the application must include a chemical accident prevention management plan with a conformity notice and an installation inspection result judged conforming under Article 28(1), so complete both before applying. · Submit the application or report: A business permit uses the application in Annex Form No. 43 with the annual handling quantity data, the handling facility statement and the equipment and technical personnel statement, filed with the competent local environmental office. A business report uses the same Form No. 43 with the inspection result, the annual handling quantity data and the facility statement, and a sales business report uses Form No. 47-3 with the annual handling quantity data. The business registration certificate and corporate registry extract are checked through shared administrative information if you consent, so you need not attach them. · Receive the certificate and appoint the manager: After a permit or business report you receive the document in Form No. 45, and after a sales business report you receive the report confirmation certificate in Form No. 47-4. Under Article 32 the operator appoints a hazardous chemical manager before starting business and reports the appointment without delay; the required number depends on handling quantity and workforce under the Enforcement Decree, so it is confirmed for each business type. · Notice to buyers and changes after launch: When selling, the operator must inform the buyer under Article 29-2, by container labeling or the information summary in Form No. 47-2, that the product is a hazardous chemical and that handling standards apply. A change in facility capacity, location or substance requires a change permit or change report, and a change report is in principle filed within 30 days of the change on Form No. 46.

5Basic required documents

Hazardous chemical business permit application or report (Enforcement Rule of the Chemicals Control Act, Annex Form No. 43) · Report on hazardous chemical sales business without handling facilities (same Rule, Annex Form No. 47-3, for sales only with no storage facility) · Data on annual planned handling quantity of hazardous chemicals (same Rule, Annex Form No. 44) · Handling facility statement (area, capacity and quantity per facility, location map and layout plan) and equipment and technical personnel statement (for permit applications) · Chemical accident prevention management plan with conformity notice and installation inspection result judged conforming (where a facility at or above the lower specified quantity is installed; issued by the inspection body) · Report on appointment of hazardous chemical manager (same Rule, Annex Form No. 49), appointment letter and qualification proof · Hazardous chemical information summary for buyers (same Rule, Annex Form No. 47-2) and the product ingredient sheet or safety data sheet showing nicotine content · If the applicant or a corporate officer is a foreign national, a document issued by that country or a consular-confirmed statement showing no disqualification ground; a power of attorney if submitted by an agent

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Preparation of hazardous-chemical transport-business permit, installation-inspection application and manager-appointment report documents 📘 Chemical Import Report and Chemical Confirmation Statement
View full service guide Send your case
04 Chemical Import Documents (Chemical Confirmation Statement, Import Report for Substances Hazardous to Humans, MSDS Submission)NotificationChemical Import Documents (Chemical Confirmation Statement, Import Report for Substances Hazardous to Humans, MSDS Submission) · Official check · 19-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameChemical Import Documents (Chemical Confirmation Statement, Import Report for Substances Hazardous to Humans, MSDS Submission)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · River Basin or Regional Environmental Office · Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA)
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Ministry of Employment and Labor
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · River Basin or Regional Environmental Office · Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA)

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Review the composition statement and LOC: Obtain a composition statement listing chemical names, contents and CAS numbers from the overseas manufacturer or exporter; if they refuse disclosure as a trade secret, use the chemical confirmation documents (LOC) they provide instead. Use these to check which regulated category each component falls under. · Submit the chemical confirmation statement: Enter the results in the confirmation statement (Form No. 1), attach the materials used, and submit it to the Korea Environment Corporation; it is processed immediately. Only substances not directly related to market release, such as test, research or inspection reagents or trial production, may be submitted within 30 days after import. · File the import report for substances hazardous to humans: If such substances are contained, file the import report (Form No. 23) with documents proving the components to the regional environmental office and receive the import report certificate within the 2-day processing period. First check, based on the planned annual volume and use, whether the exemptions under Article 10 of the Enforcement Decree apply. · Organize MSDS submission materials: For substances subject to MSDS, submit the MSDS and the names and contents of non-classified components through the KOSHA MSDS system before import. If the overseas manufacturer confirms that no classified substances exist other than those in the MSDS, submit the chemical confirmation document (Enforcement Rule of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, Form No. 62) instead. · Check registration and file change reports: For substances imported at 1 tonne or more per year, check before import whether registration or notification is required under Article 10 of the Act on the Registration and Evaluation of Chemicals. If the reported substance type, content or use, or the business name, representative or location changes, or the planned import volume increases by 50% or more, file a change report within 30 days of the change.

5Basic required documents

Import report for substances hazardous to humans (Enforcement Rule of the Chemicals Control Act, Form No. 23) · Chemical confirmation statement (Enforcement Rule of the Chemicals Control Act, Form No. 1) · Composition statement (chemical names, contents, CAS numbers) or chemical confirmation documents (LOC) provided by the manufacturer or exporter · Documents proving the components of substances hazardous to humans (attached to the import report) · MSDS and the names and contents of chemicals not meeting the classification criteria · Chemical confirmation document (Enforcement Rule of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, Form No. 62, when confirmed by the overseas manufacturer) · Certificate of appointment report of a domestic agent (Enforcement Rule of the Chemicals Control Act, Form No. 67-3, only when a domestic agent submits) · For changes: change report for import of substances hazardous to humans (Form No. 25 of the same Rule) and the original import report certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Medical institution & device licensing

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Foreign Patient Attraction Agency Registration and Change AdministrationRegistrationForeign Patient Attraction Agency Registration and Change Administration · Official check · 20-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameForeign Patient Attraction Agency Registration and Change Administration
Actual processing agencyCompetent metropolitan city or province
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Medical Korea
Deadline · procedural notes Processing times and fees for registration or change notifications vary by application type. Manage the validity periods of guarantee insurance and personnel/contract materials together.
1When this applies

Business operators preparing registration to attract foreign patients or administrative work related to attracting patients in coordination with medical institutions.

2Actual processing agency

Competent metropolitan city or province

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

4Online route

Medical Korea

5Procedure order

Checking the registration type and disqualifications: The application differs depending on whether the client is a medical institution (attraction medical institution registration application, Annex Form No. 3) or a company or individual that is not a medical institution (attraction business registration application, Annex Form No. 4), so first confirm the business type and whether the representative falls under any disqualification. · Organizing documents for medical institutions: Prepare a list of specialists for each medical department that will receive foreign patients, and check that the liability insurance (mutual aid) certificate covers medical accidents involving foreign patients, meets the annual coverage limit, and has an insurance period covering the registration validity period. · Organizing documents for attraction businesses: Confirm that the surety insurance policy amount is 100 million won or more and that the paid-in capital of a corporation or the appraised value of business assets of an individual is 100 million won or more, and prepare documents proving ownership or right of use of an office in Korea and the articles of incorporation (corporations). · Preparing and submitting the registration application: Prepare the registration application and the business operation plan in the form set by the Minister of Health and Welfare, submit them to the Si/Do on the client's behalf, and prepare supplementary documents if requested. Upon registration, a certificate is issued and the registration details are posted on the Si/Do website. · Preparing the registration change report: When the name, address, representative, or registration requirements (specialists, insurance, capital, office) change, the registration change report (Annex Form No. 7-2) must be submitted together with the registration certificate within 1 month from the date the reason for change arose, and the Mayor/Do Governor must also be notified within 1 month of a suspension or closure of business. · Renewal application and performance report preparation: Submit the registration renewal application (Annex Form No. 7) within 2 months before the validity period expires, and by the end of February each year prepare and submit the previous year's business performance report including foreign patients' nationality, sex, year of birth, and medical department.

6Basic required documents

Foreign patient attraction medical institution registration application (Annex Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Support for Overseas Expansion of Medical Services and Attraction of Foreign Patients) or foreign patient attraction business registration application (Annex Form No. 4 of the same Rule) · List of specialists by medical department (attraction medical institutions) · Proof of enrollment in medical malpractice liability insurance or the medical compensation mutual aid association covering foreign patients (attraction medical institutions) · Proof of surety insurance with an insured amount of 100 million won or more (attraction businesses) · Proof of capital of 100 million won or more (paid-in capital for corporations, appraised value of business assets for individuals; attraction businesses) · Documents proving ownership or right of use of an office in Korea, and articles of incorporation (corporations only; attraction businesses) · Business operation plan (in the form set by the Minister of Health and Welfare) · Registration renewal application (Annex Form No. 7) or registration change report (Annex Form No. 7-2) and the existing registration certificate (for renewal or change)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Processing times and fees for registration or change notifications vary by application type. Manage the validity periods of guarantee insurance and personnel/contract materials together.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application fee; registration, notarization or third-party expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Registration as a Medical Institution Attracting Foreign Patients: Procedure and Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
02 Tissue Bank Establishment Permit and Renewal (Human Tissue Import and Processing)PermitTissue Bank Establishment Permit and Renewal (Human Tissue Import and Processing) · Official check · 20-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameTissue Bank Establishment Permit and Renewal (Human Tissue Import and Processing)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Decide the type and scope of work: choose the application type among medical institution, non-profit corporation, tissue processor and tissue importer, and select the work to be performed (procurement, storage, processing, import, keeping, distribution) and the types of tissue handled. Tissue processors and importers cannot carry out donation or procurement. · Check facilities and equipment against the standards: tissue processors need a tissue processing room, diagnostic laboratory, tissue storage room and records room; tissue importers need a diagnostic laboratory, tissue storage room and records room, each partitioned to prevent cross-contamination. If microbiological testing is outsourced to an equipped medical institution, the related test equipment may be omitted. · Confirm staffing: appoint at least one each of a head of the tissue bank, a medical director who is a physician or dentist, a tissue handler, a quality manager and an administrative officer. The tissue handler may also serve as the administrative officer, and in medical institution or non-profit tissue banks the medical director may also serve as head. · Prepare the quality management system and standard operating procedures: organize SOPs suited to the bank type covering operation and staffing, facility and equipment management, donation and transplant suitability, receipt, release and distribution, labeling, nonconforming tissue, recall and disposal, adverse events and traceability, corrective action, training and self-inspection, and document and record control. Importers include import management. · File the establishment permit application and respond to supplementation: submit the tissue bank establishment permit application with the facility, equipment and staffing status, a copy of the medical director's license, quality management system documents and a business operation plan to the regional office with jurisdiction, respond to supplementation requests and on-site checks, and receive the tissue bank establishment permit certificate. · Manage import approval, changes and renewal: to import tissue, obtain import approval from the Minister of Food and Drug Safety for each tissue and register the foreign manufacturer. File a change permit application when key items change, and at least 60 days before expiry file the renewal application with the original permit certificate and records of tissue processing or imports for the previous 3 years.

5Basic required documents

Tissue bank establishment permit application (Rule on Safety of Human Tissue, Form No. 1) · Copy of the corporation establishment permit and articles of incorporation (non-profit corporations established mainly for tissue-related business) · Document stating facility, equipment and staffing status and a copy of the medical director's (physician or dentist) license · Document on the quality management system (including standard operating procedures) · Business operation plan · Copy of cooperation agreement or contract (if there is a cooperation or contractual relationship with another institution) · Copy of business registration certificate (tissue processors and importers who do not consent to administrative information sharing) · For renewal: tissue bank permit renewal application (Form No. 4 of the same Rule), original establishment permit certificate, and records of tissue processing or imports for the previous 3 years

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Tissue Bank Establishment Permit and Renewal Documents
View full service guide Send your case
03 Medical Device Sales Business Report and Import Business PermitNotificationPermitMedical Device Sales Business Report and Import Business Permit · Official check · 20-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameMedical Device Sales Business Report and Import Business Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Classify the business: Buying and selling or leasing medical devices already distributed in Korea requires a sales (leasing) business report to the city, county or district. Importing foreign products requires an import business permit from the Regional Office of Food and Drug Safety, and manufacturing requires a manufacturing business permit, so settle the business structure first. · Check for exemptions: No sales business report is needed when a manufacturer or importer sells its own products to medical device handlers such as medical institutions or sellers, for pharmacy operators and pharmaceutical wholesalers, or when selling only condoms or blood glucose meters combined with mobile phones or home appliances. · Prepare the place of business and storage: A report is filed for each place of business, and if you sell only through e-commerce or mail order, a residential building or a startup incubation center may be used as the place of business. If you keep a storage area, meet the Good Supply Practice facility standards, such as keeping products off the floor, maintaining temperature and humidity, and installing pest control and fire-fighting equipment. · File the report and receive the certificate: Submit the sales (leasing) business report through Government24 or to the competent public health center, and you will be notified within 3 days whether it is accepted. Once accepted, a report certificate is issued, and for corporations the authority checks the corporate register through shared administrative information. · Apply for an import business permit (if importing): Attach the representative's medical certificate (not required for corporations) and the quality manager's qualification and employment documents to the application and file it with the Regional Office of Food and Drug Safety with jurisdiction over the import business office. Product import approval goes to the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety, and import certification or notification goes to the National Institute of Medical Device Safety Information, in parallel. · Operational compliance and change reports: Appoint a person in charge, keep the facilities and equipment ledger, shipment ledger and complaint handling ledger for 2 years, and provide in-house training at least once per quarter for a total of 12 hours per year. File a change report when reported particulars change, and for a relocation that changes jurisdiction, file with the city, county or district of the new location.

5Basic required documents

Medical device sales (leasing) business report (Form No. 36 of the Enforcement Rule of the Medical Devices Act) · Representative's ID (for corporations, the corporate register is checked through shared administrative information) · Proof of right to use the place of business (copy of lease agreement, etc.) · Documents showing the location and floor area of the place of business and storage (if requested by the public health center) · Copy of business registration certificate (if issued) · Medical device import business permit application (Form No. 1 of the same Rule) and the representative's medical certificate (issued within 6 months, not required for corporations) · Quality manager qualification documents and proof of employment such as a certificate of employment (import business) · Product import approval application (Form No. 3), import certification application (Form No. 5) or import notification (Form No. 7), with documents proving the manufacturing site's quality management system

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to File a Medical Device Sales Business Report and Obtain an Import Business Permit
View full service guide Send your case
04 Medical Institution Establishment Report and PermitNotificationPermitMedical Institution Establishment Report and Permit · Official check · 20-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameMedical Institution Establishment Report and Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check eligibility and institution type: A doctor may open a clinic, hospital, long-term care hospital, psychiatric hospital or general hospital; a dentist a dental clinic or dental hospital; a Korean medicine doctor a Korean medicine clinic, Korean medicine hospital or long-term care hospital; and a midwife only a midwifery clinic. A medical corporation or non-profit corporation must first obtain approval from the competent authority to amend its articles of incorporation to include the location of the institution. · Check the premises: Before signing a lease, check the building register for unauthorized extension or rebuilding and for the building use, and confirm the space is not within a pharmacy or connected to one by a dedicated corridor, stairway or elevator. The fire safety facilities required for medical institutions are also checked at the time of the report. · Clinic-level establishment report: Submit the Medical Institution Establishment Report with copies of the floor plan and structural description and documents proving compliance with the facility standards and other requirements to the city, county or district office (public health center). Once the establishment standards, compliance items and fire safety facilities are confirmed and the report is accepted, the Medical Institution Establishment Report Certificate is issued. · Hospital-level preliminary review: Submit the application for preliminary review of the establishment permit and a business plan to the city/provincial governor, and the Medical Institution Establishment Committee reviews the regional bed count and whether the establishment standards are violated. A general hospital also needs approval from the Minister of Health and Welfare at this stage, and the committee sets the validity period of the preliminary approval within 3 years. · Hospital-level main review and permit: Within the validity period of the preliminary approval, submit the establishment permit application with the preliminary review approval certificate, floor plan and other documents. After a main review of whether key matters such as the number of beds and medical departments match the preliminary review, the Medical Institution Establishment Permit is issued. · Managing changes after opening: Relocation, a change of founder, name, medical departments or number of medical personnel, and treatment by another doctor while the founder is hospitalized or on an overseas trip require a report of change (a change permit for hospital-level institutions). Closing the institution or suspending operations for 1 month or more must also be reported to the city, county or district office.

5Basic required documents

Medical Institution Establishment Report (Enforcement Rule of the Medical Service Act, Annexed Form No. 14, clinic level) or Medical Institution Establishment Permit Application (same Rule, Annexed Form No. 16, hospital level) · Application for Preliminary Review of Medical Institution Establishment Permit (Enforcement Rule of the Medical Service Act, Annexed Form No. 15-3, hospital level) and a copy of the business plan · Preliminary Review Approval Certificate for Medical Institution Establishment Permit (Annexed Form No. 15-4, when applying for the hospital-level main review) · Copies of the floor plan and structural description of the building · Documents proving compliance with the facility standards and other requirements (Article 36 of the Medical Service Act) · Building register and a copy of the lease (for checking unauthorized extension or rebuilding and building use in advance) · If a corporation establishes the institution: a copy of the corporate establishment permit, a copy of the articles of incorporation stating the institution's location, and a copy of the business plan · Copies of the licenses (qualifications) of medical personnel working there (if they do not consent to verification through shared administrative information)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to File a Clinic Establishment Report 📘 Advanced Regenerative Medicine Institution Designation: Documents and Standards
View full service guide Send your case
05 Medical Device Advertisement Pre-Review (Application to a Self-Regulatory Review Body)ApprovalMedical Device Advertisement Pre-Review (Application to a Self-Regulatory Review Body) · Official check · 20-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameMedical Device Advertisement Pre-Review (Application to a Self-Regulatory Review Body)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm the review-target medium: Check whether the advertisement appears on television or radio, in general daily or weekly newspapers, internet newspapers or magazines, on banners, posters, leaflets, transport facilities or vehicles, or on electronic signboards. Internet media (including apps) run by mail-order sellers or intermediaries and SNS with 100,000 or more daily average users over the last three months of the previous year are also covered, so first decide whether open-market and own-mall product pages fall within this. · Check exemptions: Advertisements made up only of permitted, certified or reported content, foreign-language advertisements for export-only devices, and foreign-language advertisements identical to already reviewed content may be exempt, as may professional advertisements aimed at medical personnel, medical institution founders, medical technicians, health information managers and opticians. A single expression outside the permitted scope removes the exemption, so compare the copy line by line. · Screen prohibited expressions and organize evidence: Under Annex 7 of the Enforcement Rule, advertisements claiming unpermitted efficacy, denying all side effects, using testimonials, using absolute terms such as "best" or "top", showing before-and-after comparisons, citing recommendations by doctors or professors, or disparaging other products are prohibited. Compare the script, subtitles, visuals and narration of videos, or the copy and photos of product pages, with the intended use on the permit, and attach the permit item or test data supporting each expression. · Apply to the self-regulatory review body: Review follows the standards, methods and procedures set by the body reported to the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety, and the fee is also set by that body. Submit the body's application form with the advertisement draft, a copy of the product permit, the instructions for use and supporting data. Once approved, you may advertise as reviewed for 3 years from the approval date. · Check the result and request re-review or objection: If you disagree with the result, request a re-review from the reviewing body within 30 days of notice, stating the purpose and reasons; the body must report the result within 10 days of the request. If you still disagree, submit the objection form (Form No. 38-2) to the Minister of Food and Drug Safety within 30 days of notice; the processing period is 30 days from receipt. · Manage changes and renewal after approval: Changing approved content requires a new review unless the change is minor, such as editing wording or layout without changing the content, or revising to match a changed permit, certification or report. To keep advertising after the 3-year validity ends, apply again 6 months before expiry, so mark the date 2 years and 6 months after approval in your calendar.

5Basic required documents

Medical device advertisement review application (form set by the self-regulatory review body; the Enforcement Rule of the Medical Devices Act has no prescribed form) · Advertisement draft (script or storyboard for video; final draft for print materials and product pages) · Copy of the medical device product permit, certificate or report · Product instructions for use or attached document · Evidence supporting advertising expressions (test reports, papers, etc., if requested by the body) · Re-review application (if there is an objection, stating purpose and reasons) · Objection to the re-review result (Enforcement Rule of the Medical Devices Act, Form No. 38-2) with a copy of the review and re-review result notice · Power of attorney (for submission by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Medical Device Advertising Pre-Review: Scope and Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
06 Designation of Advanced Regenerative Medicine Institutions (including clinics)CertificationDesignation of Advanced Regenerative Medicine Institutions (including clinics) · Official check · 20-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameDesignation of Advanced Regenerative Medicine Institutions (including clinics)
Actual processing agencyMinistry of Health and Welfare
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of Health and Welfare

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm the type of practice and staffing: Decide first whether you will conduct clinical research or treatment. Clinical research requires at least one physician among the principal investigator or practitioners, and treatment requires at least one physician, dentist or Korean medicine doctor as principal investigator, so check whether your medical staff can fill all four roles. · Check facilities and equipment: Compare item by item against Annex 1 the human cell storage room with refrigeration/freezing equipment and automatic temperature recorder, the records room with security equipment, the testing room, the treatment room (operating room, recovery room, sterilization facility) and the air-conditioning system, and organize gaps, floor plans and equipment lists. · Appoint staff and confirm basic training: Appoint at least one person for each of the four roles and confirm with certificates that each completed the basic training of at least 8 hours announced by the Minister before starting work. If the institution itself collects, cultures or processes human cells, appoint a separate processing staff member. · Prepare SOPs and IRB documents: Tailor the standard operating procedures needed for advanced regenerative medicine, such as human cell storage and record management, to the institution. Prepare the IRB registration certificate if you registered your own IRB, or the entrustment agreement if you entrust another institution's IRB. · Submit the application and respond to inspection: Submit the application (Form No. 1) with attachments to the Minister of Health and Welfare; the processing period is 20 days, and you supplement materials in response to inspections and correction requests. After designation, if the institution no longer meets the standards, it must notify the Minister within 10 days of becoming aware of it.

5Basic required documents

Application for designation as an advanced regenerative medicine institution (Rules on Advanced Regenerative Medicine Safety and Support, Form No. 1) · Copy of the medical institution establishment report certificate or establishment permit · Documents proving facility and equipment standards (floor plans of storage, records, testing and treatment rooms, equipment list and photos) · Documents proving staffing standards (list of principal investigator, practitioner, human cell manager and information manager with license and employment records) · Basic training (8 hours or more) completion certificates for each staff member · Standard operating procedures for advanced regenerative medicine clinical research or treatment · IRB registration certificate or IRB entrustment agreement · Power of attorney (when the administrative office submits on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case
07 Designation as an Excellent Medical Tourism Attraction Institution: Requirements and ApplicationCertificationDesignation as an Excellent Medical Tourism Attraction Institution: Requirements and Application · Official check · 20-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameDesignation as an Excellent Medical Tourism Attraction Institution: Requirements and Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check eligibility to apply — The applicant must be a medical institution attracting foreign patients or an attraction business operator registered under the Act on Support for Overseas Expansion of Healthcare System and Attraction of International Patients (the Medical Overseas Expansion Act). Under the 2026 public notice, the record of inviting foreigners through medical tourism visas in the previous year must be 30 cases or more, and the standards for the period elapsed since registration and for the actual number of persons attracted are also set by the public notice. · 2. Check grounds for disqualification — You cannot apply if there is a recent administrative sanction or a history of an earlier designation being revoked. The period standard is set in each year's public notice, so check it in the original text of the notice. · 3. Organize the performance materials — The evaluation gives scores for the illegal stay rate of invited patients and for the invitation and attraction record. The actual number of persons counts the same patient only once, so prepare a list with duplicates removed, and also confirm whether the invited patients have departed from Korea. · 4. Apply within the notice period — Submit the application form, the business plan and materials on excellent attraction cases within the period and by the method set in the public notice. A closing time is fixed, so finish the submission by the day before. · 5. Management after designation — The designation results are usually announced by public notice in September. Even after designation, the designation may be revoked if illegal stay by invited patients increases, so continue to manage the departure of patients.

5Basic required documents

Application for designation as an excellent attraction institution (form in the public notice) · Copy of the registration certificate of a foreign patient attraction institution · Business plan · Materials on recent excellent attraction cases · List of foreign patient attraction and invitation records (actual number of persons, duplicates removed) · Copy of business registration certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Designation as an Excellent Medical Tourism Attraction Institution: Requirements and Application
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Pharmaceutical & pharmacy licensing

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Pharmacy Opening RegistrationRegistrationPharmacy Opening Registration · Official check · 21-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePharmacy Opening Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the location and relationship to medical institutions: Use the drawings and a site visit to confirm whether the candidate premises are on the grounds of a medical institution building, share a medical institution's site, or are connected to a medical institution by a dedicated passage. · Check the building use: Confirm on the building register that the use of the unit permits a pharmacy, and if a change of use is needed, review it together with local ordinance standards. · Organize the products to be sold: Decide which of health functional foods, quasi-drugs, cosmetics and medical devices will be sold alongside medicines, and determine whether additional reports are needed depending on whether the pharmacy owner sells them directly or a separate business operates its own store. · Design the pharmacy area and dispensing room: Keep the dispensing room as an independent space and store prescription drugs out of customers' reach. A pharmacy inside a mart or large store should be separated with fixed partitions or glass walls rather than floor lines or movable shelving, so the pharmacy area can be closed off on its own. · Apply for registration and on-site check: Submit the application with a copy of the pharmacist license, a location map and a floor plan to the public health center; an official checks the separation and storage structure and requests corrections for anything unclear. · Additional procedures: If a separate business operates a health functional food store alongside, a health functional food sales business report is required, and tax refund sales to foreign tourists require separate designation as a tax refund shop.

5Basic required documents

Pharmacy opening registration application · Copy of the pharmacist or herbal pharmacist license · Pharmacy location map (showing its position relative to medical institutions) · Pharmacy floor plan (showing the dispensing room and drug storage areas) · Building register, lease agreement or other proof of the right to use the premises · Separation drawings and an explanation of operations for a combined store (if applicable) · Additional report documents, such as a health functional food sales business report (if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Pharmacy Establishment Registration: Procedure and Required Documents
View full service guide Send your case
02 Quasi-Drug Manufacturing Business Report and Product Report (Oral Fresheners, etc.)NotificationQuasi-Drug Manufacturing Business Report and Product Report (Oral Fresheners, etc.) · Official check · 21-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameQuasi-Drug Manufacturing Business Report and Product Report (Oral Fresheners, etc.)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm quasi-drug status: Check from the intended use, efficacy claims and formulation whether the product is a quasi-drug and which category, such as oral fresheners, it belongs to. For products on the border with cosmetics or sanitary products, review the formulation and labeling text together. · Distinguish product report from product approval: Products listed in compendia, conforming to the standard manufacturing criteria, or covered by notified standards and test methods are reported to the Regional Office of Food and Drug Safety. If the ingredients, strength or efficacy fall outside these, apply to the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety for product approval and submit safety and efficacy data. · Secure facilities and a manufacturing manager: Equip a work area, testing room, storage area and the facilities and instruments needed for manufacturing and quality control. If manufacturing or testing is outsourced to another manufacturer, the related facilities may be omitted, and an oral freshener manufacturing site must have a pharmacist or herbal pharmacist as manufacturing manager. · Submit the business report and product documents: Attach the representative's medical certificate and the manufacturing manager's qualification documents to the quasi-drug manufacturing business report, file it with the competent Regional Office of Food and Drug Safety through the Drug Safety Portal (nedrug), and submit a product report or product approval application for at least one product at the same time. · Respond to supplementation requests: If the quantities of raw materials, standards and test methods, or efficacy wording do not match the report criteria or supporting data, a supplementation request is issued. Reorganize comparison tables, test results and formulation evidence and resubmit within the set deadline. · Post-report changes and labeling: Report changes in the manufacturing site location, manufacturing manager or reported product particulars. Before shipment, check that container and package labeling and advertising wording do not exceed the reported efficacy.

5Basic required documents

Quasi-drug manufacturing business report (Form No. 2 of the Rules on the Safety of Pharmaceuticals, etc.) · Report on manufacture-for-sale or import of pharmaceuticals, etc. (Form No. 6 of the same Rules) or product approval application (Form No. 4 of the same Rules) · Representative's medical certificate (confirming no disqualification for mental illness or narcotics addiction) · Manufacturing manager qualification documents (pharmacist or herbal pharmacist license, etc.) · Floor plan of the manufacturing site and list of facilities and instruments (work area, testing room, storage area) · Raw materials and their quantities, and manufacturing method · Standards and test methods, and evidence that the product is subject to a report (comparison table against standard manufacturing criteria, etc.) · Container and package labeling draft, and outsourced manufacturing or testing contract (if outsourcing)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Quasi-Drug Product Report for Mouth Fresheners (Gargle, Oral Spray) 📘 KF94 Health Mask Quasi-Drug Product Approval
View full service guide Send your case
03 Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Permit Application (Including Conditional Facility Permit)PermitPharmaceutical Manufacturing Permit Application (Including Conditional Facility Permit) · Official check · 21-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePharmaceutical Manufacturing Permit Application (Including Conditional Facility Permit)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm the permit type: operating your own site requires a manufacturing permit, manufacturing quasi-drugs only requires a manufacturing report, and selling products made by another manufacturer requires a contract-manufacturing distributor report. Check the Article 5 disqualifications and whether 1 year has passed since any revocation. · Review site facilities: organize floor plans and equipment lists showing the work area, testing laboratory, storage area, and manufacturing and quality control equipment required by Article 3 of the Facility Standards Decree. Facilities for other products may substitute only if they meet the same standards and pose no cross-contamination risk. · Appoint a manufacturing manager: assign a pharmacist or herbal pharmacist to each site and prepare license documents. For biological products, a physician or bacteriology specialist approved by the Minister of Food and Drug Safety may manage manufacturing, in which case the manager approval certificate is attached. · File the application: submit the application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rules on the Safety of Pharmaceuticals) with the applicant's medical certificate and the manager's qualification documents to the Regional Office, and pay the fee set by MFDS notice. If the plant is not yet complete, apply for a conditional facility permit on the same form with proof of ownership or right of use of the land or building. · Supplements, inspection, and permit issuance: respond to supplement requests and on-site inspection, then receive the manufacturing permit certificate (Form No. 9). Under a conditional facility permit, notify the Regional Office once facilities are complete; it checks fulfillment within 20 days of notification.

5Basic required documents

Pharmaceutical manufacturing permit application or conditional facility permit application (Form No. 1, Enforcement Rules on the Safety of Pharmaceuticals) · Applicant's medical certificate (not a person with mental illness under Article 5(1), or a specialist's certificate under its proviso, and not a narcotics addict under Article 5(3)) · Documents verifying the manufacturing manager's qualifications, or the manager approval certificate (Article 42(3) of the same Rules) · Site facility materials (layout of work area, testing laboratory, and storage area, and list of manufacturing and quality control equipment) · For a conditional facility permit: proof of ownership or right of use of the land (new building) or of the building (existing building) · Corporate registration certificate (corporations only, verified by the official through shared administrative information) · Copy of pharmacist license (if the manager is a pharmacist and does not consent to shared information verification)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Business Permit Application Procedure and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
04 Pharmaceutical wholesale licence and KGSP assessmentPermitPharmaceutical wholesale licence and KGSP assessment · Official check · 21-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePharmaceutical wholesale licence and KGSP assessment
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Decide the drugs to handle and the wholesaler type — The permit states the wholesaler type, such as general wholesale, imported drug wholesale, safe household drug wholesale, reagent wholesale, raw-material drug wholesale or herbal medicine wholesale. Because the warehouse area and capital requirements differ by scope, decide first what you will sell. A permit cannot be granted if the representative (the representative director for a corporation) falls under the disqualifications in Article 5 of the Pharmaceutical Affairs Act or if 1 year has not passed since a previous permit was revoked. · 2. Prepare the business office, warehouse and capital — The warehouse must be 165㎡ or more, 66㎡ or more if handling only imported drugs, reagents and raw-material drugs, and 33㎡ or more if handling only veterinary drugs. The warehouse needs cold storage and light-shielding facilities, rodent and pest prevention facilities, and temperature and humidity control facilities, plus dedicated storage if handling biological products or narcotics. Capital or equity must be 500,000,000 won or more, or 200,000,000 won or more for certain items only, proven by a corporate diagnosis report from a corporate diagnosis institution. · 3. Appoint a wholesale business manager or arrange logistics outsourcing — A pharmaceutical wholesaler must have a pharmacist manage its business, and a representative who is a pharmacist may manage it directly. If storage and delivery are outsourced to another wholesaler with a warehouse net floor area of 800㎡ or more that is designated as a Good Supply Practice compliant business (excluding wholesalers that are also manufacturers or importers), the wholesaler may operate without its own warehouse and business manager. In that case, the outsourcing contract is attached to the application and the contracted wholesaler keeps a business manager. · 4. Submit the application and undergo the facility inspection — Submit the pharmaceutical wholesaler permit application to the city, county or district office with jurisdiction over the business office, attaching the articles of incorporation (corporations), the representative's medical certificates, documents proving the business manager's qualification, a statement of financial position or a statement of business capital, a corporate diagnosis report, and a list of equipment such as delivery vehicles. The fee is 20,000 won and the processing period on the form is 7 days, and the office issues the permit after a facility inspection and review. · 5. Start sales after the Good Supply Practice compliance decision — A wholesaler permit, except for herbal medicines, medical high-pressure gases and radiopharmaceuticals, carries the condition that sales may begin only after a decision that the business complies with the Korea Good Supply Practice (KGSP). To apply for the compliance evaluation, the business must have applied the standard for 15 days or more before the application date, and the city, county or district office issues a compliance certificate after an on-site inspection. If the business office, representative or manager changes after the permit, file an application for a change permit or a report of change of the wholesale business manager.

5Basic required documents

Pharmaceutical wholesaler permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Pharmaceutical Affairs Act, Form No. 17) · Physician's medical certificate showing the representative is not disqualified for mental illness or drug addiction · Documents proving the qualification of the wholesale business manager (pharmacist) · Articles of incorporation and statement of financial position (corporations) or statement of business capital with supporting evidence (individuals) · Corporate diagnosis report issued by a corporate diagnosis institution · List of equipment such as delivery vehicles · Logistics management outsourcing contract (logistics-outsourcing model) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-07

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Pharmaceutical Wholesaler Permit Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Cosmetics manufacturing & sales

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Cosmetics Responsible Seller RegistrationRegistrationCosmetics Responsible Seller Registration · Official check · 22-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameCosmetics Responsible Seller Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check whether registration is required: Registration is required when selling OEM or ODM products manufactured on consignment under your own brand, importing and selling foreign cosmetics, or acting as an import agent through e-commerce. · Check the responsible sales manager's qualifications: Appoint a person from among doctors and pharmacists, holders of a bachelor's degree or higher in science and engineering, cosmetology, cosmetic science, Korean medicine, nursing and similar fields, holders of an associate degree in a cosmetics-related field with at least 1 year of manufacturing or quality control experience, those who have passed the customized cosmetics preparation manager exam, and those with at least 2 years of manufacturing or quality control experience. · Prepare quality and safety management rules: Following the quality control standards in Appended Table 1 and the post-sale safety management standards in Appended Table 2 of the Enforcement Rule, write rules covering management of the contract manufacturer, testing and inspection, and collection of adverse reaction information, tailored to your business model. · Apply for registration: Submit the application with the quality and safety management rules and documents confirming the responsible sales manager's qualifications to the regional office of the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety, and once the requirements are met, a cosmetics responsible seller registration certificate is issued. · Responsible sales manager training: The responsible sales manager must complete initial training within 6 months of starting the duties and refresher training once a year thereafter. If the person passed the qualification exam within 1 year before starting the duties, the initial training is deemed completed. · Check labeling and advertising before sale: Product classification is judged by considering all ingredients, intended purpose and method of use, so confirm that containers and advertising contain no expressions that could be mistaken for medicines or quasi-drugs, such as sterilizing or therapeutic effects.

5Basic required documents

Cosmetics responsible seller registration application · Rules on quality control standards and post-sale safety management standards · Documents confirming the responsible sales manager's qualifications (license, degree certificate, career certificate, preparation manager exam pass certificate, etc.) · Proof of the responsible sales manager's employment (employment contract, etc.) · Business registration certificate · Proof of business location, such as a lease agreement · Consignment manufacturing contract with the manufacturer (for OEM or ODM)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register a Cosmetics Responsible Seller Business 📘 Production Performance and Ingredient List Reports for Cosmetics Responsible Sellers
View full service guide Send your case
02 Cosmetics Manufacturer RegistrationRegistrationCosmetics Manufacturer Registration · Official check · 22-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameCosmetics Manufacturer Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Define the manufacturing scope: Under Article 2 of the Enforcement Decree, decide whether you manufacture directly, manufacture on consignment, or only do primary packaging. Filling and dividing bulk also count as primary packaging, so the required facilities and registration type depend on the scope. · Check the site and building use: Before signing a lease, confirm the building use in the building register, permitted industries if it is a knowledge industry center, and water supply, drainage and ventilation. Ask the local government whether container-washing water requires a wastewater facility report. · Lay out facilities and prepare the facility statement: Following Article 6 of the Enforcement Rule, mark the workroom (pest and dust protection, workbenches, powder removal equipment), storage room and laboratory on a floor plan and prepare the facility statement. If quality inspection is outsourced, omit the laboratory and prepare the consignment contract. · Prepare disqualification medical certificates: Obtain a physician's certificate that the representative is not a person with a mental illness and not a narcotics addict. A person with a history of mental illness needs a specialist's certificate that they are suitable to be a manufacturer. · Submit the registration application: Submit the Form No. 1 application with the certificates and facility statement to the regional Food and Drug Administration having jurisdiction over the plant, including through the NEDRUG electronic filing. The administration checks the corporate registry certificate through shared administrative information. · Receive the certificate and keep up duties: Once requirements are confirmed, the administration enters the registration and issues the Form No. 2 registration certificate. Afterwards, follow the duties in Article 11 of the Enforcement Rule such as keeping manufacturing and quality records, file change registrations within 30 days, and report suspension or closure on Form No. 11.

5Basic required documents

Cosmetics manufacturer registration application (Cosmetics Act Enforcement Rule, Form No. 1) · Physician's certificate that the applicant is not a person with a mental illness (specialist's certificate of suitability, where applicable) · Physician's certificate that the applicant is not a narcotics addict · Facility statement (workroom, storage room, laboratory and quality-inspection equipment) · Plant floor plan (process flow and zoning) · Building register, lease agreement or other proof of right to use the plant · Business registration certificate; for a corporation, representative verification documents (the registry certificate is checked by the agency) · Quality-inspection consignment contract and consignee documents, if outsourced

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register a Cosmetics Manufacturing Business
View full service guide Send your case
03 Customized Cosmetics Retail Business ReportNotificationCustomized Cosmetics Retail Business Report · Official check · 22-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameCustomized Cosmetics Retail Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm the business model and ingredient supply: because ready-to-sell cosmetics may not be freely mixed or subdivided (Article 5(3) of the Act), first confirm the source of base products and raw materials and how quality certificates will be obtained. · Confirm the preparation manager: a customized cosmetics preparation manager who passed the Article 3-4 exam must be employed, so check the certificate copy and the Article 3-3 disqualifications, and check under Article 8-2(4) of the Enforcement Rule whether the reporter, if a passer, can serve as manager at one shop. · Prepare the facility statement and floor plan: check that the mixing and subdivision space is separated or partitioned from other uses, and organize the facility statement, floor plan, and photos to match the building register and lease for the shop address. · Prepare and file the report: attach a copy of the preparation manager's certificate and the facility statement to the customized cosmetics retail business report (Form No. 6-3 of the Enforcement Rule) and submit it by visit, mail, or electronic document to the Regional Office with jurisdiction over the shop. · Receive the report certificate and review ongoing duties: after the Regional Office confirms the requirements it issues the report certificate; then organize a checklist of the operator's duties (Article 12-2 of the Enforcement Rule) and the change report triggers for operator, name, location, and preparation manager.

5Basic required documents

Customized cosmetics retail business report (Form No. 6-3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Cosmetics Act) · Copy of the customized cosmetics preparation manager's certificate · Facility statement (status of the separated mixing and subdivision space) · Shop floor plan and photos of the mixing and subdivision space · Building register and lease or other proof of right to use the premises · Business registration certificate or reporter identification (for a corporation, the corporate registry extract is checked by the Regional Office through shared administrative data) · Base product and raw material supply contract or document on how quality certificates are received · Proof of the preparation manager's employment (employment contract, or confirmation that the reporter passed the exam)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Report a Customized Cosmetics Sales Business
View full service guide Send your case
04 Preparation of application documents for functional cosmetics review and reports for items exempt from reviewApprovalNotificationPreparation of application documents for functional cosmetics review and reports for items exempt from review · Official check · 22-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for functional cosmetics review and reports for items exempt from review
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Food and Drug Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Food and Drug Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm the function type: Determine which of the 11 functions in Article 2 of the Enforcement Rule the claims on the container and in advertising correspond to. Temporary hair dyes, physical hair removal products, and products that make hair look thicker by coating are excluded from functional cosmetics. · Classify as review or report: Compare whether the active ingredients and amounts, efficacy, directions and dosage, and specifications and test methods match a notified product, or whether the raw materials, efficacy, specifications, directions, and formulation all match a product already reviewed for the same responsible seller or for the same manufacturer that designed, developed, and produced it. For some types, such as whitening and wrinkle improvement, a report is possible only if the existing product proved efficacy through a comparison with a control group. · Check and organize the submission data: For a review, organize data on origin and development, safety (single-dose toxicity, primary skin irritation, eye mucosa irritation, skin sensitization, phototoxicity and photosensitization, human patch test), efficacy (efficacy test, human application test), and specifications and test methods with samples according to the list. Check whether data may be omitted for products following notified ingredients and amounts or notified specifications and test methods. · Prepare and submit the review request or report: A review uses the Functional Cosmetics Review Request (Form No. 7), and a report uses the Report on Products Exempt from Functional Cosmetics Review (Form No. 10), both submitted to the Director of the National Institute of Food and Drug Safety Evaluation. The report states the name, review number, and result notification date of the already reviewed product, the SPF and similar items, and requires no attachments or fee. · Respond to supplementation requests, receive the result, and manage changes: Reorganize and resubmit data in response to supplementation requests. When the review ends, check the result notice (Form No. 9), or for a report, the report number in the report register. To change reviewed items or transfer the rights, submit a change review request (Form No. 8); the processing period is 60 days for changes to test methods, efficacy, or specifications and 15 days for other changes.

5Basic required documents

Functional Cosmetics Review Request (Enforcement Rule of the Cosmetics Act, Form No. 7) or Report on Products Exempt from Functional Cosmetics Review (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 10) · Data on origin and development (for a review) · Safety data: single-dose toxicity, primary skin irritation, eye mucosa irritation, skin sensitization, phototoxicity and photosensitization, and human patch test data (results from a testing institution) · Efficacy or function data: efficacy test and human application test data (results from a testing institution) · Basis for setting the SPF and PA grade (for UV protection products) · Data on specifications and test methods, with samples · For a report: the result notice of the already reviewed product and a formula comparison (type, standard, and amount of active ingredients) · For a change review: Functional Cosmetics Change Review Request (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 8), the previously issued result notice, and documents proving the reason for the change (a transfer agreement for a transfer)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will check the screening/reporting targets and submitted data for functional cosmetics and prepare and submit the relevant application or report. The main examination will be prepared based on the completed test data provided by the manufacturer and testing agency.

Scope & fee
Report 1 functional cosmetic item exempt from review
We will prepare and submit a report on items excluded from review by comparing the prescription/reviewed product/notification standards and provided data for 1 functional cosmetic product. Application for main review, new test, clinical trial, translation, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Provision of application and completion test data for functional cosmetics main examination
We will prepare and submit a review request form, attached index, data table, and 2 pages of expected reasons for exemption by comparing approximately 60 pages of completed data from the manufacturer and testing institution for 1 functional cosmetic product and 1 functional type. Samples and technical data are provided, but actual testing, clinical trials, test method development, new science and technology reports, translation, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Report 1 functional cosmetic item exempt from review from KRW 400,000
  • Provision of application and completion test data for functional cosmetics main examination from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-15

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for functional cosmetics review and reports for items exempt from review
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Veterinary medicines & devices

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of documents for veterinary medical device import business, item approval, and item notification, and coordination with a notary publicPermitNotificationPreparation of documents for veterinary medical device import business, item approval, and item notification, and coordination with a notary public · Official check · 23-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for veterinary medical device import business, item approval, and item notification, and coordination with a notary public
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check animal use and grade: Confirm the product is used only on animals for diagnosis, treatment, injury correction, examination or replacement of structure or function, or pregnancy control, then find its grade (1 to 4) in the product classification notified by the QIA head. If it is also used on humans it falls under the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety, so clarify the intended use first. · Decide the approval or report route: Grade 2, 3 and 4 products, and Grade 1 products not substantially equivalent to an already approved or reported product, need import approval; substantially equivalent Grade 1 products are handled by import report. The route decides whether Annex Form No. 5-2 or No. 5-4 and which attachments apply. · Prepare the import business license documents: Assemble the Annex Form No. 13-2 application, the facility and equipment specification needed for import and quality control, and two physician certificates for an individual representative (issued within 6 months), and attach an import approval application or import report for at least one product. For corporations, the official handling the file checks the corporate registry through shared government data. · Cross-check product and manufacturing-country documents: Check that product name, model, grade, materials, intended use, directions for use and test standards match across the application, technical document, test report, manufacturing certificate and sales certificate. Confirm both certificates were issued within 2 years of the application date, and obtain notarized originals from the manufacturing country in advance where they are required. · Submit to the QIA and respond to supplement requests: Once you submit the application and attachments, the QIA reviews the documents and technical document. Processing takes 10 days for the import business license and import report, and 10 to 80 days for import approval depending on the scope of review. If a supplement is requested, submit the additional material within the deadline. · Receive the license and prepare for customs clearance: If the QIA head finds the application in order, an import business license is issued. When importing, you must comply with the import and export guidelines for veterinary drugs, etc. and file a standard customs clearance pre-report by electronic trade document with the documents the QIA head specifies, so confirm the required documents before shipment.

5Basic required documents

Veterinary medical device import business license application (Annex Form No. 13-2 of the Rules on Handling Veterinary Drugs, Etc.) · Veterinary medical device import approval application (Annex Form No. 5-2) or import report (Annex Form No. 5-4, for substantially equivalent Grade 1 products) · Facility and equipment specification needed for import and quality control · Two physician certificates of the representative (not mentally ill or a drug addict; issued within 6 months; not required for corporations) · Product information (name, model, grade, shape, structure, materials, performance, intended use, directions for use, storage method, shelf life, precautions, test standards) · Technical document, safety and efficacy review materials, and test report from a designated testing institution (approval products) · Manufacturing certificate from the producing country's government and sales certificate from the licensing or registration country's government (issued within 2 years of application; including notarized manufacturing-country originals where required) · Power of attorney (for submission by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare import licenses for veterinary medical devices and product approval/report documents. We compare the provided technical data with the country of manufacture certificate and guide you through the necessary document authentication procedures and coordination with a notary public.

Scope & fee
Import business permit or notification: 1 product subject to notification
We will prepare an import business license for 1 company and reporting documents for 1 item of animal medical device to be reported. Facilities, quality manager, and completed technical data are provided, but testing, technology development, product approval review, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Veterinary medical device import business permit only
We will prepare the import license documents for veterinary medical devices for 1 company. Proof of facility, quality manager, etc. is provided, but reporting, certification, permission, GMP, testing, and on-site visit for each item are not included.
Official fee source ↗
For a licensed importer: 1 veterinary medical device product subject to notification only
We will prepare a declaration form for 1 item of animal medical device subject to reporting from 1 licensed importer. Completed technical data is provided, and business license, approval review items, testing, and GMP are separate.
Official fee source ↗
For a licensed importer: administrative documents for product approval of 1 veterinary medical device
We will prepare administrative documents for 1 item of veterinary medical device subject to approval from 1 licensed importer. Completed technology, testing, and quality data are provided, but new technical document development, testing, clinical trials, overseas document acquisition, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Import business permit or notification: 1 product subject to notification from KRW 500,000
  • Veterinary medical device import business permit only from KRW 400,000
  • For a licensed importer: 1 veterinary medical device product subject to notification only from KRW 400,000
  • For a licensed importer: administrative documents for product approval of 1 veterinary medical device from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of documents for veterinary medical device import business, item approval, and item notification, and coordination with a notary public
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of veterinary drug wholesaler licence and veterinary quasi-drug import-business notification documentsPermitNotificationPreparation of veterinary drug wholesaler licence and veterinary quasi-drug import-business notification documents · Official check · 23-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of veterinary drug wholesaler licence and veterinary quasi-drug import-business notification documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm items handled and the permit scope: Decide whether only veterinary drugs are handled, whether human drugs will also be sold, and whether veterinary quasi-drugs will be imported. Handling human drugs as well changes the warehouse area standard, so fix the business scope first. · Check the office and warehouse: Under Article 45(2)(ii) of the Act, a warehouse handling only veterinary drugs must be at least 33㎡. Confirm the area and storage layout with the lease, building register use and floor plan, and ask the local government about detailed facility standards in advance. · Prepare qualification documents for the representative and managing pharmacist: Both obtain a physician's certificate showing they do not fall under Article 5, subparagraphs 1 and 3 of the Act. If the representative is a pharmacist who manages the business directly, no separate managing pharmacist documents are submitted. · Prepare and submit the wholesaler permit application: Submit the application (Form No. 14) with the certificates, the articles of incorporation for a corporation, and a list of delivery vehicles and equipment to the Mayor, County Governor or District Head of the business location. After the local government checks the site, a permit (Form No. 15) is issued. · Prepare the import business report and import manager documents: To import quasi-drugs, submit the import business report (Form No. 12-2) with two physician's certificates, the import manager approval or qualification documents, and a facility and equipment statement for import and quality control to the Director of the Animal and Plant Quarantine Agency. Aquatic-only items fall under the National Fishery Products Quality Management Service. · Prepare item import permit or report documents: Together with the import business report, a permit application or import report must be filed at the same time for at least one item. Oral care, disinfectant and similar quasi-drugs need an import permit, while fiber and rubber products need an import report, so prepare manufacturing and sales certificates (issued within two years) per item.

5Basic required documents

Veterinary drug wholesaler permit application (Form No. 14 of the Rules on Handling of Veterinary Drugs) · Physician's certificates for the representative and managing pharmacist (not falling under Article 5, subparagraphs 1 and 3 of the Act) · Copy of pharmacist license (if consent to administrative data sharing is not given) · Articles of incorporation (for a corporation) · List of delivery vehicles and equipment · Lease of the office and warehouse, building register and warehouse floor plan (to confirm area of at least 33㎡) · Veterinary drug and quasi-drug import business report (Form No. 12-2) and import manager approval or qualification documents · Facility and equipment statement for import and quality control, and manufacturing and sales certificates per item

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare documents for the necessary procedures for veterinary drug wholesaler licensing and veterinary drug quasi-drug importation, product approval, and reporting. The first import business report will be prepared along with the application for the required items.

Scope & fee
Only licensed as a wholesaler of veterinary medicines
We will prepare and submit the veterinary drug wholesaler license application form and attached documents for 1 business location. Medical certificates from the managing pharmacist and representative, as well as facility, warehouse, and equipment data are provided, and import work, product application, pharmacist appointment, facility construction, and on-site visits are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Importation of veterinary quasi-drugs and simultaneous reporting of 1 quasi-drug item subject to reporting
We will prepare the first import business report of veterinary quasi-drugs for 1 company and the item report for 1 type of product. This is the standard for providing 25 pages of basic proof and proof of finished ingredients, testing, safety, and country of manufacture. Technical data development, testing, overseas certification acquisition, translation, notary costs, and on-site visits are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Simultaneous application for 1 quasi-drug item subject to animal quasi-drug import/permission report
We will prepare the first import report of veterinary quasi-drugs for 1 company and item approval for 1 type of product. The standard is to receive 25 pages of basic proof, 30 pages of additional proof of approval review, and proof of completed ingredients, testing, safety, and country of manufacture. Technical data development, testing, overseas certification acquisition, translation, notary costs, and on-site visits are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Import declaration only for 1 item subject to notification of veterinary quasi-drugs by a previously notified importer
We will prepare and submit a product declaration document for 1 type of quasi-drug product for animals from 1 company that has already completed the import business report. This is the standard for providing 30 pages of basic proof and proof of finished ingredients, testing, safety, and country of manufacture. It does not include technical data development, testing, overseas certification acquisition, translation, notary public expenses, on-site visits, and new reports on import businesses.
Official fee source ↗
Only administrative documents for import permission for 1 item subject to approval for veterinary quasi-drugs by a previously reported importer
We will prepare and submit product approval documents for 1 type of quasi-drug product for veterinary use for 1 company that has already completed the import business report. The standard is to receive 30 pages of basic proof, 30 pages of additional proof of approval review, and proof of completed ingredients, testing, safety, and country of manufacture. It does not include technical data development, testing, overseas certification acquisition, translation, notary public expenses, on-site visits, and new reports on import businesses.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Only licensed as a wholesaler of veterinary medicines from KRW 300,000
  • Importation of veterinary quasi-drugs and simultaneous reporting of 1 quasi-drug item subject to reporting from KRW 600,000
  • Simultaneous application for 1 quasi-drug item subject to animal quasi-drug import/permission report from KRW 600,000
  • Import declaration only for 1 item subject to notification of veterinary quasi-drugs by a previously notified importer from KRW 400,000
  • Only administrative documents for import permission for 1 item subject to approval for veterinary quasi-drugs by a previously reported importer from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Veterinary Quasi-Drug Manufacturing Business Report 📘 Importing Pet Wipes for Dogs: Veterinary Quasi-Drug Classification, Import Business Report and Korean Labeling
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Agricultural inputs & animal feed

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Imported Agricultural Machinery Inspection ApplicationCertificationImported Agricultural Machinery Inspection Application · Official check · 24-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameImported Agricultural Machinery Inspection Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check whether the model is covered: Compare each model and type with Annex 4 of the Enforcement Rule to see whether it falls under the comprehensive inspection or the safety inspection, and check whether it is exempt because it is for research and development or export. · Cross-check the foreign manufacturer's materials: Match the type name, engine output, weight and dimensions across the manufacturer's catalog, specification sheet and nameplate photos, and check whether the same type has already received a conforming decision, to remove grounds for return in advance. · Prepare the application and performance statement: Prepare the inspection application (Form No. 2) and the specification and performance statement, and organize the exterior drawing and user manual. For agricultural tractors, combines and agricultural forklifts, attach a copy of the engine emission certificate; for a change inspection, prepare a document describing the change and its reason. · Submit to the Agency and respond to supplement requests: The administrative office submits the application and attachments together with the product for inspection to the Korea Agriculture Technology Promotion Agency on your behalf and explains the fee payment. If a supplement is requested, supplementary documents with figures matched to the same manufacturer data are prepared and filed. · Inspection testing: The Agency tests structure, performance and safety under the published inspection standards. Machinery that must be tested in fields or on site may be delivered at the time of testing, and any period during which the Agency requests materials or a performance test site is excluded from the processing period. · Receive the report and follow-up: After receiving a conforming inspection report, the importer attaches the inspection certificate label to machinery of that type, and collects the product submitted for inspection within 30 days of notice. If the trade name, principal office address or type name changes, a change report is filed with the Agency within 30 days.

5Basic required documents

Agricultural machinery inspection application (Enforcement Rule of the Agricultural Mechanization Promotion Act, Form No. 2) · Specification and performance statement, 1 copy · Exterior drawing of the agricultural machinery, 1 copy · User manual, 1 copy · Copy of the engine emission certificate or individual vehicle engine emission certificate (agricultural tractors, combines and agricultural forklifts) · Document describing the change and its reason (change inspection) · Test report issued by an accredited testing institution (when replacing the comprehensive inspection for large machinery or omitting inspection items) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for Agricultural Machinery Inspection
View full service guide Send your case
02 Feed Manufacturing Business Registration and Feed Component RegistrationRegistrationFeed Manufacturing Business Registration and Feed Component Registration · Official check · 24-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameFeed Manufacturing Business Registration and Feed Component Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm whether registration is required: Manufacturing feed (including mixing, blending and processing) for sale or supply requires registration. First check whether the case involves designated single-ingredient or supplementary feed made from by-products of farming, grain processing or food manufacturing below the prescribed scale, and decide whether the feed is single-ingredient, formula or supplementary feed. · Check the facility standards: Install mixing, grinding, heating and other facilities that meet the standards for each type of feed, and summarize their layout and specifications in a facility outline. Manufacturers of food, health functional food or veterinary drugs who make part of their own products into feed are not separately subject to the feed facility standards. · Apply for registration and facility inspection: Submit the feed manufacturing business registration application with the facility outline to the city or province where the facility is located. If single-ingredient feed is made in mobile facilities such as fishing vessels, submit it to the city or province of the main office or the main port of call. The city or province inspects the facility and issues a registration certificate if it meets the standards. · Register feed components: For each feed to be manufactured, submit a feed component registration application with the names of the raw materials, a raw material mixing ratio table (for formula and mixed feed) and a description of the manufacturing process to the city or province, and receive a feed component registration certificate. The feed can be sold only after component registration. · Change and succession reports after registration: Changes to designated manufacturing facilities require a change report, and the city or province notifies acceptance within 10 days. Suspension, closure and resumption of business also require reports, and a person who acquires the business or all manufacturing facilities through auction submits a manufacturing business succession report within 30 days of succession.

5Basic required documents

Feed manufacturing business registration application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rules of the Control of Livestock and Fish Feed Act) · Facility outline (layout and specifications of mixing, grinding, heating and other manufacturing facilities) · Feed component registration application (Form No. 6 or No. 7 of the Enforcement Rules of the Control of Livestock and Fish Feed Act) · Document listing the names of the raw materials used · Raw material mixing ratio table (formula feed, mixed single-ingredient feed, mixed supplementary feed, etc.) · Description of the feed manufacturing process · Proof of the manufacturing facility location (building register, lease agreement, etc.) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Feed Manufacturing Business Registration and Feed Ingredient Registration
View full service guide Send your case
03 Fertilizer import-business notifications and review of official fertilizer specifications and composition-analysis reportsNotificationFertilizer import-business notifications and review of official fertilizer specifications and composition-analysis reports · Official check · 24-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameFertilizer import-business notifications and review of official fertilizer specifications and composition-analysis reports
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check the official specification and fertilizer type: First confirm which fertilizer type in the official specification notified by the Minister of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs the imported product falls under. Fertilizer without a notified specification cannot be imported, stored, displayed, sold, distributed or supplied until one is set (except for test or research use), and the report is filed by fertilizer type, so multiple products are prepared separately. · Organize manufacturing process and raw-material documents: Obtain the manufacturing process, raw materials and input ratios from the overseas manufacturer and organize them by fertilizer name. Also check at this stage whether the input ratios are within the tolerances in Table 1 of the Enforcement Rule (or the ratios set in the official specification) to reduce supplementation requests after filing. · Prepare the component analysis report and cultivation test report: The analysis of guaranteed components, harmful components and other specifications must be performed by a testing institute designated and notified by the Rural Development Administration using the notified quality inspection method. For fertilizers whose official specification requires cultivation test results, a cultivation test report from the same type of institute is also prepared, and foreign-language documents are translated. · Prepare the report form: Enter the reporter's details, the business location (including the storage warehouse), the type and name of the imported fertilizer, the guaranteed and harmful component amounts and the country of import on Form No. 13 of the Enforcement Rule. The fee set by the municipal ordinance of the city, county or district is paid when filing. · Submit and respond to supplementation: Submit the report and attachments to the fertilizer department of the city, county or district office with jurisdiction over the business location. The office must notify acceptance or an extension of the processing period within 7 days of receipt, and after checking that the fertilizer meets the official specification and standards and that no restriction applies, it issues the fertilizer import business report certificate (Form No. 15). If supplementation is requested, the documents are completed within the given period. · Reports after filing (change, suspension, closure, succession): A change or closure must be reported within 30 days from the date it arises, using the change report (Form No. 11) or closure report (Form No. 16) with the report certificate attached. A change of raw materials or addition of a fertilizer name requires the analysis documents to be attached again, a suspension of 6 months or more must be reported in advance, and a successor by inheritance, transfer or merger must file the succession report (Form No. 17-2) within 30 days of succession.

5Basic required documents

Fertilizer import business report (Form No. 13 of the Enforcement Rule of the Fertilizer Control Act) · Documents on the manufacturing process, raw materials and input ratios (prepared by fertilizer name, from the overseas manufacturer) · Component analysis report for guaranteed components, harmful components and other specifications (issued by a testing institute designated and notified by the Rural Development Administration) · Cultivation test report (only for fertilizers where the official specification requires cultivation test results) · Documents confirming the business and storage warehouse locations (such as a lease agreement) · For a change report: fertilizer import business change report (Form No. 11 of the same Rule) and the existing report certificate · For a closure or suspension report: fertilizer import business closure (suspension) report (Form No. 16 of the same Rule) and the report certificate · For succession: succession report of a fertilizer producer or importer (Form No. 17-2 of the same Rule) with proof of heirship, a copy of the transfer agreement or a copy of the merger agreement

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We review the official fertilizer specifications and manufacturing/component analysis data of imported fertilizers and prepare and submit import business reporting documents. If you need test data, we will also help you prepare the test agency request documents.

Scope & fee
Fertilizer import business report and component analysis data provided
We prepare and submit an import business report document by comparing approximately 22 pages of provided data, including the manufacturing process, raw materials, input ratio and test report of 1 type of imported fertilizer. The necessary ingredient analysis report and cultivation test report are provided, but actual testing, new process standard setting, translation, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Prepare fertilizer testing agency request data and report on import business
We prepare approximately 22 pages of technical data from the manufacturer of 1 type of fertilizer, along with a testing agency request document and follow-up import report documents. It includes basic contact information related to the test schedule and results, and the actual ingredient analysis, cultivation test, sample transportation, new official fertilizer specifications, on-site visit, and institutional expenses are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Fertilizer import business report and component analysis data provided from KRW 300,000
  • Prepare fertilizer testing agency request data and report on import business from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Fertilizer Import Business Report
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Financial business registration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Policy Fund Loan Application DocumentsApplicationPolicy Fund Loan Application Documents · Official check · 25-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePolicy Fund Loan Application Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm the agency and fund type: SMEs under the Framework Act on Small and Medium Enterprises look at KOSME policy funds, and micro enterprises with fewer than 5 regular employees (fewer than 10 in mining, manufacturing, construction and transportation) in principle look at SEMAS policy funds. Each fund, such as innovative startup commercialization, new market entry support or emergency management stabilization, differs in business-age requirements and in the split between facility and working capital, so the right fund is chosen from that year's notice. · Advance check of loan restriction grounds: Before applying, check whether the business is suspended or closed, national or local tax arrears, registered credit information such as overdue payments or default, whether the industry is excluded, and whether the debt ratio exceeds the industry threshold. A past history of using working capital for other purposes or applying by false or fraudulent means restricts loans for the period set in the notice, so the history is reviewed as well. · Online application and policy priority evaluation: Log in to the agency website with the company's own account, select the competent regional headquarters or branch and the available fund, consent to information sharing and enter company information. A policy priority evaluation that considers each office's budget and application volume decides whether the company is given a screening opportunity, and application schedules are announced separately by each branch. · Preparing the business plan and application documents: Once given a screening opportunity, submit the loan application, business plan and supporting documents by the set deadline. The business description, product and technology competitiveness, market and sales plan, hiring plan, fund use plan and repayment plan are written to match the financial statements, and for facility funds the amounts in quotations and contracts are matched to the required funds in the plan. · Responding to the company evaluation: The agency evaluates technology, business viability, future growth potential, management capability and the soundness of the business plan through an on-site visit or remotely. Materials are bundled by item so that the basis of sales, major customers and equipment investment can be explained with evidence, and any request for supplementation is answered with additional materials within the deadline. · Loan execution and follow-up after the decision: Once the loan is approved, it is executed either as a direct loan from the agency or as an agency loan through a bank, and an agency loan goes through the bank's separate collateral and guarantee review. After the loan, the use of funds is inspected, so working capital and facility funds must be used for the stated purpose and the evidence of use kept.

5Basic required documents

Policy fund loan application form (an agency form, not a statutory annexed form, completed on the website after a screening opportunity is given) · Business plan (business description, fund use plan, sales and hiring plan, repayment plan) · Certificate of business registration and, for corporations, certificate of corporate registration · Latest year-end financial statements and sales evidence such as a VAT tax base certificate · National and local tax payment certificates · Evidence of facility fund requirements (quotations, contracts, equipment specifications) · Technology and certification materials (patents, venture business confirmation, if applicable) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Apply for an SME Policy Fund Loan 📘 Tourism Promotion and Development Fund Loan Application
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of documents for registration, changes, online business notification, and advertising review for money-lending businessesRegistrationPreparation of documents for registration, changes, online business notification, and advertising review for money-lending businesses · Official check · 25-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for registration, changes, online business notification, and advertising review for money-lending businesses
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Determine the registration authority: If all business offices are in one city/province, register with that city/provincial governor. Corporations with offices in two or more cities/provinces, those purchasing and collecting loan receivables or brokering loans through a loan brokerage system, and those with assets over 10,000,000,000 won and outstanding loan receivables of 5,000,000,000 won or more at the end of the previous business year register with the Financial Services Commission. · Prepare equity capital: Secure equity capital (net assets for individuals) of at least the amount required for the business type and applicant category, and prepare supporting documents. The calculation method follows the Financial Services Commission's public notice, and because it is a registration requirement, the amount must be maintained throughout the registration period. · Secure a fixed place of business: Secure a right of use for 6 months or more, by ownership, lease or loan for use, in a building listed in the building register other than a detached house, multi-unit housing or lodging facility. A certified copy of the register or a copy of the lease serves as proof of the business office location. · Complete training and check disqualifications: The representative and the general business manager (for a corporate branch, the general business manager) complete the training within 6 months before the application date. If there is an unavoidable reason such as a natural disaster, illness, accident or an overseas business trip, the training may be completed within 1 month after registration; the grounds for disqualification of the representative and officers are checked at the same time. · Apply for registration and supplement: Submit the money lending business registration application with proof of the business office location, a copy of the training completion certificate, proof of equity capital, and proof of a security deposit or insurance or mutual aid coverage. If the entries differ from the facts, a supplement may be requested within a period of up to 30 days, and a registration certificate is issued once the registration requirements are met. · Renewal, change registration and closure report: To continue operating after the 3-year validity period, apply for renewal from 3 months to 1 month before the expiry date, and register any change in entries such as trade name, shareholders, officers, business office, advertising telephone number or equity capital within 15 days. Training must also be completed in advance when changing the representative or general business manager, and closure of the business must be reported.

5Basic required documents

Money lending business registration application (statutory form) · Proof of business office location (limited to a certified copy of the register or a copy of the lease) · Building register (to confirm the building is not a detached house, multi-unit housing or lodging facility) · Copy of the training completion certificate (representative and general business manager, for training within 6 months before the application date) · Proof of equity capital (proof of net assets for individuals) · Proof of a security deposit or insurance or mutual aid coverage · Corporations: certificate of corporate registration and a list of shareholders and investors (including shareholding ratios) and officers · Personal details of the representative, officers and general business manager and materials for checking grounds for disqualification

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare loan business registration, renewal, and change documents. Depending on the type of online business, we will classify and prepare the necessary reporting and loan advertisement review submission materials.

Scope & fee
New registration
We will prepare new registration documents for loan business and brokerage business for 1 business office. Proof of equity capital, workplace, education, and executives are provided, and capital raising, education, online reporting, and advertising review are separate.
Renewal or change registration
We will fill out the application documents for your choice of renewal or change registration at 1 branch. Proof of existing registration, renewal, and change is provided, and new registration, online reporting, and advertisement review are separate.
Online business conversion and money-lending registration amendment
We will prepare a change registration form for loan business following the conversion of 1 existing registered business to online. Registration certificate and change data are provided, and additional communication, location-based reporting, and advertisement review are selected separately if necessary.
Online expansion: value-added telecommunications business notification only
We will confirm whether 1 company is subject to reporting or exemption from value-added telecommunications business and prepare reporting documents. Business and facility data are provided, but changes to loan business, location-based reporting, and creation of a new technology plan are separate.
Online expansion: location-based service notification and protection plan
We will prepare a report for 1 type of location-based service and a 5-page business, facility, and personal location information protection plan. Technical structure is provided, and system development, security diagnosis, loan business changes, and additional communication reporting are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Online expansion: location-based and value-added telecommunications notifications and plans
We will prepare two reports for 1 company: location-based service and value-added communication business. We include 5 pages of business, facility, and protection plans according to the provided technical structure. System development, security diagnosis, loan business changes, and advertising review are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Prepare submission documents for money-lending advertising review
We will check the review targets and required markings for 1 loan advertisement and prepare the submission materials. Advertising text and registration materials are provided, but advertising production, filming, registration changes, and other business reports are separate.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • New registration from KRW 300,000
  • Renewal or change registration from KRW 300,000
  • Online business conversion and money-lending registration amendment from KRW 300,000
  • Online expansion: value-added telecommunications business notification only from KRW 300,000
  • Online expansion: location-based service notification and protection plan from KRW 500,000
  • Online expansion: location-based and value-added telecommunications notifications and plans from KRW 600,000
  • Prepare submission documents for money-lending advertising review from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of documents for registration, changes, online business notification, and advertising review for money-lending businesses 📘 How to Submit the Money Lending Business Status Survey Report 📘 Credit Business Change Registration Within 15 Days
View full service guide Send your case
03 Quasi-Investment Advisory Business ReportNotificationQuasi-Investment Advisory Business Report · Official check · 25-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameQuasi-Investment Advisory Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Review the business model: Only one-way advice to many people, without assuming any individual investor, counts as a quasi-investment advisory business. If paying members can ask and get answers in a chat room, receive one-to-one consultations or get instructions on specific stocks, the business requires investment advisory registration, so check the channel settings first. · Check disqualifications: A report may not be accepted from a person sentenced to a fine or heavier punishment under financial laws, the Door-to-Door Sales Act or the E-Commerce Consumer Protection Act until 5 years have passed since the sentence was completed or waived (including officers of a corporation), or within 1 year of reporting closure or 5 years of an ex officio cancellation. · Complete the KOFIA training: The individual filer or the corporate representative attends the Association's in-person training within 1 year before the planned filing date and receives a certificate showing the completion date. Sessions can fill up early, so apply for training ahead of the planned filing date. · Prepare the report and attachments: On Form No. 23 of Separate Form Book 1 of the Detailed Enforcement Rules of the Regulation on Financial Investment Services, enter the information service names, delivery channels, service fees and refund terms and staff details, and attach the office contract, business plan, legal compliance pledges and membership agreement. · File with the FSS and revise advertising: The report is submitted to the Financial Supervisory Service. Advertisements must state that individual consultation and fund management are not available, that principal losses belong to the investor and that the business is not a licensed financial investment firm, and must not promise returns or show unrealized returns. · Change reports and 5-year renewal: Closure, a change of name or location, or a change of representative or officers must be reported within 2 weeks. To continue after the validity period, submit a renewal report with a copy of the training certificate between 3 months and 1 month before expiry; a closure report to the tax office or cancellation of the business registration can lead to ex officio cancellation of the report.

5Basic required documents

Quasi-investment advisory business report (Form No. 23 of Separate Form Book 1, Detailed Enforcement Rules of the Regulation on Financial Investment Services) · Copy of the KOFIA training certificate (completed within 1 year before filing) · Office and facility contracts (lease agreement, etc.) · Business registration certificate · Summary business plan by information service name and by delivery channel · Legal compliance pledges from the filer (representative) and staff · Membership agreement (including service fees and refund terms) · Copy of the representative's ID; for corporations, the corporate register certificate and officers' ID documents

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Quasi-Investment Advisory Business Report in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
04 Financial business registration · 25-4RegistrationFinancial business registration · 25-4 · Official check · 25-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameFinancial business registration · 25-4
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Review the current status and eligibility. · Organize core documents and evidence. · Confirm the authority, filing method, and deadline.

5Basic required documents

Notice or official letter · Identification · Supporting evidence · Previous filings or receipt

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Online Investment-Linked Finance (P2P Lending) Registration Requirements and Documents 📘 Electronic Financial Business Registration
View full service guide Send your case
05 Money Changer RegistrationRegistrationMoney Changer Registration · Official check · 25-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameMoney Changer Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Choose the method and the customs office: Choose among general, unmanned exchange machine and online methods, or combine them. For unmanned machine and online methods, the Seoul Customs Office has jurisdiction if the head office is in Seoul, and multiple premises under different customs offices can be registered together at the customs office for the head office. · Check a foreign applicant's status of stay: Foreign nationals may operate only within the scope of activities allowed by their status. F-5 (Permanent Residence) has no activity limits, F-6 (Marriage Migrant) and some F-2 (Residence) types have no employment limits, and D-8 (Corporate Investment) or D-9 (Trade Management) holders should compare the business with the scope of their own status. · Prepare premises and computer equipment: The registration requirements are premises needed for money changing and computers or similar equipment for reporting the exchange ledger and submitting data. Unmanned machine and online methods need information processing and security systems approved by the Commissioner of the Korea Customs Service, and the online method needs a third-party escrow or a performance deposit of at least 100 million won. · Submit the application: Enter the name, business location and scope of money-changing business on the Money Changing Business Registration Application (Separate Form No. 3-1 of the Foreign Exchange Transaction Regulations), attach proof of premises such as the building register certificate and file it with the competent customs office; electronic filing through the money changer management system is also available. · Supplementation, site check and certificate: The head of customs may request additional documents or inspect the premises if needed, and checks a copy of the registration license tax receipt before issuing the certificate. For unmanned machine and online methods, the Korea Customs Service separately reviews the computer systems. · Ongoing duties and changes or closure: Display the money-changing sign in Korean and a foreign language, the registration certificate and each business day's exchange rates, and report the designated foreign exchange bank to customs. Submit copies of the exchange ledger by the 10th of the month after each half-year, report a change of name or location or a closure 7 days in advance, and close and newly register if the business registration number changes.

5Basic required documents

Money Changing Business Registration Application (Separate Form No. 3-1 of the Foreign Exchange Transaction Regulations, with the chosen method) · Proof of premises (building register certificate, lease agreement, etc.) · Copy of the business registration certificate · For corporations: corporate register certificate and list of officers · For foreign applicants: copy of passport and alien registration card (to check status of stay) · Proof of computer equipment (computers for recording and reporting the exchange ledger; for unmanned machine and online methods, a description of the information security system) · For the online method: terms and conditions, and proof of escrow or a performance deposit or guarantee insurance · Copy of the registration license tax receipt (submitted before the certificate is issued)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register as a Money Changer in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
06 Financial business registration · 25-6RegistrationFinancial business registration · 25-6 · Official check · 25-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameFinancial business registration · 25-6
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Review the current status and eligibility. · Organize core documents and evidence. · Confirm the authority, filing method, and deadline.

5Basic required documents

Notice or official letter · Identification · Supporting evidence · Previous filings or receipt

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Individual Investment Association Registration
View full service guide Send your case
07 Financial business registration · 25-7RegistrationFinancial business registration · 25-7 · Official check · 25-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameFinancial business registration · 25-7
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Review the current status and eligibility. · Organize core documents and evidence. · Confirm the authority, filing method, and deadline.

5Basic required documents

Notice or official letter · Identification · Supporting evidence · Previous filings or receipt

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Investment Advisory and Discretionary Investment Business Registration
View full service guide Send your case
08 Startup Accelerator (Changeop Gihoekja) RegistrationRegistrationStartup Accelerator (Changeop Gihoekja) Registration · Official check · 25-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameStartup Accelerator (Changeop Gihoekja) Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of SMEs and Startups
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of SMEs and Startups

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check the applicant type and capital: Apply the KRW 100 million capital standard for a commercial company or the KRW 50 million contribution standard for a non-profit corporation or cooperative, and confirm that a non-profit corporation or cooperative can keep separate accounts for this business. · Review officer disqualifications and professional staff: Check whether any officer is an undischarged bankrupt or within 5 years of a sentence for violating financial laws, and match the 2 full-time professional staff against the qualifications in Article 13 of the Enforcement Decree (such as 3 or more years of investment review or startup incubation experience) using career and degree certificates. · Prepare incubation space, business plan and conflict-of-interest rules: Organize evidence of how the incubation office is secured (ownership, lease or use agreement), and draft a business plan covering selection, incubation and investment in early-stage startups along with rules preventing conflicts of interest among investors. · Submit the registration application: File the accelerator registration application with KISED, attaching a copy of the articles of incorporation, the business plan, officer résumés, the shareholder or investor register, proof of paid-in capital, and documents on professional staff and facilities, and add materials if a supplement is requested during review. · Post-registration amendments and investment duty: Once the requirements are met, a registration certificate is issued; afterwards, changes to the corporate name, location, representative and officers, paid-in capital or full-time staff must be filed as an amended registration within 14 days of the change. The duty to invest at least 40 percent of total investment in early-stage startups must also be managed.

5Basic required documents

Startup accelerator registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Venture Investment Promotion Act, Annex Form No. 5) · Copy of the articles of incorporation · Business plan (selection, incubation and investment plan for early-stage startups and conflict-of-interest prevention system) · Officer résumés and shareholder or investor register (companies and cooperatives only) · Non-profit corporation establishment permit or other proof of non-profit status (non-profit corporations only) · Proof of paid-in capital (account balance certificate for companies; proof of contributed or invested assets for non-profit corporations and cooperatives) · List of full-time professional staff and proof of qualifications (career and degree certificates, proof of four major social insurance enrollment) · Documents on facilities (proof of ownership, copy of lease or incubation space use agreement)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Start-up Planner (Accelerator) Registration Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
09 Money Lending Business Fact-Finding Survey ReportNotificationMoney Lending Business Fact-Finding Survey Report · Official check · 25-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameMoney Lending Business Fact-Finding Survey Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm the reporting obligation and deadline: Every money lender and loan broker that keeps its registration must report. The report as of June 30 is due by July 31, and the report as of December 31 is due by January 31 of the following year, to the city/province of registration; for businesses registered with the Financial Services Commission, the Commission has jurisdiction. · Reconcile records as of the reference date: Collect the list of loan contracts or brokerage records, borrowing contracts and bank statements, and the financial statements or trial balance as of the reference date. Check that the figures and dates in the registration certificate, corporate register, financial data and bank statements match, and organize the basis for the general status of the business office and the lending, brokerage and borrowing status. · Prepare the report (including no-activity businesses): Prepare it in the format prescribed by the Financial Services Commission. If there was no lending or brokerage during the period, enter 0 for the performance items and enter financial items such as capital and borrowings at their actual amounts. Overstating or understating performance is a false entry subject to an administrative fine. · Submit to the city/province: Submit the report to the competent city/provincial governor by the end of the month following the reference date. Omitting even some items is subject to an administrative fine, so check for blanks before submission, and keep a copy of the submitted report and supporting records for the next report and inspections. · Review maintaining, renewing or closing the registration: Registration may be cancelled after 6 months or more of continuous inactivity, and re-registration is barred for 5 years after cancellation and for 3 years after voluntary closure. To continue operating, apply for renewal from 3 months to 1 month before the expiry date. Transfer, acquisition or lending of the registration certificate is prohibited, so a business is handed over through a change of the corporation's shareholders and officers and a change registration within 15 days.

5Basic required documents

Report of money lenders, etc. (statutory form: format prescribed by the Financial Services Commission, Article 7-2 of the Enforcement Decree of the Act on Registration of Credit Business and Protection of Finance Users) · Copy of the money lending business registration certificate · Financial data as of the reference date (financial statements or trial balance, capital and borrowing details) · List of loan contracts or brokerage records (if there was activity) · Borrowing contracts and bank transaction statements · General status of the business office (location, officers and employees) · Corporate register certificate (for corporations) · Power of attorney (when the administrative agent prepares and submits on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case
10 How to Register a Lending Business with the Financial Services CommissionRegistrationHow to Register a Lending Business with the Financial Services Commission · Official check · 25-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Register a Lending Business with the Financial Services Commission
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether Financial Services Commission registration applies — Businesses that purchase and collect loan claims and businesses that broker loans through a loan brokerage system register with the Financial Services Commission. A loan brokerage system means setting up and running an internet bulletin board for loan brokerage that discloses or provides borrowers' personal information or the contact details of lenders and brokers. Businesses with offices in two or more cities or provinces, members of business groups subject to cross-shareholding restrictions, companies whose largest shareholder is a credit financial institution, and corporations with assets over 10,000,000,000 won and loan claims of 5,000,000,000 won or more at the end of the previous fiscal year must also register with the Financial Services Commission. · 2. Meet the equity, office and IT requirements — Equity must be at least 500,000,000 won for loan claim purchase and collection, 100,000,000 won for online loan brokerage, 30,000,000 won for other brokerage-only businesses, and 300,000,000 won for other lending businesses, and it must be maintained throughout the registration period. The office must be in a building listed in the building register, excluding detached houses, multi-unit housing and lodging facilities, with a right of use for at least 6 months. Online loan brokers also need information and communication equipment, data storage and loss prevention equipment, IT protection equipment, a system for handling personal information and responding to security incidents, at least 1 specialist to operate them, and a management plan. · 3. Major shareholder and officer requirements and training — Major shareholders must meet social credit requirements, such as having no fine or heavier sentence in the last 5 years for violating the lending business act, financial laws, the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act or the Punishment of Tax Offenses Act. The company may not also run a facilities-based telecommunications business, a speculative business, a hostess bar or entertainment bar business, or a multi-level marketing business. Training must be completed by the representative and the general business manager plus at least 10% of all officers and employees, and the training certificate submitted with the application must be from within 6 months before the application date. · 4. File the application and deposit the guarantee — Submit the registration application to the Financial Services Commission with proof of the office location, a copy of the training certificate, proof of equity, and proof of a guarantee deposit or insurance or mutual aid coverage. The guarantee for businesses registered with the Financial Services Commission is at least 50,000,000 won and must be kept for the registration period. If the application does not match the facts, a correction may be requested within a deadline of up to 30 days, and the registration fee is 100,000 won per office. · 5. Change registration, change of registering authority and company acquisition — If the trade name, shareholders and their stakes (except changes in investors holding 5% or less of total capital), officers, offices or advertising phone numbers change, file a change registration within 15 days of the change. If a business registered with a city or province starts loan claim purchase and collection or online loan brokerage so that the registering authority becomes the Financial Services Commission, it submits change application documents to its current registering authority within 15 days of the change. The registration certificate itself cannot be transferred, acquired or lent, so acquiring an existing corporation requires a change registration of shareholders and officers and a check of the major shareholder requirements.

5Basic required documents

Lending business registration application (Financial Services Commission form) · Proof of office location (registry certificate or copy of lease agreement) · Copy of training certificate (within 6 months before the application date) · Documents proving the required equity (financial statements, etc.) · Proof of guarantee deposit or insurance or mutual aid coverage (at least 50,000,000 won) · Corporate registration certificate and list of shareholders (holding over 1%), officers and general business managers · Online loan brokerage: status of IT facilities and systems, IT specialist details, IT facility management plan · Change registration or change of registering authority: change registration application and documents proving the change · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-06

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Register a Lending Business with the Financial Services Commission
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Telecommunications & digital businesses

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Conformity Assessment Application for Broadcasting and Communications Equipment (Certification and Registration)CertificationRegistrationConformity Assessment Application for Broadcasting and Communications Equipment (Certification and Registration) · Official check · 26-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameConformity Assessment Application for Broadcasting and Communications Equipment (Certification and Registration)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm the target category and assessment type: Check Annex 1 of the Notice to see whether the product falls under conformity certification, conformity registration, or self-declaration of conformity. Composite equipment combining certification-type and registration-type equipment follows the certification procedure, while registration-type equipment with a built-in certified wireless transmitting/receiving module may follow the registration procedure. · Secure technical documents and coordinate testing: Obtain the user manual, exterior photos, component layout, and circuit diagrams from the manufacturer. Testing is performed by a designated testing agency under Article 58-5 of the Radio Waves Act, and the applicant uses the resulting test report in the application. An overseas manufacturer without an address or business office in Korea must designate a domestic agent in writing to apply directly. · Prepare the identification code and application forms: First-time applicants complete the conformity assessment identification code application (Notice Form No. 2). For certification, attach a Korean user manual, test report, exterior drawings, component layout or photos, and circuit diagrams to the Conformity Certification Application (Form No. 1); for registration, prepare the Conformity Registration Application (Form No. 5) and the declaration of compliance with conformity assessment standards (Form No. 6). · Organize derivative model and agent documents: When applying for derivative models together, attach the list of derivative models and materials on their electrical circuits, structure, and additional functions. Equipment that selectively uses parts with identical characteristics from multiple suppliers requires a parts list and evidence of identical electrical characteristics, and an application by an agent requires the agent designation (power of attorney) form (Form No. 4). · Submit to the National Radio Research Agency and respond to requests for supplementation: Submit the application documents electronically to the Director of the National Radio Research Agency. Certification is reviewed for document adequacy, application of standards, and test report validity and processed within 5 days, and time spent verifying test report validity is not counted. A registration certificate is issued immediately for conformity registration, and certifications and registrations are published in the Official Gazette. · Labeling, record retention, and change reports: When selling, leasing, or displaying the equipment, including online listings, apply the conformity assessment mark to the equipment or its packaging. Registrants must retain test reports, circuit diagrams, user manuals, and similar records, and must file a conformity assessment change report (Form No. 10) when assessed matters such as the model name, trade name, or components change.

5Basic required documents

Conformity Certification Application (Notice on Conformity Assessment of Broadcasting and Communications Equipment, Form No. 1) or Conformity Registration Application (same Notice, Form No. 5) · Conformity assessment identification code application (same Notice, Form No. 2, for first-time applicants) · Test report (issued by the head of a designated testing agency, etc.) · User manual (Korean version, including product overview, specifications, configuration, and operating instructions) · Exterior drawings (photos showing the front, back, connection parts, and conformity mark), component layout or photos, and circuit diagrams (for certification) · Declaration of compliance with conformity assessment standards (same Notice, Form No. 6, for registration) · Derivative model list with circuit, structure, and function materials, and list of identical-characteristic parts with comparison materials (if applicable) · Agent designation (power of attorney) form (same Notice, Form No. 4, when a domestic agent or other agent applies)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Conformity Assessment for Broadcasting and Communications Equipment
View full service guide Send your case
02 Value-Added Telecommunications Business Report and Location-Based Service Business ReportNotificationValue-Added Telecommunications Business Report and Location-Based Service Business Report · Official check · 26-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameValue-Added Telecommunications Business Report and Location-Based Service Business Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check Whether Your Service Is a Value-Added Telecommunications Business — Value-added telecommunications services are telecommunications services that use telecommunications facilities to mediate others' communications or provide facilities for others' communications, other than basic services such as telephone and internet access. Beyond services named in the Act, such as online video services and app markets, any app or web service that lets users exchange information should be reviewed. Special types, such as special online service providers under the Copyright Act or businesses connecting text message sending systems, require a separate registration rather than a report. · 2. Check the 100,000,000 Won Capital Exemption — A business providing value-added telecommunications services over the internet with capital of 100,000,000 won or less is deemed to have reported. If investment or a capital increase pushes capital above 100,000,000 won, the business must report within 1 month from that date. Operating without a required report is punishable by imprisonment of up to 2 years or a fine of up to 100,000,000 won. · 3. Submit the Value-Added Telecommunications Business Report — Attach a statement of personal information protection measures if the service handles personal information, and a network configuration diagram if requested for a new type of service. If the documents are incomplete, a request for supplementation within a period of up to 10 days may be issued, and a report certificate is issued once the report is complete. The business must start within 1 year from the date of the report. · 4. File the Location-Based Service Business Report — To run a location-based service business targeting personal location information, submit the report form with a business plan, documents showing the main business facilities and their installation site, and documents proving location information protection measures to the Korea Media and Communications Commission. Small business owners and one-person creative enterprises may start without reporting, but to continue beyond 1 month they must report their trade name, main office address and type and content of business within 1 month of starting. Before providing the service, the required items must be stated in the terms of use and consent obtained from the data subject. · 5. Changes, Transfers and Closure After Reporting — For value-added telecommunications, a change report is needed when the trade name or address, representative or type of service changes, and a transfer or merger must be reported within 30 days of the contract. For location-based services, a change report is needed before changing the trade name, main office address or location information system, and simplified reporters must report within 1 month of the change. For both businesses, suspension or closure must be notified to users and reported at least 30 days before the planned date.

5Basic required documents

Value-added telecommunications business report form · Statement of personal information protection measures (if personal information is handled) · Network configuration diagram (if requested for a new type of service) · Location-based service business report form and a business plan describing the business and its operations · Documents showing the main business facilities (location information system) and their installation site · Documents proving location information protection measures · Proof of small business owner or one-person creative enterprise status (for simplified reporting) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-07

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Value-Added Telecommunications Business Report and Location-Based Service Business Report
View full service guide Send your case
03 Registering a Text Message Sending Business as a Special Value-Added Telecommunications Business and Transmission Qualification CertificationRegistrationRegistering a Text Message Sending Business as a Special Value-Added Telecommunications Business and Transmission Qualification Certification · Official check · 26-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameRegistering a Text Message Sending Business as a Special Value-Added Telecommunications Business and Transmission Qualification Certification
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the service is a special type of value-added telecommunications service — Providing a service that sends text messages by connecting a text message sending system directly or indirectly to a carrier's facilities falls under the special type of value-added telecommunications service in Article 2, Subparagraph 14, Item (b) of the Telecommunications Business Act. A company that only uses another operator's messaging service to send notices to its own customers has a different business structure, so applicability is checked first by reviewing the service structure diagram and contractual relationships. Operators registered under the former rules review their registration certificate and previous certification records to confirm whether they must re-register. · 2. Prepare the registration requirements and technical measures plan — The operator secures paid-in capital of at least 100,000,000 won, at least 1 dedicated employee other than the representative, a chief information security officer at executive or department-head level who is designated and publicly announced, and the telecommunications facilities and ancillary equipment needed to provide the service. The technical measures plan covers prevention of fraudulent subscription using another person's identity, caller number registration and management, blocking of text messages with falsely displayed numbers, keeping communication records for at least 1 year, inserting identification codes and preventing their forgery or alteration, and operating information security systems and vulnerability checks. A business plan and a user protection plan containing an internal personal information management plan and service terms are also prepared. · 3. Apply to the Korea Media and Communications Commission for transmission qualification certification — When the application form is filed with the Korea Media and Communications Commission together with documents proving that the certification standards are met, a document review and an on-site review are conducted, and the on-site review checks the text message sending system at the business site. The result is notified within 30 days from receipt, which may be extended once by up to 30 days for unavoidable reasons, and requests for supplementation set a period of up to 10 days. The certificate is issued within 7 days after the review is completed, and an applicant who disagrees with the result may request a re-review once within 30 days of notification. · 4. Apply for registration as a special value-added telecommunications business operator — The registration application is submitted to the competent radio management office under the Central Radio Management Office (for Incheon, the Seoul Radio Management Office) with the articles of incorporation (for corporations), documents proving the registration requirements, the business plan, the user protection plan and the transmission qualification certificate. If the documents are deficient, a request for supplementation within 10 days is issued, and once the requirements are confirmed, the registration certificate is issued within 30 days from the application date. The business must start within 1 year from the registration date. · 5. Regular inspections and change registration after registration — The Ministry of Science and ICT inspects compliance with the registration requirements, and the Korea Media and Communications Commission inspects whether the certification standards are maintained, once a year, by visit, in writing, by phone, by email and other means. Since the transmission qualification certification may be revoked if the certification standards are no longer met, changes in dedicated staff and security measure records are managed continuously. If the trade name, name or address, the representative, the type of service provided, or the address of the website that sends text messages changes, a change registration application is filed.

5Basic required documents

Transmission qualification certification application (Form No. 1 of the Notice on Transmission Qualification Certification Standards, etc.) · Special value-added telecommunications business operator registration application (Form No. 5 of the Ministry of Science and ICT Regulations on the Enforcement of the Telecommunications Business Act) · Articles of incorporation (for corporations, including corporations to be established) · Documents proving paid-in capital (for individuals, appraised value of business assets) of at least 100,000,000 won · Employment documents for dedicated staff and materials on the designation and public announcement of the chief information security officer · Technical measures implementation plan (fraudulent subscription prevention, caller number management, communication record retention, etc.) · Business plan and user protection plan (including internal personal information management plan and service terms) · Transmission qualification certificate issued by the Korea Media and Communications Commission (for the registration application) · Letter of authorization (when filed by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 1,000,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Registering a Text Message Sending Business as a Special Value-Added Telecommunications Business and Transmission Qualification Certification
View full service guide Send your case
04 Software Business Operator Report and General Status Management CertificateNotificationSoftware Business Operator Report and General Status Management Certificate · Official check · 26-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameSoftware Business Operator Report and General Status Management Certificate
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

1. Check the business field and who should apply — The application lists 4 business fields: computer-related services, package software development and supply, digital content development services, and database production and search services, and you may select several fields that you actually operate or plan to operate. The form's instructions show the industry codes used when bidding on Public Procurement Service projects (1468, 1426, 1469 and 1470) for each field. Choose fields that match both the industry required by the bid notice and the work the company actually does. · 2. Prepare the closing financial and staffing figures — The financial status section uses the figures from the most recent closed fiscal year, entering assets, liabilities, capital, sales, operating profit, net profit and R&D expenses in millions of won, with software sales stated separately. The number of regular employees is based on the previous year's closing, and the number of software engineers who fall under Article 2, Subparagraph 10 of the Software Promotion Act and Article 2 of its Enforcement Decree is entered as well. If all sales come from software business, mark full-time software business; otherwise mark combined business. · 3. Complete and submit the general status management application — On Form No. 25, the software business operator general status management application, enter the large or small and medium enterprise classification, whether the company belongs to a business group subject to cross-shareholding restrictions, and, if there was a business transfer or merger, the transferor company's details. If you consent to shared use of administrative information, the management institution checks the corporate register, business registration certificate, closing financial statement certificate and SME confirmation itself, and a mid-sized enterprise attaches its mid-sized enterprise confirmation. Applications can be filed online through SWIT (named the Software Industry Information Comprehensive Management System on the form). · 4. Receive the general status management certificate — Once the management institution verifies the application, it issues the software business operator general status management certificate under Form No. 27. The certificate shows the company name, representative, location, sales, number of regular employees and software engineers, business fields and the restriction amount for participation in public software project bids, based on the closing year. The certificate takes effect on the date of issue, and when a changed certificate is issued the earlier certificate loses effect. · 5. Register project performance and file change applications after closing — To have software project performance with public or private clients managed, submit Form No. 26, the project performance management application, with the contract and documents confirming the performance, classified as new, change or completed, and obtain the project performance certificate under Form No. 28 when needed. If any registered information changes, file a change application, with financial status based on the latest closing. If you do not file a change application reflecting the latest closing, the restriction amount for participation in public software project bids on the certificate is shown as unverifiable.

5Basic required documents

Software business operator general status management application (Enforcement Rule of the Software Promotion Act, Form No. 25) · Mid-sized enterprise confirmation (mid-sized enterprises only) · Other documents that objectively prove performance or changes in performance · Corporate register certificate, business registration certificate, latest closing financial statement certificate and SME confirmation (attach directly if you do not consent to shared use of administrative information) · For sole proprietors, the VAT tax base certificate (attach directly if you do not consent to shared use) · Software project performance management application (Enforcement Rule of the Software Promotion Act, Form No. 26) with the contract and performance confirmation documents (when registering performance) · Letter of authorization (if submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-30

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Software Business Operator Report and General Status Management Certificate
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Tourism & leisure businesses

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 General Travel Agency Change Registration (Conversion from Domestic or Domestic-Overseas Travel Agency)RegistrationGeneral Travel Agency Change Registration (Conversion from Domestic or Domestic-Overseas Travel Agency) · Official check · 27-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameGeneral Travel Agency Change Registration (Conversion from Domestic or Domestic-Overseas Travel Agency)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the registration standards: The capital requirement is 50 million won or more for a general travel agency and 30 million won or more for a domestic-overseas travel agency, and since the office must be in a building with a suitable use on the building register, recheck the current office as well. · Meet the capital requirement: A corporation that lacks sufficient capital completes the capital increase registration first, while a sole proprietor proves the capital requirement with a statement of business assets and supporting evidence. · Revise the business purposes: If the business purposes in the articles of incorporation do not include general travel business or wording that covers it, amend the articles and prepare the amended articles and corporate registration certificate for the application. · Increase the guarantee insurance: The coverage amount of travel agency guarantee insurance is set by business type and sales in the previous business year, so obtain a policy with coverage raised to the general travel agency standard. · Apply for the change registration: Within 30 days of the reason for the change arising, submit the change registration application, business plan, proof of capital and guarantee insurance policy to the city, county or district office. The financing plan in the business plan should match the financial statements and proof of capital to reduce requests for corrections. · After registration: Once the new tourism business registration certificate is issued, update the business type on the business registration, the website, travel terms and conditions, and business cards, and keep meeting the registration standards such as capital and guarantee insurance.

5Basic required documents

Tourism business change registration application · Corporate registration certificate and amended articles of incorporation (proof of the reason for change) · Proof of capital payment (corporation) or statement of business assets with supporting evidence (individual) · Travel agency guarantee insurance policy (coverage at the general travel agency standard) · Business plan (including estimated profit and loss, required funds and financing plan) · Office building register and lease agreement · Existing tourism business registration certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to File a Registration of Change from Domestic Travel Business to General Travel Business 📘 Travel Business Registration with a Foreign Representative
View full service guide Send your case
02 Tourism & leisure businesses · 27-2RegistrationTourism & leisure businesses · 27-2 · Official check · 27-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameTourism & leisure businesses · 27-2
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Review the current status and eligibility. · Organize core documents and evidence. · Confirm the authority, filing method, and deadline.

5Basic required documents

Notice or official letter · Identification · Supporting evidence · Previous filings or receipt

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Campground Business Registration Standards and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
03 Opening a Kids Cafe in KoreaNotificationOpening a Kids Cafe in Korea · Official check · 27-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameOpening a Kids Cafe in Korea
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the play facilities require a safety inspection — Trampolines, mini adventure play structures (including play spaces) with a riding height of 3 m or less and an installed area of 120 m² or less, mini air bounces of the same limits, and mini slides 10 m or shorter with a riding height of 2 m or less are not subject to the safety inspection. If you install only such facilities, you file an Other Theme Park Business report. Adventure play structures or air bounces above these limits, or rides such as bumper cars, require a General Theme Park Business permit, so sort the equipment by its specification sheets first. · 2. Meet the floor area and facility standards — An indoor Other Theme Park Business needs a building floor area of at least 40 m², at least one theme park facility not subject to the safety inspection, and a first-aid kit. The indoor business premises must be a separate building or be separated, partitioned or distinguished from facilities used for other purposes. If you also run a youth game provision business or internet computer game facility business in the same space, its area must be less than 50% of the reported area. · 3. Prepare the confirmation inspection, insurance and safety management plan — Before filing, obtain an inspection from a designated inspection body confirming that the facilities are not subject to the safety inspection, and receive the inspection report. Also prepare proof of insurance or mutual aid coverage and a safety management plan covering safety checks, emergency contacts, emergency response and periodic replacement of key parts. If the premises are leased, attach a copy of the lease agreement. · 4. File the Other Theme Park Business report with the city, county or district office — Submit the Other Theme Park Business report form with an outline of business facilities and equipment and the documents above to the mayor, county head or district head. The corporate register, resident registration abstract, building register and land use plan certificate are checked by the official through shared administrative information. Once the report is accepted, a theme park business report certificate is issued; if you plan to operate for less than 6 months, state that period on the form. · 5. Rest Restaurant business report and multi-use business safety facilities — To prepare and sell drinks or snacks, complete 6 hours of food hygiene training in advance, install the required facilities, and submit a Rest Restaurant business report to the city, county or district office. If children's play facilities are installed on the premises, attach the installation inspection certificate or periodic inspection certificate for children's play facilities. Because a kids cafe is a multi-use business, report the design documents to the fire station before installing safety facilities and obtain a certificate of completion of safety facilities once the work is finished.

5Basic required documents

Other Theme Park Business report form (Annex Form No. 17) · Outline of business facilities and equipment · Inspection report confirming the theme park facilities are not subject to the safety inspection · Proof of insurance or mutual aid coverage · Safety management plan (safety checks, emergency contacts, emergency response, parts replacement) · Copy of the lease agreement (if the building is leased) · Rest Restaurant business report form with food hygiene training certificate, and children's play facility installation inspection certificate (if installed) · Letter of authorization (for submission by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-07

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Opening a Kids Cafe in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
04 How to Report a Gym or PT Studio as a Sports Facility BusinessNotificationHow to Report a Gym or PT Studio as a Sports Facility Business · Official check · 27-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Report a Gym or PT Studio as a Sports Facility Business
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the business type and building use — There are 18 reportable sports facility business types, including yacht marinas, swimming pools, martial arts studios, golf practice ranges, fitness centers, billiard halls, virtual sports facilities, sports instruction businesses and artificial climbing walls. Fitness centers, golf practice ranges and similar facilities can use a Class 2 neighborhood living facility if the total floor area used for that purpose in the same building is under 500㎡, and must be in a building used as a sports facility if it is 500㎡ or more. For exercise types not named in the list, such as yoga or Pilates, whether a business type applies is checked with the city, county or district office based on the actual facilities and operation. · 2. Complete the facilities to the standards — The report is filed after the facilities are in place. A fitness center must have flooring that absorbs impact during exercise and the necessary equipment, such as a weighing scale, and the required facilities for each business type are set out in Annex 4 of the Enforcement Rule of the Installation and Utilization of Sports Facilities Act. If the building is under temporary use approval, a copy of the temporary use approval is submitted as well. · 3. Plan sports instructor staffing — Fitness centers and martial arts studios need at least 1 sports instructor for an exercise area of 300㎡ or less and at least 2 for more than 300㎡, and golf practice ranges need at least 1 for 20 to 50 bays and at least 2 for more than 50 bays. If the operator personally teaches with a sports instructor qualification for that sport, that many instructors need not be added. Failing to assign instructors or assigning unqualified persons is subject to an administrative fine of up to 1,000,000 won. · 4. Prepare and submit the report — The sports facility business report is submitted to the mayor, county governor or district head with proof of the right to use the property, such as a lease, if the building belongs to someone else, and a summary of facilities and equipment. The corporate registration certificate, building register and land register are checked by the official. The fee is set by city, county or district ordinance, and once accepted, a sports facility business report certificate is issued. · 5. Change reports and notice of suspension or closure — When reported details change, a change report is filed on the same form, and operating without a change report can lead to a closure order or a business suspension of up to 6 months. A person who acquires the business or inherits it succeeds to the rights and obligations under the sports facility business report. Members and other users must be notified of a suspension or closure at least 14 days before the planned date, and failure to notify is subject to an administrative fine.

5Basic required documents

Sports facility business report (change report) form (Enforcement Rule of the Installation and Utilization of Sports Facilities Act, Form No. 13) · Lease or other proof of the right to use the property (if the property belongs to someone else) · Summary of facilities and equipment · Copy of the temporary use approval (if the building is under temporary use) · Documents proving the changes (for a change report) · Copies of sports instructor certificates (to confirm staffing) · Letter of authorization (if submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report a Gym or PT Studio as a Sports Facility Business
View full service guide Send your case
05 Opening a Claw Machine Shop: Youth Game Arcade RegistrationRegistrationOpening a Claw Machine Shop: Youth Game Arcade Registration · Official check · 27-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameOpening a Claw Machine Shop: Youth Game Arcade Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the shop location and building use — A youth game arcade cannot operate in an absolute protection zone, which extends 50 meters in a straight line from a school gate, and in a relative protection zone, which extends 200 meters from the school boundary, registration may be applied for only after the regional educational environment protection committee reviews the case and decides to exclude the business from the prohibited activities and facilities. Protection zones around kindergartens and universities are not subject to this restriction. If the total floor area used for game-related facilities in the same building is less than 500 square meters, the building use must be Class 2 neighborhood living facility; if it is 500 square meters or more, it must be a sales facility. · 2. Prepare the facility standards and safety documents — The shop must have no private rooms or enclosed spaces, indoor lighting of at least 40 lux and transparent windows so the inside can be seen from outside, and the sign must show the registered business name. If the shop is on a floor covered by the multi-use business rules, such as a basement or the 2nd floor or above, a certificate of completion of safety facilities from the fire station is required; a shop on the 1st floor above ground or a floor directly at ground level whose main entrance connects directly to the outside ground is exempt. The electrical safety inspection certificate is checked by the official in charge through shared administrative information. · 3. Confirm the rating classification of the machines — A youth game arcade may only install games rated "All Ages" by the Game Rating and Administration Committee. When buying or leasing machines, obtain a copy of the rating classification certificate from the manufacturer or distributor and check that the rating label on the machine and its prize-dispensing device match what was rated. Installing a machine modified to differ from its rated content is punishable by imprisonment of up to 2 years or a fine of up to 20,000,000 won. · 4. Apply for registration at the city, county or district office — Submit the registration application to the city, county or district office for the business location, together with a copy of the lease (if leased) and an outline of business facilities, equipment and installations that includes the floor area and the types of game machines. The office checks the facility standards, whether a certificate of completion of safety facilities has been issued and whether an educational environment protection review was held; the form lists a processing period of 3 days, and the fee is set by local ordinance. Once the registration certificate is issued, post it where visitors can easily see it. · 5. Rules to follow while operating, and change registration — If machines that can award prizes exceed 20 percent of all machines in number and installed area, business hours are from 9 a.m. to 12 midnight, and minors may enter only from 9 a.m. to 10 p.m. unless accompanied by a guardian. A shop that gives prizes must prevent 1 person from using 2 or more machines at the same time and must post a notice of at least 50 cm by 50 cm covering minors' entry hours, prize-handling rules, business hours and similar items. If registered details such as the representative, business name, location or floor area change, apply for change registration; report succession within 30 days of taking over the business, and report closure within 7 days of closing.

5Basic required documents

Registration application for youth game arcade business and internet computer game facility business (Enforcement Rules of the Game Industry Promotion Act, Annexed Form No. 6) · Copy of the business premises lease (if leased) · Outline of business facilities, equipment and installations (including floor area and types of game machines) · Certificate of completion of safety facilities (if the floor and structure fall under the multi-use business rules) · Notice of the decision excluding the business from prohibited activities and facilities in the educational environment protection zone (if in a relative protection zone) · Electrical safety inspection certificate (submitted directly if the applicant does not consent to shared administrative information) · Copies of the rating classification certificates for the machines to be installed (reference material obtained from the manufacturer or distributor) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-10

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Opening a Claw Machine Shop: Youth Game Arcade Registration
View full service guide Send your case
06 Tourist Farm Business Plan Approval and Operator ReportApprovalNotificationTourist Farm Business Plan Approval and Operator Report · Official check · 27-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameTourist Farm Business Plan Approval and Operator Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm who may develop and the site size — A tourist farm may be developed only by farmers or fishers, the Korea Rural Community Corporation, agricultural, forestry and fisheries cooperatives and their federations, fishing village associations, and agricultural or fishery corporations. A farmer includes a person who manages or cultivates at least 1,000㎡ of farmland, sells at least 1,200,000 won of farm products a year, or works in farming for at least 90 days a year. The project must stay under 100,000㎡, so the site area is set first. · 2. Plan the facilities and the farming experience area — Farming experience facilities are mandatory, and the land and facilities used to produce farm or fishery products, such as planted fields, greenhouses and fish farms, must total at least 2,000㎡ and at least 20% of the approved development area. Natural forests, natural grassland and wildflower habitats do not count toward this area. Sales and food facilities must meet the Enforcement Rule of the Food Sanitation Act, and sports facilities must meet the Enforcement Rule of the Installation and Utilization of Sports Facilities Act. · 3. Prepare the business plan and apply for approval — The business plan, covering the name, location and size, the facility development plan and construction period, a land schedule with lot numbers, land categories and areas, a bird's-eye view, nearby tourism resources and road access, a funding plan by crop and facility, and the sale and operation plan, is submitted to the mayor, county head or district head. If the plan includes a building permit, development activity permit, farmland conversion permit or mountain land conversion permit, the approving authority consults the relevant agencies, and permits cleared through that consultation are deemed granted. The agencies must reply within 30 days of the consultation request, extendable by up to 10 days for unavoidable reasons. · 4. Apply for completion approval after construction — When construction is finished, the operator applies to the approving authority for completion approval with a statement of project costs, a facility layout and status map, a maintenance plan for major facilities, completion documents including photographs, and a before-and-after area schedule. Once the work is found to match the approved plan, completion approval is granted and the completion inspections for the deemed permits are treated as passed. Land and facilities may be sold or leased only after the completion inspection. · 5. File the rural tourism and recreation site business report — To operate, the operator files a business report with the mayor, county head or district head, attaching an operation plan covering use by crop and facility, product sales and operating funds, a floor plan of the business facilities, and a facility description. Once the report is accepted, a report certificate is issued, and the sports facility business, lodging or bathhouse business, and general restaurant, snack bar or bakery reports cleared through consultation are deemed filed. Any later change to the report requires a change report.

5Basic required documents

Tourist farm business plan (name, location, size, facility development plan and construction period) · Land schedule (lot number, land category, area) and bird's-eye view of facility layout · Funding plan by crop and facility, and sale and operation plan · Documents proving eligibility to develop (farmer confirmation, agricultural corporation registry certificate, etc.) · Rural tourism and recreation site business report and operation plan · Floor plan of business facilities and facility description form · Food sanitation training certificate (if a restaurant business is included) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-07

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Tourist Farm Business Plan Approval and Operator Report
View full service guide Send your case
07 International Conference Planning Business Registration Requirements and DocumentsRegistrationInternational Conference Planning Business Registration Requirements and Documents · Official check · 27-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameInternational Conference Planning Business Registration Requirements and Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the business must register — An international conference planning business is entrusted with planning, preparing and running international conferences that generate large-scale tourism demand. International conferences include seminars, discussion forums, exhibitions and corporate meetings, so event agencies that want to run forums or academic conferences are usually covered. Operating an international conference business without registration is punishable by imprisonment of up to 3 years or a fine of up to 30,000,000 won. · 2. Meet the capital and office standards — A corporation needs paid-in capital of 50,000,000 won or more, and an individual needs assets used for the business with an appraised value of 50,000,000 won or more. The applicant must own the office or have the right to use it, so a leased office is proven with the lease agreement. A corporation should also check before applying that its articles of incorporation and registered business purposes include the international conference planning business. · 3. Check disqualification grounds for the representative and officers — Persons under adult guardianship or limited guardianship, bankrupts who have not been reinstated, persons whose registration under the Tourism Promotion Act was revoked less than 2 years ago, and persons sentenced to imprisonment for violating the Act within the last 2 years after completing the sentence or still on probation cannot register. A corporation cannot register if even one officer falls under these grounds. Foreign representatives or officers prepare documents from their home country showing no disqualification, with an apostille or consular confirmation. · 4. Apply for tourism business registration at the city, county or district office — Submit the tourism business registration application with a business plan, proof of paid-in capital (for an individual, a list of business assets and supporting documents) and proof of the right to use the office to the city, county or district office with jurisdiction over the office. The official checks the corporate register and real estate register through administrative information sharing. If the standards are met, a tourism business registration certificate is issued, and the fee for a new registration is 30,000 won. · 5. Prepare for bidding and file change registrations after registration — After receiving the certificate, align the business registration category, and to take part in public event service contracts, add the international conference planning business to the Public Procurement Service bidding qualification registration. When the trade name, representative or office location changes, file a change registration application within 30 days from the date of the change, and after moving the office it may be filed with the office for the new location. When the business is acquired or merged, report the succession within 1 month from the date of succession.

5Basic required documents

Tourism business registration application · Business plan · Proof of paid-in capital (for an individual, a list of business assets and supporting documents) · Proof of ownership or right to use the office (lease agreement, etc., where it cannot be confirmed through the real estate register) · Document stating the names and resident registration numbers of the representative and officers · Proof of no disqualification for foreign representatives or officers (apostille or consular confirmation) · Proof of foreign investment (for foreign-invested companies) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-07

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 International Conference Planning Business Registration Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
08 Tourist Convenience Facility Business Designation ProcedureCertificationTourist Convenience Facility Business Designation Procedure · Official check · 27-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameTourist Convenience Facility Business Designation Procedure
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the business type and where to apply — First determine which type under Article 2(1)6 of the Enforcement Decree your business falls into. Tourist restaurants, tourist photography and passenger terminal facility businesses are designated by the regional tourism association, while tourist entertainment restaurants, tourist theater entertainment, foreigner-only entertainment restaurants, tourist circulation buses, tourist pensions, tourist tramways, tourist duty-free shops and tourism support services are designated by the mayor of a special self-governing city, governor of a special self-governing province, or the mayor, county head or district head. The tourist pension provision does not apply in Jeju Special Self-Governing Province. · 2. Check the prerequisite licenses — Designation as a tourist convenience facility business assumes the operator already holds the license for the underlying business. A tourist restaurant is applied for by a general restaurant operator under the food sanitation laws, a tourist pension by a person operating lodging facilities, a tourist circulation bus by a person holding a passenger transport business license or registration, and a tourist duty-free shop by a person holding a bonded store patent or duty-free store designation. A copy of that license is attached to the designation application. · 3. Check the designation standards for your type — Compare each item against Annex 2 of the Enforcement Rule. A tourist restaurant needs qualified cooking staff, a menu with at least one foreign language, and separate men's and women's restrooms with separate entrances, while a tourist pension needs a building of 4 floors or fewer, 30 rooms or fewer, cooking and lodging equipment, at least 1 type of amenity such as a barbecue area, and foreign-language signage. A tourism support service must meet one of the following: at least 50% of sales from transactions with tourists or tourism operators, a business site in a designated tourist destination or tourism complex, Korea Quality tourism certification, or selection as an outstanding tourism business, and it must also ensure tourist safety. · 4. Submit the designation application — Submit the tourist convenience facility business designation application (Form No. 21) with documents on the applicant's identity, a copy of the license for the business type, and a facility layout or photos with a floor plan. City, county and district offices check the corporate registration certificate and business registration certificate through shared administrative information, but for types delegated to tourism associations the applicant attaches these documents directly. The fee is 20,000 won. · 5. Receive the designation certificate and post the signs — If the application meets the designation standards, a tourist convenience facility business designation certificate (Form No. 22) is issued and the trade name, representative and location are entered in the designation register. After designation, the business may post the tourism business sign and the certificate, and a tourist restaurant may also post the tourist restaurant sign. If designated matters such as the trade name or location change, the change procedure must be followed.

5Basic required documents

Tourist convenience facility business designation application (Enforcement Rule of the Tourism Promotion Act, Form No. 21) · Document stating the name and resident registration number of the applicant (for a corporation, the representative and officers); for foreign nationals, documents proving no grounds for disqualification · Copy of the license, permit, patent, designation, registration or report certificate for the business type (only for businesses requiring such approval under other laws) · Facility layout or photos and floor plan · One of: an average sales review opinion, proof of location in a tourist destination or tourism complex, proof of Korea Quality certification, or proof of selection as an outstanding tourism business (tourism support services only) · Corporate registration certificate and business registration certificate (attached directly for types applied to a tourism association) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Tourist Convenience Facility Business Designation Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
09 China group-tour designated travel agency approval and renewalCertificationChina group-tour designated travel agency approval and renewal · Official check · 27-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameChina group-tour designated travel agency approval and renewal
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm general travel agency registration and eligibility — Only operators registered as a general travel agency under Article 4 of the Tourism Promotion Act may apply. If the business is registered as an overseas-and-domestic or domestic travel agency, it must first complete a change of registration to a general travel agency (capital of 50,000,000 won or more). If a previous designation was revoked, 2 years must pass from the date of revocation before applying again. · 2. Check the new designation and renewal evaluation notices — To designate agencies, the Minister must post the application period and method on the Ministry website (Enforcement Rule Article 21-2(2)). In 2026, the new designation notice was posted in January and the renewal evaluation notice in August. Evaluation items, scores and the submission method are confirmed in that year's notice. · 3. Prepare attachments and plans — Collect objective documents such as standard financial statement certificates for the last 4 years, the employment insurance roster issued within 1 month, and a copy of the guarantee insurance policy. Both a new designation and renewal require 5 plans: 3 plans for different group tour products, 1 marketing and tourist attraction plan, and 1 plan for responding to tourist absconding and safety accidents. Submit these with the record of foreign tourists attracted (Annex Form 24-3), following the applicable notice. We prepare the plans using the product itineraries, costs, selling prices, and marketing and safety-management information you provide. For renewal, we distinguish updating 5 completed existing plans from drafting all 5 plans anew. · 4. Submit the designation application and review — Submit the designated travel agency application (Annex Form 24-2) with the attachments to the Minister of Culture, Sports and Tourism. The processing period on the form is 60 days, and violations of the Tourism Promotion Act in the last 3 years are considered. Once designated, a designation certificate (Annex Form 24-5) is issued. · 5. Apply for renewal every 2 years — The designation is valid for 2 years. To continue, submit the same form (renewal box checked) with the same attachments as a new application no later than 90 days before the validity period ends. Renewal also requires all 3 product plans, 1 marketing and tourist attraction plan, and 1 absconding and safety response plan. If completed existing plans are provided, we update them to reflect current operations, prices, itineraries and performance records. If no existing plans are available or complete redrafting is needed, we quote separately for drafting all 5 required plans anew. If the requirements are met, a new designation certificate is issued no later than 30 days before the validity period ends.

5Basic required documents

Designated travel agency designation/renewal application (Enforcement Rule of the Tourism Promotion Act, Annex Form 24-2) · Copy of tourism business registration certificate (Annex Form 5 of the same Rule, general travel agency) · One of: copy of guarantee insurance policy, copy of mutual aid business guarantee, or certificate of business deposit with a tourism association · Standard financial statement certificates for the last 4 years (issued through the national tax information network) · Employment insurance workplace roster (issued within 1 month of the application deadline, all employees) · Resume of the applicant (for a corporation, each representative) · Proof of public tourism awards in the last 4 years, and documents on selection as an excellent travel business (if applicable) · Marketing and tourist attraction plan: 1 plan · Plan for responding to tourist absconding and safety accidents: 1 plan · Record of foreign tourists attracted (Annex Form 24-3) with certificates of attraction results · Plans for 3 different group tour products (1 copy of each, Annex Form 24-4)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 800,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Designation and Renewal of a Travel Agency Exclusively for Chinese Group Tourists
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Accommodation registration & reporting

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 General and residential lodging business report preparationNotificationGeneral and residential lodging business report preparation · Official check · 28-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameGeneral and residential lodging business report preparation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the business type: Without cooking facilities, report as a lodging business (general); with them, as a lodging business (residential). First check whether the premises fall under the excluded facilities in Article 2 of the Enforcement Decree of the Public Health Control Act, such as farm and fishing village homestays, foreign tourist urban homestays or hanok experience businesses. · Check building use and educational environment protection zones: Confirm that the building register shows lodging use and that the land use plan imposes no restriction. If the site is within 200m of a school boundary, ask the education office whether it is in the absolute or the relative protection zone. · Educational environment protection zone review: In a relative protection zone, apply to the superintendent of education (or head of the education office) for exclusion of the prohibited activity or facility, and proceed with the business report after receiving the regional educational environment protection committee's decision. The absolute protection zone is not eligible for review. · Check the standards for reporting part of a building: To run lodging in part of a building under collective ownership, the rooms must occupy separate floors, or there must be 30 or more rooms, or the business area must be at least one third of the building's total floor area. Also check whether a local ordinance relaxes these standards. · Facility and safety preparation and hygiene education: Meet the facility standards in Annex 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Public Health Control Act and install fire safety facilities under the fire safety laws, and check whether an electrical safety inspection or an LPG facility completion inspection is required. The business operator completes 3 hours of hygiene education before filing the report. · Business report and follow-up reports: File the report with the public health division of the competent city, county or district office and receive the business report certificate. If you took over an existing business, report the succession of status within 1 month; if you close, file a closure report within 20 days; while operating, complete hygiene education every year.

5Basic required documents

Lodging business report form (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Public Health Control Act) · Outline of business facilities and equipment · Hygiene education completion certificate (if education was completed before filing) · Proof of the right to use the business facilities and an insurance certificate or notarized document covering liability in common areas (when reporting part of a building under collective ownership) · Building register and land use plan confirmation (checked by the authority through shared administrative information) · Land and building registry certificates (when reporting part of a building, checked through shared administrative information) · Electrical safety inspection certificate and LPG facility completion inspection certificate (if subject to inspection) · Notice of the decision excluding the prohibited activity or facility in an educational environment protection zone (for relative protection zones)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We maintain the scope of the existing facility outline form of the general lodging business report, and for residential lodging businesses with cooking facilities with separate requirements for cooking facilities, number of rooms, and usage rights, we prepare and submit reporting documents for the corresponding type. Preliminary applications, deferred management, and change of use of residential lodging facilities with cooking facilities are handled separately.

Scope & fee
General lodging business notification and fill-in facility outline
We prepare and submit a business report and fill-in type facility outline for 1 general lodging business. Deliberation on exclusion from relative protection areas, change of use of buildings, securing separate rights for complex buildings, and construction are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Providing living and lodging business business reports, facilities and usage rights data
We will prepare a business report for 1 living accommodation business that meets the room number and facility requirements of the current jurisdictional ordinance. We will review approximately 30 pages of completed facility, drawing, ownership and usage rights, training, inspection, and insurance materials, and prepare and submit a report, facility/equipment overview, and delegation documents. Recruitment of owners, general meeting, preparation of license agreement, design, construction, inspection, actual lodging operation, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • General lodging business notification and fill-in facility outline from KRW 400,000
  • Providing living and lodging business business reports, facilities and usage rights data from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 General Lodging Business Report Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
02 Foreign Tourist Urban Homestay Business RegistrationRegistrationForeign Tourist Urban Homestay Business Registration · Official check · 28-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameForeign Tourist Urban Homestay Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check eligibility: Confirm that the house is in an urban area (excluding rural and semi-rural areas), that the building register lists it as a detached, multi-household, apartment, row or multi-family house, and that the applicant actually lives there. Renting out an entire house the applicant does not live in is not eligible. · Check floor area and foreign-language guidance: Use the building register to confirm that the total floor area is under 230㎡, and set up a system in which the applicant or a family member living there can give guests guidance in a foreign language. · Install fire safety equipment: Keep at least one fire extinguisher and install a stand-alone smoke detector in each guest room. If heating is individual, a carbon monoxide alarm is also required in each guest room to meet the registration standards. · Prepare the application and attachments: Attach the business plan, floor plan and layout of the facilities, and proof of the right to use the house to the tourism business registration application. Some district offices require additional documents such as residents' consent forms or safety inspection checklists for aging buildings, so check before filing. · Filing and review at the district office: Submit to the tourism department of the city, county or district office where the house is located; within the 14-day processing period stated on the form, the documents are reviewed and the site is checked, and a tourism business registration certificate is issued if the standards are met. · Post-registration management: Post the rate table at the premises and on the booking platform screen and charge only the posted rates, and complete safety and hygiene training. Installing hidden cameras for illegal filming in the lodging facility is subject to dispositions including cancellation of registration.

5Basic required documents

Tourism business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Tourism Promotion Act, Form No. 1) · Business plan (number of guest rooms, foreign-language guidance method, operating plan) · Document stating the applicant's name and resident registration number (for a foreign applicant, a document from the home country proving no grounds for disqualification) · Floor plan and layout of the facilities (showing guest rooms and fire safety equipment) · Proof of the right to use the house (if it cannot be confirmed by the certified copy of the register, e.g. a lease agreement) · Photos of the installed fire extinguisher, stand-alone smoke detectors and carbon monoxide alarms · Rate table for posting at the premises and online · Additional documents required by the district office (residents' consent form, safety inspection checklist for aging buildings, etc., only where required)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Foreign Tourist Urban Homestay Business Registration
View full service guide Send your case
03 Hanok Experience Business RegistrationRegistrationHanok Experience Business Registration · Official check · 28-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameHanok Experience Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm hanok status: Compare the building register with the actual building to check that it is a wooden structure with columns, beams and a Korean-style roof truss and that it meets the notified hanok building standards. Hanok designated or registered as cultural heritage and hanok registered as excellent architectural assets are not subject to the notified standards. · Calculate the lodging space area: Calculate whether the total floor area used for lodging experiences, including guest rooms and amenities such as bathrooms, is under 230㎡. For hanok designated by city, county or district ordinance, such as hanok-village houses or old family homes, check the ordinance to see whether the area exception applies. · Install fire safety equipment: Keep at least one fire extinguisher in or near each guest room; if lodging experiences are offered, install a stand-alone smoke detector in each guest room and, with individual heating, a carbon monoxide alarm as well. Cooking facilities must be installed in line with gas and fire safety laws. · Prepare hygiene and management systems: Arrange facilities to supply tap water or water meeting drinking water quality standards, a system for disinfection at least once a month, bedding laundry, and ventilation, and plan to station a hanok manager during business hours. · File for registration: Submit the tourism business registration application with the business plan, floor plan and layout of the facilities, and the hanok experience business facility list to the tourism department of the competent city, county or district office. The processing period stated on the form is 14 days, and a tourism business registration certificate is issued if the standards are met. · Post-registration management: If lodging experiences are offered, post the rate table at the reception desk and on the booking platform screen and charge only the posted rates, and complete safety and hygiene training. Installing hidden cameras for illegal filming in the facility is subject to dispositions including cancellation of registration.

5Basic required documents

Tourism business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Tourism Promotion Act, Form No. 1) · Business plan (lodging experience and traditional culture experience operating plan) · Document stating the name and resident registration number of the applicant (for a corporation, the representative and officers) (for a foreign applicant, a document from the home country proving no grounds for disqualification) · Proof of ownership of or right to use the real estate (if it cannot be confirmed by the certified copy of the register, e.g. a lease agreement) · Floor plan and layout of the facilities (showing the lodging experience space area) · Hanok experience business facility list (Enforcement Rule of the Tourism Promotion Act, Form No. 3-3) · Photos of the installed fire extinguishers, stand-alone smoke detectors and carbon monoxide alarms · Rate table for posting at the reception desk and online (if lodging experiences are offered)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register a Hanok Experience Business
View full service guide Send your case
04 Accommodation registration & reporting · 28-4NotificationAccommodation registration & reporting · 28-4 · Official check · 28-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameAccommodation registration & reporting · 28-4
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Review the current status and eligibility. · Organize core documents and evidence. · Confirm the authority, filing method, and deadline.

5Basic required documents

Notice or official letter · Identification · Supporting evidence · Previous filings or receipt

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Report a Rural Homestay Business
View full service guide Send your case
05 Tourist Accommodation (Hotel Business) Business Plan Approval and RegistrationApprovalRegistrationTourist Accommodation (Hotel Business) Business Plan Approval and Registration · Official check · 28-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameTourist Accommodation (Hotel Business) Business Plan Approval and Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Match the hotel type to the registration standards: Under Appended Table 1 of the Enforcement Decree, a family hotel needs at least 30 rooms with a bathroom or shower, each room at least 19㎡, and cooking facilities in each room or a shared kitchen on each floor. A small hotel needs at least 20 and fewer than 30 rooms plus two or more types of ancillary facilities (total area no more than 50% of the gross floor area), and a hostel needs toilets, showers and kitchens that may be shared, and a cultural and information exchange space. · Check the site against the approval standards: In a general residential area, the site of a tourist hotel or family hotel must adjoin a road at least 12m wide, and a hostel or small hotel a road at least 8m wide, along at least 4m, and landscaping must cover at least 15% of the site area (except hostels). Cities, counties and districts may tighten these standards by ordinance, so check the local ordinance before signing for land or a building. · Apply for business plan approval: Submit the application (Enforcement Rule Form No. 25) to the city, county or district with a construction plan (location, land-use plan, construction schedule, construction funds and financing, floor area by facility and floor, bird's-eye view) and proof of ownership or right of use of the property. To have farmland conversion, mountain land conversion or development activity permits deemed granted, also submit the documents required by those laws; matters consulted with the competent agencies are treated as approved together. · Apply for change approval if the plan changes: To change the site or lot area or the gross floor area by 10% or more of the approved plan, or to switch the hotel type within the registration standards, submit a change approval application (Form No. 26) with a statement of reasons. If a change of building use is involved, attach before-and-after floor plans and drawings showing fire resistance, fire protection and evacuation; the approval is treated as a building use change permit or report under the Building Act. · Apply for tourism business registration and deliberation: When the facilities are ready, submit the tourism business registration application (Form No. 1) with the business plan, floor plans and site layout, the facility list for tourist accommodation (Form No. 2) and proof of permits for ancillary businesses. Matters reviewed by the registration deliberation committee are treated as lodging business reports, restaurant permits or reports, and liquor sales licenses or reports. · Apply for hotel grading after registration: Tourist hotels, family hotels, small hotels and similar types must apply to the grading agency for a desired grade within 60 days of hotel registration, and the agency decides and notifies the grade within 90 days of the application. Hostels are not subject to the grading application.

5Basic required documents

Business plan approval application (Enforcement Rule of the Tourism Promotion Act, Form No. 25) · Construction plan (location, total site area and land-use plan, construction schedule, construction funds and financing, floor area and facilities by facility and floor, bird's-eye view) · Document stating the name and resident registration number of the applicant (for a corporation, the representative and officers); foreign applicants submit home-country documents proving no grounds for disqualification (consular confirmation or apostille) · Proof of ownership or right of use of the land and building (certificate of registered matters, lease agreement, etc.) · Documents for deemed permits (documents required by the relevant laws for farmland conversion, mountain land conversion, development activity permits, etc.) · Business plan change approval application (Form No. 26) with a statement of reasons and before-and-after floor plans (when the plan changes) · Tourism business registration application (Form No. 1), business plan, floor plans and site layout, facility list for tourist accommodation (Form No. 2) · Proof of reports or permits for ancillary businesses (restaurants, liquor sales, etc.); for foreign-invested companies, proof of foreign investment

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Tourist Accommodation Business Plan Approval and Registration
View full service guide Send your case
06 Youth Hostel (Youth Training Facility) Installation and Operation Permit and RegistrationPermitRegistrationYouth Hostel (Youth Training Facility) Installation and Operation Permit and Registration · Official check · 28-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameYouth Hostel (Youth Training Facility) Installation and Operation Permit and Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the facility type and location — First decide the facility type: a youth hostel if it is mainly lodging for traveling youth, or a youth training center if lodging is combined with training programs. The hostel business under the Tourism Promotion Act has a different legal basis and different standards, so decide which system to use first. A youth hostel must be located where youth can conveniently use it while traveling, such as near scenic or historic sites, and there must be no business harmful to youth in the same building and no adult entertainment bar or similar facility within a straight-line distance of 50 meters. · 2. Prepare the installation and operation plan to meet facility standards — Guest rooms must provide at least 2.4㎡ per guest and cannot be located in a basement; each room holds 10 people or fewer, the total capacity of rooms for two or fewer may not exceed 40/100 of total lodging capacity, and the total capacity of family rooms may not exceed 30/100. The self-catering kitchen needs at least 1 cooking set per 50 guests (it may be capped at 5 sets), and the hostel must have a lounge and information room, at least 1 rest room and 1 instructors' room, heating, emergency lighting and emergency water supply, a broadcasting system and storage facilities. The installation and operation plan includes a location map, land statement, site layout plan, floor plans and room area tables, funding plan, construction schedule, environmental pollution prevention measures, youth instructor placement plan, operating rules and annual operating budget. · 3. Submit the installation and operation permit application — Submit the permit application to the competent city, county or district office with the installation and operation plan, documents needed for consultation on deemed permits such as development activity, farmland conversion and mountain land conversion permits, and proof of ownership of or the right to use the real estate. The office processes it within 45 days of receipt, and if some facility areas or quantities fall short but can be supplemented before registration, it may grant a conditional permit. If installation or operation does not start within 1 year of the permit without a justifiable reason, the permit may be revoked, so the construction schedule should be aligned. · 4. Register the training facility after completion — Before operating, submit the registration application with the facility list by type, operating plan, floor plans and layout, the list of youth instructors and copies of their certificates, proof of the operating representative's qualifications, copies of permits or reports under other laws, and a city gas completion inspection certificate where applicable. The office checks that the facility matches the permit and issues a registration certificate, and reports for general and rest restaurants and installation of a group meal service facility that were consulted on at registration are deemed filed. A youth hostel must have at least 1 youth instructor, and if lodging capacity exceeds 500, at least 1 additional grade 1 or grade 2 youth instructor. · 5. Appoint an operating representative, take out insurance and meet ongoing duties — The operating representative is chosen from among persons such as a grade 1 youth instructor, a grade 2 youth instructor with at least 3 years in youth development work, a grade 3 youth instructor with at least 5 years, a certified regular teacher with at least 5 years, or a person with at least 8 years in youth development work. Insurance covering damage to the life and body of participants and users is mandatory, and the death benefit must be at least 150,000,000 won. During operation, conduct and record facility safety inspections at least once a month, provide staff training on operation, safety and hygiene at least once a year, and file a change registration when important registered matters change.

5Basic required documents

Application for permit to install and operate a youth training facility (Enforcement Rule of the Youth Activity Promotion Act, Form No. 7) · Installation and operation plan (including location map, land statement, site layout plan, floor plans, funding plan and operating plan; Annex 2 of the same Rule) · Documents needed for consultation on deemed permits such as development activity, farmland conversion and mountain land conversion (if applicable) · Proof of ownership of or right to use the real estate · Youth training facility registration application (Form No. 8 of the same Rule, after completion) · Youth training facility list by type (Form No. 9 of the same Rule) · List of youth instructors with copies of certificates, and proof of the operating representative's qualifications · Copies of permits or reports under other laws and a city gas completion inspection certificate (if applicable) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Youth Hostel (Youth Training Facility) Installation and Operation Permit and Registration
View full service guide Send your case
07 Hotel star-rating applicationCertificationHotel star-rating application · Official check · 28-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameHotel star-rating application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the application deadline — For a new registration, apply within 60 days from the hotel business registration date (120 days for registrations between 2024.7.1. and 2026.6.30.). When validity expires, apply from 150 days to 90 days before expiry, and when a reason for grade adjustment arises from extension, renovation or operational changes, apply within 60 days from that date. · 2. Choose the desired grade and apply — Choose the desired grade among 5-star, 4-star, 3-star, 2-star and 1-star and apply to the grade determination agency. Compare the items of the published grade determination criteria in advance to decide the desired grade. · 3. Evaluation — Service condition, condition of rooms and ancillary facilities, and compliance with safety management laws are evaluated. The evaluation schedule may not be notified in advance for fairness, so keep everything ready for inspection from right after the application. · 4. Notice of grade determination — The agency determines and notifies the grade within 90 days from the application date and may extend this by up to 60 days if unavoidable. Results are published quarterly on the Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism website. · 5. Reapplication or objection after a hold — If the criteria are not met, the grade determination is put on hold. Reapply for the same or a lower grade within 60 days from the hold notice, and if a same-grade reapplication is held again, apply for a lower grade or file an objection with the agency within 60 days. Objections are processed within 90 days.

5Basic required documents

Hotel grade determination application (stating the desired grade) · Copy of the tourist accommodation business registration certificate · Room and ancillary facility status and photos · Service and operation materials (staffing, operation manuals, etc.) · Safety inspection and examination results · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Hotel Grade Determination Application Deadlines
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Culture & content businesses

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Performance Venue Registration (Performance Act)RegistrationPerformance Venue Registration (Performance Act) · Official check · 29-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePerformance Venue Registration (Performance Act)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm eligibility and building use: Check whether the facility will be used for live performances such as music, dance, theater, musicals, or Korean traditional music for 90 days or more per year or 30 or more consecutive days, and whether the performances accompany product sales or advertising. Before signing a lease, check the building register for venue use (Class 2 neighborhood living facility if the total floor area is under 500 m², cultural and assembly facility if larger) and any illegal-building notation. · Check facility standards: Confirm that stage facilities including lighting and sound, and soundproofing, are in place. Venues without a ceiling over the seating area may omit soundproofing, and venues with 1,000 or more seats must install a fire curtain on the stage unless exempted by the Minister of Culture, Sports and Tourism. · Schedule design review and pre-registration safety inspection: If the total number of independently driven stage machines and devices above and below the stage is 40 or more, obtain a design review from a stage facility safety diagnosis agency before construction. Every venue must pass that agency's safety inspection before registration and attach the result, so the inspection should be timed to the opening schedule. · Prepare the facility installation statement and drawings: Prepare the facility installation statement divided into stage overview, seating, lobby, dressing rooms, stage machinery, lighting, sound, and video, and align the floor plan and layout plan and the documents proving ownership or right of use of the property (lease agreement, etc.) with the application. · Draft the disaster response plan: Include all required items: duties and management organization of the facility manager, prevention of crowd crush accidents, safety management during installation and dismantling of stage facilities, emergency measures and contacts, fire prevention and casualty prevention measures, and safety management costs, safety organization, safety training, and evacuation guidance. Venues with 500 or more seats must budget at least 1% of venue operating costs as safety management costs. · File the registration and manage obligations afterward: Submit the performance venue registration application with attachments to the city, county, or district office while reporting the current-year disaster response plan, respond to any supplementation requests, and receive the performance venue registration certificate. Afterward, manage change registrations, the report of the following year's disaster response plan by December 31 each year, and the periodic safety inspection due every 3 years from the registration date.

5Basic required documents

Performance venue registration (change registration) application (Enforcement Rule of the Performance Act, Form No. 10) · Facility installation statement (stage overview, seating, lobby, dressing rooms, stage machinery, lighting, sound, video) · Floor plan and layout plan of the facility · Document proving ownership or right of use of the property (lease agreement, etc.) · Pre-registration safety inspection result from a stage facility safety diagnosis agency (including design review result if applicable) · Performance venue disaster response plan report (Enforcement Rule of the Performance Act, Form No. 13-3) · Electrical safety inspection confirmation (if the applicant does not consent to verification through administrative information sharing) · Power of attorney (if an administrative agent submits on the applicant's behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Performance Venue Registration Procedure and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
02 How to Report a Publishing CompanyNotificationHow to Report a Publishing Company · Official check · 29-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Report a Publishing Company
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Decide the publisher's name and location — The reported matters are the publishing company's name and location and the operator's name and address. Corporations and organizations enter the representative's name and address. The location determines which city, county or district to report to. · 2. Submit the publishing company report — Submit the publishing company report to the mayor, county head or district head of the company's location. It can also be filed through an information and communications network, so it can be submitted online via Government24. The report must be made before starting the business. · 3. Receive the report certificate — Once the report is processed, a publishing company report certificate is issued. The city, county or district reports the matters to the Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism through the city or province. If the certificate is lost or damaged, submit a reissuance application to receive it again. · 4. Link with business registration — If you proceed with business registration after receiving the report certificate, you can enter the business type and trade name to match the certificate. If the publisher's name differs from the trade name in the business registration, later change procedures increase. · 5. Report of change and closure report — If the publisher's name or location or the operator changes, file a report of change with the report certificate attached within 20 days from the date of the change. A change in only the operator's address is not subject to a report of change. When closing, submit a closure report with the report certificate attached, and the value-added tax closure report can be filed together.

5Basic required documents

Publishing company report · Identification documents of the operator (representative for a corporation) · Report of change: publishing company report of change, existing report certificate · Reissuance: application for reissuance of the report certificate · Closure report: publishing company closure report, report certificate · Letter of authorization (when submitted through an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report a Publishing Company
View full service guide Send your case
03 Game Production and Game Distribution Business RegistrationRegistrationGame Production and Game Distribution Business Registration · Official check · 29-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameGame Production and Game Distribution Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Determine the business type — Planning and producing games yourself is a game production business, and importing foreign games or supplying them while managing the rights is a game distribution business. If you do both, register each. Production by the state or local governments, production by educational institutions for their own training, and production by public institutions for publicity do not require registration. · 2. Prepare the application documents — A game production business attaches a statement of production facilities and equipment to the application, and a game distribution business attaches a business plan. If the business premises are leased, submit a copy of the lease. The official checks the corporate registration certificate and building registration certificate electronically. · 3. Registration with the city, county or district and issuance of the certificate — Apply to the city, county or district office with jurisdiction over the business premises and receive the registration certificate. A person (including the representative and officers of a corporation) for whom 1 year has not passed since a business closure order or registration cancellation, or who is within a business suspension period, cannot register for the same business type. · 4. Game rating classification — If the purpose is to distribute a game or provide it for use, obtain a rating classification from the Game Rating and Administration Committee (or a designated self-rating business operator) before production or distribution. The committee decides within 15 days from the application date, and you submit materials such as a video of the main game progress, an executable game and a document on game content information. · 5. Change registration, succession and closure — If the business operator (the representative for a corporation), business location, factory location or production items (production business), or handled items (distribution business) change, submit a change application within 30 days from the date the reason arose. The city, county or district notifies you within 15 days, and if there is no notice within that period the change is deemed registered. If you acquire the business, file a succession report, and if you close, file a closure report within 7 days.

5Basic required documents

Game production business or game distribution business registration application · Statement of production facilities and equipment (game production business) · Business plan (game distribution business) · Copy of the business premises lease (if leased) · For changes: change application, registration certificate, documents proving the change · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Game Production and Game Distribution Business Registration
View full service guide Send your case
04 How to Report a Copyright Agency and Brokerage BusinessNotificationHow to Report a Copyright Agency and Brokerage Business · Official check · 29-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Report a Copyright Agency and Brokerage Business
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether a report is required — An agency and brokerage business concludes license agreements on behalf of economic right holders or connects them with users. A trust management business, which manages rights entrusted by right holders, is a separate business that requires a permit and must meet requirements such as being a non-profit association of right holders. · 2. Check grounds for disqualification — Persons under adult guardianship, bankrupts not reinstated, persons within 1 year after completing a sentence of imprisonment without labor or heavier, persons on probation, persons within 1 year after a fine for violating the Copyright Act or for embezzlement or breach of trust under the Criminal Act, and persons without an address in Korea cannot report. For a corporation, none of the representative or officers may fall under these grounds. · 3. Draft the business rules — Prepare business rules containing the copyright agency and brokerage contract terms (with right holders) and the work license contract terms (with users). Since you may receive commissions, state the commission criteria clearly in the terms. · 4. Submit the report and receive the certificate — Attach the business rules, the résumé of the reporter (the representative and officers for a corporation or organization), the articles of incorporation or bylaws (corporation or organization) and financial statements (corporation) to the copyright agency and brokerage business report form. If no decision on acceptance is notified within the set period, the report is deemed accepted on the day after the period ends. · 5. Reporting obligations after filing — By March 31 every year, report the previous year's performance including the types and quantity of works handled and the royalties and commissions. Report the list of managed works, rights information and contact details as of the last day of each month by the 10th of the following month (may be omitted if unchanged), and file a change report if reported matters change.

5Basic required documents

Copyright agency and brokerage business report form · Copyright agency and brokerage business rules (agency and brokerage contract terms, work license contract terms) · Résumé of the reporter (résumés of the representative and officers for a corporation or organization) · Articles of incorporation or bylaws (for a corporation or organization) · Financial statements (for a corporation) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report a Copyright Agency and Brokerage Business
View full service guide Send your case
05 Popular Culture and Arts Planning Business Registration Requirements and DocumentsRegistrationPopular Culture and Arts Planning Business Registration Requirements and Documents · Official check · 29-5
Procedure type
Actual service namePopular Culture and Arts Planning Business Registration Requirements and Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether registration is required — Any individual business or corporation that provides or arranges the services of popular culture artists, or trains, coaches or counsels them for that purpose, must register as a popular culture and arts planning business. Managing affiliated entertainers, arranging appearances and developing trainees fall under this. The registration duty in Article 26 applies to the planning business, so a business that only produces broadcast content or records is considered separately from this registration. · 2. Meet the experience or training requirement — The applicant must have 2 or more years of experience in the popular culture and arts planning business or have completed a related training course at a designated institution, and for a corporation it is enough that at least 1 officer meets this requirement. Training institutions are schools under the Higher Education Act, lifelong education institutions, the Korea Creative Content Agency, and institutions or organizations announced by the Minister of Culture, Sports and Tourism. Experience is shown by documents proving income earned in this business, and experience that income records cannot prove is shown by a certificate of experience issued by an announced institution or organization. · 3. Secure an office and check disqualifications — Secure a main office and, if leased, prepare proof of the right to use it such as a copy of the lease. Minors, persons under adult or limited guardianship, undischarged bankrupts, persons sentenced to a fine or heavier punishment for violating this Act, crimes of kidnapping, inducement or human trafficking under the Criminal Act, the Act on the Punishment of Arranging Commercial Sex Acts, the Act on the Protection of Children and Youth against Sex Offenses, the Act on the Regulation of Amusement Businesses Affecting Public Morals, or child abuse crimes, where 3 years have not passed, and persons whose registration was revoked less than 3 years ago may not run or work in this business. A corporation also checks whether any officer is disqualified. · 4. File the registration application with the city or province — Enter the planning field on the popular culture and arts planning business registration application (Enforcement Rule, Form No. 1) and file it with the metropolitan city or province, attaching proof of experience or training and of the right to use the office. The official checks the building register, corporate register and business registration certificate through shared administrative information, and if you do not consent to the business registration check you attach it yourself. The processing period is 15 days, the fee is 25,000 won, and a registration certificate is issued once the requirements are met. · 5. Training and change registration after registration — A registered planning business must complete 6 hours of training in the first session after registration and 3 hours every year thereafter, and must arrange for its affiliated artists to receive 1 hour of sex education and sexual violence prevention training every year. If the representative's name, officers other than the representative, the main office location or the trade name changes, apply for change registration within 30 days of the change, with a fee of 15,000 won. Transfers, mergers and inheritance of the business require a business succession report, and suspension, closure and resumption are reported separately.

5Basic required documents

Popular culture and arts planning business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Popular Culture and Arts Industry Development Act, Form No. 1) · Documents proving income earned in the popular culture and arts planning business (when registering on the basis of experience) · Certificate of experience in the popular culture and arts planning business issued by an announced institution or organization (when some experience cannot be proven by income documents) · Proof of completion of a popular culture and arts planning training course (when registering on the basis of training) · Proof of the right to use the main office, such as a copy of the lease (when leased) · Copy of the business registration certificate (when not consenting to shared administrative information) · Corporate register certificate (for corporations; checked by the official through shared administrative information) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-07

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Popular Culture and Arts Planning Business Registration Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
06 How to Register an Internet NewspaperRegistrationHow to Register an Internet Newspaper · Official check · 29-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Register an Internet Newspaper
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the internet newspaper standards and disqualifications — An internet newspaper meets the standards only if at least 30% of the articles posted each week are produced in-house and new articles are posted on a weekly basis. The publisher and editor must be Korean nationals, and minors, persons under adult or limited guardianship, bankrupts who have not been reinstated, and persons sentenced to a fine or heavier punishment for violating this Act within the last 2 years, among others, cannot serve. If the publishing entity is a corporation or organization, its representative director or representative becomes the publisher, and where there is a justifiable reason another director or officer may be named publisher by board resolution. · 2. Decide the title and registration details — A name identical to an already registered newspaper, internet newspaper, magazine or news agency cannot be registered unless that business permits it, so check the title first. The application states the title, website address, main office and place of publication, publisher and editor, purpose and content of publication, and whether it is paid or free. Following the guidance on the form, write the purpose of publication clearly in about 40 characters. · 3. Submit the application and attachments — Attach the basic certificates of the publisher and editor, the articles of incorporation for a corporation, the bylaws and proof of establishment for an organization, and a copy of the lease if an organization or individual leases the publishing office, to the Newspaper and Internet Newspaper Business Registration Application, and file it with the mayor or governor having jurisdiction over the main office. If the main office is in Incheon, Incheon Metropolitan City handles it, and the official checks the corporate register and the register of a self-owned building. The processing period is 20 days and there is no fee. · 4. Registration certificate and items to publish on the site — Once registered, the mayor or governor issues a registration certificate, and the internet newspaper's registration number is prefixed with the Korean letter symbol 'a'. The site must clearly show the name, telephone number of the main office or place of publication, registration number, date of registration, title, publisher, editor, place of publication and date of publication. Designate a youth protection officer from among the executives or the head of the responsible department, display that person's name on the front page of the internet newspaper, and edit so that readers do not confuse articles with advertisements. · 5. Change registration and closure report — When registered details change, file a change registration application with the original registration certificate and documents matching the change within 30 days of the change; the processing period is 5 days. If the publisher or editor becomes disqualified, a change registration must be filed within 1 month from that date. If you stop publishing, file a closure report with the registration certificate within 1 month of the closure.

5Basic required documents

Newspaper and Internet Newspaper Business Registration Application (Enforcement Decree of the Act on the Promotion of Newspapers, Form No. 1) · Basic certificates of the publisher and editor · Articles of incorporation (if the publishing entity is a corporation) · Bylaws of the organization and documents proving its establishment (if the publishing entity is an organization) · Copy of the lease for the publishing office building (if the publishing entity is an organization or individual leasing the building) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Register an Internet Newspaper
View full service guide Send your case
07 How to Report an Art Service BusinessNotificationHow to Report an Art Service Business · Official check · 29-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Report an Art Service Business
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Identify which of the 6 business types applies — A gallery business discovers or develops artists and brokers, rents or sells artworks through art exhibitions, and an art auction business brokers or sells artworks through auctions. An art advisory business repeatedly provides opinions on the valuation, acquisition or disposal of artworks for profit, an art rental and sales business brokers, rents or sells artworks by means other than galleries and auctions, an art appraisal business evaluates authenticity or quality and issues appraisal reports, and an art exhibition business plans, holds or operates exhibitions. The same applies to businesses run on online platforms, and if you run several types you mark all of them on the report. · 2. Check disqualifications and the right to use the premises — Minors, persons under adult guardianship, persons declared bankrupt and not reinstated, and persons without an address in Korea cannot file the report. The same applies to anyone who, in connection with an art service business, received a prison sentence, a suspended sentence or a fine for document forgery, fraud, embezzlement, breach of trust or similar offenses less than 1 year ago, and to anyone whose business closure order was less than 1 year ago; a corporation or organization whose representative, officer or auditor falls under these grounds also cannot file. If the main place of business is owned by someone else, prepare documents proving the right to use it, such as a lease agreement. · 3. Complete the report and submit it to the city, county or district office — On the art service business (change) report, enter the reporting person's information, the trade name, the location of the main place of business and the business types, and submit it to the city, county or district office where the main place of business is located. The corporate register, business registration certificate and building register are checked by the official through shared use of administrative information, and if you do not consent to checking the business registration certificate you attach it yourself. Processing takes 3 days and the fee is the amount set by the local ordinance. · 4. Post the certificate and keep transaction records — Once the report is accepted, you receive an art service business report certificate and must post it at the place of business or on your own website. Gallery, auction, advisory, and rental and sales businesses must keep records of the artworks they have distributed, and auction businesses must also publish hammer prices and whether payment has been completed and give advance notice when putting up artworks owned by themselves or their relatives. A buyer of an artwork may request a certificate of authenticity or an equivalent certificate. · 5. Change, succession and closure reports — If you change the trade name, the location of the main place of business, the representative's name or the business types, file a change report on the same form. A person who acquires the business by transfer, inheritance or merger must file a succession report within 30 days of that date, and a business that closes must file a closure report with the certificate attached within 14 days. If you file a new report within 1 year of a closure report, you succeed to the status held before the closure.

5Basic required documents

Art service business (change) report (Enforcement Rule of the Art Promotion Act, Form No. 1) · Documents proving the right to use the main place of business, such as a copy of the lease agreement (only if the property is owned by someone else) · Business registration certificate (attach directly if you do not consent to shared use of administrative information) · Corporate register certificate (corporations) and building register certificate (checked by the official) · Art service business succession report (Enforcement Rule of the Art Promotion Act, Form No. 5) with documents proving the transfer, inheritance or merger (for succession) · Art service business closure report (Enforcement Rule of the Art Promotion Act, Form No. 4) with the report certificate (for closure) · Letter of authorization (if submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report an Art Service Business
View full service guide Send your case
08 Private Museum and Private Art Gallery Registration ProcedureRegistrationPrivate Museum and Private Art Gallery Registration Procedure · Official check · 29-8
Procedure type
Actual service namePrivate Museum and Private Art Gallery Registration Procedure
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Choose Class 1 or Class 2 and the type — A Class 1 specialized museum or art gallery must have at least 100 items, at least 1 curator, an exhibition room of at least 100 square meters or an outdoor exhibition area of at least 2,000 square meters, a storage room, an office or research room, one of a reference room, library or auditorium, and anti-theft facilities and temperature and humidity control equipment. A Class 2 facility such as a reference hall, exhibition hall, memorial hall or local history hall requires at least 60 items, at least 1 curator, an exhibition room of at least 82 square meters, a storage room, one of an office, research room, reference room, library or auditorium, and anti-theft facilities and temperature and humidity control equipment. Installing firefighting facilities is a common requirement for both classes. · 2. Apply for establishment plan approval (when newly securing a site or building) — Submit the establishment plan approval application to the mayor or provincial governor or the mayor of a large city, attaching a business plan, land and building statements, a location map, an outline design drawing, and a list and description of materials. The processing period is 30 days, and once the approving authority completes consultation with the relevant agencies, development activity permits, permits under Road Act Articles 36 and 61, farmland conversion permits, mountainous district conversion permits and others are deemed granted. After approval, changing the name or class, the location and area, or the location and area of exhibition rooms or storage rooms, or extending the project period by 3 months or more requires change approval (processing period 10 days). · 3. Prepare curators and collection materials — Curators are divided into Grade 1, Grade 2 and Grade 3 curators and associate curators, and must hold a certificate issued after a qualification review by the Minister of Culture, Sports and Tourism. Materials are evaluated on their suitability to the field, the appropriateness of their collection, their academic, artistic, educational and historical value, and their rarity. Photos of the materials are attached to the materials list, so organize and photograph the collection in advance. · 4. Registration application and review — Before opening, submit the museum or art gallery registration application with a facility specification, a materials list, a list of curators, and admission and material usage fees. The registering authority reviews the scale and value of the materials, the curators on staff, and the scale and adequacy of the facilities, notifies the result within 40 days from the application date, and issues a registration certificate upon registration. There is no application fee. · 5. Change registration and operating obligations after registration — If the name, founder or representative, class, location, facility specification, materials list, list of curators or fees change, apply for change registration within 14 days from the date of change (processing period 5 days, 20 days for a change of name or class). A registered museum or art gallery must open for at least 90 days a year and at least 4 hours a day, and display its registration on signs, documents and its website. When closing, file a closure report with the registration certificate and a disposal plan for the facilities and materials.

5Basic required documents

Museum or art gallery registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Museum and Art Gallery Support Act, Form No. 6) · Private museum or private art gallery establishment plan approval application (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 12, when obtaining establishment plan approval) · Facility specification (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 7), 2 copies · List of museum materials or art gallery materials (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 8, with photos of the materials), 1 copy · List of curators (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 9), 2 copies · Statement of admission fees and material usage fees (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 10), 2 copies · For establishment plan approval: business plan, land and building statements, location map, outline design drawing, and list and description of materials · Letter of authorization (if submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Private Museum and Private Art Gallery Registration Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
09 Permits and Business ReportsNotificationPermits and Business Reports · Official check · 29-9
Procedure type
Actual service namePermits and Business Reports
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether a report is required: Production by the national or local governments, production by educational institutions for their own training, production by broadcasters for broadcasting, production by public institutions to promote their own work, commemorative production of ceremonies or religious rites (except for public distribution), production and distribution intended only for viewing through information and communications networks, and production for purposes other than distribution or viewing by an unspecified number of people can be done without a report. If you distribute videos or provide them for viewing beyond this scope, a report is required. If you plan to use the report certificate for direct production confirmation, ask the city, county or district office in advance whether the report will be accepted. · 2. Organize the premises and production equipment: If the business premises are leased, prepare a copy of the lease, and list the filming, editing and audio equipment you own or lease in a statement of production facilities and equipment. The official checks the corporate register and the certificate of business registration through shared administrative information, and you attach the certificate of business registration yourself if you do not consent to that check. A person who received a business closure order less than 1 year ago or is under a business suspension cannot report the same type of business. · 3. Submit the report and receive the certificate: Submit the Video Production Business Report (Enforcement Rule Form No. 20) with the attachments to the city, county or district office. Once the report is accepted, you receive the Video Production Business Report Certificate (Form No. 23), and if it is lost or damaged you apply for reissuance with Form No. 27. · 4. Separate application: direct production confirmation for video production services: An SME that wants to supply public institutions applies for direct production confirmation through the SME public procurement information network, and the commissioned agency confirms it after an on-site review within 14 days (excluding Saturdays and public holidays) from the application date. The Standards for Confirmation of Direct Production of Products Competed for among SMEs provide that, where a company holds a Video Production Business Report Certificate, the advance on-site survey may be waived and the company may be recognized as meeting the standards. The direct production confirmation certificate is valid for 2 years from the date of issuance. · 5. Separate application: changes, certificate reissuance and follow-up: If the representative, business location, production items or trade name changes, file a change report (Form No. 28) with the report certificate and supporting documents within 30 days from the date of the change. For the direct production confirmation certificate, a change of trade name or of a corporation's representative requires reissuance, and reasons such as a change of an individual business's representative or relocation of the confirmed factory require returning the certificate and reapplying within 30 days.

5Basic required documents

Video Production Business Report (Enforcement Rule of the Promotion of the Motion Pictures and Video Products Act, Form No. 20) · Copy of the lease for the business premises, including any factory (if leased) · Statement of production facilities and equipment owned or leased · Certificate of business registration (if you do not consent to the shared administrative information check) · For changes: Video Production Business Change Report (same Enforcement Rule, Form No. 28) and the existing report certificate · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • One new video production business report — filing without an office visit from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-21

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Video Production Business Report in Korea: Who Must Report and What to File
View full service guide Send your case
10 How to Apply for Copyright Registration in KoreaRegistrationHow to Apply for Copyright Registration in Korea · Official check · 29-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Apply for Copyright Registration in Korea
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Identify the work and the type of registration — Choose the category from the classification table, such as literary, musical, artistic, photographic, cinematographic, diagrammatic, compilation or derivative works. Items that are not works, or works not protected such as statutes, court judgments and mere news reports, are grounds for rejection. Copyright registration recording the author and creation date (Copyright Act, Article 53) and registration of changes of rights such as transfer, exclusive publication rights, publishing rights and pledges (Article 54) use different forms, and computer programs have their own form. · 2. Prepare the application and statement — Complete the copyright registration application (Form No. 3) and the copyright registration statement (Form No. 4). Enter the author's real name, nationality and address, the title, type and creation date, and whether and when the work was first published and in which country. For a derivative work add the title and author of the original, for 2 or more right holders their shares, and for a work made for hire the names and dates of birth of those who took part; when filing several works at once, submit 1 application and a statement for each work. · 3. Attach a copy of the work and supporting papers — Attach a copy of the work, or drawings, photographs or an electronic recording medium showing its content. For a program, submit 1 electronic recording medium containing the copy, and if part of it is enough to show creation, an excerpt in the programming language before compiling may be submitted. Add a list (Form No. 19) if there are joint authors or joint heirs, and a consent form where third-party consent is needed, such as an application by a minor. · 4. File with the Korea Copyright Commission and pay the fee — The registration fee per item is 20,000 won online and 30,000 won in person or by mail, 50,000 won and 60,000 won for programs, plus 10,000 won for each item beyond 10. Recipients of basic livelihood benefits, persons of national merit, May 18 Democratization Merit persons and registered persons with disabilities are exempt for up to 10 items a year. A defect corrected on the day of filing does not lead to rejection, and a rejected applicant may file an objection with the Commission within 1 month of the rejection. · 5. Receive the certificate and register changes — Once the Commission records the work in the copyright register it issues a registration certificate, and an English certificate can also be requested. If recorded details change or contain errors, apply for a change or correction registration, and to cancel or restore a registration use Form No. 33. Registered details are published in the registration gazette or online, and anyone may ask to inspect the register or obtain a copy.

5Basic required documents

Copyright registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Copyright Act, Form No. 3; Form No. 3-2 for programs) · Copyright registration statement (Enforcement Rule of the Copyright Act, Form No. 4; Form No. 4-2 for programs) · Copy of the work, or drawings, photographs or an electronic recording medium showing its content · Documents proving the grounds for registration (where proof is needed, such as a removed family register for an heir) · List of joint authors or joint heirs (Form No. 19) or list for bulk registration (Form No. 20) · Proof of third-party consent or permission (such as parental consent for a minor) · Proof of fee exemption (benefit recipient certificate, copy of national merit registration card or disability registration card) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-07

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for Copyright Registration in Korea
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Education institutions & qualification registration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Private Academy (Hagwon) Establishment and Operation RegistrationRegistrationPrivate Academy (Hagwon) Establishment and Operation Registration · Official check · 30-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePrivate Academy (Hagwon) Establishment and Operation Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the building use: Confirm on the building register that the unit is a Class 2 neighborhood living facility (academy) or an educational and research facility. Use may differ by unit even within the same building, so check before signing a lease. · Calculate the classroom area: Check the area standards for each course in the provincial education office's ordinance and draw the floor plan based on net classroom area excluding hallways and staff rooms. Since an official measures the space on site, prepare the plan based on actual measurements. · Check fire safety and stairway standards: Depending on the floor area or the total building area, a certificate of completion of fire safety facilities may be required and two direct stairways may be mandatory, so check before interior construction. · Prepare the academy rules and tuition: Include in the academy rules the name, purpose and location, enrollment capacity by course, courses and class schedules, recognition of completion, course periods and holidays, and tuition and fees, and organize the list of instructors. · Apply for registration: Submit the academy establishment and operation registration application (a change registration application for expansion or relocation) with the academy rules, floor plan, building register, lease agreement and fire safety documents to the local education office. · On-site inspection and registration certificate: After an official checks the classroom area and facilities, the registration is accepted and a registration certificate is issued, which must be displayed at the academy. Recruiting students or teaching before registration counts as operating without registration.

5Basic required documents

Academy establishment and operation registration application (change registration application for expansion or relocation) · Academy rules · Facility floor plan (showing net classroom area) · Building register · Lease agreement or other proof of the right to use the facility · Certificate of completion of fire safety facilities (if applicable) · List of instructors and proof of their qualifications · E-2 residence status documents when hiring native-speaking instructors

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Hagwon Establishment, Expansion and Relocation Registration 📘 Administrative Fine Items in Hagwon (Private Teaching Institute) Inspections 📘 Amended Private Teaching Institutes Act for Preschool Academies and Teaching Centers 📘 Hagwon Transfer and Change of Founder-Operator Registration
View full service guide Send your case
02 Registration application for reading rooms and preliminary review of registration eligibility for study cafesRegistrationRegistration application for reading rooms and preliminary review of registration eligibility for study cafes · Official check · 30-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameRegistration application for reading rooms and preliminary review of registration eligibility for study cafes
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Education
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Education

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Decide whether registration is required: Under Article 2 of the Act, check whether 10 or more people can use the space at the same time and whether it is provided as a place of study for 30 days or more, organize the seating operation, pass structure and whether the space is study-only, and obtain the education office's judgment. · Check building use: In the building register, confirm that the floor's use allows a reading room, such as a Class 2 neighborhood living facility (reading room) under Annex 1 of the Enforcement Decree of the Building Act; if not, change the building use first. · Meet the facility standards: Check the competent city or provincial ordinance for reading area size and capacity, one reading desk per person, separate restrooms for men and women, and lighting and ventilation standards, finalize the floor plan, and install fire safety facilities under the fire safety laws. · Prepare the rules and usage fees: Draft the institute rules covering the reading room name, capacity, operating hours, closing days, usage fees and refund standards, and name the facility with its own name followed by "reading room". · File the registration: Submit the hagwon establishment and operation registration application with the rules, facility floor plan and proof of the right to use the premises to the competent education office. If the facility standards and educational environment are met, the registration is accepted and a registration certificate is issued. · Prepare for opening: Post the registration certificate and usage fees on site, join liability insurance or a mutual aid scheme covering users' life and bodily injury as required by ordinance, and check the local ordinance's operating rules such as late-night restrictions for minors.

5Basic required documents

Hagwon establishment and operation registration application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Establishment and Operation of Private Teaching Institutes and Extracurricular Lessons) · Institute rules (including capacity, operating hours, usage fees and refund standards) · Facility floor plan (showing reading areas, restrooms and entrances) · Proof of the right to use the premises (lease agreement, etc.) · Building register (checked by the education office through shared administrative information) · Resident registration abstract or corporate registry certificate; for a corporation, a copy of the articles of incorporation and the board minutes on establishment · Electrical safety inspection certificate (if the facility is subject to inspection) · Proof of liability insurance or mutual aid enrollment

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the reading room registration documents and operating principles. Study Cafe will first review whether it is eligible for registration based on its actual operation type and building use.

Scope & fee
Reading room registration
We will review the location, facilities, and operation data of 1 reading room and prepare operating principles and registration application documents. It does not include facility construction, firefighting technology books, or actual business operations. Scope of writing: Reading room operation principles, 1 type, 5 pages per page. 1 office visit is included.
Study cafe preliminary assessment
We will review the actual operation mode and building use and facility data of 1 study cafe to guide you on whether or not it is eligible for registration as a reading room. This type does not include the actual reading room registration application. 1 office visit is included.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Reading room registration from KRW 800,000
  • Study cafe preliminary assessment from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Registration application for reading rooms and preliminary review of registration eligibility for study cafes
View full service guide Send your case
03 Private Qualification RegistrationRegistrationPrivate Qualification Registration · Official check · 30-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePrivate Qualification Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Education · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Education · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check prohibited fields and the competent ministry: First check whether the qualification falls within the prohibited fields in Article 17(1) of the Framework Act on Qualifications and whether its duties overlap with a national qualification. Confirming the competent ministry by field in the annex of the Enforcement Rule in advance reduces the time lost when an unclear case is referred to the advisory committee. · Check administrator disqualifications: Minors and adults under guardianship, undischarged bankrupts, and persons sentenced to imprisonment without labor or heavier for violating qualification laws within the past 3 years cannot be administrators. A corporation or organization with a disqualified officer must replace that officer within 3 months from the date the ground arose. · Draft the management and operation rules: State the type, grade and job description of the qualification and the examination standards, subjects, methods and eligibility (for training-based qualifications, the curriculum, training period, completion standards and evaluation methods). Under Article 2(3) of the Enforcement Rule, the rules must also include examination staffing, the management and operation organization, and how candidates' identities are verified. · Submit the registration application: Attach the management and operation rules, an inventory of assets including examination facilities and equipment, and documents proving rights to those assets to the private qualification registration application. If a lifelong education facility or private academy registration is needed to run courses, attach proof of that as well, and revise and resubmit the rules when a supplement request is received. · Post-registration management: After receiving the registration certificate, advertisements must show the type of qualification, the registration number and the operator. To change the type, grade, job description or examination standards, file a change registration with the change registration application, the original certificate, the revised rules and documents proving the change.

5Basic required documents

Private qualification registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on Qualifications, Form No. 1) · Rules on the management and operation of the private qualification (including examination staffing, operating organization and identity verification) · Inventory of assets including examination facilities and equipment · Documents proving rights to the assets (proof of ownership or lease agreement, etc.) · Proof of authorization, registration or report as a lifelong education facility or private academy (when required to run training courses) · Business registration certificate (if not consenting to administrative data checks) · Resident registration abstract of the individual or organization representative (if not consenting to administrative data checks) or corporate registration certificate (checked through administrative data)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register a Private Qualification
View full service guide Send your case
04 How to Register an Alternative Education InstitutionRegistrationHow to Register an Alternative Education Institution · Official check · 30-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Register an Alternative Education Institution
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the facility can be registered — Facilities mainly aimed at admission to foreign universities, facilities whose main language is a foreign language or that aim at foreign language learning, and facilities registered as private academies cannot register as alternative education institutions. Also check the founder's and operator's disqualifications (5 years after a sentence of imprisonment without labor or heavier, 3 years after registration cancellation, sexual crimes against children, etc.). · 2. Secure school buildings and a site — Secure school buildings meeting the standard floor area and own or lease the buildings and site. Safety, soundproofing, ventilation, lighting, fire safety, drainage and hygiene must be suitable for teaching, and teaching aids such as books and equipment must be provided. The superintendent may relax the area standard if it does not hinder education. · 3. Prepare the registration documents — Prepare the application with the purpose, name, location, educational goals, school rules, expenses and maintenance method, curriculum operation plan and staffing plan, plus the opening date, student quota, facility status and ownership or lease of the buildings and site. · 4. Registration with the superintendent and review — The superintendent decides on registration within 1 month from the application date after review by the alternative education institution registration and operation committee, and may extend this once by 1 month if unavoidable. After operation begins, submit a student roster to the superintendent. · 5. Change registration and closure report — If registered matters change, apply for change registration; operating differently from the curriculum operation plan is grounds for registration cancellation. To close, report the closure to the superintendent and notify guardians at least 6 months before closure.

5Basic required documents

Alternative education institution registration application · School rules, educational goals, curriculum operation plan · Staffing plan, expenses and maintenance method · Facility status and student quota · Proof of ownership or lease of buildings and site (copy of the lease) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 900,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Register an Alternative Education Institution
View full service guide Send your case
05 How to Report a Lifelong Education FacilityNotificationHow to Report a Lifelong Education Facility · Official check · 30-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Report a Lifelong Education Facility
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether you must report a distance lifelong education facility — Anyone may provide lifelong education through information and communication media, but a facility that charges tuition and provides video or internet lectures to 10 or more unspecified learners through a course of 30 hours or more must be reported to the superintendent of education. If it falls under a school-subject tutoring academy teaching elementary, middle or high school subjects, it is excluded from this report and follows the academy registration procedure. A distance university-type facility recognized for university-level academic background or degrees requires authorization from the Minister of Education. · 2. Check the requirements for affiliated and knowledge/human resource development facilities — A workplace-affiliated facility is established by the operator of a workplace with 100 or more employees for its customers and others, and a civic group-affiliated facility is established by a group that is a corporation, is registered with the competent authority, or has 300 or more members. A media-affiliated facility may be established by publishers of registered daily, weekly or internet newspapers or monthly magazines, and by broadcasting or news agency corporations. A knowledge/human resource development facility may be established only by a corporation with at least 1 year of business record in education and training, research services, development of teaching and learning programs and similar businesses and capital or assets of 300,000,000 won or more, and the civic group, media and knowledge/human resource development types must also have at least 1 professional dedicated to running lifelong education programs. · 3. Founder disqualifications and lifelong educator placement — Persons under adult or limited guardianship, persons for whom 3 years have not passed since a sentence of imprisonment without labor or heavier was completed or exempted, persons in a period of suspended sentence, and persons for whom 3 years have not passed since an authorization or registration was revoked or a lifelong education course was closed cannot be founders, and the same applies to a corporation with such a person among its officers. A lifelong education facility must have at least 1 lifelong educator, and a copy of the lifelong educator certificate is attached to the report. · 4. Prepare the operating rules and submit the report — The operating rules state the name, purpose and location, curriculum and capacity, admission, withdrawal, completion, rewards and penalties, course period and holidays, and tuition. Attach the operating rules, location map, facility layout, list of facilities and equipment, copy of the lifelong educator certificate, inventory of assets and supporting documents and others to the Lifelong Education Facility Report and submit it to the competent superintendent of education; the processing body on the form is the lifelong education department of the metropolitan or provincial office of education. The processing period is 10 days with no fee, and if the requirements are met you receive a lifelong education facility report certificate. · 5. Change report, succession and closure notice — To change the name, location, curriculum, tuition, facilities and equipment, or lifelong educator, file the Lifelong Education Facility Change Report with documents for each change with the superintendent of education, and receive a new report certificate if the name or location changes. A person taking over the founder's status files a succession report with a handover document and others. To close the facility, notify the superintendent of education at least 30 days before the planned closure date with a document stating the reason, the closure date and how remaining affairs will be handled.

5Basic required documents

Lifelong Education Facility Report (Enforcement Rule of the Lifelong Education Act, Form No. 14) · Operating rules · Location map and facility layout · List of facilities and equipment · Copy of the lifelong educator certificate · Articles of incorporation and a copy of the minutes of the general meeting or board meeting on establishment (if the founder is a corporation) · Inventory of assets and supporting documents, and a copy of the jeonse or lease contract if the facility is owned by another person · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report a Lifelong Education Facility
View full service guide Send your case
06 Applying for Foreign School and Foreign Kindergarten Establishment ApprovalApprovalApplying for Foreign School and Foreign Kindergarten Establishment Approval · Official check · 30-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameApplying for Foreign School and Foreign Kindergarten Establishment Approval
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm founder eligibility and school type — A foreign school founder must be a foreigner, a non-profit foreign corporation established under foreign law with its principal office abroad, or a school foundation under the Private School Act, and a foreign kindergarten may be established only by a foreigner or a non-profit foreign corporation. Domestic for-profit corporations are not on this list of eligible founders, so the contract structure with the overseas home school must be designed to fit founder eligibility. A foreign school may run kindergarten, elementary, middle and high school programs in an integrated way, and its name must indicate that it is a school or kindergarten for foreigners (except foreign schools whose academic credentials are recognized). · 2. Secure the school site and buildings and submit the school establishment plan — Facility, equipment and property standards follow the Regulations on the Establishment and Operation of High Schools and Lower-Level Schools. The school site and facilities for teaching and learning may be leased, but facilities other than gymnasiums, auditoriums, storage buildings, guard rooms, outdoor toilets and staff housing may be leased only from the State, local governments or foreign governments, public institutions, government-funded research institutes, local government-invested or -funded institutions, public interest corporations or school foundations, and the minimum lease period is set by city or provincial education rules. If the facility and equipment standards are not yet met, submit a school establishment plan with a school site acquisition plan, building construction plan, funding plan, founder's resume and property statement to the superintendent by March 31 each year, and the superintendent notifies approval within 3 months. · 3. Prepare school rules, curriculum and staffing plan — The school rules state the purpose, name and location, years of study and semesters, class organization and student capacity, curriculum and school days, procedures for admission, transfer and graduation, tuition and entrance fees, qualifications of the principal and teachers, student awards and discipline, and the procedure for amending the rules. A foreign school established by a school foundation must run an internationally accredited curriculum recognized by the Minister of Education. If domestic graduates are to receive recognition of Korean academic credentials, also plan to teach at least 2 subjects including Korean language and social studies for at least 102 hours each per year, with teachers holding at least a grade 2 regular teacher certificate. · 4. Submit the school establishment approval application — After receiving the school building's use approval, submit the school establishment approval application to the superintendent at least 6 months before the planned opening date, attaching the school rules, expenses and maintenance method, school building layout and floor plans, documents on contributions (for a corporation) or on ability to pay expenses and repay debts (for an individual), equipment documents and the plan for securing the principal and other staff. For a foreign kindergarten the deadline is 4 months before opening, and the qualification documents, sex offense record check consent form and personal history statement of the prospective principal are also required. The superintendent notifies the decision at least 3 months before the planned opening date (within 2 months of receipt for kindergartens), and if there is an unavoidable reason, filing may be postponed for up to 2 years by submitting a postponement application within the deadline. · 5. Manage admissions, disclosure and change approvals after approval — Domestic students may be admitted only if they have lived abroad for a total of at least 3 years or meet other conditions, and they may not exceed 30 percent of student capacity, although the superintendent may raise this ratio within a range of 20 percent through city or provincial education rules. The school rules must be disclosed on the school website or similar, and when teachers are appointed or dismissed, their personal details must be reported to the competent education office within 7 days. Changing important matters such as the founder, name, location, expenses and maintenance method or building floor plans requires change approval from the superintendent.

5Basic required documents

School establishment approval application (Enforcement Rule of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act, Form No. 1; for foreign kindergartens, Enforcement Rule of the Early Childhood Education Act, Form No. 1) · School rules (kindergarten rules for foreign kindergartens) · Documents on expenses and maintenance method · School building (including athletic grounds) layout and floor plans · Documents on contributions (if the founder is a corporation) or on ability to pay expenses and repay debts (if the founder is an individual) · Plan for securing the principal and other staff (for foreign kindergartens, the prospective principal's qualification documents, sex offense record check consent form and personal history statement) · Equipment documents and lease documents if the school site or facilities are leased · Annual supplementation plan for facilities to be added after approval and implementation status report (if some facilities or equipment are not yet secured) · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Applying for Foreign School and Foreign Kindergarten Establishment Approval
View full service guide Send your case
07 School Record Correction Request in KoreaApplicationSchool Record Correction Request in Korea · Official check · 30-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameSchool Record Correction Request in Korea
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Review the record and identify what to correct — First obtain a copy of the school life record and mark which wording in which section (personal and enrollment details, attendance, subject learning development, or behavioral characteristics and overall comments) is inaccurate. You can request access from the school under Article 35 of the Personal Information Protection Act, and the school must allow access within 10 days of receiving the request. · 2. Gather objective supporting evidence — Article 19 of the Guidelines allows corrections after closing only where objective supporting evidence exists, so collect dated materials such as medical certificates, absence notices or official letters for attendance, certificates or participation records for awards and activities, and counseling records, text messages or emails for written descriptions. Items backed only by a claim without evidence are hard to have accepted as grounds for correction. · 3. Draft the correction request — In the request, set out in a table the student's details, the school year and section, the current wording and the requested wording, the reason it is inaccurate, and the attached evidence numbers. Write around dates and documents rather than emotional language, and state that this is a correction request under Article 36 of the Personal Information Protection Act and that written notice of the result is requested. · 4. Submit to the school and committee review — Submit the request and evidence addressed to the principal and keep a record of receipt. The school's Academic Performance Management Committee reviews the objectivity of the evidence, the reason, and the content of the correction, and then, following the approval process of the correction register, the homeroom teacher of the year in which the error was found makes the correction for current students, and the staff member in charge does so for graduates. Corrections to student information in personal and enrollment details may skip committee review. · 5. Check the result and follow up — When you receive notice of the result, obtain a new copy of the school life record and confirm that the wording was changed as requested. If the correction is not accepted, review the reasons in the notice to see whether additional evidence can be supplemented and request again, or use the objection procedure the school provides under Article 38(5) of the Personal Information Protection Act.

5Basic required documents

No prescribed submission form (no statutory form exists for a school life record correction request, so a correction request stating the items, reasons and evidence is prepared, using the school's own form if it has one) · Copy of the school life record (with the sections and wording to be corrected marked) · Objective supporting evidence for the correction (medical certificates, absence notices, official letters, certificates, counseling records, text messages, emails, etc.) · Personal information access request (Form No. 8 of the Notice on Methods of Processing Personal Information, when first requesting access) · Copy of ID and family relationship certificate (when a guardian makes the request) · Data subject's letter of authorization (Form No. 11 of the Notice on Methods of Processing Personal Information, when a representative submits)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 School Record Correction Request in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
08 Preparation of application documents for vocational training institution certification evaluation and training course reviewCertificationPreparation of application documents for vocational training institution certification evaluation and training course review · Official check · 30-8
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for vocational training institution certification evaluation and training course review
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm institution eligibility and the target program — Institutions that may receive government-commissioned training include vocational skills development training facilities, schools under the Higher Education Act, lifelong education facilities under the Lifelong Education Act and lifelong vocational education academies (Enforcement Decree, Article 12). To operate as a designated vocational training facility, the institution must first meet the staff, facility, equipment and training teacher requirements and be designated by the Minister of Employment and Labor (Act, Article 28). Because the agency that later recognizes the courses depends on whether the program is account-based training or employer-sponsored training, this is sorted out at the start. · 2. Check the evaluation plan notice on HRD-Net — KOREATECH reports the next year's institution evaluation plan to the Minister of Employment and Labor by November 30 every year and announces it on HRD-Net (Notice, Article 11). The evaluation targets and selection criteria, schedule and evaluation criteria are set out in this notice, so the application period and required documents are confirmed from that year's notice. The training course review is also announced separately on HRD-Net through a review plan covering targets, criteria, schedule and restricted fields (Notice, Article 18). · 3. Prepare and enter the institution evaluation materials — The institution evaluation focuses on legal compliance and financial soundness, training performance and training capacity, and is conducted through document review and on-site evaluation (Notice, Articles 12 and 13). Training records, evaluation reports and other materials must be entered on HRD-Net or submitted in writing within the set deadline, and submitting false or manipulated materials leads to disadvantages in the result (Notice, Article 36). If there is an on-site evaluation, the plan is notified at least 14 days in advance. · 4. Apply for the training course review — Courses submitted by institutions with no institution evaluation result or with an 'Insufficient' grade may be excluded from review, so the institution evaluation grade is secured first (Notice, Article 17). The course review focuses on training goals and content, training facilities and equipment, and the suitability of instructors, so the training course implementation plan is written to match the occupational training standards and the facility, equipment and instructor details (Notice, Article 19). · 5. Check the results and apply for course recognition — Institution evaluation and course review results are posted on HRD-Net, and an objection may be filed within the period set in the evaluation or review plan (Notice, Articles 15 and 22). For employer-sponsored training courses, the recognition application (Form No. 2) is submitted to the branch of HRD Korea at least 7 days before the course starts (5 days for training facilities and courses run directly by employers), and recognition of account-based training courses is handled by the regional employment and labor office (Enforcement Rule, Article 8(2); Enforcement Decree, Article 52).

5Basic required documents

Application for recognition (or modified recognition) of a vocational skills development training course (Enforcement Rule of the Lifelong Vocational Skills Development Act, Form No. 2) · Institution evaluation and course review application materials (in the format set by that year's HRD-Net evaluation and review plan notice) · Training course implementation plan as prescribed by the Minister of Employment and Labor · Proof of eligible institution status (lifelong education facility report certificate, academy registration certificate, etc.; not required for designated vocational training facilities) · Institution evaluation materials such as training records and evaluation reports · Training facility and equipment list and proof of instructor qualifications

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We provide support for preparing and submitting self-assessment explanatory materials for certification evaluation or an implementation plan for 1 training course for 1 institution. Proof of facilities, instructors, and training performance are provided, but actual training operation, new course development, on-site evaluation attendance, and on-site visits are separate.

Scope & fee
Vocational training institution accreditation evaluation documents
We provide approximately 30 pages of information on management, facilities, personnel, and performance for 1 training institution and 1 certification evaluation. We provide support for preparing and submitting 5 pages of self-assessment explanatory materials and application/attached materials. Actual training operations, new course development, on-site evaluation attendance, and on-site visits are separate.
Vocational training course review application documents
We provide approximately 30 pages of time schedule, instructor, and facility information for 1 training course and 1 review session. We provide support for preparing and submitting the expected 5-page training course implementation plan and application/attached materials. Actual training operations, new course development, on-site evaluation attendance, and on-site visits are separate.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Vocational training institution accreditation evaluation documents from KRW 500,000
  • Vocational training course review application documents from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for vocational training institution certification evaluation and training course review
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Work, investment & study visas

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Residence Status and Visa ApplicationsPermitResidence Status and Visa Applications · Official check · 31-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameResidence Status and Visa Applications
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityKorea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice
Online route HiKorea
Deadline · procedural notes For extensions of period of stay, eligibility to apply is reviewed from four months before expiration up to the date of expiration. Fees vary by status and application method; extension examples may be guided as KRW 60,000 in person and KRW 50,000 online.
1When this applies

Foreign nationals preparing to extend their period of stay, change status of stay, apply for off-work activities, change or add workplace, or apply for permanent residence.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

3Statutory and policy authority

Korea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice

4Online route

HiKorea

5Procedure order

Check the current status and deadline: Check the current residence status and expiry date on the residence card and passport, and whether the intended activity falls within the current status. If it does not, the application is for a change of residence status or permission for activities outside the residence status, not an extension. · Decide the application type: Apply for an extension of the period of stay to continue the same activity, a change of residence status when the purpose changes, such as from study to employment (e.g., D-2 to E-7), and a grant of residence status for birth in Korea or loss of nationality. · Check the requirements for the residence status: Check requirements such as education, income, employment contract and family relationships and the required documents in the Hi Korea guidance for each residence status and Appended Table 5-2 of the Enforcement Rule, and see whether documents issued abroad need an apostille or consular legalization and a translation. · Prepare the documents: Prepare the integrated application form, passport, residence card and photo, together with proof of purpose such as an employment contract, business registration certificate, certificate of enrollment or family documents, and proof of the place of stay such as a lease agreement. · Submit the application: Apply online through Hi Korea or submit the documents to the immigration office having jurisdiction over the place of stay after booking a visit, and pay the fee. Extension applications must be received before the expiry date. · Respond to the review and check the result: If supplementary documents are requested, submit them within the deadline; if approved, the permitted period is written on the residence card. If denied, check the reasons and consider whether to correct the issues and reapply.

6Basic required documents

Integrated application form (application for extension of stay, change of residence status, or grant of residence status) · Passport and residence card · Proof of place of stay (lease agreement, accommodation confirmation, etc.) · Proof of employment activity, such as an employment contract, business registration certificate or tax records · Proof of study, such as a certificate of enrollment or transcript (study and training statuses) · Proof of family relationships, such as a family relationship certificate or marriage certificate (dependent and marriage migrant statuses) · Proof of financial capacity, such as a certificate of income amount or certificate of employment (where applicable) · Birth certificate (when applying for a grant of residence status due to birth in Korea)

7Deadline · procedural notes

For extensions of period of stay, eligibility to apply is reviewed from four months before expiration up to the date of expiration. Fees vary by status and application method; extension examples may be guided as KRW 60,000 in person and KRW 50,000 online.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxImmigration fee varies by status and procedure; check HiKorea before filingOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for a Certificate of Visa Issuance Confirmation 📘 How to Apply for Permission for Activities Outside Your Sojourn Status
View full service guide Send your case
02 D-8 (Corporate Investment) Extension of StayPermitD-8 (Corporate Investment) Extension of Stay · Official check · 31-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameD-8 (Corporate Investment) Extension of Stay
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the category and maximum period: Check whether the applicant falls under item (a) (essential professional managing a foreign-invested company), item (b) (founder of a venture company) or item (c) (founder of a technology start-up corporation) of D-8 in Appended Table 1-2 of the Enforcement Decree. Under Appended Table 1 of the Enforcement Rule, the maximum period granted at one time is 5 years for item (a) and 2 years for items (b) and (c). · Review the financial position in advance: Well before the expiry date, check the sales trend with the VAT tax base certificate and the summary of electronic tax invoices, capital impairment with the financial statements, and personal income with the representative's income certificate. If something falls short, prepare materials explaining business results, such as ongoing contracts or orders. · Organize proof of residence and business premises: Prove the place of stay with a lease or an accommodation provision confirmation, and the business premises with a lease for an independent office and rent transfers from the corporate account. If the applicant has moved, also confirm that the change of address was reported within 15 days of moving in. · Prepare the statutory attachments: Under Appended Table 5-2 of the Enforcement Rule, item (a) applicants submit the business registration certificate (for a corporation, the certificate of all registered matters), proof of personal tax payment or VAT tax base documents, and a certificate of business results (import/export results), and employees who are not investors add a certificate of employment. Items (b) and (c) submit proof of business results and a tax payment certificate. · File the extension application: Before the period of stay ends, submit the integrated application form with the passport, alien registration card and attachments to the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay by visit reservation, or through HiKorea e-application. Some offices also require a D-8/D-9 (Trade Management) extension acknowledgment (pledge). · Check the result and handle family members: If approved, the new period is written on the alien registration card; if denied, the applicant receives a notice with a departure deadline within 14 days of issuance. A spouse or minor children staying under F-3 (Dependent Family) have their period set to match the principal's, so apply for their extension in line with the principal's result.

5Basic required documents

Integrated application form (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 34) · Passport and alien registration card · Copy of business registration certificate; for a corporation, certificate of all registered matters · Proof of personal tax payment or VAT documents such as the VAT tax base certificate · Certificate of business results (import/export results) and financial statements (to show maintained capital and any capital impairment) · Proof of place of stay (lease or accommodation provision confirmation) · Proof of business premises (lease for an independent office, rent transfers from the corporate account) · Certificate of employment (employees who are not investors); for items (b) and (c), proof of business results and tax payment certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 D-8 Corporate Investment Visa Extension of Stay
View full service guide Send your case
03 Trade Management (D-9) Visa Issuance and ExtensionPermitTrade Management (D-9) Visa Issuance and Extension · Official check · 31-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameTrade Management (D-9) Visa Issuance and Extension
Actual processing agencyKorean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Korean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the application type: First decide whether this is a dispatch for installing, operating or maintaining export equipment (machinery) or supervising shipbuilding or equipment manufacturing, company management or a for-profit business, or trade under a trade business ID number. The attachments differ by type, and a person hired in Korea is not eligible for D-9. · Business registration and office: Complete incorporation or sole proprietor registration, and prepare a lease, office photos and a signboard so that a real office exists at the address on the business registration certificate. An arrangement that only borrows an address makes it hard to prove the office exists and causes problems in the review. · Business fund inflow or trade business ID number: For the company management or for-profit business type, prepare documents proving the inflow of business funds from abroad. For the trade type, prepare the trade business ID certificate from the Chairman of the Korea International Trade Association and proof of the applicable points under the trade points system. · Visa or change of status application: Applicants abroad file a visa application form at a Korean embassy or consulate, and applicants staying in Korea file the integrated application form for a change of status at the immigration office with jurisdiction over their place of stay. Documents issued abroad must carry an apostille or consular legalization and be submitted with a translation. · Alien registration and change reports: Register as a foreign resident at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay within 90 days of entry, submitting the business registration certificate (for a corporation, the certificate of registered matters). If the affiliated company changes or is added, or the company name changes, file a report of change in alien registration within 15 days. · Extension of the period of stay: Before the period of stay ends, submit the integrated application form with a certificate of employment, the business registration certificate, proof of personal tax payment and proof that the office exists. The trade type submits the trade business ID certificate and points evidence again, and shows operating results with export-import declaration certificates and transaction contracts.

5Basic required documents

Integrated application form (Form No. 34 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, for change of status or extension of stay in Korea) or visa application form (Form No. 17, for applications at an embassy or consulate) · Passport, ID photo, alien registration card (if registered) · Copy of the business registration certificate (for a corporation, the certificate of registered matters) · Proof that the office exists (lease, interior and exterior photos of the office, etc.) · Documents proving the inflow of business funds (overseas remittance records, etc., for the company management or for-profit business type) · Trade business ID certificate (issued by the Korea International Trade Association) and proof of the applicable points under the trade points system (trade type) · Certificate of employment and proof of personal tax payment (for extensions) · Export-import records (export-import declaration certificates, transaction contracts, etc.) and apostilled or consular-legalized copies of documents issued abroad

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 D-9 Trade Management Visa: Issuance and Extension Requirements and Required Documents
View full service guide Send your case
04 Intra-Company Transfer (D-7) Visa Issuance and ExtensionPermitIntra-Company Transfer (D-7) Visa Issuance and Extension · Official check · 31-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameIntra-Company Transfer (D-7) Visa Issuance and Extension
Actual processing agencyKorean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Korean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the dispatch type: Separate a transfer from a foreign company's head office to its affiliate, branch or office in Korea from a transfer of staff at an overseas branch of a Korean listed company or public institution to the head office in Korea. The latter needs the head office's overseas direct investment report acceptance or overseas branch establishment report acceptance and proof of overseas remittance. · Check the employment condition: Confirm with a certificate of employment that the transferee has worked for 1 year or more at the head office or branch, and state in the personnel order (dispatch order) the essential duties the person will take on in Korea as an executive, manager or professional. Employees who only do simple clerical or manual work are not eligible for D-7. · Match the Korean establishment form and scope of work: A liaison office cannot conduct business, so only staff suited to market research, liaison and promotion can be sent there; a branch operates after the foreign exchange bank establishment report, registration and business registration. Prepare proof of the Korean branch or office and evidence of business fund inflow or a business plan. · Apply for the certificate for confirmation of visa issuance: The Korean branch or office acts as inviter and files the application form with the attachments at the immigration office with jurisdiction over its address or through HiKorea. Documents issued abroad must carry an apostille or consular legalization and be submitted with a translation. · Visa issuance and alien registration: Once the confirmation number is notified, the transferee files a visa application at a Korean embassy or consulate and enters Korea, then registers at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay within 90 days of entry. The spouse and unmarried minor children can stay together under F-3 (Dependent Family) status. · Extension of the period of stay: Before the period of stay ends, submit the integrated application form with the personnel order (dispatch order), documents on the report (permit) for the Korean branch, proof of business fund inflow such as foreign exchange purchase certificates, and a tax payment certificate. Staff of an overseas branch dispatched to the Korean head office submit a certificate of employment and a tax payment certificate.

5Basic required documents

Application for a certificate for confirmation of visa issuance (Form No. 21 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act) or, for an extension in Korea, the integrated application form (Form No. 34) · Copy of passport, ID photo, alien registration card (for extensions) · Certificate of employment from the foreign company (showing 1 year or more of service) · Personnel order (dispatch order) · Proof of the Korean branch or office (branch establishment report acceptance, certificate of registered matters, business registration certificate, or the liaison office's unique number certificate) · Proof of business fund inflow such as foreign exchange purchase certificates, or a business plan · For overseas branch staff sent to the Korean head office: certificate of registered matters of the head office, overseas direct investment report acceptance or overseas branch establishment report acceptance, proof of overseas remittance, and the certificate of employment and tax payment records from the overseas branch · Tax payment certificate (for extensions); for accompanying family, documents proving the family relationship (apostilled or consular-legalized copies with translations)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 D-7 Intra-Company Transfer Visa Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
05 Preparation of application documents for Digital Nomad (F-1-D) visa and change of stayPermitPreparation of application documents for Digital Nomad (F-1-D) visa and change of stay · Official check · 31-5
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for Digital Nomad (F-1-D) visa and change of stay
Actual processing agencyKorean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Korean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Check eligibility: Applicants must be at least 18, able to work remotely for an overseas company, and have at least one year of employment in the same field. A spouse and minor children may apply together as accompanying family. Working for a Korean company or doing business with Korean clients is not allowed under this status. · Check the applicable income threshold: The threshold is set as a multiple of the previous year's per-capita GNI: ages 18 to 34 need 1.5 times in the Seoul metropolitan area and 1 time elsewhere; age 35 and over need 2 times in the metropolitan area and 1.5 times elsewhere; with accompanying family, 2 times in the metropolitan area and 1.5 times elsewhere. Staying in Seoul, Incheon or Gyeonggi means the metropolitan standard applies. · Prepare documents issued abroad: The certificate of employment, pay slips, bank statements showing income deposits and the criminal record certificate are issued abroad, so they need an apostille from the issuing country or consular confirmation from the Korean mission there, and translations must be attached to foreign-language documents. Obtaining these documents usually takes the longest. · Take out private medical insurance: Obtain private medical insurance covering both treatment and repatriation for the period of stay with coverage of at least KRW 100 million, and attach the policy and statement of coverage to the application. · Apply for a visa or change status in Korea: From abroad, file the visa application at the Korean diplomatic mission in your country of residence. If you are in Korea under B-1, B-2 or C-3, file the integrated application form for a change of status at the immigration office having jurisdiction before your current period of stay ends. · Alien registration and extension: If you entered on a visa, complete alien registration at the immigration office for your place of stay within 90 days of entry, and before the first year ends, apply for an extension of the period of stay with proof that your income and insurance are maintained, up to a maximum of three years.

5Basic required documents

Visa application form (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 17), or the integrated application form (Form No. 34 of the same Rule) for a change of status in Korea · Passport and passport photo (3.5cm x 4.5cm) · Certificate of employment from the overseas company (stating remote-work arrangement and length of employment in the same field) · Proof of income (pay slips, bank statements showing income deposits, income certificates; translations attached to foreign-language documents) · Criminal record certificate (issued by home country, with apostille or consular confirmation) · Private medical insurance policy and statement of coverage (treatment and repatriation, coverage of at least KRW 100 million) · For accompanying family: documents proving the family relationship (marriage certificate, birth certificate, etc.) · If applying under the non-metropolitan income standard: a lease or accommodation booking confirmation for at least one month

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare F-1-D visa application materials from embassies abroad or documents for change of domestic immigration status. We distinguish between submission in person at the embassy and submission by domestic visit.

Scope & fee
Prepare overseas mission visa documents for F-1-D
We will prepare F-1-D embassy visa application materials by comparing the evidence provided by 1 overseas remote worker, such as income, employment, insurance, and criminal history. Submission and interview at the embassy are carried out by the applicant himself, and separate application by family members is an additional scope. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
F-1-D change of status in Korea; includes 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area
We will review the income, employment, insurance, and residence information of 1 overseas remote worker and prepare a domestic F-1-D change document. It does not include the entire registration/extension after the family's separate application and approval. 1 office visit is included.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Prepare overseas mission visa documents for F-1-D from KRW 500,000
  • F-1-D change of status in Korea; includes 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for Digital Nomad (F-1-D) visa and change of stay
View full service guide Send your case
06 D-6 Religious Visa Invitation and ExtensionPermitD-6 Religious Visa Invitation and Extension · Official check · 31-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameD-6 Religious Visa Invitation and Extension
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the person's status: Check whether the person is dispatched by a foreign religious organization, such as a pastor, priest, nun, monk, missionary or imam, and confirm documents that objectively show clerical status and the dispatch, such as an ordination certificate, monastic certificate, letter of appointment and dispatch order. Attach translations of documents in foreign languages. · Prepare the inviting organization's documents: Gather the Korean organization's establishment permit or corporate registry certificate, unique identification number certificate, articles of association and activity record. Describing the actual religious activities planned is more persuasive in the review than giving the person a nominal officer title. · Prove support for living expenses: Prepare a confirmation that the parent or inviting organization will provide living expenses and housing, financial records such as bank balances and donation records, and the lease for the housing. If a spouse and minor children come along under F-3 (Dependent Family), show that their living expenses are covered as well. · Apply for the Certificate of Visa Eligibility: The inviting organization submits the application and attachments to the immigration office having jurisdiction over its address; the Minister of Justice reviews it and issues a confirmation number, which the person uses to obtain a D-6 visa at a Korean diplomatic mission before entering Korea. · Alien registration after entry: Complete alien registration at the immigration office for the place of stay within 90 days of entry, submitting documents on the establishment of the religious or social welfare organization. If the place of stay changes, report the change within 15 days of moving in. · Extension of stay: Before the period of stay expires, apply for an extension using the Integrated Application Form with a certificate of employment or the dispatch order, together with records of actual activities such as activity logs, event photos and preaching or volunteer records, and the inviting organization's financial records.

5Basic required documents

Application for Certificate of Visa Eligibility (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 21); for extension of stay, the Integrated Application Form (Form No. 34) · Copy of the person's passport and photo · Dispatch order from the foreign religious or social welfare organization · Proof of clerical status such as an ordination certificate, monastic certificate or letter of appointment (with translations of foreign-language documents) · Copy of the Korean inviting organization's establishment permit as a religious or social welfare organization, or its corporate registry certificate, and unique identification number certificate · Documents on the organization's support for living expenses (confirmation of living expenses and housing, financial records) · Religious activity plan and the inviting organization's activity record · For extension: certificate of employment and activity records such as activity logs and event photos

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 D-6 Religious Visa Invitation: Procedure and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
07 Refugee Recognition Application: Preparation and FilingApplicationRefugee Recognition Application: Preparation and Filing · Official check · 31-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameRefugee Recognition Application: Preparation and Filing
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Application and attachments: Attach to the refugee recognition application a passport or alien registration card, one photo taken within the last 6 months, and any materials relevant to the review. If the passport or card cannot be presented, submit a written explanation. The application must in principle be made in writing, in Korean or English. · 2. Receipt and stay: The immigration office issues a receipt immediately upon accepting the application. An applicant may stay in Korea until the decision is final, and until any administrative appeal or lawsuit against a denial is concluded. · 3. Interview and fact-finding: A refugee officer conducts the interview and fact-finding. At the applicant's request, an official of the same sex conducts the interview, and a request for audio or video recording cannot be refused. The review may be terminated if the applicant fails to appear after three or more consecutive summonses. · 4. Decision: A decision is made within 6 months of the application date; if unavoidable, it may be extended by up to 6 months, with notice given at least 7 days before the original period expires. If recognized, a certificate of refugee recognition is issued; if not, a notice of denial stating the reasons and how to object is issued. · 5. Objection within 30 days: Within 30 days of receiving notice of denial, or of revocation or withdrawal of recognition, submit an objection and materials supporting the grounds to the immigration office. The decision follows deliberation by the Refugee Committee within 6 months, extendable by up to 6 months. Once an objection is filed, an administrative appeal cannot be filed.

5Basic required documents

Refugee recognition application (Enforcement Rule of the Refugee Act, Annex Form No. 1) · Refugee recognition application for re-applicants (Annex Form No. 2 of the same Rule, for those who previously filed an application) · Passport or alien registration card (written explanation if it cannot be presented) · One photo (3.5 cm × 4.5 cm) taken within the last 6 months · Documents and other materials showing the grounds and circumstances of persecution (if any) · Korean or English translation of any part written in the applicant's native language · For an objection: objection form, notice of refugee denial, and materials supporting the grounds

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 800,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-05

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for Refugee Recognition
View full service guide Send your case
08 APEC Business Travel Card (ABTC) ApplicationApplicationAPEC Business Travel Card (ABTC) Application · Official check · 31-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameAPEC Business Travel Card (ABTC) Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check eligibility and company requirements — The applicant must need to travel frequently to APEC member economies for business, for example 4 or more visits in the last 2 years. The company must meet one of the requirements in Article 3 of the regulation, such as holding a trade business number with annual exports or imports of USD 100,000 or more in the previous or current year, overseas direct investment of USD 100,000 or more, or an overseas construction license with contract records. The applicant must be an executive of that company or a staff member in charge of import-export or overseas investment. · 2. Confirm the number of cards per company and prepare the applicant list — The number of cards is based on headcount by corporate registration (business registration for sole proprietors). Companies with fewer than 20 employees may receive 2 or fewer, 20 to fewer than 50 employees 5 or fewer, 50 to fewer than 100 employees 10 or fewer, and 100 to fewer than 500 employees 20 or fewer, with larger limits for larger companies. Employees posted to overseas subsidiaries, branches or liaison offices can be counted as staff of the Korean parent company, so the list should include existing card holders as well. · 3. Prepare the application form and personal, company and sector documents — Each applicant prepares the application in Form 1, a passport photo, a consent form for collection, use and third-party provision of personal information, a pledge, a passport copy with the back digits of the resident registration number removed, and a criminal record certificate. The company submits a recommendation request, an applicant list and employment confirmation, a list of card holders, a copy of the business registration certificate and a withholding tax return, and attaches sector documents such as an export-import performance certificate for trading companies or an overseas direct investment report and foreign currency remittance confirmation for investing companies. Names, positions and passport details are checked to match across all documents. · 4. Filing with the Incheon Airport Immigration Office and member approval — The application is made by completing an online application on the Korea International Trade Association (KITA) ABTC issuance system with an electronic signature using the corporation's joint certificate (general-purpose) and then submitting the original documents to KITA; if either is missing, the application will not proceed. KITA reviews the documents and eligibility and recommends the applicant to the Ministry of Justice, and the issuing authority, the Incheon Airport Immigration Office, may verify the applicant through an email address in the applicant's name. The office reviews the documents and any departure restrictions or grounds for refusal, then enters the data into the ABTC system and requests approval from each member economy, so approval timing differs by economy. The office may request additional materials or inspect the business if needed. · 5. Reissuance and reporting after issuance — The card is valid for 5 years from issuance, and if the holder gets a new passport or changes the verification email, reissuance is applied for with the Form 3 application. If the card or the phone holding the mobile card is lost, a loss report is filed within 14 days. If status changes through retirement, dismissal, or a merger or split of the company, it must be reported within 14 days and any physical card returned.

5Basic required documents

Application for the APEC Business Travel Card (Regulation on the Issuance and Management of the APEC Business Travel Card, Form 1) · Passport photo (3.5cm wide, 4.5cm high) · Consent form for collection, use and third-party provision of personal information, and pledge · Passport copy with the back digits of the resident registration number removed · Criminal record certificate · Company documents: recommendation request, applicant list and employment confirmation, list of card holders, copy of business registration certificate or unique number certificate, withholding tax return (tax payment certificate for one-person companies) · Sector documents: export-import performance certificate, overseas direct investment report and foreign currency remittance confirmation, overseas construction contract certificate, or foreign-invested company registration certificate, as applicable · Letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 APEC Business Travel Card (ABTC) Application
View full service guide Send your case
09 Preparation of E-6 visa issuance confirmation applications and C-4 consular visa application documentsPermitPreparation of E-6 visa issuance confirmation applications and C-4 consular visa application documents · Official check · 31-9
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of E-6 visa issuance confirmation applications and C-4 consular visa application documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Determine the status of stay by activity period and payment — C-3 (Short-term Visit) excludes people whose purpose is profit, so an activity paid with appearance or modeling fees requires a status of stay that permits employment. Short-term paid activities such as temporary entertainment, advertising and fashion modeling, and lectures fall under C-4 (Short-term Employment), a short-term status of 90 days or less, and diplomatic mission guidance classifies performance and modeling activities as C-4-5. Entertainment, music performance, theater, sports, or modeling activities lasting more than 90 days fall under E-6 (Arts and Entertainment), with a maximum period of stay of 2 years. · 2. Prepare a performance recommendation or employment recommendation — For a performance under the Public Performance Act, the inviter submits the application for recommendation of a domestic performance by foreigners (Form No. 6) to the Korea Media Rating Board with the performance outline, script and lyrics, a copy of the performance contract including a translation, a description of the performer or group, and a list of foreign performers. The processing period on the form is 10 days for a recommendation and 5 days for an amended recommendation, and performances invited by the State or a local government or held for religious ceremonies, social gatherings, or research presentations are not subject to recommendation. For activities other than performances, prepare an employment recommendation from the head of the competent central administrative agency or documents proving the need for employment. · 3. Apply for an E-6 Certificate of Visa Eligibility — For E-6, the application for a Certificate of Visa Eligibility (Form No. 21) is submitted with the documents in Annex 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act to the immigration office with jurisdiction over the inviter's address, and the inviter may apply on behalf of the foreigner. Performances or entertainment activities at hotel facilities, entertainment establishments, and similar venues additionally require an entertainment activity plan, a qualification or career certificate, and a letter of guarantee besides the performance recommendation. If the inviter paid a fine for illegal employment or similar violations and a set period has not yet passed, the certificate may not be issued, so the inviter's history is also checked. · 4. Apply for the visa at a Korean diplomatic mission — When the Minister of Justice issues the certificate, the confirmation number is notified to the inviter, and the foreigner enters that number on the visa application form and applies for the visa at a Korean diplomatic mission. A Certificate of Visa Eligibility is valid for 3 months and is effective for only one visa issuance. C-4 is not on the list of statuses eligible for a Certificate of Visa Eligibility under the Enforcement Rule, so as a rule the foreigner applies directly at the diplomatic mission with an employment or service contract and a recommendation. · 5. Alien registration and managing the scope of activities after entry — A foreigner staying in Korea for more than 90 days with E-6 status registers as an alien within 90 days of entry. To engage in activities belonging to another status of stay, such as a performance for another agency or an advertising shoot, permission for activities outside the status of stay must be obtained in advance. If the recommended performance content changes, an amended recommendation from the Korea Media Rating Board is also required.

5Basic required documents

Application for a Certificate of Visa Eligibility (Form No. 21 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act); for C-4, the visa application form submitted to a Korean diplomatic mission (Form No. 17 of the same Enforcement Rule) · Application for recommendation of a domestic performance by foreigners (Form No. 6 of the Enforcement Rule of the Public Performance Act) with the performance outline, script and lyrics, a copy of the performance contract (including translation), a description of the nature of the foreign performer or group, and a list of foreign performers (for performances under the Public Performance Act) · Performance recommendation from the Korea Media Rating Board, or an employment recommendation from the head of the competent central administrative agency or documents proving the need for employment · Employment contract or service contract · Performance plan or entertainment activity plan · Qualification certificate or career certificate · Letter of guarantee (for performances or entertainment activities at hotel facilities, entertainment establishments, and similar venues) · Letter of authorization (when an administrative agent files on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the application for confirmation of issuance of an E-6 domestic visa or the C-4 documents for submission to the embassy using the recommendation letters and contract materials provided by 1 performer and 1 invited company. C-4 Types that include contact with embassies and reservation coordination are also separately categorized. Obtaining a new letter of recommendation, translation, in-person interview, registration after entering the country, and on-site visit are separate.

Scope & fee
E-6 performer: application for confirmation of visa issuance
We provide support for preparing and submitting approximately 25 pages of recommendation letters and contract materials for 1 performer and 1 inviting company, 3 pages of invitation/activity description, and E-6 domestic visa issuance application documents. Separate embassy inquiries and reservation coordination are not included. The applicant performs the personal signature, attendance at the embassy, ​​and interview, but obtaining new letters of recommendation, translation, registration after entry, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
C-4 performer: prepare consular submission documents
Approximately 25 pages of recommendation letters and contract materials provided by 1 performer and 1 inviting company, 3 pages of expected invitation/activity description, and C-4 documents to be submitted to the embassy will be prepared and delivered to the applicant. Separate embassy inquiries and reservation coordination are not included. The applicant performs the personal signature, attendance at the embassy, ​​and interview, but obtaining new letters of recommendation, translation, registration after entry, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
C-4 document preparation including consulate contact and appointment coordination
Approximately 25 pages of recommendation letters and contract materials provided by 1 performer and 1 inviting company, 3 pages of expected invitation/activity description, and C-4 documents to be submitted to the embassy will be prepared and delivered to the applicant. We provide coordination of embassy inquiries and reservations and guidance to applicants. The applicant performs the personal signature, attendance at the embassy, ​​and interview, but obtaining new letters of recommendation, translation, registration after entry, and on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • E-6 performer: application for confirmation of visa issuance from KRW 500,000
  • C-4 performer: prepare consular submission documents from KRW 500,000
  • C-4 document preparation including consulate contact and appointment coordination from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-15

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of E-6 visa issuance confirmation applications and C-4 consular visa application documents
View full service guide Send your case
10 E-7-M trained technical professional status changePermitE-7-M trained technical professional status change · Official check · 31-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameE-7-M trained technical professional status change
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm graduation (or expected graduation) from a designated department — E-7-M is available only to graduates (or expected graduates) of trained professional technical departments designated by the Minister of Justice. The departments designated in March 2026 are one department each at 16 junior colleges, such as the Department of Future Automotive Engineering at Daelim University College, the Department of Electrical Engineering at Osan University, the Department of Smart CAD/CAM at Yeungjin College, the Department of Mechanical Engineering at Ulsan College and the Department of New and Renewable Energy Electricity at Mokpo Science University; other departments at the same college do not qualify. First confirm with a certificate of enrollment or a certificate of (expected) graduation that your department is a designated one. · 2. Meet the Korean language requirement — The Korean language standard at the post-graduation employment stage is completion of Level 4 or higher of the Korea Immigration and Integration Program, and the public notice states that TOPIK Level 5 is also accepted. This is higher than the admission-stage standard (TOPIK Level 3, etc.), so the completion certificate or score report should be secured before graduation. · 3. Sign an employment contract with a major-related company — The employment contract must be with a company related to your major, with a starting annual salary of 26,000,000 won or more and a contract period of 1 year or longer. This amount applies the 2025 wage standard for E-7-4 (Skilled Worker) and, under the public notice, may be adjusted in the future, so check the standard again at the time of signing. When all three issuance requirements are met, the employment necessity for Specific Activities (E-7) is deemed satisfied, and companies hiring these graduates receive a relaxed limit on the ratio of foreign to Korean employees (20%). · 4. Prepare the integrated application form and apply for a change of status of sojourn — A graduate (or expected graduate) staying in Korea must obtain permission to change status of sojourn before starting the new activity, under Article 24 of the Immigration Act. Attach to the integrated application form the documents required for a change to Specific Activities (E-7) under Annex 5-2 of the Enforcement Rule, such as the employment contract, proof of education and the employer's business registration certificate, together with proof of the Korean language requirement, and submit them to the competent immigration office; the fee is 100,000 won (Enforcement Rule Article 72, Subparagraph 5). · 5. Manage your stay and check the Residence (F-2) path — According to the public notice, a person who works continuously for 5 years or more with E-7-M, or stays with the same company in a depopulation area for 3 years or more, is allowed to apply for Residence (F-2) status. Keep your permission records and employment records so that your period of employment remains continuous each time you change workplace or extend your period of stay.

5Basic required documents

Integrated application form (report form) (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 34, with the change of status of sojourn item marked) · Passport and alien registration card · Certificate of graduation or certificate of expected graduation from the trained professional technical department · Certificate of completion of Level 4 or higher of the Korea Immigration and Integration Program, or TOPIK Level 5 or higher score report · Employment contract (starting annual salary of 26,000,000 won or more, contract period of 1 year or longer) · Employer's business registration certificate (certificate of corporate registration for corporations) and company and job materials showing the relationship to the major · Fee (change of status of sojourn 100,000 won) · Letter of authorization (when an administrative agent submits on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-15

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 E-7-M (K-CORE) Trained Professional Technical Worker Visa Requirements
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Study, training, teaching & research stays

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Part-time work permit for international students (D-2)PermitPart-time work permit for international students (D-2) · Official check · 32-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePart-time work permit for international students (D-2)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Fix the workplace and working conditions: First decide the workplace, duties, working days and hours, hourly wage and contract period. Some fields such as adult entertainment businesses and private tutoring are not permitted, and some industries carry additional criteria such as Korean language ability, so check the industry and conditions at this stage. · Check the school's criteria: School confirmation considers the previous semester's grades and attendance, Korean language ability (TOPIK, etc.) and compliance with permitted hours. Detailed criteria and permitted hours differ by school, degree program and year, so get guidance from the school's international affairs office first. · Obtain school confirmation (recommendation): Submit a request for part-time work confirmation to the school's international student office with the employment contract and a copy of the business registration certificate; the officer reviews grades and attendance and issues a part-time work confirmation (recommendation). · Apply for the permit for activities outside the status of stay: File the integrated application form with the school confirmation, employment contract and a copy of the business registration certificate at the immigration office having jurisdiction over your place of stay, or apply through HiKorea e-application. Under Annex 6 of the Enforcement Rule, the head of the competent immigration office handles D-2 permits for activities outside the status of stay. · Start work after the permit is granted: If approved, a permit stamp or sticker is placed in the passport or a permit is issued where needed; if refused, the applicant is notified by a refusal notice (Article 25 of the Enforcement Decree). Before the first shift, the employer checks the alien registration card and the workplace and period on the permit. · Manage workplace changes and permitted hours: Permits are issued per workplace, so changing or adding a workplace requires new school confirmation and a new permit. Permitted hours differ during the semester and vacation, and the permit period should be rechecked after extending the period of stay, so the employer and student manage the work schedule together.

5Basic required documents

Integrated application form (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 34, permit for activities outside the status of stay) · Passport and alien registration card · School part-time work confirmation (confirmation and recommendation by the international student officer) · Employment contract (stating working days and hours, hourly wage and contract period) · Copy of the workplace's business registration certificate · Transcript for the previous semester and attendance records · Proof of Korean language ability (TOPIK score report, etc., if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 D-2 International Student Part-Time Work Permit
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of E-2 visa applications and workplace-change permission/notification documentsPermitNotificationPreparation of E-2 visa applications and workplace-change permission/notification documents · Official check · 32-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of E-2 visa applications and workplace-change permission/notification documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Check teacher and academy requirements: Confirm the teacher's nationality, bachelor's degree or higher, and the country and program where the degree was earned, including special cases such as a bachelor's degree from a Korean university. Check first whether the hiring academy may employ foreign instructors and meets the facility standards, then sign the employment contract. · Authenticate overseas documents: Obtain an apostille or Korean consular confirmation on the degree copy and the nationwide criminal record certificate issued by the home country's competent authority (FBI-issued for U.S. nationals). The health statement submitted at the visa stage is completed by the teacher personally on the prescribed form. · Apply for a Certificate for Confirmation of Visa Issuance: For a teacher abroad, the hiring academy files the application with the employment contract and academy establishment documents at the immigration office; once issued, the teacher obtains the E-2 visa at a Korean embassy or consulate and enters Korea. · Change of status for residents in Korea: A person staying in Korea on D-2 (Study) or D-10 (Job Seeking) status applies for a change of status at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay without leaving the country, submitting the authenticated academic documents, criminal record certificate and pre-employment medical report. · Alien registration: Within 90 days of entry, register at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay, submitting the academy's business registration certificate and a pre-employment medical report including drug test results. Teachers recruited through the Ministry of Education or a provincial education office for elementary and secondary schools are exempt from this report. · Change of workplace when moving academies: Prepare the new employment contract, the academy registration certificate and the release letter from the head of the previous workplace (not required on contract expiry, suspension or closure). If the requirements in the Ministry of Justice notice are met, report within 15 days of starting the new job; otherwise obtain a change-of-workplace permit before working at the new academy.

5Basic required documents

Integrated Application Form (Report Form) (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 34) or Application for Certificate for Confirmation of Visa Issuance (same Rule, Form No. 21) · Passport, photo, alien registration card (for residents in Korea and change of workplace) · Copy of degree certificate or proof of degree (apostille or Korean consular confirmation) · Nationwide criminal record certificate from the home country (apostille or consular confirmation; FBI-issued for U.S. nationals) · E-2 Visa Applicant's Health Statement (same Rule, Form No. 21-3; visa stage) · Pre-employment medical report (issued by a medical institution designated by the Minister of Justice, including drug test results) · Employment contract, academy business registration certificate and academy establishment/operation registration certificate · Release letter from the head of the previous workplace (for change of workplace; not required on contract expiry, suspension or closure)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the E-2 visa and workplace change notification/prior approval documents. We distinguish between reporting and permission depending on the actual requirements of the instructor and educational institution.

Scope & fee
New
We will prepare application materials for the new visa by comparing the qualifications of 1 E-2 instructor and 1 educational institution with the overseas and employment proof provided. Obtaining overseas certification documents, changing to a new workplace, and in-person interviews are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
E-2 workplace change notification and document preparation
If the change of 1 E-2 instructor or 1 educational institution meets the post-reporting requirements, we will prepare reporting documents by comparing the previous contract termination and new contract data. This is not the type of request that is made at the same time as prior approval. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
E-2 workplace change notification with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area
If the change of 1 E-2 instructor or 1 educational institution meets the post-reporting requirements, we will prepare reporting documents by comparing the previous contract termination and new contract data. This is not the type of request that is made at the same time as prior approval. 1 office visit is included.
Official fee source ↗
Prior permit for E-2 workplace change; prepare documents
If the change of 1 E-2 instructor or 1 educational institution is not subject to post-reporting, we will prepare actual prior approval documents. Details of contract termination and new contract/organization data are provided, and new disputes and lengthy explanations are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Prior permit for E-2 workplace change with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area
If the change of 1 E-2 instructor or 1 educational institution is not subject to post-reporting, we will prepare actual prior approval documents. Details of contract termination and new contract/organization data are provided, and new disputes and lengthy explanations are separate. 1 office visit is included.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • New from KRW 300,000
  • E-2 workplace change notification and document preparation from KRW 300,000
  • E-2 workplace change notification with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 500,000
  • Prior permit for E-2 workplace change; prepare documents from KRW 300,000
  • Prior permit for E-2 workplace change with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of E-2 visa applications and workplace-change permission/notification documents
View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of application documents for D-4 language training visa and extension of stayPermitPreparation of application documents for D-4 language training visa and extension of stay · Official check · 32-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for D-4 language training visa and extension of stay
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Check the detailed status: First decide whether it is Korean language training at a university-affiliated language institute (D-4-1) or foreign language training (D-4-7). The detailed status and required documents differ by training institution. · Obtain the standard letter of admission: Apply to the language institute, pay the tuition, and receive the standard letter of admission. The training period and course name on the letter must match the visa application documents. · Prepare education and financial documents: Prepare the certificate of final education with an apostille or consular confirmation, and prove financial ability with a bank balance maintained for a certain period or a deposit certificate. If parents or others bear the costs, submit family relationship documents and a statement of financial support together. · Visa application or change in Korea: Applicants abroad apply for a visa at a Korean diplomatic mission, and those staying in Korea apply to the immigration office having jurisdiction over their place of stay for permission to change status when they meet the requirements. · Alien registration after entry: Complete alien registration at the immigration office having jurisdiction over your place of stay within 90 days from the date of entry. If you move, report it within 15 days from the date of moving in. · Attendance management and extension: The extension review looks at attendance, grades and tuition payment records, so keep attendance certificates each term and apply for extension before expiry. Part-time work is allowed only after obtaining permission for activities outside the status of stay.

5Basic required documents

Visa issuance application or integrated application form, passport, photo · Standard letter of admission from the language training institution · Certificate of final education (apostille or consular confirmation) · Proof of financial ability (bank balance or deposit certificate, etc.) · If someone else bears the costs: family relationship documents and statement of financial support · Proof of place of stay (lease contract or accommodation confirmation) · For extension: attendance and grade certificates, tuition payment receipt

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the documents required to apply for a new language study visa and extend the period of stay. We will guide you through the embassy submission materials and domestic application procedures according to your application route.

Scope & fee
New
We will prepare application documents for a new D-4 visa for 1 applicant. You will be provided with proof of admission, academic background, and finances, and you will be responsible for applying, signing, and interviewing at the embassy. Alien registration, translation, and document authentication are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Extension
We will prepare a D-4 extension document for 1 applicant. We will provide you with proof of attendance, attendance, grades, payment, and residence, and guide you through electronic submission or in-person application. Office on-site visits and alien registration are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Extension with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area
We will submit the D-4 extension document for 1 applicant and submit it in person at the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdiction. You will be provided with proof of attendance, attendance, payment, and residence, and you will be responsible for fingerprint and identity verification. Registration and additional on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • New from KRW 300,000
  • Extension from KRW 300,000
  • Extension with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for D-4 language training visa and extension of stay
View full service guide Send your case
04 E-3 Research Visa InvitationPermitE-3 Research Visa Invitation · Official check · 32-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameE-3 Research Visa Invitation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm eligibility: First check whether the assigned work is research and development performed at a research institute. If the job is not research, such as production management or sales support, consider another status such as E-7 (Specific Activities); if the person will teach as a professor at a university, consider E-1. · Check degree and research experience: The standard is a doctoral degree, or a master's degree plus research experience in the field. Detailed criteria may differ by type of inviting institution, so confirm them against the Ministry of Justice visa guidelines. Prepare apostilles or consular legalization and translations of degree and career certificates issued abroad in advance. · Prepare the inviting institution's documents: Gather the business registration certificate or corporate registry certificate, proof of research institute status such as a corporate research institute recognition certificate, and an employment contract stating the research duties, period and pay, and set out the reason for the invitation and the research plan in writing. · Apply for the Certificate of Visa Eligibility: The inviting institution submits the application and attachments to the immigration office having jurisdiction over its address. The office checks the issuance criteria and forwards the file with its opinion to the Minister of Justice, and once approved the inviting institution is notified of the confirmation number. · Visa issuance and alien registration: The foreign national enters the confirmation number on the visa application, obtains the E-3 visa at a Korean diplomatic mission and enters Korea, then completes alien registration at the immigration office for the place of stay within 90 days of entry. · Management during the stay: Apply for an extension before the period of stay expires, attaching the employment contract and business registration certificate. Changing or adding a workplace requires prior permission, but persons meeting the requirements in the Ministry of Justice notice may report within 15 days of the change; the employing institution must report a resignation, dismissal or material change to the employment contract within 15 days.

5Basic required documents

Application for Certificate of Visa Eligibility (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 21); for extension or change of workplace during the stay, the Integrated Application Form (Form No. 34) · Copy of the foreign national's passport and photo · Employment contract (stating research duties, period of employment and pay) · Degree certificate and research career certificate · Documents on the establishment of the inviting institution (business registration certificate or corporate registry certificate) · Proof of research institute status (corporate research institute recognition certificate, documents on the legal basis of the research institution, etc.) · Letter stating the reason for the invitation and the research content and utilization plan · Apostille or consular legalization for documents issued abroad, with translations

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 E-3 Research Visa Requirements and Invitation Documents
View full service guide Send your case
05 D-3 technical trainee invitation and visa issuance confirmationPermitD-3 technical trainee invitation and visa issuance confirmation · Official check · 32-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameD-3 technical trainee invitation and visa issuance confirmation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the company is eligible to invite trainees — Article 24-2 of the Enforcement Decree designates as technical training companies those that have invested directly abroad, those exporting technology that the Minister of Justice deems to require training, and those exporting plants. The Ministry of Justice directive requires that the overseas joint venture or subsidiary has been established and operating for 3 months, that technology import or partnership contracts are worth at least 100,000 US dollars, and that plants are worth at least 500,000 US dollars on an FOB basis. A company whose direct investment is under 100,000 US dollars needs the Minister of Justice's approval for its first invitation. · 2. Check the trainee selection criteria — Trainees must be production staff of the subsidiary or partner company, aged 18 to 40, with at least 3 months of service at the subsidiary. They need TOPIK level 2 or higher or completion of King Sejong Institute Beginner 2 or higher, unless the company submits a Korean language education pledge to station at least 1 interpreter per 100 trainees at all times and provide at least 5 hours of Korean classes per month. People sentenced to imprisonment without labor or heavier, those who left Korea under a departure order or deportation order, and those who stayed illegally for 6 months or more cannot be recruited. · 3. Set the headcount and the training plan — The number of trainees is limited to 8% of regular Korean employees, excluding temporary staff and technical trainees, up to 200 people, calculated per business registration when there are multiple sites. Training in principle cannot exceed 6 months from entry, and practical training cannot exceed 70% of total training hours. The training plan should describe the theory and practice hours, training processes, accommodation and Korean language education exactly as they will be run. · 4. Apply for the visa issuance certificate — The head of the inviting company files the application for a certificate of visa eligibility with the training plan, letter of guarantee, proof that the company is eligible, and proof of its number of regular Korean employees at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the company's address. The office examines whether the trainees would be used as simple labor, the training and accommodation facilities, whether the Korean company and the subsidiary are in the same industry and operating normally, and factory registration. If approved, a D-3 certificate with a stay of up to 6 months is issued, and the trainee obtains the visa at a Korean diplomatic mission. · 5. Post-entry management and extension — Within 1 month of entry the company provides at least 16 hours of in-house education covering Korean culture and immigration law and keeps a training log, and at alien registration it submits proof of a surety insurance against unpaid training allowances, industrial accident compensation insurance, and a Korean health check-up. If further training is needed, the period can be extended up to 2 years from entry by submitting a statement of reasons for extension signed by the head of the company and a training performance evaluation. If a reportable event such as a trainee leaving occurs, the company reports it to the immigration office within 15 days.

5Basic required documents

Application for certificate of visa eligibility (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 21) · Training plan prepared by the training company · Proof that the company is eligible for foreign technical training (investment, establishment and operation records of the subsidiary, etc.) · Proof of the number of regular Korean employees and a copy of the wage or payroll ledger · Letter of guarantee by the inviter (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Article 77) · Proof that the trainee meets the technical trainee criteria (employment records at the subsidiary, Korean language proficiency records, etc.) · Korean language education pledge (when inviting trainees who do not meet the Korean proficiency standard) · Letter of authorization (when an administrative agent files on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-16

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Inviting Technical Trainees (D-3)
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Permanent residence, overseas Koreans & family stay

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Change of Status of Stay to Permanent Residence (F-5-10)PermitChange of Status of Stay to Permanent Residence (F-5-10) · Official check · 33-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameChange of Status of Stay to Permanent Residence (F-5-10)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the degree or qualification type: Check with the degree and transcript whether the applicant falls under a high-tech bachelor's degree or higher, a Korean science or engineering bachelor's degree or higher, a Korean master's degree or higher, or a professional engineer qualification. If the degree is outside the recognized scope, such as a general business bachelor's degree from abroad, compare other permanent residence types to choose the application route. · Calculate the period of stay and work history: Use the certificate of entry and exit to count 3 years or more of stay in Korea as of the application date day by day, and mark gaps between changes of workplace and long absences abroad separately. Check with the certificate of employment and social insurance history whether the work is in a field related to the degree or qualification. · Check the employment and wage requirements: The applicant must be employed full-time on a regular basis by a Korean company at the time of application, and freelance or part-time work is hard to have recognized. Confirm with the withholding tax receipt and income certificate that the applicant's own earned income is at least the previous year's per capita GNI; a spouse's income is not added. · Check the conduct and basic knowledge requirements: Under Article 18-4 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, check whether 3 years have passed since paying a fine, 5 years since a suspended sentence became final, 5 years since a departure order, and whether the applicant violated the Immigration Act 3 or more times in the last 5 years (excluding fines for negligence). If there is no KIIP completion certificate or comprehensive evaluation score of 60 or more, schedule that first. · Obtain the home-country criminal record certificate and degree documents: Applicants under item 8 must additionally submit a criminal record certificate issued by the competent authority of their country of nationality under Annex 5-2 of the Enforcement Rule. Plan the time for issuance in the home country, the authentication process and the attached translation, and prepare foreign degree certificates that have gone through authentication. · Apply for the change and respond to requests for supplements: Before the current period of stay ends, book a visit through HiKorea and apply for a change of status of stay with the integrated application form at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay. If a supplement is requested during review, submit the materials within the set deadline, and if little time remains on the current stay, obtain an extension of the current status first.

5Basic required documents

Integrated application form (Form No. 34 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, change of status of stay) · Passport, alien registration card, photo · Degree certificate and transcript (foreign degrees authenticated) or copy of technical qualification · Employment contract, certificate of employment (stating duties), copy of the employer's business registration certificate · Earned income withholding tax receipt and income certificate (to confirm own wage against GNI) · Social insurance member list or enrollment history (to confirm full-time regular employment) · KIIP completion certificate or comprehensive evaluation score record · Criminal record certificate from the country of nationality (authenticated original and translation)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 F-5-10 Permanent Residence Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
02 Invitation of a Marriage Immigrant's Parents (F-1-5)PermitInvitation of a Marriage Immigrant's Parents (F-1-5) · Official check · 33-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameInvitation of a Marriage Immigrant's Parents (F-1-5)
Actual processing agencyKorean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Korean diplomatic mission overseas · Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the inviter's eligibility: The inviter is in principle the Korean spouse of the marriage immigrant, and a marriage immigrant holding F-5-2 (permanent residence), or one who acquired nationality after staying under F-6 (marriage immigrant) or F-5-2, may invite in place of the spouse. A single-parent marriage immigrant raising a child alone after the marriage ended may also invite, so the current status is first checked with the family relationship certificate. · Show the childcare need and calculate the deadline: Show the need for care with a pregnancy confirmation or the child's birth documents, and calculate as dates the deadline of the end of September of the year the child turns 9 (the year the child turns 12 for single-parent and multi-child families) and the remaining number of invitations. If a school-age child has not been enrolled in school, the invitation is restricted. · Match the invitee's documents and names: Compare the name spelling on the home-country birth certificate and family documents with the parent's passport, and if they differ, prepare home-country confirmation documents linking them as the same person and a name comparison table. Home-country documents are submitted as authenticated originals with translations attached. · Check past stay history: If the invitee has stayed in Korea before, check the entry and exit records for overstay or unauthorized work, and prepare materials explaining that the stay was not for employment. If this is not resolved, the visa application may be returned or refused. · Apply for a certificate of visa issuance confirmation or a visa: The inviter in Korea submits the application for a certificate of visa issuance confirmation to the competent immigration office, or the invitee submits a visa application at the diplomatic mission. The certificate route allows supplement requests to be answered directly in Korea, and once the certificate is issued the visa is received at the mission abroad using its number. · Register and extend after entry: Complete alien registration at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay within 90 days of entry, and obtain an extension one year at a time before the period of stay ends. The stay in Korea runs within 3 or 4 years of entry until the end of March of the year the child turns 10 (for single-parent and multi-child families, within 3 years until the end of March of the year the child turns 13), and employment is not permitted during the stay.

5Basic required documents

Application for certificate of visa issuance confirmation (Form No. 21 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act) or visa application (Form No. 17 of the same Rule, filed at a diplomatic mission); for a change or extension of status in Korea, the integrated application form (Form No. 34 of the same Rule) · Letter of invitation and statement of reasons (pregnancy, birth and childcare circumstances, explanation of the care gap) · Letter of guarantee (Form No. 129 of the Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, in the inviter's name) · Family relationship certificates and marriage relationship certificates of the inviter and the marriage immigrant, copy of the marriage immigrant's alien registration card · Pregnancy confirmation or the child's basic certificate and family relationship certificate (to confirm the child's age) · Home-country documents proving the relationship between the invitee and the marriage immigrant (birth certificate etc., authenticated originals with translations) · Copy of the invitee's passport and a name spelling comparison table (when spellings differ across documents) · Inviter's certificate of employment, earned income withholding tax receipt and other income documents; for single-parent or multi-child families, documents showing that fact

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 F-1-5 (Visiting or Joining Family) Requirements for Inviting a Marriage Immigrant's Parents
View full service guide Send your case
03 F-2-7 Points-Based Residence Visa ChangePermitF-2-7 Points-Based Residence Visa Change · Official check · 33-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameF-2-7 Points-Based Residence Visa Change
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm the application type: Check the detailed status code on the alien registration card and the residence history in Korea, decide whether to apply as a professional, a listed-company employee, a holder of a Korean master's degree or higher, or another type, and compare the stay requirements for that type. · Review the actual job: For the listed-company employee type, check whether the current work falls under managers, professionals and related workers in the Korean Standard Classification of Occupations. Do not judge by job title alone, and prepare the certificate of employment and job description so that they match the duties actually performed. · Calculate the basic points: Calculate points from the evidence of age, education, Korean language ability and annual income. Income is based on the taxable income in the income amount certificate, so non-taxable allowances, meal allowances and severance pay are excluded; check the gap between contracted salary and recognized income in advance. · Check bonus and penalty points: Check evidence for bonus points such as a Korean degree, completion of the Social Integration Program and volunteer work, and also check penalty or disqualification grounds such as legal violations or tax arrears. Only volunteer work confirmed by official records is counted. · Prepare documents for each item: Attach evidence for each item in the points calculation sheet. Foreign degree certificates need an apostille or consular confirmation, and a TOPIK score report or Social Integration Program completion certificate and proof of the place of stay should be prepared together. · Apply for the change and respond to supplements: After booking a visit on HiKorea, submit the change application and evidence to the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay. If a supplement request is received during review, check the requested items and deadline and submit the missing points evidence or job description materials in time.

5Basic required documents

Integrated Application Form (Report Form) (Form No. 34 of the Enforcement Rules of the Immigration Act) · Passport, alien registration card and application photo · Points calculation sheet and evidence for each item · Income amount certificate for the most recent year · Certificate of employment, job description and copy of the employer's business registration certificate · Degree certificate (apostille or consular confirmation for foreign degrees) · TOPIK score report or Social Integration Program completion certificate · Bonus point evidence (Korean degree certificate, volunteer activity confirmation, etc.) and proof of the place of stay such as a lease agreement

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 F-2-7 Points-Based Residence Visa Requirements 📘 Changing from D-10 to F-2-7 or F-5 as a Doctoral Degree Holder
View full service guide Send your case
04 F-4 Overseas Korean Visa Issuance, Change and ExtensionPermitF-4 Overseas Korean Visa Issuance, Change and Extension · Official check · 33-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameF-4 Overseas Korean Visa Issuance, Change and Extension
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Check eligibility and nationality records: Check the Korean nationality history of the applicant or their parents or grandparents and the family relationship leading to the applicant with family relation and removed register documents, and check whether loss of Korean nationality has been processed after acquiring the foreign nationality. · Confirm the application type and jurisdiction: Distinguish between visa issuance abroad and a change of status or extension of stay in Korea, and check the current status and expiry date. Overseas applications go to a diplomatic mission, and applications in Korea go to the immigration office with jurisdiction over the actual place of stay. · Review employment plans: Check from the actual work whether the planned job falls under the restricted occupations in the notice, and submit a pledge not to engage in simple labor in Korea when applying. For H-2 (Visit and Employment) holders, the standards currently applicable to conversion to F-4 are checked case by case. · Prepare evidence and foreign documents: Prepare the integrated application form, passport, photo and proof of Korean descent, and check whether a criminal record certificate and health documents are required. For documents issued abroad, check whether an apostille or consular confirmation and a translation are needed. · Submit the application and manage the stay: Submit the documents to the authority matching the application type, and for applications in Korea check whether a HiKorea visit booking or online application is available. After approval, manage the expiry date and the obligations to report residence and changes of the place of stay. · Review extension and permanent residence: Prepare proof of the place of stay and activities needed for extension before expiry. After staying continuously for 2 years or more with F-4, a change to Permanent Residence (F-5) may be considered under Annex 1-3, Item 4 of the Enforcement Decree of the Immigration Act, but the requirements for livelihood, good conduct and basic knowledge must be met separately.

5Basic required documents

Integrated Application Form (Report Form) (Form No. 34 of the Enforcement Rules of the Immigration Act) or visa application (statutory form, for applications at a diplomatic mission) · Passport, alien registration card (for applications in Korea) and standard photo · Documents proving Korean nationality history and family relationship, such as family relation certificates and removed register transcripts · Documents confirming acquisition of the foreign nationality and processing of loss of Korean nationality · Foreign criminal record certificate (if required) · Pledge not to engage in simple labor in Korea · Apostille or consular confirmation and translation of documents issued abroad · Proof of the place of stay and activities (depending on the application type)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 F-4 (Overseas Korean) Restriction for Men Without Completed Military Service 📘 F-4 (Overseas Korean) Extension of Stay and Residence Card Reissue
View full service guide Send your case
05 Marriage Immigrant Permanent Residence (F-5-2) ChangePermitMarriage Immigrant Permanent Residence (F-5-2) Change · Official check · 33-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameMarriage Immigrant Permanent Residence (F-5-2) Change
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Check the stay history: Check from immigration records whether the applicant has stayed in Korea for 2 years or more with marriage immigrant status after marriage. If there were long absences or intermediate changes of status, check whether they affect the calculation of the period of stay. · Organize income records: Check the income of the applicant and the Korean spouse with income amount certificates or earned income withholding receipts. Cash wages and unreported income are hard to have recognized, so check whether income proved by public records exceeds the standard. · Prove basic knowledge: Check materials already held, such as a Social Integration Program completion certificate or a pass certificate for the comprehensive evaluation for permanent residence. If not yet obtained, plan the course and evaluation schedule around the application date and the expiry date of stay. · Check good conduct: If there is a history of fines or Immigration Act violations, check the dates and details of the dispositions. Because the time elapsed since a disposition may affect the review, decide the application timing after reviewing that history. · Prepare and submit documents: Prepare the integrated application form and proof of identity, marriage, income, basic knowledge and place of stay, book a visit on HiKorea and apply to the competent immigration office. Check the expiry date so that the period of stay does not end during review, and respond to supplement requests. · Post-approval management: With permanent residence, no extension of stay is needed, but the permanent residence card must be reissued every 10 years. When moving, report the change of the place of stay within 15 days of moving in.

5Basic required documents

Integrated Application Form (Report Form) (Form No. 34 of the Enforcement Rules of the Immigration Act) · Passport, alien registration card and application photo · Marriage relation certificate · Korean spouse's resident registration transcript and family relation certificate · Income amount certificates or earned income withholding receipts of the applicant and the Korean spouse · Proof of basic knowledge, such as a Social Integration Program completion certificate or a pass certificate for the comprehensive evaluation for permanent residence · Proof of the place of stay, such as a lease agreement

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Permanent Residence for Marriage Migrants (F-5-2): Application Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
06 High-Value Investor Permanent Residence (F-5-5) ChangePermitHigh-Value Investor Permanent Residence (F-5-5) Change · Official check · 33-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameHigh-Value Investor Permanent Residence (F-5-5) Change
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Check the investment requirement: Compare the foreign investment report records with the exchange rate at the time of investment to confirm that the investment is USD 500,000 or more. Also review whether existing D-8 (Corporate Investment) funds and additional investment can be combined. · Check actual employment: Confirm whether 5 or more Korean nationals are actually employed on a regular basis by comparing the social insurance enrollment list, employment contracts and payroll records, and organize the actual work and the period of continued employment. · Prove investment funds: Link overseas remittance and inflow records with the foreign investment report and the foreign-invested company registration certificate to show how the investment funds were formed, transferred and used. Also check that the reported details match the actual inflow records. · Organize business operation materials: Confirm the business details with the business registration certificate and corporate registry, and prepare the workplace lease agreement, workplace photos and sales and transaction records to show actual operation. · Check good conduct and easing standards: Check in advance for legal violations and tax arrears during the stay. Do not assume that easing or waiver of the livelihood and basic knowledge requirements applies automatically, and check the Ministry of Justice notice standards before applying. · Apply for the change: Organize the integrated application form, identity documents and evidence of investment, employment and business operation, book a visit on HiKorea, submit them to the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay, and submit additional materials in response to supplement requests during review.

5Basic required documents

Integrated Application Form (Report Form) (Form No. 34 of the Enforcement Rules of the Immigration Act) · Passport, alien registration card and application photo · Foreign investment report and foreign-invested company registration certificate · Records of overseas remittance and inflow of investment funds (foreign exchange purchase certificates, etc.) · Business registration certificate and corporate registry · Social insurance enrollment list · Employment contracts and payroll records · Workplace lease agreement, workplace photos, and sales and transaction records

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 High-Value Investor Permanent Residence (F-5-5) Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
07 F-3 Dependent Family Visa InvitationPermitF-3 Dependent Family Visa Invitation · Official check · 33-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameF-3 Dependent Family Visa Invitation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Confirm eligibility to invite: Check whether the inviter's current status allows an F-3 invitation and whether the family member is a legal spouse or an unmarried minor child. Parents and adult children are not eligible for F-3, so other statuses of stay are reviewed for them. · Check income and ability to support: Decide the number of family members to invite and check the income standard by household size at the time of application. Prove steady income with withholding receipts and pay slips, and do not use lump-sum deposits made just before the application as income evidence. · Check employment, business and housing: Confirm employment status and residence with a certificate of employment, employment contract and lease agreement. A D-8 (Corporate Investment) inviter prepares sales, payroll and balance records showing that the company actually operates and can support the family. · Prepare family relationship documents: Marriage and birth certificates receive an apostille or consular confirmation in the issuing country and are accompanied by a Korean translation. Originals without authentication may not be accepted, so arrange authentication from the stage of obtaining the documents abroad. · Apply for a certificate of visa issuance: Submit an application and evidence for each invitee to the immigration office with jurisdiction over the inviter's address. Once the confirmation number is issued, align the entry schedule so that the family can apply for the visa at a diplomatic mission within its validity period. · Alien registration and extension management: The family completes alien registration at the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay within 90 days of entry. The family's period of stay is set based on the inviter's period of stay, so prepare the family's extension together when the inviter extends.

5Basic required documents

Application for a certificate of visa issuance (statutory form, for each invitee) · Copies of the inviter's passport and alien registration card · Copy of the invitee's passport and photo · Marriage certificate and Korean translation (for a spouse, with apostille or consular confirmation) · Birth certificate and Korean translation (for a child, with apostille or consular confirmation) · Inviter's certificate of employment and employment contract, or sales and payroll records showing business operation · Income evidence such as earned income withholding receipts and pay slips · Proof of housing such as a lease agreement

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 F-3 Dependent Family Visa Invitation Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
08 Preparation of application documents for alien registration and extension of stayRegistrationPermitPreparation of application documents for alien registration and extension of stay · Official check · 33-8
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for alien registration and extension of stay
Actual processing agencyCompetent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Immigration Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Check the target and deadlines: Check the date of entry, current status, permitted period of stay and actual activities. Determine whether the person is exempt from alien registration and which of registration, extension or change of status is needed, and set the document preparation and filing schedule around the expiry date. · Apply for alien registration: To stay longer than 90 days, submit the integrated application form, passport, photo and proof of the place of stay to the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay within 90 days of entry. If a new status is granted in Korea and the stay will exceed 90 days, registration is done at that time. · Report changes of registered items and address: If the name, sex, date of birth, nationality or passport number, issue date or validity changes, file a report of change of registered items within 15 days, and after moving, report the change of the place of stay at the new community service center or immigration office within 15 days of moving in. · Prepare and submit extension documents: Prepare the passport, alien registration card and proof of the place of stay, and check the documents required for the current status, such as a certificate of enrollment or employment contract. Check whether HiKorea online filing is available and the visit booking schedule, and apply before the period of stay ends. · Approval for a change of activities: To engage in activities different from the current status, such as working after finishing studies, obtain a change of status before starting the activity. An extension application cannot substitute for the new activity, so first check whether a change is required. · Supplements and results: If a supplement request is received after filing, submit materials matching the request, and if approved, check the permitted period shown on the alien registration card. If denied, check the reasons and the departure deadline in the notice and decide within the deadline whether to supplement and reapply or file an administrative appeal.

5Basic required documents

Integrated Application Form (Report Form) (Form No. 34 of the Enforcement Rules of the Immigration Act) · Original passport · Original alien registration card (for extension of stay or change of status) · Photo for alien registration (for registration) · Proof of the place of stay, such as a lease agreement or accommodation confirmation · Certificate of enrollment (for students and other applicable statuses) · Employment contract or certificate of employment (for employment statuses) · Tuberculosis diagnosis certificate (if required)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will fill out the necessary application documents for alien registration and extension of stay. We will check the proof of immigration status and guide you through the electronic civil service/visit application and identity verification procedures.

Scope & fee
Prepare foreigner registration documents for applicant's in-person filing
We will prepare an alien registration application form and proof of each qualification for 1 applicant. We will provide you with your identity and residence information and guide you through the visit and fingerprinting procedures. Office visit submission, stay extension, and qualification change are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Foreigner registration with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area
We will prepare alien registration documents for 1 applicant and submit them in person at the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdiction. You will be provided with proof of your identity, place of residence, and qualifications, and your fingerprints and identity verification will be performed by you. Extensions, qualification changes, and additional on-site visits are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Prepare foreigner registration documents for applicant's in-person filing from KRW 300,000
  • Foreigner registration with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-04

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for alien registration and extension of stay 📘 How to Fill Out the Confirmation of Residence/Accommodation 📘 Re-entry Permit Exemption Period 📘 Voluntary Departure Order 📘 Extending G-1 (Miscellaneous) Status and Working 📘 Granting Status of Sojourn to a Foreign Child Born in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
09 C-3 Short-Term Visit InvitationPermitC-3 Short-Term Visit Invitation · Official check · 33-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameC-3 Short-Term Visit Invitation
Actual processing agencyKorean diplomatic mission overseas
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Korean diplomatic mission overseas

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

Review the purpose of visit: Confirm the actual purpose (family visit, tourism, meetings, contract talks) and that the whole schedule ends within 90 days. If paid work in Korea is involved, it falls outside C-3 and another status of stay suited to the purpose should be considered. · Check the mission's requirements: First check the guidance of the Korean embassy or visa application center where the invitee will apply. Review its required documents and translation/notarization standards and prepare a checklist for a family visit or a short-term business purpose. · Draft the invitation letter and letter of guarantee: Fill in both parties' personal details, relationship, purpose, period and itinerary, who bears the costs, and the planned return date, and sign it. If the inviter guarantees living costs and return, prepare a letter of guarantee stating the guarantee period and scope. · Prepare purpose-specific evidence: For family visits, gather family relationship documents with translations and the inviter's employment and income records. For short-term business, support the purpose with the inviting company's business documents, a business trip purpose statement and itinerary, and the invitee's certificate of employment. · Cross-check and apply for the visa: Check that the relationship, itinerary and cost arrangements in the invitation letter match the supporting documents, then the invitee applies for the visa. If there is a prior refusal, supplement the relationship, purpose or financial documents tied to that refusal before reapplying. · Manage the stay after entry: Confirm the permitted period and departure schedule so the visitor leaves on time. If departure is impossible due to illness, accident or flight cancellation, apply for an extension with evidence before expiry; changing to another status of stay within Korea is generally not allowed.

5Basic required documents

Visa application form (Immigration Act Enforcement Rules, Form No. 17; submitted by the invitee to the Korean mission) · Invitation letter (personal details of inviter and invitee, relationship, purpose, period and itinerary, cost bearer, planned return) · Letter of guarantee (where the inviter guarantees living costs and return; stating guarantee period and scope) · Copy of the inviter's ID and certificate of employment or business registration certificate · Inviter's financial evidence such as certificate of income amount · Family relationship documents with translations (family visits) · Inviting company's business documents, business trip purpose statement and itinerary, invitee's certificate of employment (short-term business) · Copy of the invitee's passport and return flight reservation

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Write a C-3 Short-Term Visit Invitation Letter 📘 Letter of Guarantee for Foreign Nationals in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
10 Preparation of application documents for change of stay status to F-2 and F-5 for public project investment immigrationPermitPreparation of application documents for change of stay status to F-2 and F-5 for public project investment immigration · Official check · 33-10
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for change of stay status to F-2 and F-5 for public project investment immigration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Choose the investment path and investment target — The notice divides the paths into general investment immigration (1,500,000,000 won or more, Residence (F-2) followed by permanent residence) and conditional permanent residence for high-value investment (3,000,000,000 won or more). Investment targets are the Korea Development Bank principal-guaranteed, interest-free type and the profit-and-loss type of developers that received implementation plan approval in a tourism-centered enterprise city and are registered with the competent immigration office after approval by the Minister of Justice; only the principal-guaranteed, interest-free type is accepted for high-value investment. It is also possible to meet the 1,500,000,000 won standard by combining the amount with an investment in a tourism and recreation facility investment immigration target. · 2. Remit the investment funds and organize source-of-funds documents — For investment funds brought in from abroad, the remittance route and deposit records form the basis of the proof of investment. Link remittance records, deposit confirmations and materials showing how the funds were accumulated in date order so that the same materials can continue to be used for Residence (F-2) extensions and the change to permanent residence. · 3. Apply for Residence (F-2) or Permanent Residence (F-5) — An investor staying in Korea applies for permission to change status of sojourn with the integrated application form, and a change to Residence (F-2) under item (cha) requires proof of investment (Enforcement Rule Annex 5-2). For high-value investment, the requirements are a deposit of 3,000,000,000 won or more, a pledge to hold the investment for 5 years and good conduct, such as having no grounds for disqualification; a spouse and unmarried children are also eligible if they meet certain requirements. The fees are 100,000 won for a change to Residence (F-2) and 200,000 won for a change to Permanent Residence (F-5) (Enforcement Rule Article 72, Subparagraph 5). · 4. Hold the investment for 5 years and extend your period of stay — Residence (F-2) under general investment immigration requires proof of investment at each extension of the period of stay, so keep the deposit in place. If combined with a tourism and recreation facility investment, the two investment periods are added together to calculate 5 years, but in principle the public project investment period must be 2 years or longer. A foreigner who redeems early before obtaining permanent residence is, in principle, expected to settle household affairs and leave the country within 3 months. · 5. Change to Permanent Residence (F-5) after 5 years of holding — If you have held the investment for 5 years or more after receiving Residence (F-2) under item (cha) and the need for continued residence is recognized, apply for a change to Permanent Residence (F-5) under Annex 1-3, Item 14. Submit proof of investment and a criminal record certificate from your country of nationality; this type is eligible for relaxation or exemption of the livelihood capacity and basic competence requirements, but the good conduct requirement is still examined (Enforcement Decree of the Immigration Act, Article 12-2).

5Basic required documents

Integrated application form (report form) (Enforcement Rule of the Immigration Act, Form No. 34, with the change of status of sojourn item marked) · Passport and alien registration card · Proof of investment (Korea Development Bank deposit confirmation or investment confirmation from the investment-attracting institution) · Records of overseas remittance of investment funds and materials showing how the funds were accumulated · Pledge to hold the investment for 5 years (for conditional permanent residence for high-value investment) · Documents proving family relationship when accompanied by a spouse or unmarried children · Criminal record certificate from the country of nationality (for the change to permanent residence after 5 years of holding, Annex 1-3, Item 14) · Fees (change to Residence (F-2) 100,000 won, change to Permanent Residence (F-5) 200,000 won) · Letter of authorization (when an administrative agent submits on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will review the investment confirmation, remittance, and residence data to prepare application documents for change of F-2 or F-5 status for investment immigration for public-interest projects. We distinguish between investment execution and subsequent stay applications.

Scope & fee
F-5 change under public-interest investment immigration · 1 case
We will review the F-5 change requirements in approximately 23 pages of investment/residence materials provided by 1 investor and assist in preparing and submitting the expected 5-page statement of reasons and application documents. Requirements for each investment type are checked first, and actual investment, investment management, application for additional family members, and on-site visits are separate.
Public service investment immigration F-2 application for change of immigration status
We compare approximately 20 pages of investment confirmation, remittance, import of foreign currency, and identity/residence data for 1 investor and 1 general public business investment to prepare and submit the F-2 change application and attached materials. This is a case where investment completion data is provided, and investment arrangement, actual investment, account opening, certificate acquisition/translation, family application, pre-screening, follow-up F-5, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • F-5 change under public-interest investment immigration · 1 case from KRW 500,000
  • Public service investment immigration F-2 application for change of immigration status from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-15

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for change of stay status to F-2 and F-5 for public project investment immigration
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Foreign employment & nationality

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of E-7/E-9 status-of-stay and workplace/employer change application documentsPermitPreparation of E-7/E-9 status-of-stay and workplace/employer change application documents · Official check · 34-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of E-7/E-9 status-of-stay and workplace/employer change application documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Employment Center · Competent Immigration Office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor · Korea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice
Online route Employment24 · HiKorea
Deadline · procedural notes E-9 workplace changes should be applied within one month after contract termination and confirm job search matching standards within three months. E-7-4 requires recommendation letters and meeting score-based requirements before applying for status change.
1When this applies

Document review, preparation and the selected filing scope for one worker and one employer applying for an E-9 workplace change, an E-7-4 transition or an E-7-1 status change.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Employment Center · Competent Immigration Office

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor · Korea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice

4Online route

Employment24 · HiKorea

5Procedure order

Select the application: E-9 workplace-change documents, an immigration workplace-change or addition permit, E-7-1 status change, or E-7-4 transition. E-9 new employment permits, job placement, sending and entry procedures are not automatically included in a workplace-change fee. · Review common evidence: compare the passport, residence card, current stay and contract periods and previous filings or approvals. Confirm the employer and actual workplace, separate the education, experience, wage and company evidence needed for the selected status, and include initial missing-document inquiries in this review. · For an E-9 workplace change: prepare employment-centre documents using contract termination, change reasons and work/change history. The worker completes employment-centre steps requiring personal application or authentication. Separate immigration workplace procedures and placement with a new employer. · For E-7-1 or a workplace change: for E-7-1, compare education, experience, occupation, actual duties and employer criteria, and prepare a job description and employment justification as separate documents while reusing shared facts. A workplace-change or addition permit retains the current status and uses the relevant contract and company evidence. · For an E-7-4 transition: reconcile current points criteria with stay, employment, wage, Korean-language and actually required recommendation evidence. Complete and independently check the points table, personal details and application forms. Separate local-authority recommendation applications or additional regional plans; use the applicable electronic transition service. · Filing, supplementation and result: complete the selected forms, authorization and attachment list. Provide documents for personal filing or the office visit included in the selected type. Use only permitted electronic routes; personal signatures, fingerprints and interviews remain with the applicant. Include two ordinary supplement rounds totalling one hour and receipt/approval-condition checks. Additional applicants, new issues and separate initial registration are distinct scopes.

6Basic required documents

Common: passport, residence card, current stay/approval and previous filing records, and identity/address evidence for the selected route · Employer and duties: employment contract, company registration evidence, actual workplace and wages, and required Korean-employment and tax records · E-9 workplace change: contract termination/change-reason evidence, employment/change history and the employment centre’s relevant form and requested materials · E-7-1 or workplace change: relevant degree, experience and duties evidence, selected job description/employment justification or evidence for changing/adding a workplace · E-7-4: stay, employment, wage, Korean-language and actually required recommendation evidence, a points table and personal-details form · Prepared outputs: applicable integrated application or other route-specific form, required authorization and final attachment list; do not aggregate documents for other application types

7Deadline · procedural notes

E-9 workplace changes should be applied within one month after contract termination and confirm job search matching standards within three months. E-7-4 requires recommendation letters and meeting score-based requirements before applying for status change.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will fill out the application documents for E-9 workplace change and E-7 immigration status/workplace change. Depending on your actual residency status and employment institution, we will classify the application route and whether or not a visit is included.

Scope & fee
Prepare E-9 workplace-change documents
We will prepare the relevant documents by reviewing the reason for the change in workplace, job search registration, and provided employment data for 1 E-9 worker. It does not include the worker's own job center application, job search activities, or job placement. It does not include in-office submissions.
Immigration workplace change or addition: prior permit
We compare the requirements for a change/additional permit for 1 worker's workplace with the provided employment data and prepare the permit application documents. A separate long explanation and employment center procedures are not included. It does not include in-office submissions.
E-7-4 status change: 1 worker and 1 company
We will prepare application materials by comparing the E-7-4 conversion requirements for 1 worker and 1 company with scores, income, and employment proof. We distinguish between the actual application route and the scope of identity verification and verification. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
E-7-1 change of immigration status: prepare documents
We will review the E-7-1 change requirements and proof of job/employment for 1 worker and 1 company and prepare a job description, reason for employment, and application documents. It does not include embassy visas and separate employment center work. Scope of writing: 1 type of job description, 3 pages per type, 1 type of employment reason, 3 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
E-7-1 change of immigration status: includes 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area
We will review the E-7-1 change requirements and proof of job/employment for 1 worker and 1 company and prepare a job description, reason for employment, and application documents. It does not include embassy visas and separate employment center work. Scope of writing: 1 type of job description, 3 pages per type, 1 type of employment reason, 3 pages per type. 1 office visit is included.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Prepare E-9 workplace-change documents from KRW 400,000
  • Immigration workplace change or addition: prior permit from KRW 400,000
  • E-7-4 status change: 1 worker and 1 company from KRW 600,000
  • E-7-1 change of immigration status: prepare documents from KRW 600,000
  • E-7-1 change of immigration status: includes 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 800,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxImmigration fee varies by status and procedure; check HiKorea before filingOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Report a Foreign Employee's Resignation 📘 Re-employment of E-9 (Non-professional Employment) Foreign Workers and the Reentry Special Case for Diligent Workers 📘 Four Mandatory Insurance Policies for Foreign Workers
View full service guide Send your case
02 F-6 marriage immigration: spouse visa documents and stay extensionPermitF-6 marriage immigration: spouse visa documents and stay extension · Official check · 34-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameF-6 marriage immigration: spouse visa documents and stay extension
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Korea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · HiKorea
Deadline · procedural notes Prepare the invitation visa documents under the applicant’s competent Korean diplomatic mission requirements. Apply for a domestic extension before the current stay expires. Initial registration uses the common registration service; family-centre counselling and education are excluded from this fee.
1When this applies

Couples preparing an F-6 spouse visa or extending an existing stay while the marriage continues. Consular visas, domestic extensions, initial registration after entry and family-centre support are distinct procedures.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Korea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice

4Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · HiKorea

5Procedure order

Select scope and jurisdiction: distinguish an F-6 spouse visa at a Korean mission from a domestic extension while the marriage continues. Set one route for one couple and one applicant; check the competent mission’s visa rules or the residence-area immigration office’s extension rules and deadline. · For an invitation, review evidence: reconcile marriage/invitation history, relationship chronology, photos and exchanges, income, housing, communication and actual exemptions. Prepare conditional health or criminal-history materials only as required by the mission; a separate exemption explanation is additional scope. · For an invitation, prepare official forms: assist with the Korean spouse’s invitation and the foreign spouse’s marriage-background statement and cross-check them. Reuse shared facts and complete the visa application, required guarantee and attachments. Do not count both official forms again as separate long free-form narratives. · For a domestic extension: review continued marriage, current stay, address and requested evidence, then prepare the integrated application, required authorization and attachments. Do not recreate invitation or relationship-history documents. Marital breakdown, domestic violence and other new issues require their own actual scope. · Separate filing and personal acts: deliver invitation documents and guide the applicant’s mission visit/interview. For extensions, distinguish permitted electronic filing, documents for personal filing and the option including one Incheon office filing visit. Signatures, identity checks, fingerprints and interviews are personal. Link initial registration after entry to the common registration service. · Supplementation and result: include two ordinary supplement rounds totalling one hour and receipt, result and approval-condition checks for the selected application. Parent invitations, permanent residence, nationality and family-centre counselling, education or daily-life support are excluded from this invitation/extension scope.

6Basic required documents

Common identity: passport and photograph; residence card and current stay records for a domestic extension · Invitation relationship evidence: Korean marriage/family/resident records, relationship chronology, photos, exchanges and foreign marriage records required by the mission · Invitation criteria: income, housing, communication and actual exemption evidence for the selected route; conditional health/criminal records required by the mission · Invitation outputs: visa application, Korean spouse’s invitation, foreign spouse’s marriage-background statement, required guarantee, authorization and attachment list · Domestic extension: integrated application, continued-marriage/family/spouse resident and address evidence, actually requested extra records, required authorization and attachments · Foreign-issued documents: translations and apostille or consular confirmation required by the receiving authority; obtaining documents, translations or authentication is a separate scope

7Deadline · procedural notes

Prepare the invitation visa documents under the applicant’s competent Korean diplomatic mission requirements. Apply for a domestic extension before the current stay expires. Initial registration uses the common registration service; family-centre counselling and education are excluded from this fee.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Staying in Korea After Divorce or Separation on a Marriage Migrant (F-6) Visa
View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of Nationality and Naturalization Application DocumentsPermitPreparation of Nationality and Naturalization Application Documents · Official check · 34-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of Nationality and Naturalization Application Documents
Actual processing agencyImmigration office responsible for nationality affairs · Korean diplomatic mission overseas
Statutory and policy authorityKorea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice
Online route HiKorea
Deadline · procedural notes Naturalization application fees are guided as a government revenue stamp of KRW 300,000, and overseas documents generally require verification of issuance date, translation, and apostille or consular confirmation.
1When this applies

Persons intending to apply for ordinary, simplified, or special naturalization, nationality restoration, or nationality selection.

2Actual processing agency

Immigration office responsible for nationality affairs · Korean diplomatic mission overseas

3Statutory and policy authority

Korea Immigration Service, Ministry of Justice

4Online route

HiKorea

5Procedure order

Determine the route and scope: Review stay and entry-exit history and family relationships to identify general, simplified or special naturalization and calculate residence requirements. Distinguish document support from procedures performed personally. · Check stay, conduct and basic-knowledge eligibility: Review relevant sanctions, arrears and criminal records and check KIIP, assessment and interview exemptions and deadlines. Government processing time is not office working time. · Compare domestic and foreign evidence: Review family and livelihood documents and consistency of foreign identity and criminal-record documents and the supplied translations and authentication. Apply actual exemptions, including special-naturalization livelihood exemptions and recommendation exemptions for simplified and parent-based special naturalization. · Prepare application documents: Assist with the naturalization application, family-relationship notification data and attachment list. The applicant completes required handwriting and signatures. Recommenders write and seal recommendations. A five-page statement is not universally required; explanations are prepared for actual issues, such as a breakdown of marriage. · Personal filing and review preparation: Applicants aged 15 or older apply personally, and a legal representative applies for a child under 15. We explain appointments, original documents, official fees, assessments and interview procedures, and include two ordinary supplements totaling one hour once in the baseline. Mock interviews and accompaniment are additional. · Explain later procedures: Distinguish permission from nationality acquisition and explain the oath, certificate and foreign-nationality deadline. Separate post-acquisition filings, foreign renunciation procedures, resident registration, name changes and extensions of stay are separate services.

6Basic required documents

Naturalization application (Nationality Act Enforcement Rule Form 2), passport and residence or permanent-residence card · Handwritten family-relationship notification and identity and family documents for the applicant, parents, spouse and children · Foreign identity, birth, family and criminal-record documents, supplied translations and applicable authentication · Livelihood evidence for the applicable general or simplified route; check statutory special-naturalization exemptions · Korean spouse or parent family documents and marriage-breakdown, adoption or child-care evidence for the applicable route · Recommendations from at least two Korean nationals and their identification where required; simplified and parent-based special naturalization are exempt · KIIP completion, assessment results and exemption evidence where applicable · Additional explanations only where applicable, such as marriage-breakdown statements or outstanding-talent submissions

7Deadline · procedural notes

Naturalization application fees are guided as a government revenue stamp of KRW 300,000, and overseas documents generally require verification of issuance date, translation, and apostille or consular confirmation.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNaturalization KRW 300,000; restoration of nationality KRW 200,000Official fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 General and Special Naturalization Requirements and Application Documents 📘 How to Apply for Permission for Reinstatement of Nationality 📘 Nationality Choice Report Deadline and Procedure for Dual Nationals by Birth 📘 Report of Loss of Korean Nationality 📘 Simplified Naturalization for Marriage Immigrants in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
04 Foreigner Real Estate Acquisition Report and Land Acquisition Permit DocumentsNotificationPermitForeigner Real Estate Acquisition Report and Land Acquisition Permit Documents · Official check · 34-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameForeigner Real Estate Acquisition Report and Land Acquisition Permit Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24 · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24 · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm foreigner status: check nationality, the law under which a corporation was established, and the ratio of foreign officers, capital and voting rights to decide whether the buyer is a foreigner under the Act, and identify whether the acquisition is by sale, gift, inheritance, auction, new construction or change of nationality. · Review permit zones: use the land use plan to check whether the land falls in an Article 9 permit area such as a military installation protection zone, cultural or natural heritage protection zone, or ecological and landscape conservation area, and whether it meets the period, housing type and area criteria in the foreigner land transaction permit zone notice. · Apply for a permit before the contract: for Article 9 land, submit the foreigner land acquisition permit application with the agreement between the contracting parties to the reporting authority; the processing period is 15 days (30 days for national defense zones, extendable by up to 30 days). In a land transaction permit zone, attach a land use plan and a land acquisition funding plan to the land transaction contract permit application; once this permit is granted, a separate Article 9 permit is not needed. · Calculate reporting deadlines: set dates so that a sale is reported within 30 days of the contract (a licensed real estate agent reports brokered deals), other contracts such as gifts within 60 days, inheritance, auction or new construction within 6 months of acquisition, and continued holding within 6 months of the nationality change. · File the acquisition or continued holding report: submit the foreigner real estate acquisition and continued holding report with documents proving the cause of acquisition (gift contract, proof of heirship, auction award decision, etc.), a power of attorney and a copy of the principal's ID to the reporting authority, then deliver the report confirmation to the applicant. · Organize foreign exchange documents and next steps: if a non-resident acquires with funds remitted or brought from abroad, prepare the real estate acquisition report and transaction evidence for the foreign exchange bank, and organize the report confirmation and permit for the applicant's own later procedures such as ownership transfer registration.

5Basic required documents

Foreigner real estate acquisition and continued holding report (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, Form No. 6) · Foreigner land acquisition permit application (Form No. 7-2 of the same Rule) and agreement between the contracting parties (land subject to Article 9 permit) · Land transaction contract permit application (Form No. 9 of the same Rule), land use plan and land acquisition funding plan (Form No. 10) (land transaction permit zones) · Real estate transaction contract report (Form No. 1 of the same Rule, for sale contracts) · Proof of the cause of acquisition (gift contract, proof of heirship, auction award decision, final judgment, merger documents, etc.) · Document proving the change to foreigner status (continued holding report after a nationality change) · Real estate acquisition report (acceptance) and transaction evidence (non-residents acquiring with funds from abroad) · Power of attorney signed or sealed by the foreigner, copy of the principal's ID, and the agent's ID

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Foreigners Buying a Songdo Apartment: Land Transaction Permit
View full service guide Send your case
05 Foreign Exchange Reporting for Gifts and Inheritances to Non-resident Family MembersNotificationForeign Exchange Reporting for Gifts and Inheritances to Non-resident Family Members · Official check · 34-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameForeign Exchange Reporting for Gifts and Inheritances to Non-resident Family Members
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Resident or non-resident status: Under Article 10 of the Enforcement Decree of the Foreign Exchange Transactions Act, check whether the family member is engaged in business abroad or has stayed abroad for 2 years or more (temporary returns of up to 3 months count toward the 2 years), and for a foreign national, whether he or she left Korea and has stayed abroad for 3 months or more. Nationality is confirmed separately by passport. · Reporting requirement by asset and cause: Real estate is checked against Article 9-42, securities against Article 7-32, and cash gifts against Articles 7-44 to 7-46. Gifts received in Korea in won by a Korean non-resident and acquisitions by inheritance or bequest need no report, while acquisitions by gift by a foreign non-resident must be reported to the Bank of Korea. · Authentication of overseas documents: Powers of attorney and statements signed abroad need an apostille if the country of residence is a party to the Apostille Convention, or consular confirmation at the Korean mission if it is not, and documents in foreign languages need a translation attached. · Preparing and filing the Bank of Korea report: File a Real Estate Acquisition Report for real estate or a Securities Acquisition Report for securities with the Bank of Korea, attaching the gift agreement, certified copy of the register and other transaction evidence. For a cash gift, the resident donor is the reporting party, and registration, transfer of title or remittance proceeds only after the report is completed. · Foreigner's real estate acquisition report: When a foreign national receives domestic real estate as a gift, a Foreigner's Real Estate Acquisition Report is filed with the city, county or district office where the property is located within 60 days of the contract date, or within 6 months of acquisition in the case of inheritance, under Article 8 of the Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions. · Preparing to remit sale proceeds abroad: To send proceeds from selling the property abroad, submit evidence of acquisition and sale to the foreign exchange bank under Article 9-43 of the Regulations; a non-resident overseas Korean remits through the designated foreign exchange bank within the amount stated in the Real Estate Sale Proceeds Confirmation or Source of Funds Confirmation issued by the competent tax office.

5Basic required documents

Real Estate Acquisition Report (Foreign Exchange Transaction Regulations, Attached Form 9-12) or Securities Acquisition Report (Foreign Exchange Transaction Regulations, Attached Form 7-6) · Foreigner's Real Estate Acquisition Report (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, Attached Form 6, when a foreign national receives real estate) · Copy of the recipient's passport or other proof of nationality and identity · Proof of residence abroad (local residence certificate, certificate of entry and exit, etc., for determining non-resident status) · Gift agreement, or family relationship certificate and inheritance division agreement, showing the cause of acquisition · Certified copy of the real estate register, securities balance certificate or other evidence of the asset · Power of attorney (with apostille or consular confirmation if signed abroad, and translations of foreign-language documents) · For remittance of sale proceeds, evidence of acquisition and sale, and for overseas Koreans, the Real Estate Sale Proceeds Confirmation or Source of Funds Confirmation issued by the competent tax office

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case
06 Nationality Acquisition Report by Acknowledgment (Child Born Out of Wedlock)NotificationNationality Acquisition Report by Acknowledgment (Child Born Out of Wedlock) · Official check · 34-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameNationality Acquisition Report by Acknowledgment (Child Born Out of Wedlock)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route HiKorea
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

HiKorea

4Procedure order

1. Distinguish nationality by birth from nationality by acknowledgment: If the legal father or mother was a Korean citizen at the time of birth, the child acquires nationality at birth under Article 2 of the Nationality Act, so a nationality acquisition report is not needed. The report under Article 3 applies when a child born out of wedlock who holds only foreign nationality is acknowledged by a Korean father or mother. The child must be a minor under the Civil Act, and the father or mother must have been a Korean citizen at the child's birth. · 2. File the acknowledgment report with the city, town or township office: Under Article 855 of the Civil Act, a father or mother may acknowledge a child born out of wedlock. If the child is a foreigner, the report states the child's name, sex, date of birth, nationality and alien registration number, and if the father acknowledges, the mother's name and other details. A report concerning a foreigner may be filed at the office for the child's residence or the filer's address or current location. If the mother was married to another man at the child's birth, the presumption of legitimacy under Article 844 of the Civil Act may be an issue, so check this first. · 3. Prepare the nationality acquisition report and attachments: Use Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Nationality Act, and attach proof that the child is a foreigner, proof of the acknowledgment, proof that the father or mother was a Korean citizen at the child's birth, and the documents needed to create the family relation register. If the child is under 15, the legal representative files on the child's behalf. The fee is 20,000 won per person. · 4. Submit to the immigration office and acquire nationality: Authority over nationality acquisition reports by acknowledgment is delegated to the heads of immigration offices, so submit to the immigration office with jurisdiction. The child acquires Korean nationality at the time of reporting. Once accepted, the report is notified to the person and to the family relation register office of the registered domicile, and announced in the official gazette. The head of the city, town or township office that receives the notice creates the family relation register. · 5. Renounce foreign nationality within 1 year: A person who acquires Korean nationality while holding foreign nationality must renounce the foreign nationality within 1 year of acquisition, or lose Korean nationality when that period passes. A person who cannot renounce under foreign law, or who began renunciation within 3 months of acquisition but proves circumstances that make it hard to finish in time, may be eligible for a pledge not to exercise foreign nationality. After renunciation, submit proof such as a certificate of nationality renunciation.

5Basic required documents

Nationality acquisition report (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Nationality Act) · Proof that the child is a foreigner (passport, etc.) · Proof that the child was acknowledged by a father or mother who is a Korean citizen · Proof that the father or mother was a Korean citizen at the child's birth · Documents required to create the family relation register, as set by the Minister of Justice · Proof of legal representation (when the legal representative files for a child under 15) · Fee of 20,000 won (per person) · Power of attorney (when an administrative agent prepares and submits the report)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-16

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Korean Nationality for a Foreign Child Born Out of Wedlock
View full service guide Send your case
07 Real estate registration number for foreign nationalsIssuanceReal estate registration number for foreign nationals · Official check · 34-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameReal estate registration number for foreign nationals
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm whether a separate number is needed — A foreigner who has completed alien registration is assigned a real estate registration number based on the alien registration number at the time of registration, so no separate application is needed. Foreigners who have not completed alien registration are the applicants, and because only one number is assigned per foreigner, a person who received one before applies for a certificate instead of a new number. If a person lost Korean nationality by acquiring a foreign nationality but has not filed a report of loss of nationality, that report is handled first. · 2. Confirm the immigration office to apply to — The registration number for a foreigner is assigned by the head of the immigration office with jurisdiction over the place of stay. An overseas resident with no place of stay in Korea is deemed to have the place of stay at the location of the Supreme Court, so the application goes to the office with jurisdiction over that area. For a foreign corporation, the number is assigned by the registrar of a registry office or by the mayor, county governor, or district head depending on whether a business office in Korea has been registered, so the place of application differs from individuals. · 3. Prepare the application and attachments — On the application for assignment of a registration number (Form No. 5), enter the description of the real estate to be registered, the right to be registered, and nationality, name, sex, date of birth, and address, and attach a copy of the passport or certificate of nationality. When an applicant overseas entrusts the filing, a letter of authorization is obtained, and supplementation requests are common when the signature on it differs from the passport signature or the English spelling of the name differs between documents. A letter of authorization prepared abroad should be notarized in the home country with an apostille (or consular confirmation), and documents in a foreign language are attached with translations. · 4. File and receive the certificate — The application is filed with the immigration office with jurisdiction and the 1,000 won fee is paid. The office assigns the number, enters it in the registration ledger, and issues the applicant a certificate of real estate registration number for foreigners (Form No. 7). This number and certificate are used in the inheritance or purchase registration documents. · 5. Managing the number for later registrations and alien registration — A foreigner who already has a number and needs it for another property registration submits an application for issuance of the certificate (Form No. 9) with the same details and a passport copy to receive the certificate again. If a person who received a registration number later completes alien registration, the same number is assigned as the alien registration number unless the sex or date of birth has changed in the meantime.

5Basic required documents

Application for assignment of a real estate registration number for foreigners (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Regulation on Procedures for Assigning Real Estate Registration Numbers to Unincorporated Associations, Foundations, and Foreigners) · Copy of passport or certificate of nationality · Materials identifying the real estate to be registered and the right to be registered (location and lot number, copies of inheritance documents or the sales contract, etc.) · Translations of attached documents written in a foreign language · Application for issuance of the certificate if a number was already assigned (Form No. 9 of the same Enforcement Rule) · Letter of authorization (when an administrative agent files on the applicant's behalf; if signed abroad, notarized in the home country with an apostille or consular confirmation)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 200,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-15

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How Foreigners Obtain a Real Estate Registration Number
View full service guide Send your case
08 Bank of Korea reporting documents for remitting domestic assets abroadNotificationBank of Korea reporting documents for remitting domestic assets abroad · Official check · 34-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameBank of Korea reporting documents for remitting domestic assets abroad
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Determine whether you are a resident or a non-resident — Under the Enforcement Decree of the Foreign Exchange Transactions Act, a Korean national who engages in business abroad or stays abroad for 2 years or more is a non-resident. Periods of up to 3 months spent in Korea on a temporary return count toward the 2 years, but a person who enters Korea and stays for 3 months or more may be treated as a resident. An expatriate employee sent abroad by a Korean company also follows this standard unless posted to work at a Korean diplomatic mission. A foreigner who stays in Korea for 6 months or more or engages in business in Korea is a resident, and a foreigner who was a resident and has stayed abroad for 3 months or more after leaving Korea is a non-resident. Your status at the time of remittance is determined with the certificate of entry and exit records and employment or posting documents. · 2. Check whether the bank can send the money directly — Not every overseas remittance requires a Bank of Korea report. Money brought in from abroad (for a non-resident, only money brought in after the most recent entry) and a foreigner's pay earned from work in Korea can be sent after submitting documents proving how the funds were acquired and receiving confirmation from a foreign exchange bank. Overseas Koreans, such as Korean nationals with foreign permanent residency or ethnic Koreans with foreign nationality, send funds through their designated foreign exchange bank within the amount on a certificate of real estate sale proceeds or a certificate of source of funds issued by the head of the competent tax office. Without such grounds, under Article 4-4(2) of the Regulations on Foreign Exchange Transactions, up to USD 50,000 a year can be sent through a designated foreign exchange bank without a report, and any amount beyond this is reported to the Bank of Korea under Article 2-3(1)3 of the same Regulations. · 3. Choose the remitting bank and branch — In the seller field of the Report on Trading of External Means of Payment, you write the bank and branch that will convert the won into foreign currency, and after the report certificate is issued, the exchange can be made only at that bank. Remittance methods, limits, transactions by agents and the handling of remittances by expatriate employees differ from bank to bank, so the remitting bank's own rules need to be checked. Before filing, confirm with the branch whether an agent can make the remittance and what letter of authorization form and authentication it requires. · 4. Prepare the statement of reasons, proof of source of funds and letter of authorization — The statement of reasons has no set form; it describes, on about 1 A4 page, the period of residence abroad, the source of the assets to be sent, the purpose and the overall remittance plan. Proof of the source of funds follows the nature of the money: for a Jeonse deposit, the lease contract, the real estate register certificate and the account records of the returned deposit; for real estate sale proceeds, the real estate register certificate and the sales contract; for income earned in Korea, a certificate of income amount or a withholding tax receipt for earned income. When an agent files, the original letter of authorization issued at a Korean consulate or notarized locally is submitted; it states the date of birth instead of the resident registration number and includes wording that delegates authority over the Report on Trading of External Means of Payment to the Bank of Korea. · 5. File with the Bank of Korea and remit within the report certificate — Submit 2 copies of the report form and the attached documents to the Bank of Korea, and supplement them if asked. A capital transaction report must be completed before the payment procedure, so after receiving the report certificate, exchange the money at the bank written on the report within the reported amount and send it to your own account abroad. If an agent will make the bank remittance, prepare the separate letter of authorization documents that bank requires.

5Basic required documents

Report on Trading of External Means of Payment (Form No. 7-4 of the Regulations on Foreign Exchange Transactions), 2 copies · Statement of reasons (period of residence abroad, source of funds, purpose and overall remittance plan; no set form) · Copy of identification (passport, visa copy, etc.) · Proof of non-resident status (certificate of entry and exit records or certificate of employment; posting documents for expatriate employees) · National tax payment certificate, local tax payment certificate and credit information report · Certificate of deposit balance or copy of bankbook · Proof of source of funds (Jeonse deposit: lease contract, real estate register certificate and account records of the returned deposit; real estate sale proceeds: real estate register certificate and sales contract; income in Korea: certificate of income amount or withholding tax receipt for earned income, etc.) · Pledge (Bank of Korea form) · Original letter of authorization (when an agent files; for non-residents, issued at a Korean consulate or notarized locally)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-18

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How Non-Residents and Foreigners Report Large Overseas Remittances to the Bank of Korea
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Non-profit corporations

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Establishment of a Nonprofit CorporationPermitEstablishment of a Nonprofit Corporation · Official check · 35-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameEstablishment of a Nonprofit Corporation
Actual processing agencySupervisory authority for the stated purpose · Competent Registry Office
Statutory and policy authorityCentral authority or metropolitan/provincial government responsible for the stated purpose
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes The competent authority's approval processing period is typically guided as 14–20 days, and the corporate registration period after approval is managed separately.
1When this applies

Organizations seeking to obtain legal personality for nonprofit purposes such as incorporated associations or foundations.

2Actual processing agency

Supervisory authority for the stated purpose · Competent Registry Office

3Statutory and policy authority

Central authority or metropolitan/provincial government responsible for the stated purpose

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Confirm the purpose business and the competent authority: Decide the purpose business to be stated in the articles of incorporation and identify the central administrative agency, or the city or province with delegated authority, that oversees it. The articles and property documents differ depending on whether it is an incorporated association formed by members or a foundation centered on contributed property. · Draft the articles of incorporation: The articles of an incorporated association must cover the purpose, name, office location, assets, appointment and dismissal of directors, and acquisition and loss of membership (Article 40 of the Civil Act); for a foundation, the founder contributes property and states the same items except membership (Article 43 of the Civil Act). A name identical to another corporation will not be permitted, so check the name in advance. · Inaugural general meeting and property: At the inaugural general meeting, resolve the articles, the appointment of officers, the contribution of property, and the business plan and budget, and prepare the minutes. A foundation prepares a property list divided into basic property and operating property with proof of contribution, and the competent authority reviews whether there is a financial foundation for the purpose business. · File the application for permission: Submit the application for establishment permission of a nonprofit corporation to the competent authority with the founders' personal details, the articles, the property list and supporting documents, the business plan and income and expenditure budget, officers' letters of acceptance and the minutes of the inaugural general meeting. If you are asked to submit materials or provide explanations during the review, supplement them within the set period. · Transfer of property and establishment registration after permission: After permission, transfer the contributed property to the corporation without delay and submit the transfer certificate to the competent authority within 1 month. Establishment registration must be completed at the location of the principal office within 3 weeks of the permission date, and the registration must be reported to the competent authority within 10 days. · Follow-up reports and permission conditions: Within 2 months after the end of each business year, submit the next year's business plan and budget, the current year's business results and settlement of accounts, and the property list to the competent authority. Amendments to the articles take effect only with the competent authority's permission (Article 42 of the Civil Act), and violating permission conditions may lead to cancellation of the permission under Article 38 of the Civil Act.

6Basic required documents

Application for establishment permission of a nonprofit corporation (Annex Form No. 1 of the relevant ministry's Rules on the Establishment and Supervision of Nonprofit Corporations) · Document stating the founders' names, dates of birth, addresses and career histories (if a founder is a corporation, its name, location, representative details and articles) · Articles of incorporation · Property list (divided into basic and operating property for a foundation) with supporting documents and proof of contribution · Business plan and income and expenditure budget for the current business year · Personal details and career histories of prospective officers with letters of acceptance · Minutes of the inaugural general meeting (if a founder is a corporation, the document showing its decision to establish the corporation) · Member list, proof of office use and other documents separately required by the competent authority

7Deadline · procedural notes

The competent authority's approval processing period is typically guided as 14–20 days, and the corporate registration period after approval is managed separately.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 1,000,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxApplication may be free; registration tax, notarization or registration expenses are separateOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Incorporated Association Establishment Procedure and Timeline 📘 How to Incorporate a Church 📘 Application for Permission to Establish a Scholarship Foundation
View full service guide Send your case
02 Nonprofit Corporation Officer Change, Dissolution and Liquidation ReportsNotificationNonprofit Corporation Officer Change, Dissolution and Liquidation Reports · Official check · 35-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameNonprofit Corporation Officer Change, Dissolution and Liquidation Reports
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Review the articles and officers: Check the number of officers, terms, the appointing body (general meeting or board), convening procedure and quorum, and list who takes office, resigns or is reappointed and the actual date of change. The 3-week deadline for a director change runs from that date. · Prepare resolution documents: The body named in the articles resolves the appointment and minutes are prepared. The notice, attendance and voting result must match the articles, and letters of acceptance are obtained from new or reappointed officers. · Report the officer change: Report the change to the competent authority in the manner set by the articles or the ministry's rules. Forms and attachments differ by authority, so the responsible department's requirements are checked first, and the change registration must still be completed separately within 3 weeks. · Dissolution resolution and report: Fix the cause and date of dissolution and the liquidator, and prepare the property inventory and an outline of how residual property will be disposed of. The liquidator registers the dissolution within 3 weeks of taking office and submits the dissolution report with the articles at dissolution and the general meeting or board minutes. · Creditor notice and permission to dispose of residual property: Within 2 months of taking office, the liquidator publishes a notice at least 3 times asking creditors to file claims within a period of at least 2 months. If the articles name no recipient of residual property, an application for permission is filed with the competent authority to dispose of it for a similar purpose, and property not disposed of reverts to the national treasury. · Liquidation completion report: After collecting claims, paying debts and handing over residual property, the liquidator registers the completion of liquidation within 3 weeks and submits a liquidation completion report to the competent authority, which confirms the registration through the corporate registry certificate.

5Basic required documents

Nonprofit corporation dissolution report (Form No. 5 of the Rules on Establishment and Supervision of Nonprofit Corporations under the Ministry of Justice; corporations under other ministries use the form in that ministry's rules) · Officer change report (form set by the articles or the ministry) · Minutes of the general meeting or board resolving the appointment or dissolution · Current articles of incorporation (articles at dissolution, when dissolving) and a copy of the establishment permit · Letters of acceptance from new or reappointed officers · Property inventory at dissolution and an outline of the disposal of residual property · Application for permission to dispose of residual property (Form No. 6 of the same rules, when the articles name no recipient) · Liquidation completion report (Form No. 7 of the same rules)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Nonprofit Corporation Officer Change, Dissolution and Liquidation Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of revenue-generating business plans and budgets for nonprofit corporations and applications for approval of amendments to their articlesPermitPreparation of revenue-generating business plans and budgets for nonprofit corporations and applications for approval of amendments to their articles · Official check · 35-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of revenue-generating business plans and budgets for nonprofit corporations and applications for approval of amendments to their articles
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Tax Office
Statutory and policy authorityNational Tax Service
Online route Hometax
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Tax Office

2Statutory and policy authority

National Tax Service

3Online route

Hometax

4Procedure order

Check the articles and business scope: Review whether the purpose and business clauses of the current articles provide a basis for a profit-making business, and whether the planned business is within the scope needed to achieve the founding purpose, to decide whether an amendment is needed. If a basis already exists, move on to preparing for commencement without amending the articles. · Organize the business plan and use of profits: Decide the type of business, place of business and planned start date, and state concretely in the business plan and income and expenditure budget how profits will be used for the purpose business. Leave out anything that reads as distributing profits to members. · Resolution to amend the articles: An incorporated association resolves with the consent of at least two-thirds of all members (or the quorum set in its articles), and a foundation resolves according to the amendment method in its articles; finalize the draft amendment and keep the minutes. · Apply to the competent authority for permission: Submit the application for permission to amend the articles with a comparison table of the articles before and after, the minutes of the resolution, and the business plan and budget. The amended articles have no effect until permission is granted, so start the profit-making business only after permission. · Change registration and report: If a registered matter such as the purpose of the articles has changed, make a change registration at the location of the principal office within 3 weeks after permission, and report the registration result to the competent authority if the applicable ministry rules require it. · Tax office report and separate accounting: Within 2 months of the start date, the corporation files a report on commencement of profit-making business with the competent tax office, attaching a statement of financial position as of the start date and a copy of its unique number certificate, and applies for business registration if it supplies taxable goods or services. Afterwards, record the profit-making business accounts separately and reflect them in the business performance and settlement reports to the competent authority.

5Basic required documents

Application for permission to amend the articles of incorporation (statutory form under the competent ministry's rules on establishment and supervision of nonprofit corporations) · Current articles of incorporation and draft amendment (comparison table before and after) · Minutes of the resolution to amend the articles (general meeting of members or board of directors) · Profit-making business plan (type of business, place of business, planned start date, use of profits) · Income and expenditure budget for the profit-making business · Certificate of registered matters of the corporation · Report on commencement of profit-making business (Form No. 75-4 annexed to the Enforcement Rule of the Corporate Tax Act, filed by the corporation with the competent tax office) · Statement of financial position as of the start date of the profit-making business and a copy of the unique number certificate (attachments to the commencement report)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare a profitable business plan and budget and, if necessary, prepare articles of incorporation change, minutes, and permit application documents. It does not include tax reporting, accounting processing, and registration.

Scope & fee
Prepare revenue-generating business plan and budget; provide notification documents
We will prepare a business plan, revenue budget, and reporting preparation materials for 1 corporation that has a basis for profit-making business in its articles of incorporation. It does not include permission to change the articles of incorporation, execution of registration, tax reporting, or accounting. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Prepare revenue-generating business plan and budget; obtain articles amendment permit
We will prepare a profitable business plan, budget, articles of incorporation change, minutes, and permit application for 1 corporation. Registration, tax reporting, and accounting are not included. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Prepare revenue-generating business plan and budget; provide notification documents from KRW 600,000
  • Prepare revenue-generating business plan and budget; obtain articles amendment permit from KRW 900,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of revenue-generating business plans and budgets for nonprofit corporations and applications for approval of amendments to their articles
View full service guide Send your case
04 Sports Corporation Establishment PermitPermitSports Corporation Establishment Permit · Official check · 35-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameSports Corporation Establishment Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the competent authority and name: Based on the actual area of activity and branch plans, confirm whether the Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism or a city/province has jurisdiction. Stating nationwide branches in the articles while keeping an office in only one region leads to supplementation requests, and a permit cannot be granted under the same name as another corporation. · Draft the articles and business plan: Match each purpose project in the articles to an item in the business plan, specifying timing, participants, venue, method and budget. The income and expenditure budget is aligned with actual funding sources such as membership fees and contributions to show the financial foundation. · Prepare officer and property materials: Obtain documents stating the name, date of birth, address and career history of the founders and prospective officers, together with letters of acceptance. For a foundation, the property inventory is divided into basic property and operating property, and documents proving any contribution are attached. · Hold the founding general meeting and prepare minutes: Resolve on establishment, approval of the articles, election of officers, approval of the business plan and income/expenditure budget, the principal office, and delegation of the permit application. Attendees sign and seal the minutes, and some authorities also require seal certificates or notarization. · File the permit application and respond to supplementation: Submit the application in Form No. 1 with the attachments listed in Article 3 of the Rules to the competent authority. Inconsistencies in purpose projects, officers or property across documents trigger supplementation requests, so cross-check them before filing and prepare the office for any on-site check. · Registration and post-permit reports: Check the conditions and deadlines attached to the establishment permit certificate (Form No. 2), and the applicant files for establishment registration at the registry office for the principal office within 3 weeks of the permit. The property transfer certificate is submitted within 1 month of the permit and the certified register copy within 10 days of registration.

5Basic required documents

Application for Corporation Establishment Permit (Form No. 1 of the Rules on the Establishment and Supervision of Non-profit Corporations under the Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism and the Korea Heritage Service) · Document stating the founders' names, dates of birth, addresses and career histories (if a founder is a corporation, its name, principal office, representative details and articles) · Articles of incorporation of the corporation to be established · Property inventory with supporting documents and proof of any contribution application (basic and operating property separated for a foundation) · Business plan and income/expenditure budget for the relevant fiscal year · Document stating prospective officers' names, dates of birth, addresses and career histories, with letters of acceptance · Minutes of the founding general meeting (if a founder is a corporation, proof of its decision to establish the corporation) · Membership list (with joining dates and member categories) and activity records (to show capacity to carry out projects)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Establishment Permit Procedure for a Sports Corporation
View full service guide Send your case
05 Permit to Establish a Funeral Foundation (Charnel House, Natural Burial Ground)PermitPermit to Establish a Funeral Foundation (Charnel House, Natural Burial Ground) · Official check · 35-5
Procedure type
Actual service namePermit to Establish a Funeral Foundation (Charnel House, Natural Burial Ground)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm facility type and whether a foundation is needed: Only a foundation can obtain a corporate cemetery permit, and a private enshrinement facility needs a foundation if it holds the remains of 500 or more persons. Because public corporations and religious organizations may also create corporate natural burial grounds, decide on establishment after fixing the facility type, size and intended users. · Review site restrictions: Using the land use plan confirmation and cadastral map for each lot, check whether the site falls within restricted green areas, water source protection zones, residential, commercial or industrial areas, roadside or river zones, agricultural promotion areas, forest protection areas or military facility protection zones, and whether it has road access. · Arrange contributed property: Because the facility site and charnel house building must be owned by the foundation to complete the installation permit or report documents, check mortgages and provisional attachments in the land register and prepare a property list divided into basic and operating property, along with a contribution commitment. · Apply for the establishment permit: Submit the foundation establishment permit application with the articles of incorporation, property list and supporting documents, business plan and income and expenditure budget, officers' letters of acceptance, and minutes of the inaugural meeting to the competent metropolitan city or province. The competent authority reviews feasibility and the financial basis. · Manage property transfer and registration deadlines: After the permit, transfer the contributed property to the foundation without delay and submit proof of transfer to the competent authority within one month. Establishment registration must be made at the principal office location within 3 weeks of the permit, and reported to the competent authority within 10 days after registration. · Facility installation permit or report and completion check: Apply to the city, county or district where the facility is located with the survey map and soil survey, management and operation plan, infrastructure plan and facility layout plan. For cemeteries and natural burial grounds, the permit certificate is issued after completion of works is confirmed, and during operation part of the usage and management fee income is set aside as a management reserve.

5Basic required documents

Corporation establishment permit application (Form No. 1 of the Rules on the Establishment and Supervision of Non-profit Corporations under the Ministry of Health and Welfare and the Korea Disease Control and Prevention Agency) · Articles of incorporation (stating installation and management of a corporate cemetery, enshrinement facility or natural burial ground as the purpose) · Property list (divided into basic and operating property) with proof of property and contribution commitment · Business plan and income and expenditure budget for the current fiscal year · Founders' personal details and résumés and minutes of the inaugural meeting (documents of the decision to establish if a corporation such as a religious organization contributes) · Personal details and résumés of prospective officers and their letters of acceptance · Land register certificate, land use plan confirmation, cadastral or forest map for the contributed land, and access road status materials · Facility-stage application: the applicable one of the cemetery installation permit application (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Funeral Services, Etc.), cremation facility (charnel house) installation report (Form No. 7), enshrinement facility (enshrinement grave, tower, wall) installation report (Form No. 8), or corporate natural burial ground creation permit application (Form No. 17)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Establishing a Funeral Foundation
View full service guide Send your case
06 Medical Corporation Articles Amendment and Basic Property Disposal PermitPermitMedical Corporation Articles Amendment and Basic Property Disposal Permit · Official check · 35-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameMedical Corporation Articles Amendment and Basic Property Disposal Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent metropolitan city or province
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent metropolitan city or province

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Identify the permit type: Amending articles requires an articles amendment permit, and selling, donating, leasing, exchanging or pledging basic property requires a disposal permit, so first determine whether both are needed, as in a hospital relocation. · Check officer composition: Confirm 5 to 15 directors and 2 auditors, that relatives among directors do not exceed one quarter, and that auditors are not relatives of directors. If officers were newly appointed, also file the officer appointment report within 7 days. · Board resolution: Pass the agenda in line with the notice and quorum rules in the articles, and record the agenda, attending directors and resolution in the minutes to attach to the application. · Prepare the amendment application: Gather the statement of reasons, the draft amended articles with an old/new comparison table and the board minutes; if the business plan or revenue/expenditure budget changes, add the revised plan and budget with comparison tables, and submit to the competent city/province. · Prepare the disposal application: Gather the statement of reasons, the list of property with an appraisal report, a document stating the purpose, estimated price, method and how the reduced property will be replenished, and a comparison of the disposed property against total property, and file one month before the disposal. For collateral, add the repayment plan, secured amount and secured party, and debt status documents. · Execution and reporting after the permit: The city/province may attach conditions to a disposal permit, so carry out the contract according to those conditions. If registered matters change, the applicant files the change registration with the registry office and submits a registration report to the city/province within 7 days of registration.

5Basic required documents

Medical corporation articles amendment permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Medical Service Act, Form No. 31) or basic property disposal permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Medical Service Act, Form No. 32) · Statement of reasons for the articles amendment or the basic property disposal · Draft amended articles with an old/new article comparison table (for amendments) · Board meeting minutes resolving the amendment or the disposal · Revised business plan and revenue/expenditure budget with comparison tables (if the plan or budget changes) · List of property to be disposed of and appraisal report (for an exchange, covering both properties) · Document stating the purpose, use, estimated price and method of disposal and how the reduced property will be replenished, and a comparison of the disposed property against total property · Repayment plan, secured amount and secured party details, corporate debt status and certificate of outstanding debt (for collateral)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Permit Procedure for Amending a Medical Corporation's Articles of Incorporation and Disposing of Basic Property
View full service guide Send your case
07 Public Interest Corporation (Designated Donation Organization) Designation ApplicationCertificationPublic Interest Corporation (Designated Donation Organization) Designation Application · Official check · 35-7
Procedure type
Actual service namePublic Interest Corporation (Designated Donation Organization) Designation Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · National Tax Service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · National Tax Service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check eligibility and disqualifications: Eligible applicants include nonprofit corporations under the Civil Act, nonprofit foreign corporations, social cooperatives, and public institutions other than public enterprises. Designation is not possible within 3 years of revocation, or if campaigning for a specific party or person was carried out in the name of the corporation or its representative in the designation year or the previous year. · Revise the required articles: Include provisions that income is used for the public interest rather than for members and that direct beneficiaries are unspecified, that residual assets are transferred on dissolution, and that annual donations raised and their use are disclosed on the website. If the articles are amended, obtain the supervising authority's approval first. · Open a website and link a reporting channel: Open the corporation's website and link it to the reporting website of at least one oversight agency for public interest violations, such as the Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission, the National Tax Service or the supervising authority. Without this link the requirements are not met even if the articles are in order. · Prepare the recommendation application and attachments: Attach the establishment permit, articles of incorporation, financial statements for the last 3 years and the budget for the current year, a donation fundraising business plan for the designation period, and the representative's compliance pledge. A corporation less than 3 years old submits the available financial statements, the budget and monthly income and expense statements up to the month before application. · Submit by the quarterly deadline: File with the Commissioner of the National Tax Service or the head of the tax office with jurisdiction over the main office by the 10th day of the month two months before the last month of the quarter. The Commissioner recommends qualifying corporations to the Minister of Finance and Economy by the 10th day of the month before the last month of the quarter, and designations are announced. · Prepare for redesignation: Designation is not renewed automatically, so a new recommendation application must be filed after the period ends. If redesignated within 2 years after the period ends so that the period becomes 6 years, a public interest activity report on donation fundraising and spending is submitted instead of the pledge.

5Basic required documents

Public interest corporation recommendation application (Form No. 63-5 of the Enforcement Rule of the Corporate Tax Act) · Establishment permit (certificate of establishment approval for social cooperatives) · Articles of incorporation (including public interest use, residual asset transfer and donation disclosure provisions) · Financial statements for the last 3 years and budget for the current fiscal year · Monthly income and expense statements up to the month before application (if established less than 3 years) · Donation fundraising business plan for the designation period · Representative's public interest corporation compliance pledge (Form No. 63-6 of the same Rule) · Public interest activity report on donation fundraising and spending (when redesignated for a 6-year period)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Public Interest Corporation Designation in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
08 Donation Solicitation Registration and Change RegistrationRegistrationDonation Solicitation Registration and Change Registration · Official check · 35-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameDonation Solicitation Registration and Change Registration
Actual processing agencyMinistry of the Interior and Safety · Competent metropolitan city or province
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of the Interior and Safety · Competent metropolitan city or province

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm whether registration is required: Check whether you are asking an unspecified public to give money or goods through advertisements, letters or online networks, and whether the target amount is 10,000,000 won or more. Membership fees, funds collected from believers for a religious organization's own activities, and money collected from members of alumni associations and similar groups are excluded from donations. · Confirm the registration authority and disqualification grounds: Register with the Ministry of the Interior and Safety if the amount exceeds 1,000,000,000 won or the purpose falls under Article 1-2, Item 4 of the Enforcement Decree, and otherwise with the metropolitan city or province with jurisdiction over the main office. Minors, undischarged bankrupts, persons within 2 years of completing a prison sentence and persons within 1 year of registration cancellation cannot register, and the same applies to organizations whose representative or officers fall under these grounds. · Prepare the solicitation and use plans: State the purpose, type of donations, target amount, area and method, a solicitation period within 1 year and the storage method, and in the use plan state the expected solicitation costs and the method and period of use. Solicitation costs are set within the ratios in Annex 1 of the Enforcement Decree, and the period of use is set within 2 years from the start of the solicitation period. · Open a dedicated account and apply for registration: Open a separate dedicated account for solicitation and use, and submit the registration application with the plans and attachments to the registration authority or through the integrated donation management system. The registration authority checks public interest suitability, disqualification grounds and capacity to carry out the project before issuing a registration certificate. · Posting and receipt management: When solicitation begins, post the registration authority, registration number, purpose, whether tax benefits apply and the ratio of solicitation costs at the solicitation site. Receive donations only at public places, through the dedicated account or online networks, record them in a ledger and issue receipts to donors. · Completion report and use statement report: Stop immediately when the period ends or the target is reached, and submit a completion report with a balance certificate of the dedicated account within 30 days. After use ends, submit a solicitation and use statement report within 60 days, attaching an audit report if the amount collected exceeds 100,000,000 won.

5Basic required documents

Donation solicitation registration (change registration) application (Enforcement Decree of the Act on the Collection and Use of Donations, Annexed Form No. 1) · Solicitation plan (purpose, type of donations, target amount, area, method, period, storage method) · Donation use plan (breakdown and funding of expected solicitation costs, method and period of use) · Copy of articles of incorporation, bylaws or rules (for corporations and organizations) · Copy of the dedicated account passbook · Materials on the location of the solicitation office (if a solicitation office is set up) · Recommendation for donation solicitation registration from the head of a central administrative agency (for purposes under Article 1-2, Item 4 of the Enforcement Decree) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Donation Solicitation Registration: Who Must Register and What to File
View full service guide Send your case
09 Approval to establish an industrial technology research associationApprovalApproval to establish an industrial technology research association · Official check · 35-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameApproval to establish an industrial technology research association
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Review the membership and establishment requirements — Members must be persons who directly or indirectly use the results of the technology development carried out by the association, and at least 3 of them act as promoters (Articles 6 and 7 of the Act). The association must contribute to industrial technology development, allow members to join and withdraw freely, give members equal voting and election rights, and not operate solely for the benefit of specific members (Article 3). Whether the joint R&D projects can be carried out efficiently through member cooperation is also an approval criterion, so the project structure is reviewed from the start. · 2. Draft the articles of association and the R&D plan — The articles must state the purpose, name, projects and their execution (especially technology development tasks), location of the main office, member qualifications, admission and withdrawal, imposition of costs, handling of losses, number and election of officers, meetings, accounting, members' rights and duties (especially the duty of cooperation among members), and disposal of residual assets (Article 9(1)). Any fixed duration or grounds for dissolution must also be included. The R&D plan and the business plan and budget for the fiscal year are prepared to show the capacity to raise funds and manage R&D. · 3. Hold the inaugural general meeting and prepare the minutes — The promoters hold the inaugural general meeting to approve the articles, elect officers and resolve on the business plan and budget, and then prepare the minutes. The member register and the officers' resumes and letters of acceptance are prepared at the same time. The 30-day filing deadline runs from the date of the inaugural meeting, so the meeting is scheduled after the documents are ready. · 4. Prepare the application and file with the Ministry of Science and ICT — On the application for establishment authorization of an industrial technology research association (Form No. 1), enter the association name, date of the inaugural meeting, promoters, purpose, number of members, floor area of the main office and joint research facilities, number of full-time staff and number of dedicated researchers with at least a bachelor's degree, and submit it with the attachments to the Minister of Science and ICT within 30 days after the inaugural meeting. There is no application fee. · 5. Consultation with related ministries and notice of authorization — The Minister of Science and ICT grants authorization if the approval criteria are met, after consulting the heads of related central administrative agencies in advance (Enforcement Decree, Article 2(2)). The decision must be notified within 50 days from receipt of the application, and if neither the decision nor an extension of the processing period is notified within that time, authorization is deemed granted on the day after the period ends (Act, Article 8(2) and (3)). Once approved, a certificate of establishment authorization (Form No. 2) is issued.

5Basic required documents

Application for establishment authorization of an industrial technology research association (Enforcement Rule of the Industrial Technology Research Association Support Act, Form No. 1) · Articles of association, 2 copies (including the items required by Article 9 of the Act) · R&D plan, 1 copy · Business plan and budget for the current fiscal year, 1 copy · Minutes of the inaugural general meeting, 1 copy · Member register, 1 copy · Resumes and letters of acceptance of office of the officers, 1 copy each

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 1,200,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Industrial Technology Research Association Establishment Authorization
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Associations & cooperatives

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of establishment reports for general cooperatives, articles of association for voluntary organizations, and general meeting documentsNotificationPreparation of establishment reports for general cooperatives, articles of association for voluntary organizations, and general meeting documents · Official check · 36-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of establishment reports for general cooperatives, articles of association for voluntary organizations, and general meeting documents
Actual processing agencyMetropolitan or provincial cooperative division · Central authority responsible for the principal business · Competent Tax Office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Planning and Budget · Central authority responsible for the principal business
Online route Cooperative Portal · Hometax
Deadline · procedural notes General cooperatives follow a notification procedure, and social cooperatives follow an authorization procedure. The period for corrections and review after submission varies by type and competent authority.
1When this applies

Members intending to establish a general cooperative, social cooperative, or an unincorporated association.

2Actual processing agency

Metropolitan or provincial cooperative division · Central authority responsible for the principal business · Competent Tax Office

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Planning and Budget · Central authority responsible for the principal business

4Online route

Cooperative Portal · Hometax

5Procedure order

Choose the type: A general cooperative that earns income from its business files a report with the city or province, a social cooperative whose main business serves social purposes such as local community projects or employment of vulnerable groups needs establishment authorization, and a group operating without legal personality is a voluntary association. The filing office and processing period differ by type. · Promoters and articles of association: Five or more persons qualified as members become promoters, and the articles must contain the statutory items such as the purpose, name and principal office, membership qualifications, the amount and payment method of one share of contribution, handling of surplus, and officers. The name must include the word 'cooperative' and must not duplicate or be confused with the name of another cooperative. · Notice and resolution of the inaugural general meeting: After giving at least 7 days' notice of the date, place, membership qualifications and matters to be resolved, hold the inaugural general meeting and resolve the articles, the business plan and budget, the election of officers and the establishment expenses. A majority of those who submitted consent to establishment before the meeting must attend and at least two-thirds of those present must approve, and at least 3 directors including the chairperson and at least 1 auditor are elected. · File the establishment report: Submit the establishment report to the Mayor or Do Governor with a copy of the articles, the notice and minutes of the inaugural general meeting, the list of officers, the business plan, the income and expenditure budget, the document on shares of contribution and the list of consenting persons. A request for supplementation sets a period of up to 20 days, and the report confirmation certificate is issued within 14 days of submitting the supplemented report. · Payment of contributions and registration deadline: After receiving the report confirmation certificate, the promoters hand over the affairs to the chairperson without delay, and the chairperson sets a date for paying in contributions. Establishment registration must be completed at the location of the principal office within 14 days of the day the payment is completed, and no single member's shares may exceed 30/100 of the total shares. · Social cooperatives and voluntary associations: A social cooperative submits an application for establishment authorization to the central administrative agency in charge of its main business, is notified of the decision within 60 days, and registers its establishment within 60 days of authorization. A voluntary association that keeps its bylaws, inaugural meeting minutes and documents appointing its representative uses them when opening a bank account in the association's name or obtaining a unique identification number certificate.

6Basic required documents

Cooperative establishment report (Annex Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on Cooperatives) · Application for establishment authorization of a social cooperative (Annex Form No. 18 of the Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on Cooperatives, including documents proving that the main business meets the authorization criteria) · Copy of the articles of association · Notice of the inaugural general meeting and a copy of its minutes · List of officers (Annex Form No. 3) and business plan (Annex Form No. 4 for a general cooperative) · Income and expenditure budget (Annex Form No. 5 for a general cooperative) and a document stating the amount per share and the number of shares each member will subscribe · List of promoters and consenting persons (Annex Form No. 6) · Voluntary association: bylaws, inaugural meeting minutes and documents appointing the representative (no prescribed filing form)

7Deadline · procedural notes

General cooperatives follow a notification procedure, and social cooperatives follow an authorization procedure. The period for corrections and review after submission varies by type and competent authority.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare articles of incorporation, business plan, budget, general meeting documents, and establishment report documents for general cooperatives. Voluntary organizations are classified by the scope of the bylaws and documents for the inaugural general meeting.

Scope & fee
General cooperative establishment report, plan and budget preparation
We will prepare the articles of incorporation, business plan, minutes of the founding general meeting, income and expenditure budget, and establishment report documents for 1 general cooperative. Recruitment of promoters, holding general meetings, and registration are not included. Scope of writing: 1 article of incorporation, 5 pages per article. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Unincorporated association documents
We will prepare organization documents, including bylaws and minutes of the inaugural general meeting, for 1 voluntary organization. It is separate from reporting the establishment of a cooperative or registering the establishment of a corporation. Scope of writing: 1 type of bylaws, 5 pages per species, 1 type of minutes of the founding general meeting, 5 pages per species. It does not include in-office submissions.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • General cooperative establishment report, plan and budget preparation from KRW 900,000
  • Unincorporated association documents from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application fee; registration, notarization or third-party expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of establishment reports for general cooperatives, articles of association for voluntary organizations, and general meeting documents 📘 6 Matters Subject to a Cooperative Change Report 📘 Preparing a resident cooperative for an agrivoltaic project
View full service guide Send your case
02 Registration of Nonprofit Private OrganizationRegistrationRegistration of Nonprofit Private Organization · Official check · 36-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameRegistration of Nonprofit Private Organization
Actual processing agencyMetropolitan/provincial or central authority responsible for the area of activity
Statutory and policy authorityCentral authority responsible for the area of activity
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Registration requirements and processing times vary according to the registering agency's guidance by scope of activities. Confirm registration eligibility and competent authority before business start date.
1When this applies

Organizations preparing to register as nonprofit private organizations for public interest activities.

2Actual processing agency

Metropolitan/provincial or central authority responsible for the area of activity

3Statutory and policy authority

Central authority responsible for the area of activity

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Check registration requirements: Check whether the beneficiaries are unspecified members of the public and whether there is no profit distribution among members. Registration is not possible if the main purpose is supporting a political party or elected-office candidate or spreading a particular religious doctrine. · Check members and activity record: Check whether there are 100 or more regular members and at least 1 year of recent public-interest activity. The member list must show each member's name, date of birth, address and joining date. · Determine the registration authority: Organizations with a project scope and offices in 2 or more cities or provinces register with a central administrative agency, and others with the city or province of the main office. If the office and project scope are only within a special city with a population of 1 million or more, register with that special city. · Prepare documents: Prepare the bylaws, minutes of the general meetings of the current and previous year, a business plan, a revenue and expenditure budget, the previous year's settlement of accounts, an organization profile and an activity record. Attach the attendance sign-in sheet and photos of the meeting to the general meeting minutes. · Application and on-site inspection: After the application, registration is decided within 20 days including an on-site inspection, and a registration certificate is issued. A residential space used as an office is hard to have recognized at the on-site inspection. · Changes after registration: If the name, main project, representative or location changes, apply for a change of registration. When changing the name or main project, submit the amended bylaws together.

6Basic required documents

Nonprofit private organization registration application · Bylaws · Minutes of the general meetings of the current and previous year (with attendance sign-in sheet and photos) · Business plan and revenue and expenditure budget · Previous year's settlement of accounts · Organization profile and record of public-interest activity for at least 1 recent year · Member list (100 or more members) · Proof of use of the office

7Deadline · procedural notes

Registration requirements and processing times vary according to the registering agency's guidance by scope of activities. Confirm registration eligibility and competent authority before business start date.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application fee; registration, notarization or third-party expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Non-Profit, Non-Governmental Organization Registration: Requirements and Application Documents
View full service guide Send your case
03 Social Cooperative Establishment AuthorizationApprovalSocial Cooperative Establishment Authorization · Official check · 36-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameSocial Cooperative Establishment Authorization
Actual processing agencyCentral authority responsible for the principal business · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Planning and Budget
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Central authority responsible for the principal business · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Planning and Budget

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm main business type and competent ministry: Choose the main business type among regional, social-service-for-vulnerable-groups, employment-of-vulnerable-groups, entrusted-project and other public-interest types, and identify the central administrative agency in charge of that business as the agency to receive the application. · Organize founding consenters and capital: Gather five or more promoters and make sure the founding consenters include at least two stakeholder groups such as producers, consumers, employees, volunteers and sponsors. To open a medical institution, separate standards apply, such as 500 or more founding consenters per institution (300 or more in a city of 100,000 or fewer residents or a county) and total paid-in capital of KRW 100 million or more (KRW 50 million or more in those areas). · Draft articles, business plan and budget: Include the mandatory items of Article 86, the prohibition on dividends to members and the rule setting aside at least 30% of surplus as a legal reserve in the articles, and show with figures in the business plan (Form No. 19) and the revenue and expenditure budget (Form No. 20) that the main business accounts for at least 40% of total business volume. · Give notice of and hold the founding general meeting: Publicly announce the date, place, membership qualifications and agenda of the founding meeting for at least 7 days, then resolve the articles, business plan and budget, election of officers and establishment expenses with a majority of founding consenters present and two-thirds of those present in favor. The chair and at least three founding consenters elected at the meeting sign or seal the minutes. · File the application and respond to supplement requests: Submit the establishment authorization application (Form No. 18) with the articles, meeting notice and minutes, list of officers, list of founding consenters and proof of the main business to the competent central administrative agency. If the Korea Social Enterprise Promotion Agency requests supplements after reviewing the application, revise and resubmit the documents and the main-business ratio calculation it points out. · Pay in capital and meet the registration deadline after authorization: Once the authorization certificate is issued, the promoters hand over the affairs to the chairperson without delay, and the chairperson sets a date for prospective members to pay in their capital. The chairperson, as applicant, files for establishment registration with the registry office having jurisdiction over the principal office within 60 days of the authorization date, and after registration the chairperson proceeds with business registration at the tax office.

5Basic required documents

Social cooperative establishment authorization application (Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on Cooperatives, Form No. 18) · Copy of the articles of association (including the mandatory items of Article 86 and the no-dividend and legal reserve rules) · Notice of the founding general meeting and copy of its minutes (signed or sealed by the chair and at least three founding consenters) · List of officers (Form No. 3, including officers' career histories) · Social cooperative business plan for the current year (Form No. 19) and revenue and expenditure budget (Form No. 20) · Document stating the amount per share of capital and the number of shares each member intends to subscribe · List of promoters and founding consenters (Form No. 6, with stakeholder category) · Documents proving that the main business meets the authorization standards (main-business ratio calculation, materials confirming vulnerable groups, etc.)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Procedure for Authorization to Establish a Social Cooperative
View full service guide Send your case
04 Drafting Clan Association (Jongjung) Bylaws and General Meeting Documents (Preparing for a Unique ID Number Certificate)DraftingDrafting Clan Association (Jongjung) Bylaws and General Meeting Documents (Preparing for a Unique ID Number Certificate) · Official check · 36-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameDrafting Clan Association (Jongjung) Bylaws and General Meeting Documents (Preparing for a Unique ID Number Certificate)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Tax Office
Statutory and policy authorityNational Tax Service
Online route Hometax
1Actual processing agency

Competent Tax Office

2Statutory and policy authority

National Tax Service

3Online route

Hometax

4Procedure order

Confirm jongjung status and application route: Confirm that the group is a kinship organization of descendants of a common ancestor such as a founding or intermediate ancestor, and decide whether to seek approval as an organization deemed a corporation or to obtain a unique number as a non-corporate organization. Once approved, the organization cannot switch to being treated as an individual until the tax period that includes the date 3 years after the approval tax period ends. · Organize the member roster and notice scope: Enter adult male and female descendants of the common ancestor in the member roster with dates of birth and addresses, and decide who must receive the meeting notice. Because case law recognizes adult female descendants as members, send notice to every member whose whereabouts are known. · Draft the clan bylaws: Include the name, purpose, principal office, membership qualifications, appointment and term of the representative, how meetings are convened and resolutions passed, and how property is managed and disposed of. Avoid a name that could be mistaken for an individual's name, and if approval as an organization deemed a corporation is sought, the bylaws must show that income is not distributed to members. · Hold the general meeting and prepare minutes: Send the convocation notice, hold the meeting, resolve to adopt the bylaws and appoint the representative, and then prepare minutes stating the number of members present and the voting results, together with the representative's acceptance of appointment. Keep records of how the notices were sent. · Organize property and principal office documents: Gather registry certificates for land and forest land held in the clan's name or managed by the clan and prepare a property list; for clan property registered in an individual's name, attach documents explaining how it came to be held in that name. If the principal office is leased, prepare a copy of the lease. · Representative's application and supplements: The clan's representative submits the application with the bylaws, minutes, and appointment documents to the tax office with jurisdiction over the principal office. If the tax office requests supplements about the organization's substance or the representative's appointment, the bylaws or minutes are revised and resubmitted.

5Basic required documents

Application for approval as an organization deemed a corporation (Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on National Taxes, Form No. 6) or unique number application for a non-corporate organization (Enforcement Rule of the Value-Added Tax Act, Form No. 4), submitted by the clan's representative · Clan bylaws (name, purpose, membership qualifications, appointment of representative, general meetings, property management) · General meeting convocation notice and records of dispatch · General meeting minutes (adoption of bylaws and resolution appointing the representative) · Representative's acceptance of appointment and ID · Member roster (with dates of birth and addresses) · List of clan property and real estate registry certificates (including documents explaining title for clan property held in an individual's name) · Copy of the lease for the principal office (if leased)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Clan Association (Jongjung) Unique Identification Number Certificate: Application and Required Documents 📘 Disposal of Clan (Jongjung) Real Estate by General Meeting Resolution
View full service guide Send your case
05 Setting Up a Building Management Association (Meeting and Manager Appointment Documents)DraftingSetting Up a Building Management Association (Meeting and Manager Appointment Documents) · Official check · 36-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameSetting Up a Building Management Association (Meeting and Manager Appointment Documents)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Tax Office
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · National Tax Service
Online route Hometax
1Actual processing agency

Competent Tax Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · National Tax Service

3Online route

Hometax

4Procedure order

Confirm formation and the duty to appoint: The association is established automatically once sectional ownership arises, and a manager must be appointed when there are 10 or more sectional owners. In the early sales period the seller manages the building; once at least half of the prospective purchasers have completed title transfer, the seller must notify the owners to convene a meeting to enact bylaws and appoint a manager. If no manager has been appointed, an interested party may ask the court to appoint a temporary manager. · Decide who convenes and prepare the notice: The manager convenes the meeting, or, if there is no manager, at least one fifth of the sectional owners may do so. Organize the owner list from the property register and send the notice at least 1 week before the meeting (or the period set by the bylaws) with the agenda stated specifically. For a bylaw agenda the text of the proposal must be included, and the notice must also state that votes can be cast in writing, electronically or by proxy and how to do so. · Hold the meeting and pass resolutions: The chair is, in principle, the manager or the eldest of the owners who convened the meeting. Appointing a manager needs a majority of owners and a majority of voting rights; enacting or amending bylaws needs three quarters of each. Unless the bylaws provide otherwise, voting rights follow each unit's share ratio, and co-owners of a unit designate one person to vote. · Prepare the minutes and consider written resolutions: The minutes record the proceedings and results and are signed and sealed by the chair and at least 2 sectional owners. If a meeting is hard to hold, a written or electronic agreement of at least three quarters of the owners and three quarters of the voting rights is treated as a meeting resolution, so the vote thresholds for each agenda item are checked to choose between the two methods. · File the manager appointment notice: For buildings with 50 or more exclusive units (excluding mandatory-management apartment complexes and registered large-scale stores), submit the manager appointment notice to the mayor, county head or district head where the building is located within 30 days of appointment, attaching proof of appointment such as the meeting minutes, bylaws, management committee minutes or the court decision appointing a temporary manager. · Apply for the unique number certificate and note post-appointment duties: The manager applies to the tax office with jurisdiction over the building, with the minutes, bylaws, appointment documents and member list, so the association can open a bank account and collect management fees. After appointment, a regular association meeting must be held within 3 months after each fiscal year ends, and whether the building is subject to an audit should also be checked.

5Basic required documents

Manager appointment notice (separate form under the Enforcement Decree of the Act on the Ownership and Management of Condominium Buildings; for buildings with 50 or more exclusive units) · Association meeting notice and delivery records (registered mail receipts, photos of posting, etc.) · Sectional owner list (based on the property register, including designated voting representatives) · Guidance on voting in writing or electronically, proxy forms and written resolution forms · Association meeting minutes (attendance and proxies, votes per agenda item, signed and sealed by the chair and at least 2 owners) · Bylaws (draft) and the resolution enacting them · Manager appointment resolution and the manager's ID, plus the court decision appointing a temporary manager if applicable · Unique number application (tax office form, submitted by the manager)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Forming a Condominium Building Management Body, Appointing a Manager and Obtaining a Unique Identification Number Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
06 Preparing for Approval as an Organization Deemed a Corporation (Articles and Meeting Records)DraftingPreparing for Approval as an Organization Deemed a Corporation (Articles and Meeting Records) · Official check · 36-6
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparing for Approval as an Organization Deemed a Corporation (Articles and Meeting Records)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Tax Office
Statutory and policy authorityNational Tax Service
Online route Hometax
1Actual processing agency

Competent Tax Office

2Statutory and policy authority

National Tax Service

3Online route

Hometax

4Procedure order

Check the approval requirements: confirm that articles or bylaws exist, that a representative or manager has been appointed, that dues and assets are held in an account in the group's name rather than an individual's, and that income is not distributed to members; then plan how to fill any gaps with documents. · Draft the articles (bylaws): set out the name, purpose, main office, membership qualifications and withdrawal, officers and terms, how general meetings are called and decisions made, property and accounting, and the attribution of remaining assets on dissolution. Write the purpose and accounting clauses so that the ban on distributing income to members is clear. · Hold the founding general meeting and prepare the minutes: send a notice of the meeting to the founders or members, hold the meeting, resolve to adopt the articles and appoint the representative, and prepare minutes recording attendance, the result on each agenda item and signatures, together with the representative's letter of acceptance. · Organize main office and asset documents: prepare a copy of the lease or the owner's written consent to use the premises, and compile the balance of the group's bank account and its other assets into an asset statement. If the representative's home is used as the main office, state that clearly. · Representative files the approval application: the group's representative submits the application for approval as an organization deemed a corporation, with the articles attached, to the tax office with jurisdiction over the main office via Hometax or in person. The tax office head notifies the result within 10 days of the application; if supplementation is requested, revise the articles or minutes and resubmit. · Post-approval management: open a bank account in the group's name using the unique number certificate, report any change of representative or manager to the tax office, and keep general meeting minutes for each amendment of the articles and change of officers to show that the requirements continue to be met.

5Basic required documents

Application for approval as an organization deemed a corporation (Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on National Taxes, Attached Form No. 6), submitted by the group's representative · Articles or bylaws (name, purpose, membership qualifications, officers, general meetings, property and accounting, attribution of assets on dissolution) · Notice of the founding general meeting and record of dispatch · Minutes of the founding general meeting (adoption of articles and appointment of representative) · Representative's letter of acceptance and copy of the representative's ID · Member roster (names and contact details) and list of officers · Copy of the main office lease or written consent to use the premises · Asset status documents (copy of the group's bank passbook and list of property held)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Approval as an Organization Deemed a Corporation and Issuance of a Unique Identification Number Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
07 Franchisee Association Registration and Change Registration with the Fair Trade CommissionRegistrationFranchisee Association Registration and Change Registration with the Fair Trade Commission · Official check · 36-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameFranchisee Association Registration and Change Registration with the Fair Trade Commission
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirm eligibility: Check against the franchise agreements that every member maintains an agreement with the same franchisor and uses the same business mark. A franchisor with several business marks requires a separate association for each mark, and an association that mixes franchisees of different marks does not meet the registration requirements. · Check membership size: Compare the current member list against the figures in the promulgated amended Enforcement Decree to see whether the members reach the required ratio of all franchisees using the same business mark or the required minimum number of members. Meeting either standard is sufficient. · Prepare the articles, member list and general meeting minutes: Put the name and purpose, member qualifications, representative and officers, and meeting and decision-making rules into the articles or bylaws, record the election of the representative and officers and the adoption of the articles in general meeting minutes, and prepare a member list showing each franchise outlet's trade name and location. · Prepare and submit the registration application: After the effective date of December 31, 2026, submit an application stating the registration items, together with the articles and member list, to the Fair Trade Commission. The Act allows the registration work to be delegated to the Korea Fair Trade Mediation Agency or another body, so the receiving body and the form must be confirmed in the Enforcement Decree. · Respond to supplement requests and request consultation: If a supplement request is received, add to the member list and minutes, and after registration request consultation on trading terms with the franchisor. If two or more registered associations make requests, the franchisor consults first with the association made up of more franchisees. · Manage change registration: When important items set by Presidential Decree, such as the representative, officers or members, change, file a change registration application within the prescribed period. If the change registration is not filed or the registration requirements are no longer met, the Fair Trade Commission may cancel the registration after a hearing.

5Basic required documents

Franchisee association registration application (statutory form, to be set by the amended Enforcement Decree) · Articles of association or bylaws (including name and purpose, member qualifications, representative and officers, and meeting and decision-making rules) · Member list (including the number of members and each outlet's trade name and location) · Materials showing that members are franchisees using the same business mark (copies of franchise agreements, etc.) · General meeting minutes resolving the election of the representative and officers and the adoption of the articles · Proof of the main office location · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Registering a Franchisee Association with the Fair Trade Commission
View full service guide Send your case
08 Sports Club Registration Requirements and DocumentsRegistrationSports Club Registration Requirements and Documents · Official check · 36-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameSports Club Registration Requirements and Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the registration requirements — Confirm that the club has articles of association governing its operation and decision-making, an annual operation plan including a sports facility use plan and an operation plan for each sport, and a representative and a representative body of members such as a general meeting. Each sport must have at least 10 members who pay dues regularly and take part in activities, and this number must be maintained at all times after registration. · 2. Prepare the member list and proof of dues payment — Prepare a member list for each sport and match the documents proving each member's dues payment. The application states the total number of members, the numbers of female, youth and disabled members, the facilities used and the sports operated, so the list and the figures must agree. · 3. Submit the registration application to the local sports council — Attach the articles of association and organization chart, the annual operation plan, the member list for each sport, and documents proving dues payment to the sports club registration application, and submit it to the city, county or district sports council where the club is located. Disability sports clubs deemed members of the local sports council for the disabled submit to the city, county or district sports council for the disabled. The fee is the amount set by the local government's ordinance. · 4. Review and issue of the registration certificate — After the sports council reviews the documents, the city, county or district decides on registration within 14 days from the application date and issues a sports club registration certificate. A registered sports club is deemed a member of the local sports council or local sports council for the disabled and of the relevant sports federation, and pays dues under each sports organization's articles. · 5. Report changes and keep the requirements — When registered matters such as the representative, location or sports operated change, attach documents proving the change and the registration certificate to a change report and submit it to the city, county or district sports council. If the club no longer meets the registration requirements, the city, county or district may order corrections within 3 months, and registration may be cancelled if the requirements are still not met after that period.

5Basic required documents

Sports club registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Sports Club Act, Form No. 1) · Articles of association and organization chart of the sports club · Annual operation plan (including the sports facility use plan and the operation plan for each sport) · Sports club member list for each sport · Documents proving payment of dues by sports club members · Letter of authorization (if submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Sports Club Registration Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
09 Political Support Association Registration DocumentsRegistrationPolitical Support Association Registration Documents · Official check · 36-9
Procedure type
Actual service namePolitical Support Association Registration Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the designating person and designate the association — Those who may have a support association are limited to the central party, National Assembly members, local council members, presidential candidates and preliminary candidates, and candidates and preliminary candidates in constituency National Assembly, local council and local government head elections. A National Assembly member or local council member who already has a support association cannot set up a separate candidate support association for the same council election. The designating person gives the association a support association designation letter on Form No. 3 of the Rules on the Management of Political Funds Affairs. · 2. Form the association and adopt articles and appoint a representative — At the formation meeting, the association adopts its articles or bylaws and appoints a representative. The articles must include the matters in Article 9 of the Rules, such as name, purpose and location, joining and leaving membership, collection and donation of contributions, appointment and dismissal of the representative and accountant, dissolution, and the representative and audit bodies. The name follows the format in Appended Table 1 of the Rules, such as 'National Assembly Member ○○○ Support Association'. · 3. Apply to the election commission within 14 days of designation — The representative submits the registration application on Form No. 4 to the competent election commission with the designation letter, the articles, the impressions of the association seal and the representative's official seal, a copy of the formation minutes and the representative's consent to take office. The commission accepts the registration and issues a certificate within 7 days of receipt. Donations may be collected only after this registration. · 4. Report the accountant appointment and bank account — The representative appoints one accountant from among persons eligible to conduct election campaigns in public elections and reports the appointment on Form No. 27 together with the registration application. The bank account for political fund income and expenditure is reported on Form No. 29, and a copy of the bankbook may be submitted instead. If the bank requires a unique identification number certificate to open an account in the association's name, the representative applies for it at the competent tax office. · 5. Change registration and dissolution report after registration — If the name, location, articles, representative or seal impressions change, a change registration application is filed on Form No. 8 within 14 days. When the association dissolves, the representative must report it within 14 days, and if not reported, the election commission may cancel the registration. No dissolution report is needed when dissolution results from the end of a member's term or loss of candidate status.

5Basic required documents

Support association registration application (Rules on the Management of Political Funds Affairs, Form No. 4) · Support association designation letter (same Rules, Form No. 3) · Articles or bylaws (including the matters in Article 9 of the same Rules) · Copy of the formation meeting minutes · Representative's consent to take office · Impressions of the association seal and the representative's official seal · Accountant appointment report (same Rules, Form No. 27) · Bank account report (same Rules, Form No. 29) or a copy of the bankbook

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 800,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Political Support Association Registration Documents
View full service guide Send your case
10 Medical consumer cooperative establishment approvalApprovalMedical consumer cooperative establishment approval · Official check · 36-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameMedical consumer cooperative establishment approval
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the applicable approval criteria — Check the business area, eligible founding members, contributions and officer requirements under the Consumer Cooperatives Act and Article 4 of its Enforcement Decree. Ordinary cooperative reporting criteria cannot replace these approval requirements. · 2. Reconcile membership and contribution records — Match each member register entry to consent, eligibility and actual payment records. Establish the number of members and payment transactions to review and list missing or inconsistent evidence. · 3. Draft the articles, business plan and budget — Address membership, withdrawal, capital, meetings, officers and accounting in the articles. Reconcile the medical business plan with funding and expenditure evidence. Keep cooperative approval documents separate from medical institution opening documents. · 4. Prepare founding meeting evidence — Reconcile notices, attendance, proxies, voting records and minutes for the articles, officers and business plan. Attendance at the actual meeting is an optional additional scope. · 5. File the approval application and check the result — Submit the application, articles, plan, budget, membership and payment evidence, minutes and officer documents to the competent provincial authority. Include two ordinary supplementation rounds and a result check. Incorporation registration and medical institution opening are separate.

5Basic required documents

Approval application · Articles of association · Business plan and budget · Member register, consent and eligibility evidence · Contribution commitments and actual payment evidence · Founding meeting notices, attendance, proxies, resolutions and minutes · Officer register, consent and eligibility evidence · Office-use evidence and filing authorization

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Budget example for the stated people and documents: KRW 2,000,000 · not a fixed base fee

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-21

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Medical consumer cooperative establishment approval
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Agricultural & fishery corporations

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Establishment of an Agricultural Company CorporationNotificationEstablishment of an Agricultural Company Corporation · Official check · 37-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameEstablishment of an Agricultural Company Corporation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Registry Office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Internet Registry Office · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Registry Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Internet Registry Office · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the farmer requirement for investors: A farmer who manages 1,000㎡ or more of farmland, sells 1,200,000 won or more of agricultural products a year, or engages in farming 90 days or more a year must participate as an investor. This is proven with a farmer confirmation or an agricultural business entity registration certificate. · Design investment ratios and business purposes: Divide shares so the non-farmer investment limit is observed, and set business purposes within a scope recognized as agricultural, such as farm management, distribution, processing and sale of agricultural products, and agricultural work services. · Prepare articles of incorporation and minutes: Draft the articles of incorporation, shareholder register and minutes of the promoters and board of directors so that farmer investment and business purpose requirements are shown. There is no legal minimum capital, but set the size according to support program plans. · Establishment report and registration: File an agricultural company corporation establishment report with the city, county or district of the main office, register the establishment within 14 days from receiving the report certificate, and then register the business. · Agricultural business entity registration and change management: Registration as an agricultural business entity with the National Agricultural Products Quality Management Service is needed for policy funds, support programs and tax reductions. If important matters such as the name, purpose or investment amount change, file a change report and recheck the farmer requirement whenever shares change.

5Basic required documents

Farmer confirmation or agricultural business entity registration certificate of farmer investors · Articles of incorporation · Shareholder register, minutes of promoters and board of directors · Establishment report to the city, county or district (report certificate attached at establishment registration) · Investors' ID and certificate of seal impression · Business site lease contract or land and facility documents · After establishment: certificate of corporate registration, business registration certificate (for agricultural business entity registration)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Establishing an Agricultural Company Corporation 📘 How to Register as an Agricultural Business Entity
View full service guide Send your case
02 Establishment of a Farming Association CorporationNotificationEstablishment of a Farming Association Corporation · Official check · 37-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameEstablishment of a Farming Association Corporation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Registry Office · Competent Tax Office · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Internet Registry Office · Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Registry Office · Competent Tax Office · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Internet Registry Office · Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check member composition: 5 or more farmers or agricultural producer organizations such as agricultural cooperatives must be members. Documents showing that members are farmers, such as an agricultural business entity registration certificate or farmer confirmation, are submitted at establishment registration, so obtain them in advance. · Articles of incorporation and inaugural general meeting: Include the business purpose, investment method, joining and withdrawal of members, voting method and distribution of surplus in the articles, adopt the articles at the inaugural general meeting, elect the representative director and directors, and prepare the minutes. · Make the investments: Carry out cash investments and in-kind investments such as farmland or grassland. Align each member's investment amount and role and the handling of shares upon withdrawal with the articles. · Establishment report and registration: File an establishment report with the city, county or district of the main office, and apply for establishment registration with the report certificate attached within 14 days from receiving it. · Business registration and agricultural business entity registration: After registration, register the business at the tax office and register as a corporate agricultural business entity. Policy support and tax reductions apply only after this registration.

5Basic required documents

Articles of incorporation · Minutes of the inaugural general meeting · Member list and investment details · Documents confirming each member is a farmer (agricultural business entity registration certificate, farmer confirmation, etc.) · Establishment report to the city, county or district (report certificate attached at establishment registration) · Officers' letters of acceptance and identification documents · For in-kind investment: documents on farmland or grassland

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Farming Association Corporation Establishment Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of establishment reports for fishery cooperative corporations and fisheries companies and fisheries business-entity registration documentsNotificationRegistrationPreparation of establishment reports for fishery cooperative corporations and fisheries companies and fisheries business-entity registration documents · Official check · 37-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of establishment reports for fishery cooperative corporations and fisheries companies and fisheries business-entity registration documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Registry Office · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Internet Registry Office
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Registry Office · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Internet Registry Office

4Procedure order

Choose the corporate form: If at least 5 fishers or fishery producer organizations will produce and market jointly, use a fishery association corporation (Act Art. 16(2)); if you need a company form (general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, stock company or limited company) or want investment from non-fishers, use a fishery company corporation (Act Art. 19). An association corporation is dissolved under Enforcement Decree Art. 13 if membership falls below 5 and is not restored within 1 year, so consider possible withdrawals in advance. · Confirm members and investment: Under Enforcement Decree Art. 14, associate members of an association corporation are those who supply production materials, technology or capital, or bulk end users, distributors and processors of its fishery products, and they have no voting right at the general meeting. For a company corporation, check with a table of each investor's amount that non-fisher investment is within the limit in Decree Art. 18; investment may be fishing grounds, cash or in-kind assets. · Draft the articles of incorporation: Under Decree Art. 12, include the name, purpose, business, office location, member qualifications and admission, withdrawal and expulsion, share calculation, payment method and the per-member investment ceiling, profit and loss treatment, reserves, fiscal year, general meeting and officers, and grounds for dissolution. Because the Commercial Act applies to matters the Act does not cover, a company corporation drafts them to fit the chosen company form. · Hold the inaugural meeting and organize investment documents: The inaugural meeting (a promoters' meeting for a company corporation) adopts the articles and elects officers, and minutes are prepared. Prepare at the same time the lists of members, partners or shareholders and officers, the document stating the amount per unit (share) and units held by each person, the statement of invested assets, and documents confirming fisher or fishery producer organization status. · Submit the establishment report: File it with the mayor, county governor or district head with jurisdiction over the main office, using Form No. 12 for an association corporation or Form No. 22-3 for a company corporation of the Enforcement Rule, with the attachments. Acceptance or not is notified within 20 days of receipt, a supplement request sets a period of up to 20 days, and the report may be returned if not supplemented in time. When accepted, a report confirmation certificate is issued. · Establishment registration and entity registration: The applicant must complete establishment registration at the registry office of the main office location, attaching it, for the corporation to come into being. Then file a fishery business entity registration application with the Regional Office of Oceans and Fisheries; a fishery corporation needs a record of fishery or aquaculture business activity, registration is valid for 3 years, and changes must be registered. Business registration is applied for directly with the tax office.

5Basic required documents

Establishment report (Form No. 12 for a fishery association corporation, or Form No. 22-3 for a fishery company corporation, of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Fostering and Supporting Agricultural and Fisheries Business Entities) · Articles of incorporation (including the items required by Enforcement Decree Art. 12) · List of members, associate members (partners, shareholders) and officers · Minutes of the inaugural meeting (for a company corporation, the inaugural or promoters' meeting) · Documents confirming that each member (partner, shareholder) is a fisher or fishery producer organization · Document stating the amount per unit (share) and the units held by each member, partner or shareholder · Statement of invested assets (fishing grounds, cash, in-kind assets) · Fishery business entity registration application filed after establishment (Form No. 3 or No. 4 of the same Enforcement Rule)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare and submit the articles of incorporation, general meeting documents, and establishment report for English cooperative corporations and fishing companies. If you need to register a fishing business after establishing a corporation, we will also prepare the relevant application documents.

Scope & fee
Establishment report documents (by entity type)
We will prepare and submit 5 pages of articles of incorporation, 5 pages of minutes of the founding general meeting, and investment and establishment reports for 1 corporation. Information on fishermen, investment, and usage rights is provided, but registration, fishing license, and management registration are separate.
New fisheries business registration after establishment only
We will prepare and submit a fishing business registration form for 1 corporation that has actually started fishing after establishment. Proof of incorporation, management performance, and usage rights are provided, but reporting of establishment, preparation of articles of incorporation, and registration are not included.
Establishment report and fisheries business registration after operations begin
We will prepare 5 pages of articles of incorporation, 5 pages of general meeting minutes, investment documents, and establishment report for 1 corporation. After establishment, once you start fishing and have proof, we will also process the registration of your business. Registration, business commencement, and fishing license are separate.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Establishment report documents (by entity type) from KRW 700,000
  • New fisheries business registration after establishment only from KRW 400,000
  • Establishment report and fisheries business registration after operations begin from KRW 900,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of establishment reports for fishery cooperative corporations and fisheries companies and fisheries business-entity registration documents
View full service guide Send your case
04 Forestry Successor Registration Application and Forestry Policy Fund Business Plan PreparationRegistrationApplicationForestry Successor Registration Application and Forestry Policy Fund Business Plan Preparation · Official check · 37-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameForestry Successor Registration Application and Forestry Policy Fund Business Plan Preparation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Determining the application type: Decide whether the applicant falls under the forest-ownership type (under 55; owning 3 hectares or more of forest, leasing 10 hectares or more of national or public forest, or being a child of an individual model forest manager) or the forest-product cultivation type (production at or above the notified standard size), and check that the forest area and title holder meet the requirements. · Organizing training and forest management plan documents: Applicants who intend to start cultivating forest products prepare a certificate of at least 40 hours of forestry training (online training recognized up to 20 hours) or a graduation certificate from a forestry-related department; forest-ownership applicants prepare the approval documents for their forest management plan. · Preparing the business plan: After checking the crop and the standard size of the cultivation site, prepare a plan that includes the project name, project period, direction, investment plan, schedule by project, sales plan for products, and expected effects. After selection, the city, county, or district office visits the site according to this schedule. · Preparing and submitting the selection application: Organize the forestry successor selection application and the supporting documents and submit them on the client's behalf to the city, county, or district where the forest or cultivation site is located. If the forest or site spans two or more cities, counties, or districts, file with the one containing the largest portion. · Requirement review and certificate issuance: The mayor, county governor, or district head reviews the requirements and recommends the applicant to the selecting authority, which issues a forestry successor certificate if the requirements are met. The time taken to consult other regions about forest or cultivation sites is excluded from the processing period, so supplement documents promptly when requested. · Post-selection training and policy fund application: A forestry successor must complete training of 20 hours or more at least once within 3 years from the date of selection. For the Forestry Project Comprehensive Fund, submit the business application and business plan to the project management agency; where a subsidy-linked loan application amounts to 30 million won or more, a forestry cooperative conducts a feasibility review and credit check.

5Basic required documents

Forestry successor selection application (Annex Form No. 1 of the Regulation on Procedures for Selecting Forestry Successors and Designating Model Forest Managers) · Documents proving ownership of forest, lease of national or public forest, or ownership, lease, or rental of a cultivation site · Documents confirming the household relationship when applying with forest or a cultivation site held in a family member's name · Forest management plan approval documents (Article 13 of the Act on the Creation and Management of Forest Resources; forest-ownership type) · Certificate of at least 40 hours of forestry training, or a graduation certificate from a forestry-related university department or forestry high school (for those intending to start cultivating forest products) · Business plan (project name, period, direction, investment plan, schedule, sales plan, expected effects) · Forestry Project Comprehensive Fund business application (Annex Form No. 3 of the Forestry Project Comprehensive Fund Execution Guidelines; when applying for policy funds) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an administrative agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Forestry Successor Selection: Requirements and Documents
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Land, buildings & compensation

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of documents for land compensation consultation, adjudication, and objectionsAppealPreparation of documents for land compensation consultation, adjudication, and objections · Official check · 38-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for land compensation consultation, adjudication, and objections
Actual processing agencyProject operator · Competent Local Land Tribunal · Central Land Tribunal
Statutory and policy authorityCentral Land Tribunal
Online route Central Land Tribunal
Deadline · procedural notes Negotiated compensation, expropriation decisions, and reconsideration decisions are sequential procedures. The calculation start date for objections and litigation over compensation adjustments is based on the decision or notice.
1When this applies

Owners or business operators preparing to negotiate compensation for land, buildings, and business losses due to public projects, or to prepare for expropriation decisions and reconsideration decisions.

2Actual processing agency

Project operator · Competent Local Land Tribunal · Central Land Tribunal

3Statutory and policy authority

Central Land Tribunal

4Online route

Central Land Tribunal

5Procedure order

Inspection of the compensation plan and objection to inventories: Within the inspection period of at least 14 days, check the area, land category, use and any omitted structures or trees in the land and property inventories and file a written objection with the project operator. If you were never notified of the plan, you may object until the consultation is completed. · Nominating an appraisal firm: Landowners may nominate an appraisal firm within 30 days after the inspection period ends. The nomination must be supported by proof of consent from owners of at least half of the affected land area and a majority of all owners, so neighbours' consent is gathered during this period. · Organizing materials during consultation: During the consultation period stated in the request for compensation consultation (at least 30 days unless there is a special reason), compare the appraisal results and compensation items line by line. Business losses are supported with sales, lease and permit records, and remaining-land losses with location, shape and use records. · Request for adjudication: If no agreement is reached after the consultation period following the public notice of project approval, submit a request for adjudication to the project operator in person or by certified mail. The operator must apply to the competent Land Tribunal within 60 days of receiving the request. · Request to purchase or expropriate remaining land: If the remaining part of the land becomes extremely difficult to use for its previous purpose, request the project operator to purchase it, and if no purchase agreement is reached, request expropriation from the competent Land Tribunal by the project completion date. Compensation for a decrease in the value of the remaining land cannot be claimed once 1 year has passed from the project completion date. · Objection to the expropriation ruling: Within 30 days of receiving the original ruling, file an objection form with a copy of the ruling with the Central Land Tribunal (rulings of a local Land Tribunal are filed through that tribunal). Filing an objection does not stop the project or the expropriation, so relocation schedules are managed at the same time.

6Basic required documents

Objection form (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Acquisition of and Compensation for Land for Public Works Projects, Attached Form No. 21, when contesting an expropriation ruling) · Request for adjudication (items required by Article 14 of the Enforcement Decree of the same Act; no attached form; submitted in person or by certified mail) · Objection to land and property inventories, request to purchase or expropriate remaining land (no prescribed form; submitted in writing) · Compensation plan notice, land and property inventories, request for compensation consultation · Original expropriation ruling and postal delivery records showing the date of receipt · Land registry certificate, land ledger, building ledger, cadastral map · Site photos, list of structures and trees, appraisal result notices · Business losses: business registration certificate, business permit or report certificate, lease agreement, sales records

7Deadline · procedural notes

Negotiated compensation, expropriation decisions, and reconsideration decisions are sequential procedures. The calculation start date for objections and litigation over compensation adjustments is based on the decision or notice.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare land compensation consultation opinions and application/opinion documents related to expropriation decisions and objection decisions. This service does not include the entire appraisal and compensation negotiation.

Scope & fee
Documents for the consultation stage
We will prepare a consultation opinion by organizing the provided records and factual data for 1 land compensation case. Appraisal and on-site negotiation are not included. Scope of writing: 1 type of consultation opinion, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Documents for the expropriation adjudication
We will prepare an application, opinion, and evidence related to the decision of 1 land expropriation case. The legal submission subject and claim route are confirmed, and appraisal and subsequent objection resolution are separate. Scope of writing: 1 type of acceptance decision application/opinion/5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Documents for the objection adjudication
We will review the results of the acceptance decision and the grounds provided, and prepare application/opinion documents related to the objection decision. Preliminary consultation, new acceptance documents, and appraisal are not included. Scope of writing: 1 type of objection resolution application/opinion, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Documents for the consultation stage from KRW 600,000
  • Documents for the expropriation adjudication from KRW 500,000
  • Documents for the objection adjudication from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of documents for land compensation consultation, adjudication, and objections 📘 Objecting to Land and Object Records 📘 Factory and Business Relocation Cost Compensation 📘 Objecting to Compensation Appraisal of Illegally Altered Land
View full service guide Send your case
02 Land Development Permits (Development Activity Permit, Land Subdivision, Land Category Change, Development Charges)PermitLand Development Permits (Development Activity Permit, Land Subdivision, Land Category Change, Development Charges) · Official check · 38-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameLand Development Permits (Development Activity Permit, Land Subdivision, Land Category Change, Development Charges)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check permit requirements and deemed permits: Confirm the zoning through the land use plan certificate, the permitted scale by zone, and whether urban planning committee review is required. At this stage, also decide whether other permits, such as a private road opening permit, road occupation permit or road connection permit, will be processed together with the development activity permit. · Prepare and file the application: Attach proof of the right to use the land, a site layout, and design documents and cost breakdowns for hazard prevention, pollution prevention, landscape and planting to the Development Activity Permit Application (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule) and file it with the district office; electronic filing through the national land use information system is also available. · Deemed permit documents and permit conditions: To obtain permits under other laws at the same time, the documents required by those laws must be submitted with the development activity permit application (Article 61 of the Act). If the permitting authority intends to attach conditions on infrastructure or hazard prevention, it must first hear the applicant's opinion, and a written opinion is submitted at that point. · Completion inspection: After completing land form changes, structure installation or earth and stone extraction, file without delay a Development Activity Completion Inspection Application (Form No. 6) with completion photos and, where required, a cadastral survey result map. For buildings, the use approval under the Building Act replaces this inspection. · Land subdivision and land category change: When the use of part of a parcel has changed or a reason for changing the land category arises, apply to the cadastral authority within 60 days from that date. Attach a copy of the subdivision permit for land requiring one, and a copy of the document proving completion of works for a land category change. · Submit the development cost statement: If the project is subject to development charges, submit the statement with evidence of construction, design and survey costs within 40 days from the end of the assessment period. The district office gives advance notice of the expected charge within 60 days of submission, and an objection may be filed as a pre-assessment review request within 30 days of receiving that notice.

5Basic required documents

Development Activity Permit Application (Form No. 5 of the Enforcement Rule of the National Land Planning and Utilization Act) · Development Activity Completion Inspection Application (Form No. 6 of the same Enforcement Rule) and completion photos · Land subdivision and land category change application (Form No. 75 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Establishment and Management of Spatial Data) · Proof of ownership or right to use the land (land use consent for land owned by others) · Project documents such as the site layout, and design documents and cost breakdowns for hazard prevention, pollution prevention, landscape and planting · Inventory, drawings and cost breakdown of public facilities to be abolished, replaced or newly installed (land form changes and earth and stone extraction) · Cadastral survey result map (where land subdivision or registration conversion is involved) · Development cost statement with design documents, construction contracts, tax invoices and other cost evidence

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Submitting the Development Cost Calculation Statement for Development Charges 📘 Owner-Occupancy Duty Under a Land Transaction Permit
View full service guide Send your case
03 Request to Abolish Public Use, and Application to Purchase or Lease State and Public LandApplicationRequest to Abolish Public Use, and Application to Purchase or Lease State and Public Land · Official check · 38-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameRequest to Abolish Public Use, and Application to Purchase or Lease State and Public Land
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm the property category: Check the owner (state, city, county or district) and the managing agency from the land register, real estate register and cadastral map, and ask whether the land is administrative or general property. State and public land differ in applicable law, negotiated-contract grounds and filing agency, so separate them first. · Organize occupancy evidence: Compile site photos, cadastral survey data, the building register and property tax records to show the area covered by the building or yard and when occupancy began. For an old road or ditch, also show whether any passage or drainage function remains. · Request abolition of public use: For administrative property, submit a request explaining that the land is no longer used for administrative purposes to the competent central agency (the city, county or district office for public property). Road area abolition notices or approval to abolish a registered agricultural channel may be needed first, so confirm these with the managing agency. · Review purchase grounds and apply: Once it is general property, check whether a negotiated-contract ground in Article 40(3) of the Enforcement Decree applies (land occupied by a private building, property used by a religious body, farmland cultivated for 5 or more years). If so, file the purchase application on Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rules of the State Property Act with the managing or disposing agency (the processing period is stated as 20 days). For public property, first check the local ordinance requirements. · Review a lease application: If the purchase grounds are not met or buying is not urgent, apply for a lease of general property on the same Form No. 1. The lease term for land is up to 5 years, renewal must be applied for one month before the term ends, and the lease fee is calculated by a rate on the property value under the Enforcement Decree. · Check conditions after the price notice: The reserve price for a purchase is based on appraisal (the average of two appraisals if the register value is 30 million won or more), and withdrawing the application without good cause after appraisal can make you bear the appraisal and survey costs. Also check whether installment payment is available (Article 55 of the Enforcement Decree) and whether a prior indemnity charge has been imposed.

5Basic required documents

State property use permit, lease or purchase application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rules of the State Property Act; the local government's form for public property) · Request to abolish public use (for administrative property, including a description of the site showing no passage or drainage function) · Land register, real estate register and cadastral map · Cadastral survey result or site photos and layout plan showing the occupied area · Building register and property tax payment records for the occupying building · Evidence of when occupancy began (aerial photos, past construction and tax records, neighbor confirmations) · Installment payment application for the lease fee (Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rules of the State Property Act, if applicable) · ID (power of attorney and seal certificate for a proxy filing)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case
04 Preparation and filing of administrative appeal documents concerning charges for unauthorized occupation of state or public landAppealPreparation and filing of administrative appeal documents concerning charges for unauthorized occupation of state or public land · Official check · 38-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation and filing of administrative appeal documents concerning charges for unauthorized occupation of state or public land
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent city, county, or district office · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service · Ministry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent city, county, or district office · Metropolitan or Provincial Administrative Appeals Commission

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service · Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Online Administrative Appeal (simpan.go.kr)

4Procedure order

Check the charge details and deadline: In the indemnity notice, check the area charged, the occupation period, and the officially assessed land price and rate used. Record the date you received the notice to calculate the 90-day administrative appeal deadline. · Review the fact of occupation: The existence of an adjacent building alone is not enough to establish occupation; the issue is whether you actually use the land exclusively. Compare the occupied area and boundaries with the notice using cadastral maps, survey data and site photos. · Check prescription and calculation errors: Divide the charged period by year to see whether any part beyond 5 years is included, and recalculate whether the area, land price and rate were applied correctly. Some land, such as road sites, can be charged even before the managing agency acquires ownership, so also check the nature of the land. · Check procedural defects: Check whether you were given prior notice and an opportunity to submit opinions before the disposition, and whether the disposition states its legal basis and reasons. There are rulings in which the entire charge was cancelled because prior notice was omitted and reasons were not given. · Prepare and submit the administrative appeal petition: Organize the applicable arguments among occupation, prescription, calculation errors and procedural defects with supporting materials and submit an administrative appeal petition. File within 90 days of learning of the disposition or within 180 days of the disposition. · Resolve the underlying issue by lease or purchase: If you need to keep using the land apart from the dispute, consider entering into a lease contract or applying to purchase it. If left as is, the indemnity for the next period will be charged again.

5Basic required documents

Administrative appeal petition (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Annexed Form No. 30) · Indemnity notice (disposition notice) · Prior notice and opinion submission documents (if received) · Cadastral map, survey data and land register · Site photos and materials on how the occupation arose · Building register and other materials on adjacent buildings · Existing lease contract and payment history (if any)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will review the occupancy, area, period, and basis for calculation of national and public land compensation and prepare an administrative appeal request. Follow-up loan/purchase applications will be handled separately.

Scope & fee
Basic scope
We will review the occupancy, area, period, calculation, and procedure data for 1 compensation disposition and prepare an administrative appeal claim and a list of evidence. Surveying/appraisal and separate loan/purchase applications are not included. Scope of preparation: 1 type of administrative appeal claim, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation and filing of administrative appeal documents concerning charges for unauthorized occupation of state or public land
View full service guide Send your case
05 Heritage Protection Zone Alteration Permit ApplicationPermitHeritage Protection Zone Alteration Permit Application · Official check · 38-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameHeritage Protection Zone Alteration Permit Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check protection zone and preservation area status: Confirm through the land use plan certificate and public notices whether the parcel lies within the protection zone of a designated heritage or within a historical and cultural environment preservation area set by ordinance. Specific activity standards are publicly notified for each heritage, so first compare the planned height and scale of the building against those standards. · Identify the permit type and permitting authority: Building or extending structures, planting or removing trees, and excavation or filling within a protection zone require an alteration permit (Article 35(1)1), while acts in a preservation area that may affect the landscape or preservation require a permit under item 2. Minor acts prescribed by Presidential Decree, such as installing information or warning signs, are permitted by the mayor, county head or district head, and city or provincial designated heritage follows the ordinance procedure. · Prepare the application and plan: For alterations within a protection zone use Enforcement Rule Form No. 19, and for acts in a preservation area use Form No. 19-2, stating the name, type and location of the heritage and the details of the act. The alteration plan or activity plan sets out the location, scale and method of the works and their effect on the heritage. · Check drawings and site photos: Attach relevant drawings such as a location map and site plan together with site photos; where cutting, filling or installing facilities in a preservation area, a site plan, floor plan, elevation, section and site cross and longitudinal sections are required. Design drawings are prepared separately, and for buildings subject to report under Article 14 of the Building Act, drawings may be omitted for a preservation area activity permit. · Submit through the city, county or district and respond to supplementation: The application goes to the Administrator of the Korea Heritage Service through the competent mayor, county head or district head, who notifies the city or provincial governor. Supplementation periods do not count toward the 30-day processing period, so submit supplementary documents promptly with figures matching the plan and drawings. · Respond to deliberation and receive the permit: Where necessary, an expert investigation and committee deliberation take place, and if deliberation is held, the result is notified within 7 days after it ends. Carry out the works in accordance with the permit period and conditions stated on the permit, and apply for a change permit using Form No. 22 to modify permitted matters.

5Basic required documents

Application for permit to alter state-designated cultural heritage (Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Preservation and Utilization of Cultural Heritage, Form No. 19) or application for permit for an act that may affect the preservation of state-designated cultural heritage (same Rule, Form No. 19-2) · Alteration plan or activity plan · Relevant drawings showing the alteration, such as a location map and site plan (prepared separately) · Site plan, floor plan, elevation, section and site cross and longitudinal sections (for cutting, filling or installing facilities in a preservation area, prepared separately) · Site photos · Land use plan certificate and cadastral map (to confirm protection zone or preservation area status) · Application for change permit (same Rule, Form No. 22) and documents on the changes (when modifying permitted matters) · Power of attorney (for submission by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Applying for a Cultural Heritage Alteration Permit
View full service guide Send your case
06 Transfer Registration of Mining Rights (Exploration and Mining Rights)RegistrationTransfer Registration of Mining Rights (Exploration and Mining Rights) · Official check · 38-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameTransfer Registration of Mining Rights (Exploration and Mining Rights)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Check the rights in the mining register: Obtain a certified copy of the mining register from the Mining Registration Office and check the mineral type, location of the mining area, registration number, whether it is an exploration or mining right, the duration, any mortgage or disposal restriction, and whether there are co-holders. If the holder's name or address in the register differs from the current ID, first apply to register a change in the holder's details. · Check transferability and the obligations being taken over: An exploration right may only be the object of inheritance, transfer, disposition for tax arrears or compulsory execution, and a mining right additionally of a sub-mining right or mortgage. A co-holder's share can be transferred only with the consent of the other co-holders, and a foreign national may hold a mining right only in the cases set out in Article 10-2 of the Mining Industry Act. Because rights and obligations move together with the mining right, check how much time remains for filing the exploration plan (1 year from registration of the exploration right) or applying for approval of the mining plan (3 years from registration of the mining right). · Prepare the deed of sale and the transfer registration application: Prepare a deed of sale for a sale or a deed of gift for a gift using the prescribed forms, and enter the mineral name, location of the mining area, registration number, cause of registration and its date in the transfer registration application. The person obligated to register and the person entitled to register both sign or seal it, and all co-holders sign jointly in a joint mining right. If the description of the right or the applicant differs from the mining register by even one character, the application is not accepted. · Organize identity documents and tax payment receipts: Attach one of the following from the person obligated to register: a copy of an ID card bearing a handwritten signature, a certificate of seal impression, or a confirmation of signature; for a sale, the form's notes require a seal certificate for real estate sale listing all buyers. Also submit the payment notice and payment certificate for the registration and license tax and local education tax paid in the name of the registered holder. · Submission to the Mining Registration Office and handling of supplements: When the application and attachments are filed with the Mining Registration Office, the registration team checks them against the mining register, records the transfer and notifies the result; the processing period stated on the form is 2 days. For inheritance, the heir applies alone using the inheritance transfer registration application with the basic certificate and family relation certificate, and if only some heirs of the same rank inherit, the consent of the other heirs or proof of renunciation is added.

5Basic required documents

Application for transfer registration of exploration or mining rights due to sale, gift or bequest (Form No. 7 of the Enforcement Rules of the Enforcement Decree on Mining Registration) · Deed of sale of exploration or mining rights (Form No. 8 of the same Rules) or deed of gift (Form No. 9) · One identity document of the person obligated to register (copy of ID card with handwritten signature, certificate of seal impression, or confirmation of signature; for a sale, a seal certificate for real estate sale listing all buyers) · Payment notice and payment certificate for the registration and license tax and local education tax · Certified copy of the mining register (to check rights and mortgages) · Consent of the other co-holders (when transferring a co-holder's share) · Inheritance: application for transfer registration due to inheritance (Form No. 5 of the same Rules), basic certificate and family relation certificate, consent of other heirs or proof of renunciation of inheritance · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Register the Transfer of a Mining Right
View full service guide Send your case
07 Requirements and Procedure for Proposing an Urban Management PlanApplicationRequirements and Procedure for Proposing an Urban Management Plan · Official check · 38-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameRequirements and Procedure for Proposing an Urban Management Plan
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check what can be proposed and who drafts the plan — Proposals may cover the installation, improvement or upgrading of infrastructure, the designation or change of district unit planning zones and the establishment or amendment of district unit plans, industrial and distribution development promotion districts and use districts whose restrictions are replaced by a district unit plan, and urban or county planning facility multi-purpose complex zones. The plan-drafting authority is the competent Special City Mayor, Metropolitan City Mayor, Special Self-Governing City Mayor, Special Self-Governing Province Governor, city mayor or county governor; for Incheon it is the Mayor of Incheon Metropolitan City. Because an urban or county management plan must conform to the urban or county master plan, first check the direction of the master plan for the area. · 2. Identify the target land and calculate the consent ratio — List the owners and area of each parcel in the proposal zone using the land register and the certified copy of the real estate register, and exclude state and public land from the consent base. Proposals for district unit plans and use districts require consent from landowners of at least two-thirds of the target land area, and proposals for infrastructure and multi-purpose complex zones require at least four-fifths. An industrial and distribution development promotion district must be at least 10,000 m² and less than 30,000 m², located in a natural green area, planned management area or production management area, with planned management areas making up at least 50%. · 3. Prepare the proposal and attached documents — The proposal must attach the urban or county management plan documents (plan map and plan schedule) and a supporting plan explanation. The plan map is prepared by marking the plan on a topographic map at a scale of 1:1,000 or 1:5,000, and the plan explanation includes basic survey results and the financing plan. Detailed procedures follow the standards notified by the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. · 4. Submit to the plan-drafting authority and respond to requests for supplements — Submit the completed proposal and the landowner consent forms to the urban planning division of the city, county or district office. The authority may seek the advice of the urban planning committee if necessary when deciding whether to reflect the proposal, and may request additional materials or adjustments to the plan in the process. The costs of drafting and deciding the plan may be borne in whole or in part by the proposer by agreement. · 5. Notice of the decision and next procedures — The plan-drafting authority must notify the proposer within 45 days from the proposal date whether the proposal will be reflected, and may extend this once by 30 days for unavoidable reasons. If reflected, the plan documents and plan explanation attached to the proposal are used in drafting, followed by decision procedures such as hearing residents' opinions and review by the urban planning committee.

5Basic required documents

Proposal for drafting an urban or county management plan (no prescribed form: the Enforcement Rule has no attached form, and detailed procedures follow the notice of the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport) · Urban or county management plan documents (plan map and plan schedule) · Plan explanation (basic survey results, financing plan, etc.) · Consent forms of landowners in the target area and a parcel-by-parcel consent ratio calculation (excluding state and public land) · Land register, certified copy of the real estate register and location map for the target land · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Requirements and Procedure for Proposing an Urban Management Plan
View full service guide Send your case
08 How to Apply for a Land Transaction Contract PermitPermitHow to Apply for a Land Transaction Contract Permit · Official check · 38-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Apply for a Land Transaction Contract Permit
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the permit zone and the threshold area — Check the designation notice for the zone boundaries and whether specific persons, uses or land categories are subject to the permit. Threshold areas are 60㎡ in residential areas, 150㎡ in commercial and industrial areas, 200㎡ in green areas and 60㎡ in urban areas without a use zone designation, and 250㎡ outside urban areas (500㎡ for farmland and 1,000㎡ for forest land); the designation notice may set a different threshold between 10% and 300% of the standard area. Even if land is split or divided into co-ownership shares after the zone is designated so that it falls below the threshold, the first transaction after the split still requires a permit, and buying parts of a single tract within 1 year is treated as a transaction of the whole tract. · 2. Match the intended land use with the permit criteria — The permitting authority checks whether the purpose falls under Article 12 of the Act, such as land for one's own residential housing, farming by farmers in the permit zone, welfare or convenience facilities for local residents, public works, or a business already operated in the area. A purpose that does not conform to the urban or county plan, that threatens serious harm to the ecosystem or living environment, or an area that is excessive for the purpose is a ground for refusal. The buyer's address and length of residence, farmer status and business record are organized first to decide which purpose to apply under. · 3. Prepare the land use plan and the fund procurement plan — The land use plan states the development and use plan for the land, such as construction or change of land form (including a schedule with start and completion dates), and an approximate breakdown of the required funds, and the construction start date must be set within 2 years from acquisition. For farmland that requires a farmland acquisition qualification certificate, a farm management plan is submitted instead of the land use plan. The land acquisition fund procurement plan (Form No. 10) separates own funds, such as deposits, proceeds from selling stocks or bonds, gifts or inheritance and proceeds from selling real estate, from borrowings such as bank loans, and the total is checked against the expected contract price. · 4. Joint application and the permit or refusal decision — The seller and buyer jointly submit the land transaction contract permit application (Form No. 9) with the land use plan and fund procurement plan to the city, county or district where the land is located. There is no application fee, and after an investigation including site photographs, the authority issues a permit certificate or gives written reasons for refusal within 15 days. If no notice is given within that period, the permit is deemed granted on the day after the period ends, and a person refused a permit may file an objection or a claim for the purchase of the land within 1 month. · 5. Use obligations after the permit and fact-finding surveys — Land for one's own residential housing, farming or welfare facilities must be used for the permitted purpose for 2 years from acquisition, land for public works or regional development projects for 4 years, and land for other purposes for 5 years. The permitting authority conducts a fact-finding survey at least once a year, and when a violation is found it issues an order to perform with a period of up to 3 months and then imposes a charge for compelling compliance every year until compliance: 10% for leaving land unused, 7% for leasing it out, 5% for changing the purpose without approval and 7% for other violations. If the purpose must change, approval from the permitting authority is obtained in advance, and an objection to a charge for compelling compliance is filed within 30 days from notice.

5Basic required documents

Land transaction contract permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Report on Real Estate Transactions, Form No. 9) · Land use plan (items under Article 11 of the same Enforcement Rule; a farm management plan for farmland subject to a farmland acquisition qualification certificate) · Land acquisition fund procurement plan (Form No. 10 of the same Enforcement Rule) · Summary of the intended contract (parties, rights to be transferred or created, expected contract price) · Supporting documents for the intended use (resident registration and residence confirmation, farmer confirmation, business plan or other documents matching the purpose) · Documents showing the source of funds (deposit balances, planned loan details and the like, if requested by the permitting authority) · Land transaction contract change permit application (Form No. 11 of the same Enforcement Rule, when changing permitted details) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for a Land Transaction Contract Permit
View full service guide Send your case
09 How to Apply for an Ancestor Land Search and Required DocumentsIssuanceHow to Apply for an Ancestor Land Search and Required Documents · Official check · 38-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Apply for an Ancestor Land Search and Required Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check eligibility and the date of death — Those who can apply without the review are the landowner and the heirs of a deceased landowner. Under Articles 1000 and 1003 of the Civil Act, heirs rank as lineal descendants, lineal ascendants, siblings, and collateral blood relatives within the fourth degree, and the spouse ranks equally with lineal descendants or lineal ascendants. According to local government guidance, the land of a parent, spouse or child who died on or after January 1, 2008 can be searched online, and for deaths before that date you apply in person at the city, county or district office. · 2. Prepare documents proving the inheritance relationship — Prepare documents that show the death and that the applicant is an heir. For a deceased person with a family relationship register, use the basic certificate and family relation certificate; for a death before that system, use a certified copy of the removed family register. If a higher-ranking heir has already died, documents connecting through that person's death are also needed to confirm the relationship. · 3. Complete the application to use cadastral computer data — On Form No. 72-2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Establishment and Management of Spatial Data, enter the data to be used, the purpose, the legal basis and the scope of the data. When an heir applies for the deceased's land, the review result of the central administrative agency is not attached, under Article 62(3) of the Enforcement Decree. If you do not know where the ancestor's land is, set the scope to nationwide. · 4. Submit to the city, county or district office and receive the result — Because nationwide data can also be requested from the cadastral authority, submit the application to the cadastral division of a nearby city hall or district office. The processing period on the form is 7 days, and a request may be refused if it cannot be processed by the computer system or would interfere with cadastral work. The result is provided as cadastral records such as the location and area of each parcel. · 5. Follow-up checks on the parcels found — For each parcel found, obtain the land register and the certified copy of the real estate register to see whether the deceased is still recorded as the owner. Also check the land use plan confirmation for the zoning district and any urban or county planning facility restrictions. Based on these results, the heirs decide on the next steps.

5Basic required documents

Application to use cadastral computer data (Form No. 72-2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Establishment and Management of Spatial Data) · Applicant's identification · Basic certificate or certified copy of the removed family register of the deceased (proof of death) · Family relation certificate or certified copy of the removed family register showing the applicant is an heir · Certificates confirming the death and relationship of a higher-ranking heir who has died, if applicable · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for an Ancestor Land Search and Required Documents
View full service guide Send your case
10 How to Object to a Cadastral Resurvey Boundary Decision or Adjustment PaymentAppealHow to Object to a Cadastral Resurvey Boundary Decision or Adjustment Payment · Official check · 38-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Object to a Cadastral Resurvey Boundary Decision or Adjustment Payment
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the date you received each notice and calculate the deadline — The boundary decision notice states that, if no objection is filed within 60 days, the boundary is confirmed as decided by the Boundary Decision Committee. For adjustment payments, the cadastral authority sends a payment notice or collection notice within 10 days of notifying the amount, and the 60-day objection period runs from receipt of that notice. The two deadlines run separately, so record the receipt date of each notice. · 2. Review the boundary-setting criteria and identify the points in dispute — The cadastral authority sets boundaries in this order: the actual boundary the owner occupies if there is no dispute over the ground boundary, the boundary found from survey records at the time of registration if there is a dispute, and then the boundary under local custom. If these methods are unreasonable, a boundary agreed by the landowners may be used. Organize when walls or buildings were erected, the boundary at the time of purchase, and the history of long-term occupation against these criteria. · 3. File the boundary decision objection — Submit the boundary decision objection form with the grounds and supporting documents to the cadastral authority (city, county or district). The authority forwards it with its opinion to the Boundary Decision Committee within 14 days of receipt, and the committee decides within 30 days, extendable by up to 30 days where unavoidable. The authority serves the written decision within 7 days of being notified, and the landowner must tell the authority within 60 days of receiving it whether they will challenge it through an administrative appeal or administrative litigation. · 4. File the adjustment payment objection — The adjustment payment is calculated as the arithmetic mean of appraisals by two appraisal firms as of the date the boundary was confirmed, or, at the request of the landowners' council, by the officially assessed individual land price after committee review. On the adjustment payment objection form, mark whether you received a payment notice or a collection notice, state your grounds and submit it to the cadastral authority. If the payment was based on appraisal values, two appraisal firms that did not take part re-appraise it, and the authority notifies the result in writing within 45 days after committee review and resolution. · 5. Payment, receipt and installment application — The cadastral authority pays the adjustment amount within 6 months of the payment notice, and a person who receives a collection notice pays in cash within 6 months of the assessment date. If paying at once is difficult, you may file an adjustment payment installment application with the reasons and supporting evidence, and the authority notifies its decision in writing within 15 days. Installments run within a 1-year range under the criteria in Annex 1 of the Enforcement Decree.

5Basic required documents

Boundary decision objection form (Enforcement Rule of the Special Act on Cadastral Resurvey, Form No. 5) · Adjustment payment objection form (Enforcement Rule of the Special Act on Cadastral Resurvey, Form No. 8) · Copy of the boundary decision notice, or of the adjustment payment notice or collection notice · Copies of materials received from the cadastral authority, such as the provisional cadastral confirmation statement · Occupation history materials (when walls or buildings were erected, sale contracts, earlier survey results, etc.) · Site photos and aerial photos by year · Adjustment payment installment application and evidence of the reasons (if paying in installments) · letter of authorization (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-08

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Object to a Cadastral Resurvey Boundary Decision or Adjustment Payment
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Farmland & forest land administration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 How to Get a Farmland Acquisition Qualification CertificateConfirmationHow to Get a Farmland Acquisition Qualification Certificate · Official check · 39-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Get a Farmland Acquisition Qualification Certificate
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the acquisition needs a certificate — Acquiring farmland by sale, gift or auction requires a certificate from the head of the city, district, eup or myeon where the land lies. Acquisition by inheritance (including bequests), acquisition of mortgaged farmland, farmland for which conversion consultation is complete, merger of agricultural corporations, or partition of co-owned farmland does not require one. · 2. Match the purpose and area thresholds — A person not already farming must use a total of at least 1,000 square meters of farmland after acquisition, or 330 square meters for land with facilities such as greenhouses or livestock sheds, and 165 square meters for insect-rearing facilities. Weekend and hobby farming is allowed only on farmland outside agricultural promotion areas, and the total area owned by all household members must be under 1,000 square meters. · 3. Write the Farm Management Plan — The plan must state the area to be acquired (for co-ownership, each share ratio and location), how labor, farm machinery, equipment and facilities will be secured, the current use of farmland already owned, and the applicant's occupation, farming experience and distance to the farm. The authority reviews crops and farming schedule, funding plan and certificate history over the last 3 years to judge feasibility, and will not issue the certificate if required items are missing. · 4. Apply and undergo Farmland Committee review — Submit the application, plan and attachments to the city, district, eup or myeon where the land is located. Applications for land in land transaction permit zones, first-time acquisitions by people who do not live in that or an adjacent city, county or district, single parcels co-acquired by 3 or more people, agricultural corporations and registered foreign nationals go through Farmland Committee review and are processed within 14 days. · 5. Farm after acquisition and register as an agricultural business entity — If you fail to carry out the Farm Management Plan without a justifiable reason, you become obliged to dispose of the farmland within 1 year. To receive loans and subsidies, register your farm management information (agricultural business entity registration), which is valid for 3 years.

5Basic required documents

Application for Farmland Acquisition Qualification Certificate · Farm Management Plan or Weekend and Hobby Farming Plan · Proof of occupation (certificate of employment, certificate of enrollment, etc., for non-farmer individuals) · Farmer confirmation certificate (for farmers not registered as agricultural business entities) · Articles of incorporation, list of officers and proof that at least one third of executives are farmers (agricultural corporations) · Agreement on divided ownership with drawings (when co-acquiring a single parcel) · Farmland lease or loan-for-use agreement (when below the area threshold) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-06

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Get a Farmland Acquisition Qualification Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
02 Rural temporary-stay facility notifications and farmland-survey opinion documentsNotificationRural temporary-stay facility notifications and farmland-survey opinion documents · Official check · 39-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameRural temporary-stay facility notifications and farmland-survey opinion documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the farmland is eligible — A shelter cannot be installed on farmland designated as a disaster prevention district, a collapse risk area or a natural disaster risk improvement district. The farmland must adjoin a road where fire trucks can operate, including township, village and farm roads and de facto passages long used by residents. Farmland in an agricultural promotion zone is also eligible if the requirements are met. · 2. Calculate the shelter and parcel area — The shelter's total floor area must be 33㎡ or less, and if eaves or similar parts project 1 m or more from the center line of the outer wall, the building area must also be 33㎡ or less. If a farm hut stands on the same parcel, the combined total floor area of the hut and shelter must be 33㎡ or less. The parcel must be at least twice the shelter's floor area plus any parking space and deck (including an outside septic tank), and parking spaces and decks must stay within the area set by Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs notice. · 3. File the temporary building report — Submit a temporary building construction report with a site plan and floor plan to the mayor, county head or district head, and start installation only after reporting. If the farmland belongs to someone else, attach a consent for land use. The installation and management standards in the local building ordinance also apply, so check the ordinance before reporting. · 4. Register in the farmland register within 60 days — Within 60 days of installing the shelter, apply to the head of the city, district, eup or myeon for a change of farmland use information so the shelter is entered in the farmland register. Entry in the register is one of the shelter requirements, and failure to apply is subject to a fine for negligence (1,000,000 won for the 1st violation). · 5. Residential fire safety equipment and extension of the retention period — The shelter must have residential fire safety equipment installed. The retention period is up to 3 years, and it may be extended by up to 3 years each time for the number of times set by the building ordinance, which may be set at 3 or more times for shelters. To extend, submit an extension report with photos of the front, back and both sides taken within 1 month, no later than 7 days before expiry.

5Basic required documents

Temporary building construction report · Site plan and floor plan of the temporary building · Consent for land use (if the farmland is owned by another person) · Farmland register change application (change of farmland use information) · Land use plan confirmation and cadastral map (to check districts and adjoining roads) · Report for extension of the retention period with current photos (when extending) · Letter of authorization (when submission is delegated)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the construction report for 1 shelter building and 1 lot of farmland and the documents for registration in the farmland ledger after installation. The investigation/pre-notification opinion form will be prepared in a separate format and distinguished from the actual shelter conversion report. Drawings and construction materials are provided, but design, construction, and on-site visits are separate.

Scope & fee
Temporary shelter construction notification and farmland ledger registration after installation
We provide 1 lot of farmland and 1 shelter building and support the preparation and submission of temporary building construction report and farmland register registration documents after installation with layout plan, floor plan, and use approval data. Surveying, design, construction, septic tank installation, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Opinion statement for 1 investigation or advance notice; shelter-conversion notification excluded
We provide support for writing and submitting a 3-page opinion statement for approximately 20 pages of farmland, temporary buildings, and photographic materials for 1 investigation/prior notice. Actual shelter conversion report, construction, surveying, and on-site visit are separate.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Temporary shelter construction notification and farmland ledger registration after installation from KRW 500,000
  • Opinion statement for 1 investigation or advance notice; shelter-conversion notification excluded from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-30

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Rural temporary-stay facility notifications and farmland-survey opinion documents 📘 Responding to a Restoration Order for an Illegal Farm Hut
View full service guide Send your case
03 Mountainous District Conversion Permit and Earth and Stone Extraction Permit ProcedurePermitNotificationMountainous District Conversion Permit and Earth and Stone Extraction Permit Procedure · Official check · 39-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameMountainous District Conversion Permit and Earth and Stone Extraction Permit Procedure
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the district type and procedure — Check whether the land is a reserved mountainous district (forestry or public-interest) or a semi-reserved mountainous district, and whether it falls within an area where conversion and temporary use are restricted. Decide whether the project purpose is a use subject to a conversion report, whether a conversion permit is required, and whether a separate earth and stone extraction permit is needed. Where a conversion permit is deemed granted through a permit under another law, the mountainous district documents are submitted together with that application. · 2. Identify the permitting authority — For reserved mountainous districts, the mayor, county head or district head grants the permit for under 30,000㎡, the Mayor/Do Governor for 30,000㎡ or more and under 1,000,000㎡, and the Minister of the Korea Forest Service for 1,000,000㎡ or more. For other districts, the same division applies at 500,000㎡ and 2,000,000㎡, and mountainous land in national forests under the Korea Forest Service goes to the Minister of the Korea Forest Service regardless of area. Change permits and change reports go to the authority that granted the original permit. · 3. Prepare attachments and mark boundaries — Prepare the business plan, a topographic map showing cadastral lines, the survey map of the planned conversion site surveyed by a surveying business, the forest survey report (where trees exist and the area is 660㎡ or more), the elevation and average slope survey reports, and the restoration plan. For an area of 660㎡ or more and under 5,000㎡, a disaster risk review opinion may be needed, and for 5,000㎡ or more, documents for disaster impact assessment consultation. Before applying, mark the boundary of the permit area at intervals of 30 meters or less with white paint or similar markings. · 4. Application, review and payment of the replacement forest resources creation cost — Once the conversion permit application is filed, the permitting authority conducts a field survey and reviews whether it meets the conversion permit standards. The replacement forest resources creation cost is the converted area multiplied by the unit amount determined and announced each year by the Minister of the Korea Forest Service, and it is paid within a period of 20 to 90 days from the date the payment notice is issued. The permitting authority issues the permit certificate after confirming payment of the cost and deposit of the restoration cost. · 5. Earth and stone extraction permit and restoration — For extraction, the earth and stone extraction permit application is filed with the business plan, extraction area survey map, area calculation map of the extraction volume, restoration plan, access road design and other documents, and the permitting authority conducts a field survey followed by review by the local mountainous district management committee (except for soil extraction under 50,000㎡ and similar cases). The extraction period is set within 10 years. After conversion or extraction ends, the restoration design is approved, the land is restored and a restoration completion inspection is carried out.

5Basic required documents

Application for mountainous district conversion permit (change permit) (Enforcement Rule of the Mountainous Districts Management Act, Form 3) · Mountainous district conversion report (same Enforcement Rule, Form 7, for uses subject to report) · Application for earth and stone extraction permit (change permit) (same Enforcement Rule, Form 16, for extraction) · Business plan (including purpose of conversion, project period, land use plan, earth and stone handling plan and damage prevention plan) · Document proving ownership or right of use and profit of the mountainous land (where it cannot be confirmed through the land register certificate) · Topographic map showing cadastral lines (scale of 1:25,000 or larger) and survey map of the planned conversion site surveyed by a surveying business · Forest survey report (where trees exist and the converted area is 660㎡ or more) · Elevation survey report and average slope survey report · Restoration plan or restoration design, and disaster risk review opinion (for applicable areas) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Mountainous District Conversion Permit and Earth and Stone Extraction Permit Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
04 How to Apply for an Entrusted Lease Through the Farmland BankApplicationHow to Apply for an Entrusted Lease Through the Farmland Bank · Official check · 39-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameHow to Apply for an Entrusted Lease Through the Farmland Bank
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the basis of ownership and the risk of a disposal obligation — Check how the farmland was acquired, such as inheritance, leaving farming or purchase, the ownership period, the total area of inherited or post-farming farmland, and its current cultivation status. An heir who does not farm may own up to 10,000㎡ of inherited farmland, and a person who left farming after at least 8 years of farm management may also own up to 10,000㎡ of the farmland owned at that time. If a fact-finding survey or hearing notice has already been received, the grounds and deadlines in the notice are organized first. · 2. Check whether the farmland can be entrusted — Farmland an individual has owned for at least 3 years can be entrusted for lease under Article 23, Paragraph 1, Subparagraph 6 of the Farmland Act, and the part of inherited or post-farming farmland exceeding 10,000㎡ under Subparagraph 7 of the same paragraph. The Korea Rural Community Corporation cannot accept farmland in residential, commercial or industrial areas, farmland with a conversion permit or conversion report, or farmland designated and announced for development use. The use zone and conversion status are checked against the land use plan and the farmland register. · 3. Prepare and submit the entrustment application — From October 21, 2026, a single signature at the Farmland Bank counter submits 7 types of application documents through public MyData, and the Farmland Bank staff view the certified copy of the register directly, so there is no need to obtain separate paper documents. Elderly applicants who have difficulty with mobile phone identity verification can apply by visiting a branch with only their identification, and whether additional materials are needed to confirm the inheritance or the circumstances of leaving farming is checked with the branch. The lease trust period is set at 5 years or more, and the trust commission is up to 12% of the total rent (up to 200,000 won per contract for a free-use loan trust). The Corporation's application form and any additional documents are confirmed before applying. · 4. Selection of the tenant and the lease contract — The Korea Rural Community Corporation, as trustee, finds a tenant to cultivate the farmland and concludes the lease contract. Farmland leases are in principle made in writing for at least 3 years, and at least 5 years for land used to grow perennial plants or with fixed greenhouses or vinyl greenhouses. The method of settling rent and the termination conditions are checked in the entrustment contract. · 5. Managing the trust period and responding to a disposal obligation — The mayor, county head or district head must hold a hearing before giving notice of a disposal obligation, so the justifiable reason is explained with the entrustment contract and lease records. Once a disposal obligation is notified, the farmland must be disposed of within 1 year, and if it is not, the mayor, county head or district head must issue a disposal order requiring disposal within 6 months (mandatory from August 28, 2026). The grounds for deferring a disposal order are farming the land directly and concluding a sale entrustment contract with the Korea Rural Community Corporation, and a deferral postpones the disposal order for 3 years from the day after the disposal obligation period ends.

5Basic required documents

Farmland lease entrustment application (no statutory form; the form set by the Korea Rural Community Corporation Farmland Bank) · Identification · List of locations and lot numbers of the farmland to be entrusted (Farmland Bank staff view the certified copy of the register directly, and 7 types of application documents are submitted electronically by signature) · Documents confirming the inheritance relationship (for inherited farmland, such as a family relation certificate) · Documents confirming farm management history and leaving farming (for farmland of a person who left farming) · Hearing notice or disposal notice for the disposal obligation (if received) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 How to Apply for an Entrusted Lease Through the Farmland Bank
View full service guide Send your case
05 Farmland Preservation Charge Refund Procedure and Refund InterestApplicationFarmland Preservation Charge Refund Procedure and Refund Interest · Official check · 39-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameFarmland Preservation Charge Refund Procedure and Refund Interest
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether a refund ground applies — Article 38(5) of the Farmland Act lists as refund grounds revocation of the permit under Article 39, a change of the business plan, failure to obtain a permit after paying the charge, and other equivalent grounds that reduce the converted area below the original. Revocation upon the permit holder's own request also falls under Article 39(1)6. Where a farmland conversion permit was deemed granted under another act, such as a building permit, and that project is cancelled, the competent authority's judgment is required, so check the permit and cancellation documents together. · 2. Check payment records and whether the authority sent notice — Locate the payment notice, receipt and original levy decision notice number, and check whether the levying mayor, county head, district head or provincial governor has determined and notified the refund. For older cases, one option is to confirm through an information disclosure request whether the authority made a refund decision and notified the Korea Rural Community Corporation. Where restoration was ordered, notice is given only after restoration is confirmed, so also check whether restoration has been completed. · 3. Submit a refund decision request to the competent authority — If a refund ground has arisen but no decision notice was received, submit a civil petition to the authority stating the refund ground, the legal basis and the payment record. The authority determines the refund under Article 51(1) of the Enforcement Decree and sends the decision notice of Form 48 to the payer and the Korea Rural Community Corporation. For partial refunds due to a business plan change, compare the area before and after the change and the revised levy amount. · 4. Verify the refund interest calculation — Refund interest is calculated for the period from the day after the starting date to the refund decision date at the national tax refund interest rate under Article 43-3(2) of the Enforcement Decree of the Framework Act on National Taxes. The starting date differs by ground: the payment date for mistaken or double payment, the revocation date when the permit is revoked for reasons attributable to the payer, the payment date when no permit is granted after payment, and the change permit date for a business plan change. Check that the refund interest breakdown in the decision notice uses the correct starting date for the ground. · 5. Claim the refund from the Korea Rural Community Corporation — Submit the refund and refund interest claim of Form 49 with the decision notice to the Korea Rural Community Corporation and enter the remittance account. The corporation pays the refund without delay and sends the payment completion notice of Form 50 to the authority. The resident registration abstract or corporate registration certificate is checked by staff through shared administrative information.

5Basic required documents

Claim for farmland preservation charge refund and refund interest (Enforcement Rule of the Farmland Act, Form 49, submitted to the Korea Rural Community Corporation) · Decision notice of farmland preservation charge refund and refund interest (Enforcement Rule of the Farmland Act, Form 48, issued by the competent authority) · Refund decision request petition (submitted to the competent authority if no decision notice was received; no statutory form) · Farmland preservation charge payment notice and payment receipt · Farmland conversion permit or report acceptance document, and permit revocation or business plan change permit documents · Materials such as drawings showing the converted area before and after the change (for partial refunds) · Copy of the remittance account · Resident registration abstract or corporate registration certificate (if not consenting to shared administrative information)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Farmland Preservation Charge Refund Procedure and Refund Interest
View full service guide Send your case
06 Young farmer settlement support application and farming planApplicationYoung farmer settlement support application and farming plan · Official check · 39-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameYoung farmer settlement support application and farming plan
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check the selection plan announcement and eligibility — Check the selection number, selection requirements and application period in the next year's selection plan, which the Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs announces by December 31 each year. The basic statutory requirements are being a young farmer under 40, a total farming period of 3 years or less if already farming, and the feasibility and growth potential of a full-time farming plan, while detailed requirements such as the range of birth years and income and asset criteria are set each year in the program implementation guidelines. Women living in rural areas and members of multicultural families receive preference in selection. · 2. Organize basic data on crops, farmland, funds and sales channels — First organize the crops you will grow, whether you will buy or lease farmland, the facilities and farm machinery needed, your own funds and policy fund financing plan, and your buyers. Plan screening also checks whether labor and equipment match the cultivation area and whether the timing of facility expansion matches the timing of fund spending. Collect materials such as farmland lease agreements and quotations that support the figures in the plan. · 3. Write the business plan (farming plan) — To show feasibility and growth potential, which are the selection requirements, write consistent figures for cultivation scale by year, expected production and selling prices, required funds and financing methods, and education and skill acquisition plans. If you set the business goal for the final year first and work backward to the first year's preparations, the figures for each year fit together. A plan to increase production should also state sales channels and responses to price declines, and you check that the plan's figures match the attached materials. · 4. Submit the selection application and selection procedure — During the application period, submit the youth start-up successor farm manager selection application with the business plan and documents proving the selection requirements to the city, county or district, and online applications are made through the Agriculture Business Information System. The mayor, county head or district head reviews the requirements and sends the results to the provincial governor, and when the provincial governor or the Minister of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs makes the selection, a selection certificate is issued. The processing period on the application form is 60 days and there is no fee. · 5. Using the grant and fulfilling obligations after selection — The farming settlement grant may be used only for designated purposes such as daily necessities and food, education, medical and cultural service expenses, and farming supplies such as farm materials, fertilizer, pesticides and feed. You must farm full-time for the period set as a condition of payment and complete the education courses announced by the Minister of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs. Authorities may request materials or enter farmland to inspect grant use, so keep records of spending and farming.

5Basic required documents

Youth start-up successor farm manager selection application (Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Fostering and Support of Successors in Agriculture and Fisheries and Young Farmers and Fishers, Form No. 2) · 1 copy of the business plan (farming plan) · Documents proving the selection requirements (documents confirming age and farming experience, etc.) · Farmland materials (farmland lease or purchase agreements, etc., supporting the plan's figures) · Quotations for facilities and farm machinery and fund financing plan materials (supporting the plan's figures) · Materials on secured buyers (contract farming or supply discussion materials, if any) · Letter of authorization (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-12

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Applying for Young Farmer Settlement Support
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Roads, rivers & public waters

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Private Road Opening Permit and Road Occupation Permit Services (Access Roads for Landlocked Land)PermitPrivate Road Opening Permit and Road Occupation Permit Services (Access Roads for Landlocked Land) · Official check · 40-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePrivate Road Opening Permit and Road Occupation Permit Services (Access Roads for Landlocked Land)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check the access route and the adjoining road: Confirm the land category and owners of the parcels the access road will cross using the land register and cadastral map, and determine which procedures are needed, among a private road opening permit, road occupation permit and connection permit, depending on whether the connecting road is a Road Act road, a rural road or an existing de facto road. · Secure the right to use land owned by others: Obtain a land use consent or contract that states the owner, the period of use, whether a fee is paid, and an agreement that the right of use carries over if ownership changes during the period. Without these items, the attachment requirements under Article 2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Private Road Act are not met. · Apply for the private road opening permit: Attach the plan drawing, construction plan, construction cost budget and plan, longitudinal and cross-section drawings to the private road opening permit application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Private Road Act) and file it with the district or county office. Add a structural review for major structures such as bridges and a hydraulic review if the existing drainage system may be affected. · Apply for road occupation and connection permits: For the part using public road land, state the purpose, area, period and construction method on the road occupation permit application (Form No. 24 of the Enforcement Rule of the Road Act), attach electronic drawings, and file it with the road management authority. The processing period on the statutory form for metropolitan cities is 5 days for general occupation and 8 days for installing structures, and road excavation requires an opinion from the managers of major underground facilities. · Construction and use inspection: After construction, file a private road use inspection application (Form No. 3) with completion documents including drawings and photos showing the conditions before and after opening, and obtain a use inspection (processing period 7 days). The private road may not be used before the use inspection certificate is issued. · Management after opening: The road owner may not block public passage without a permit, and collecting a usage fee requires prior permission from the district office. If the status is transferred or inherited, the succession must be reported to the district office, and a road occupation permit must be extended before its period ends.

5Basic required documents

Private road opening permit application (Form No. 1 of the Enforcement Rule of the Private Road Act) · Road occupation permit application (Form No. 24 of the Enforcement Rule of the Road Act, when occupying public road land) · Plan drawing, construction plan and construction cost budget · Design drawings (plan, longitudinal section, cross section and details of main parts) · Proof of the right to use land owned by others (including owner, period of use, fee, and succession agreement upon transfer of ownership) · Structural review (for major structures such as bridges) and hydraulic review (if the existing drainage system is affected) · Design drawings of the occupied area (electronic drawings) and, for road excavation, opinions from managers of major underground facilities · Private road use inspection application (Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Private Road Act) with completion documents and photos

6Official source

Official check

Official check
View full service guide Send your case
02 Road Works Permit for Non-Road Authorities (Access Road and Sidewalk Works, Commencement Report and Completion Inspection)PermitRoad Works Permit for Non-Road Authorities (Access Road and Sidewalk Works, Commencement Report and Completion Inspection) · Official check · 40-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameRoad Works Permit for Non-Road Authorities (Access Road and Sidewalk Works, Commencement Report and Completion Inspection)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Identifying the type of permit: Based on the works, distinguish between works that widen the road itself or change its pavement or structure (Article 36 works permit), installing structures or objects on the road (Article 61 occupancy permit), and connecting an access road to the road (Article 52 connection permit). Minor maintenance that does not affect the road structure, such as partly topping up gravel or soil, does not require a permit. · Checking the road authority and permit standards: The administrative agency that designated the route of the road is where the application is filed, and the metropolitan city mayor is responsible for general national roads in the dong areas of a metropolitan city. Design speed, curve radius, road width, pavement cross-section and pavement material must be equal to or better than the existing road being connected, and plans for safety facilities such as traffic lights, road signs and guardrails and for drainage facilities are part of the permit standards. · Preparing the application and business plan: Enter the road type and route, type of works, section and period, and purpose and reason of the works in the road works permit application, and set out the scope, schedule and cost-bearing plan in the business plan. If consultation with the road authority takes place during a building permit or development activity permit, the Article 36 permit is deemed granted, so the road works documents are prepared together at that application stage. · Attaching design documents: Design documents covering road structure, pavement, drainage and safety facilities are prepared by a designer and attached to the application, and the section and period in the application and business plan are checked against the drawings. · Filing and responding to supplementation requests: The statutory processing period after filing with the road authority is 15 days, and when the permit is granted the road authority publishes the section, period and purpose of the works. If supplementation is requested, the drawings and business plan are revised and resubmitted within the period. The fee is one-thousandth of the construction cost (excluding land and compensation costs), or the amount set by ordinance where the local government has set one. · Commencement report and completion inspection: Submit the road works commencement report within 5 days of starting the works, and on completion apply without delay for the completion inspection with the completion report, design documents and cost settlement statement attached. For works that change the road register, the implementer prepares the road register and submits it to the road authority after completion.

5Basic required documents

Road works permit application (Annexed Form No. 11 of the Enforcement Rules of the Road Act) · Business plan (scope, schedule and cost-bearing plan of the works) · Design documents (road structure, pavement, drainage and safety facility plans, prepared by a designer) · Location map of the works section and land use plan confirmation · Road works commencement report (Annexed Form No. 12 of the Enforcement Rules of the Road Act, within 5 days of commencement) · Road works completion inspection application (Annexed Form No. 13 of the Enforcement Rules of the Road Act) · Completion report, as-built design documents and cost settlement statement (when applying for completion inspection) · Power of attorney (when filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Road Works Permit for Non-Road Authorities: Procedure and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
03 River Occupancy Permit and Small River Occupancy Permit Applications, and Administrative Appeals Against RefusalsPermitAppealRiver Occupancy Permit and Small River Occupancy Permit Applications, and Administrative Appeals Against Refusals · Official check · 40-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameRiver Occupancy Permit and Small River Occupancy Permit Applications, and Administrative Appeals Against Refusals
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Ministry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Climate, Energy and Environment · Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm river type and managing authority: First check, using the river zone notice and cadastral map, whether the site is in a river zone of a national or local river, or in a small river zone designated by a city, county or district. For national rivers, land occupancy and earth and stone extraction are handled by the city/province, while river facility occupancy, new structures and changes in land form are handled by the regional or local environmental office; for small rivers, the mayor, county head or district head who designated it is the authority. · Prepare attachments by purpose of occupancy: Under Annex 4 of the Enforcement Rule of the River Act, land occupancy requires a location map, a plan showing the cadastre, and consent of interested parties. Building, rebuilding or altering structures additionally requires hydraulic calculations, standard structural drawings, a rough construction cost estimate, an implementation plan description and a construction cost statement, and changing the form of land requires a construction description. · Prepare and submit the application: For a river occupancy permit, fill in the river name, location and area, purpose and period of occupancy on Form No. 29 and submit it to the authority. For small rivers, use the occupancy and use permit application in Form No. 11 of the Enforcement Rule of the Small River Maintenance Act, attaching design documents when installing facilities or artificial structures. · Respond to supplementation requests and receive the decision: The processing period for a river occupancy permit is 10 days for land occupancy and 20 days for building, rebuilding or altering structures, changing land form and extracting earth and stone; if asked to supplement, only the requested items are prepared and resubmitted. For small rivers, the authority must notify its decision within 20 days, extendable by up to 10 days if a reason for delay is notified. · Pay occupancy fees and extend the period: River occupancy fees are levied annually by multiplying the land price by a rate set for each purpose of occupancy, and small river occupancy fees are set by local ordinance. Permitted land or facilities may not be leased or subleased to others without the authority's approval, and to continue use, an extension application in Form No. 32 must be filed before the permit period expires. · File an administrative appeal against refusal: Check whether the reason in the refusal notice falls under the considerations in Article 33(3), the prohibited activities in Article 33(4), or the prohibited acts in Article 46 of the River Act, and if it only states that the site is in a river zone, examine whether there is a concrete basis. The petition must be filed with the disposing agency or the administrative appeals commission within 90 days of learning of the disposition and within 180 days of the disposition.

5Basic required documents

River occupancy permit application (Enforcement Rule of the River Act, Form No. 29) · Small river occupancy and use permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Small River Maintenance Act, Form No. 11, for small rivers) · Location map and plan showing the cadastre (land occupancy and river facility occupancy) · Consent of interested parties (common document for all purposes under Annex 4 of the Enforcement Rule of the River Act) · Hydraulic calculations, standard structural drawings, rough construction cost estimate, implementation plan description and construction cost statement (building, rebuilding or altering structures) · Construction description (excavation, filling, cutting or other change of land form) and river facility impact analysis and restoration plan (where river facilities may be damaged) · Application for extension of the river occupancy permit period (Enforcement Rule of the River Act, Form No. 32, when extending) · Administrative appeal petition (Enforcement Rule of the Administrative Appeals Act, Form No. 30) and copy of the refusal notice (when contesting a refusal)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 River and Small River Occupancy Permits
View full service guide Send your case
04 Public Waters Occupancy and Use Permit ApplicationPermitPublic Waters Occupancy and Use Permit Application · Official check · 40-4
Procedure type
Actual service namePublic Waters Occupancy and Use Permit Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the applicable law and the managing authority — Check with topographic and cadastral maps whether the site is sea beyond the coastline, foreshore between the coastline and registered land, or state-owned river or ditch waters. If the site is within a river area, a small river area, agricultural production infrastructure, or port or fishing port facilities, the permit procedure of that law applies instead of this Act. The regional oceans and fisheries office manages state-managed trade and coastal port areas and the exclusive economic zone, the city or province manages locally managed port areas, and the city, county or district manages the rest. · 2. Identify right holders and consultation requirements — If there are right holders listed in Article 12 of the Enforcement Decree, such as existing permit holders, holders of fishery or aquaculture licenses, persons with fishing entry rights, or owners or occupants of adjacent land or structures, a permit is issued only with their consent (Article 12(2) of the Act). Also check whether the project is subject to environmental impact assessment or marine use consultation or assessment so that the consultation results can be attached on schedule. · 3. Prepare and submit the application and design documents — Submit the Annexed Form No. 4 application with a business plan, area calculation drawings and design documents, a 1:25,000 topographic map or coastal information map marking the site, and a certified copy of the cadastral map. The authority consults related administrative agencies and, where necessary, hears interested parties such as fishers, and an agency asked for consultation must give its opinion within 20 days (Article 7 of the Enforcement Decree). If the requested period is within the statutory limit, at least half of the requested period is in principle granted (Article 11(3) of the Enforcement Decree). · 4. Receive the permit and pay occupancy and use fees — When the permit is granted, a permit certificate in Annexed Form No. 5 is issued and the permit is publicly announced. For permits of one year or more, the fee up to the first May 31 is paid when the permit is granted, and afterwards a one-year fee is billed as of June 1 each year and paid within 20 days of the notice (Article 11 of the Enforcement Rule). For artificial structures in waters managed by the Ministry of Oceans and Fisheries the fee is based on 3/100 of the officially assessed individual land price of adjacent land, and waters managed by cities, counties and districts follow municipal ordinances within that range. · 5. Implementation plan approval or report and completion — Works whose scale and total cost meet the Presidential Decree criteria require implementation plan approval within one year of the permit, and other activities require an implementation plan report within six months, before construction starts (Article 17 of the Act). After the works are finished, apply for a completion inspection or report completion, and because structures must be removed and the waters restored when the permit period ends, apply in advance for a period change permit if continued use is needed.

5Basic required documents

Application for public waters occupancy and use permit (Annexed Form No. 4 of the Enforcement Rule of the Public Waters Management and Reclamation Act) · Business plan (purpose, location, area or extraction volume, period and construction method) · Area calculation drawings and design documents (for new construction, reconstruction or extension of buildings, prepared according to Annexed Table 1 of the Enforcement Rule) · 1:25,000 topographic map or coastal information map marking the application area (nautical chart for the exclusive economic zone) · Certified copy of the cadastral map of the application area or adjacent land (nautical chart for territorial sea and exclusive economic zone) · Consent of right holders related to public waters occupancy and use (where right holders under Article 12(1) of the Enforcement Decree exist) · Environmental impact assessment consultation results or marine use consultation or assessment opinions (applicable projects only) · Document proving the representative (joint applications by two or more persons)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Public Waters Occupancy and Use Permit Application
View full service guide Send your case
05 Ditch occupancy and alternative use of agricultural infrastructurePermitApprovalDitch occupancy and alternative use of agricultural infrastructure · Official check · 40-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameDitch occupancy and alternative use of agricultural infrastructure
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the ditch owner and the governing law — Check the land register and the certificate of registered matters to see whether the ditch owner is the state, a local government, the Korea Rural Community Corporation or a private person, and look up whether it is registered as an irrigation or drainage channel in the city or county register of agricultural production infrastructure. Also check the land use plan confirmation for river or small river areas. If the ditch is privately owned, you need the owner's consent to use the land rather than a permit. · 2. Prepare the access road structure and drawings — Decide how the ditch will be crossed (bridge, buried culvert pipe, covering and so on) and its width, length and area, and prepare a location map, cadastral map, plan and cross-section drawings. A use permit is granted only within a range that does not interfere with the original purpose or use (Article 23(2) of the Rural Community Development and Improvement Act), so the design must keep the water flow section and maintenance access. If the access road meets public road land, a road occupancy permit or connection permit should also be reviewed. · 3. Submit the application suited to the managing body — For agricultural production infrastructure, fill in the purpose, method, period and area of use on Annexed Form No. 17 and submit it to the Korea Rural Community Corporation branch or the responsible city, county or district department. The manager posts the use details on its bulletin board and website for public inspection by relevant residents for at least 14 days, and residents may submit opinions during that period (Article 31-2 of the Enforcement Decree). For state-owned ditches, apply to the city, county or district with Annexed Form No. 4 under the Public Waters Act and attach consents if right holders such as adjacent landowners exist. · 4. Receive the permit and pay usage fees — For use of agricultural production infrastructure, the usage fee for facilities managed by the state is 5/100 of the officially assessed land price, and facilities managed by the Korea Rural Community Corporation or local governments set fees by articles of incorporation or ordinances in line with this standard (Article 32 of the Enforcement Decree). A public waters occupancy permit has a processing period of 7 days where an implementation plan report is required and 14 days where approval is required, and occupancy fees are paid annually according to the city, county or district ordinance. · 5. Construction, completion and renewal — With a public waters occupancy permit, report the implementation plan (within six months of the permit) or obtain its approval before construction, and complete a completion report or completion inspection after the works. The use period is up to 10 years for access roads on agricultural production infrastructure, 30 years for bridges and other solid artificial structures in public waters, and 15 years for other artificial structures, so apply for renewal or a period change permit before expiry.

5Basic required documents

Application for use permit or use of agricultural production infrastructure or water (Annexed Form No. 17 of the Enforcement Rule of the Rural Community Development and Improvement Act, for ditches that are agricultural production infrastructure) · Application for public waters occupancy and use permit (Annexed Form No. 4 of the Enforcement Rule of the Public Waters Management and Reclamation Act, for state-owned ditches that are not agricultural production infrastructure) · Business plan (purpose, method, period and area of use for the access road) · Location map and certified copy of the cadastral map marking the application area · Plan and cross-section drawings and area calculation drawings of the ditch crossing structure · Consent of right holders related to public waters occupancy and use (where right holders such as adjacent landowners exist) · Materials showing the lot number and use plan of the land to be connected (building or development activity plans and similar)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-13

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Building Access to Landlocked Land with a Ditch Occupancy Permit
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Civil petitions & documents

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Drafting Legal DocumentsDraftingDrafting Legal Documents · Official check · 41-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameDrafting Legal Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Receiving authority or counterparty
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Korea Post Content-Certified Mail
Deadline · procedural notes Certified mail keeps records of sending and delivery; documents submitted to administrative agencies are scheduled to meet the application deadline. There is no statutory fee for document drafting itself, but postage and issuance actual costs are separate.
1When this applies

Persons who need to organize documents such as certified mail notices, petitions, letters of appeal, contracts, or agreements according to facts and evidence.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Receiving authority or counterparty

3Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

4Online route

Korea Post Content-Certified Mail

5Procedure order

Decide the purpose and document type: First decide whether the goal is a monetary claim, notice of contract termination, settling terms before a dispute, or proving a fact, then choose the document type (contract, settlement agreement, pledge, certified-content mail or statement of fact) and the recipient. · Organize facts and evidence: Arrange the parties' details, the dates and amounts agreed, and what was not performed in date order, and number the contracts, bank transfer records, text messages, emails and photos so they match each statement in the document. · Draft the text: For contracts and settlement agreements, set out the parties, subject matter, amount and payment method, performance deadline, remedies for breach and date of signing as separate items. For certified-content mail, state the facts, the demand and the deadline precisely, without emotional language. · Sign, seal and keep copies: Prepare contracts, settlement agreements and loan agreements in as many identical copies as there are parties, have each party sign or seal them, stamp across pages if there are several, and give one copy to each party. Whether to attach a seal certificate or a certificate of personal signature depends on the document's purpose. · Send certified-content mail: Prepare the original and 2 copies on A4 paper and send them at a post office counter or through the online post office. To also record the date of receipt, request delivery certification at the same time. Keep the sender's copy returned to you as evidence for later steps. · Manage follow-up deadlines: Certified-content mail sent as a demand requires a follow-up step such as filing a lawsuit within 6 months, so record the dispatch and delivery dates. If the other party does not perform, review whether the records can be used for a petition or report filed with an administrative agency.

6Basic required documents

No prescribed submission form (contracts, settlement agreements, pledges and certified-content mail are documents between the parties, so there is no statutory form) · Parties' details (name, address, contact; certificate of corporate registration for corporations) · Existing contracts, agreements and loan-related documents · Proof of money transactions such as bank transfer records and receipts · Text, messenger and email records and audio recordings (when a transcript is to be prepared) · Photos, site materials and other evidence of the facts · Exact address of the other party (recipient) for certified-content mail · Copy of ID, seal certificate or certificate of personal signature (for documents that need signature or seal verification)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Certified mail keeps records of sending and delivery; documents submitted to administrative agencies are scheduled to meet the application deadline. There is no statutory fee for document drafting itself, but postage and issuance actual costs are separate.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application feeOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 How to Write an IOU (Loan Agreement) in Korea 📘 Direct Real Estate Sale Contract and Transaction Report in Korea
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation and submission of petitions, complaints, and suggestionsDraftingPreparation and submission of petitions, complaints, and suggestions · Official check · 41-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation and submission of petitions, complaints, and suggestions
Actual processing agencyCompetent administrative authority · Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC)
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Government24 · e-People (epeople.go.kr)
Deadline · procedural notes Information disclosure, grievance complaints, and objections each have different processing times and appeal procedures. Keep the reception number and manage deadlines for requested corrections separately.
1When this applies

Persons who intend to submit purpose-specific documents to administrative agencies such as information disclosure requests, grievance complaints, petitions, or objections.

2Actual processing agency

Competent administrative authority · Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission (ACRC)

3Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

4Online route

Government24 · e-People (epeople.go.kr)

5Procedure order

Identify the petition type and agency: Decide whether the request is a statutory civil petition (permit, registration or report), an inquiry, a proposal, a grievance or a public petition, then check the agency in charge, the processing period and the required documents in the Government24 guidance or the agency's civil petition handbook. · Prepare the form and required entries: If the relevant law prescribes an application or report form, use it. Petitions, proposals and public petitions without a form are written as a document stating the applicant's details, the purpose and reasons of the request, and the underlying facts. A public petition must include the name and address and be signed. · Organize facts and requests: Set out the facts in date order, state the legal basis and the requested action (correction, investigation, policy improvement, etc.) separately, and number the evidence so it links to the text. A request with an unclear purpose is likely to be closed. · Submit and keep the receipt: File online through Government24 or the National E-Petition portal, or at the agency's civil affairs office in person or by mail, and keep the receipt number or receipt. When submission is entrusted to someone else, the agency checks the power of attorney (Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rule of the Civil Petitions Treatment Act) and an ID. · Track processing: Check progress against the processing periods, such as 7 or 14 days for inquiries, 14 days for proposals, 7 days for grievances and 90 days for public petitions (extendable once by up to 60 days), and supplement documents within the set period if requested. · Challenge a refusal or unsatisfactory result: For a refusal of a statutory civil petition, file an objection (Form No. 11 of the same Rule) within 60 days from the date of the refusal; an administrative appeal can also be filed regardless of the objection. If unsatisfied with the agency's handling, file a grievance petition with the Anti-Corruption and Civil Rights Commission or a local ombudsman committee.

6Basic required documents

Civil petition application (statutory form under the relevant law) or public petition, petition or grievance petition (if there is no prescribed form, a document stating the purpose, reasons and underlying facts) · Objection to refusal (Form No. 11 of the Enforcement Rule of the Civil Petitions Treatment Act, when challenging a refusal of a statutory civil petition) · Request for preliminary review (Form No. 8 of the same Rule, when seeking a preliminary review before formal filing) · Required documents specified by the relevant law · Copy of the disposition or decision notice (to confirm the date of receipt for objections and grievance petitions) · Evidence of the facts (photos, official letters, contracts, communication records, etc.) · Copy of ID · Power of attorney (Form No. 3 of the same Rule, when entrusting submission)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Information disclosure, grievance complaints, and objections each have different processing times and appeal procedures. Keep the reception number and manage deadlines for requested corrections separately.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare and submit petitions, complaints, and suggestions based on the provided materials. Electronic submission and in-office submission are categorized into the scope you select.

Scope & fee
Electronic filing
Based on the data provided by 1 applicant or 1 organization, we will prepare 1 type of document and a list of supporting documents among petitions, complaints, and suggestions, and support submission through the selected route. It does not include separate complaints or subsequent complaints. Scope of writing: 1 type per petition/petition/suggestion, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
In-person filing
Based on the data provided by 1 applicant or 1 organization, we will prepare 1 type of document and a list of supporting documents among petitions, complaints, and suggestions, and support submission through the selected route. It does not include separate complaints or subsequent complaints. Scope of writing: 1 type per petition/petition/suggestion, 5 pages per type. 1 office visit is included.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Electronic filing from KRW 600,000
  • In-person filing from KRW 800,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application fee; registration, notarization or third-party expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 How to Request a Written Commitment from an Agency 📘 Application for Reexamination of a Disposition
View full service guide Send your case
03 Document Submission AssistanceAdvisoryDocument Submission Assistance · Official check · 41-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameDocument Submission Assistance
Actual processing agencyIndividual receiving authority
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Government24 · Document24 · Agency-specific electronic civil service
Deadline · procedural notes First confirm application-specific submission deadlines and original document submission deadlines. For electronic submissions, retain the completion screen and reception number.
1When this applies

Persons who need to submit already prepared documents accurately according to the exact application name, agency, and method.

2Actual processing agency

Individual receiving authority

3Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

4Online route

Government24 · Document24 · Agency-specific electronic civil service

5Procedure order

Confirm the receiving agency and filing method: The competent agency, deadline, need for originals and need for an in-person visit differ by petition, so the filing route (Government24, Document24, the agency's e-petition window, mail or in person) is chosen based on the required documents, receiving agency and processing period posted by the agency (Article 17(3) of the Administrative Procedures Act). · Check that the documents are complete: Entries and signatures or seals on the statutory form, issue-date requirements for attachments and whether a translation must be attached are checked. Agencies may not require documents they can verify through shared administrative information (Article 10(3) of the Civil Petitions Treatment Act), so the petition guide is checked for documents that can be omitted. · Prepare mandate documents: Filing by an agent requires a power of attorney and identification of both the principal and the agent. General petitions use the power of attorney in Annex Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rules of the Civil Petitions Treatment Act; where a specific law has its own form, such as for a seal certificate, that form is used. Documents that cannot be issued to an agent, such as a certificate of personal signature, are prepared by the principal. · File and secure the receipt: In-person filings receive a receipt at the petition office, and for filings through Government24 or other e-petition windows the receipt number and time are saved. An electronic application is deemed filed when it is entered into the agency's computer (Article 17(2) of the Administrative Procedures Act), so filings on the deadline day are checked through to the transmission-complete screen. · Immigration applications: Applications for visa issuance confirmation, extension of stay, change of status of stay, change or addition of workplace, and related reports are submitted to HiKorea or the competent immigration office as an agency registered under Article 79-2 of the Immigration Act, and results and documents are collected. · Respond to supplementation requests and collect results: If the agency sets a period for supplementation, the documents must be submitted within it, or the application may be returned (Article 17(5) and (6) of the Administrative Procedures Act). Result notices, permits and certificates are collected within the scope of the mandate and delivered to the principal.

6Basic required documents

Original application or report form to be submitted (the statutory form for each petition) · Power of attorney (Annex Form No. 3 of the Enforcement Rules of the Civil Petitions Treatment Act or the form set by the receiving agency) · Copy of the principal's identification (for corporations, a copy of the business registration certificate or other documents required by the receiving agency) · Agent's identification and a copy of the administrative agent's registration certificate · Original or copies of supporting documents (issued within the required period if an issue-date rule applies) · Foreign-language documents and their existing translations (for petitions requiring a translation) · Immigration applications: integrated application form (statutory form), passport, alien registration card and documents required for the status of stay · Supplementation request and result notice (for the supplementation and collection stages)

7Deadline · procedural notes

First confirm application-specific submission deadlines and original document submission deadlines. For electronic submissions, retain the completion screen and reception number.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Electronic filing from KRW 300,000
  • In-person filing from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Certificate of Entry and Exit Facts
View full service guide Send your case
04 Information Disclosure Requests · Objection DocumentsApplicationAppealInformation Disclosure Requests · Objection Documents · Official check · 41-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameInformation Disclosure Requests · Objection Documents
Actual processing agencyPublic authority holding or managing the requested information
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Korea Information Disclosure Portal
Deadline · procedural notes Manage deadlines for requests, decisions, and objections based on individual notices and information disclosure system guidance. Always keep the reception number and decision notice date.
1When this applies

Persons who wish to request disclosure of information held/managed by administrative or public agencies or to file objections against decisions.

2Actual processing agency

Public authority holding or managing the requested information

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

4Online route

Korea Information Disclosure Portal

5Procedure order

Specify the information requested: Clues for locating the information, such as the document title, date prepared, responsible department and case number, are stated, and the disclosure method (inspection, copies or electronic files) is chosen. Information held by another institution is transferred to the competent institution, and requests closer to complaints or inquiries may be handled as civil petitions (Article 11(4) and (5)). · Submit the request form: The information disclosure request form (Annex Form No. 1-2 of the Enforcement Rules) is filed via the Information Disclosure Portal, mail, fax or in person. Information already published online may be answered by pointing to its location, and a repeated request for the same information without good reason after receiving a decision may be closed (Article 11-2). · Check the decision notice: The institution decides within 10 days of receipt and, if it extends the period, must notify the extension and reason in writing. If the information concerns a third party, the third party is notified and may request non-disclosure within 3 days of the notice (Article 21). · Review the grounds for non-disclosure: Each item of Article 9(1) cited in the notice is examined. Non-disclosure grounds are limited to eight, personal information (item 6) excludes the names and positions of officials performing duties and information needed for remedying rights, and parts that can be separated must be disclosed (Article 14). · File an objection within 30 days: Within 30 days of receiving the decision notice (or of the 20th day after the request if no decision is made), an objection form (Annex Form No. 9 of the Enforcement Rules) stating the purpose and reasons is filed with the institution. The institution decides within 7 days of receipt and may extend this by up to 7 days for unavoidable reasons. · File an administrative appeal: If the objection is dismissed or rejected, or to challenge the decision without an objection, an appeal is filed under the Administrative Appeals Act within 90 days of learning of the disposition and within 180 days of the disposition. Hwang Yunsang Administrative Office prepares and submits on the client's behalf the disclosure request form, the objection form and the administrative appeal petition.

6Basic required documents

Information disclosure request form (Annex Form No. 1-2 of the Enforcement Rules of the Official Information Disclosure Act) · Objection form against a disclosure decision (Annex Form No. 9 of the same Enforcement Rules, for objections) · Disclosure decision notice (to confirm the cited non-disclosure item and the date of receipt) · Materials identifying the requested information (document title, date prepared, responsible department, case number, etc.) · Materials showing that the non-disclosure grounds do not apply (relevant laws, similar materials already disclosed, etc.) · Materials showing that the information is needed to remedy rights · Power of attorney (Annex Form No. 8 of the same Enforcement Rules) and a copy of the requester's identification (when an agent receives the disclosure) · Administrative appeal petition (when challenging without an objection or after rejection)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Manage deadlines for requests, decisions, and objections based on individual notices and information disclosure system guidance. Always keep the reception number and decision notice date.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • One initial information disclosure request from KRW 300,000
  • One objection to a non-disclosure decision from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxRequest is free; copying, media and delivery expenses may applyOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 How to File an Objection to a Non-Disclosure Decision on an Information Disclosure Request 📘 Checking an Entry Ban After Deportation or Overstay
View full service guide Send your case
05 Authentication of Documents for Export and Overseas Submission (Apostille and Consular Confirmation)IssuanceAuthentication of Documents for Export and Overseas Submission (Apostille and Consular Confirmation) · Official check · 41-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameAuthentication of Documents for Export and Overseas Submission (Apostille and Consular Confirmation)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check the recipient's requirements: First obtain from the importing country's authority or the buyer which authentication (apostille, consular confirmation or none) and which form they require. The other party's actual requirements take priority over the destination country's convention status. · Check convention membership: Check whether the destination country is a party to the Apostille Convention. China, Vietnam, Saudi Arabia, the United States, Japan and others are apostille countries, while the United Arab Emirates, Thailand, Malaysia and others require consular confirmation. · Classify the document and notarize: Distinguish whether it is a public document issued by a government office or a private document made by a company or individual. Private documents and translations must first be notarized at a notary office before an apostille or consular confirmation can be obtained. · Obtain an apostille or consular confirmation: For party countries, the process ends with an apostille from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs (or the Ministry of Justice); for non-party countries, after consular confirmation by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, authentication by that country's embassy in Korea is also obtained. Taiwan goes through authentication by the Taipei Mission in Korea. · Dispatch and schedule management: Send the authenticated originals to the destination country. Consular confirmation countries have more steps and take longer, so start by counting back from the shipping or bidding schedule.

5Basic required documents

Original documents to be authenticated (certificate of free sale, manufacturing certificate, sanitary certificate, letter of authorization, commercial documents, etc.) · The importing country's or buyer's authentication requirements (required form and purpose) · Translation (if required by the recipient) · Notarization of private documents and translations (if necessary) · Copy of the applicant's ID or corporate documents · Letter of authorization (when applying through an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 200,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
View full service guide Send your case
06 Content-Certified Mail DraftingDraftingContent-Certified Mail Drafting · Official check · 41-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameContent-Certified Mail Drafting
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Confirm purpose and counterparty: Decide whether the purpose is a payment demand, a contract termination notice, a demand to preserve a claim near its limitation period, or a request for performance, and confirm the parties and legal relationship from contracts and transaction records. The wording and attachments depend on the purpose. · Specify facts and demands: State dates, amounts, contract clauses and accounts in figures, and write the demand concretely with a deadline and method, such as payment of a set amount by a set date. Leave out emotional language and unsupported assertions. · Draft and review the text: In the client's name, write the sender and recipient names and addresses, a title, the facts, the demand, and a notice of the action to be taken if the deadline passes. For a termination notice, check that the termination ground and method of notice match the contract; for a demand, check that the 6-month period after arrival can be calculated. · Prepare the original and 2 copies: Under Article 48 of the Enforcement Rule, prepare the original and 2 copies on A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm); the copies must be photocopies of the original. Mark any corrections with the correction wording and character count and add the sender's seal or signature. The sender and recipient names and addresses on the envelope and documents must match (Articles 50 and 51). · Submit at the post office: Submit at a post office counter or through Internet Post Office. At the counter, the staff compare the original and copies, write the date and post office name, apply seals across the pages, and the sender seals the original in the envelope in front of the staff (Article 52). After acceptance, names, addresses and wording cannot be changed (Article 50(3)). If the arrival date needs to be confirmed, request delivery certification as well. · Retention and follow-up schedule: The post office keeps 1 copy for 3 years from the day after sending and returns the other to the sender (Article 48(3)). If lost, re-certification or inspection can be requested within 3 years from the day after sending (Articles 54 and 55). For a demand, mark on the calendar the date 6 months after the arrival date shown by the delivery certification.

5Basic required documents

No prescribed form (there is no statutory form for content-certified mail) · 1 original and 2 copies of the content document (A4, copies are photocopies of the original) · Envelope with the sender's and recipient's names and addresses · Contract, loan note or transaction statement supporting the demand or notice · Text messages, emails, call recordings and other fact materials · Sender's ID (needed for re-certification or inspection requests) and a corporate registry certificate for a company · Materials confirming the recipient's address (business registration certificate, resident registration abstract, etc.) · Delivery certification request form (if the arrival date must be confirmed; post office form)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Write Content-Certified Mail and Its Effect
View full service guide Send your case
07 Premium (Key Money) Contract DraftingDraftingPremium (Key Money) Contract Drafting · Official check · 41-7
Procedure type
Actual service namePremium (Key Money) Contract Drafting
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Checking applicability: Because the premium recovery protection does not apply if the premises are part of a large-scale or semi-large-scale store or are state-owned or public property, first check the building's use and ownership with the building register and property register, and the remaining lease term with the existing lease contract. · Checking rights and business feasibility: Check the property register for mortgages and provisional seizures, and the building register for any illegal building status. If the building is illegal, the new tenant may be unable to file a new business report for the same business and end up unable to operate despite paying the premium. · Stating each type of premium separately: Distinguish the facility premium (interior and fixtures), the business premium (customers, know-how and goodwill) and the location premium, state the amount of each, and attach a list of the transferred facilities and fixtures with item, quantity and condition. · Setting payment and handover terms: Link the timing of the deposit and balance payments to the signing of the new lease, and state the condition that the contract is cancelled and money received is returned if no lease is signed with the landlord, the scope of business handover, and an agreement not to run the same business. · Introducing the new tenant and providing information: Introduce the new tenant to the landlord between 6 months before the end of the lease and its termination, and under Article 10-4(5) of the same Act provide the landlord with the information you know about the new tenant's ability to pay the deposit and rent and willingness to perform the tenant's obligations. · Recording the introduction process: If the landlord demands a premium or a markedly excessive rent from the new tenant or refuses the lease without just cause, keep a dated record of events and communications such as text messages and certified letters. The resulting right to claim damages expires if not exercised within 3 years from the end of the lease.

5Basic required documents

No submission form (a contract between the parties not filed with any agency; drafted based on the standard premium contract that the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport sets and recommends under Article 10-6 of the Commercial Building Lease Protection Act) · Premium contract (existing tenant and new tenant) · List of transferred facilities and fixtures (item, quantity, condition, handover date) · Existing commercial building lease contract (to confirm lease term, deposit and rent) · Certificate of registered matters for the building and building register (to confirm owner, mortgages and illegal building status) · Copies of the business report certificate or permit and business registration certificate (to confirm the scope of business taken over) · Recent sales records and customer list (basis for the business premium, if applicable) · Records of introducing the new tenant (text messages or certified letters sent to the landlord, if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Draft a Premium (Gwonrigeum) Contract 📘 Writing a Housing Lease Renewal or Extension Contract
View full service guide Send your case
08 Service and Outsourcing Contract DraftingDraftingService and Outsourcing Contract Drafting · Official check · 41-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameService and Outsourcing Contract Drafting
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirming the transaction structure: Check whether the work is delivering a completed result (contract for work) or handling affairs themselves (mandate), and whether the other party works as an independent business without direction and supervision. · Checking applicable laws: If both parties are businesses and one re-entrusts services within its own line of business to another service provider, check whether the written-document duty under the Subcontracting Act applies; if customer personal information is handed over, prepare entrustment clauses for its processing. · Specifying scope and schedule: State the purpose of the service, the work and deliverables, the contract period and the schedule by stage; for development services, attach the functional specification and whether source code is delivered. · Payment, acceptance and additional work: Link payment timing to delivery or completion of acceptance, and set acceptance criteria, the scope of revisions, and the quotation and written agreement procedure for work outside the scope. For subcontracts, also state the method and procedure for price adjustment. · Rights and liability clauses: Set ownership of intellectual property in deliverables, confidentiality, prior consent for re-entrustment, and damages and liability caps. For entrusted personal information processing, also include the purpose and scope of entrustment, security measures such as access restriction, and inspection of processing status. · Termination, settlement and signing: Set grounds for early termination and the basis for settling payment for work already done, and arrange for each party to keep a copy signed or sealed by both parties.

5Basic required documents

No filing form (this is a contract between the parties, and there is no statutory form to submit to a government agency) · Documents identifying the parties (business registration certificate; for a corporation, the certified copy of the corporate register) · Quotation and proposal (scope of work and basis for the price) · Functional specification or statement of work (for development or production services) · Agreed payment and schedule terms (emails, meeting minutes, etc.) · Details of personal information processing (items of personal information entrusted and processing method, if applicable) · Existing draft contract or standard contract (if any)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Draft a Service Contract or Outsourcing Contract
View full service guide Send your case
09 Web novel and webtoon publishing contract drafting and revisionsDraftingWeb novel and webtoon publishing contract drafting and revisions · Official check · 41-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameWeb novel and webtoon publishing contract drafting and revisions
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Identify the type of contract and the scope of rights — First check whether the contract you received transfers economic rights, establishes an exclusive publication right or publication right, or grants permission to use the work. An exclusive publication right can be established separately as long as the methods and conditions of publication do not overlap (Copyright Act, Article 57, Paragraph 2), so check whether print books, e-books and web serialization are separated by medium and scope. A right to use obtained by permission cannot be transferred to a third party without the consent of the holder of the economic rights (Article 46, Paragraph 3). · 2. Compare with the standard contract clause by clause — Place the standard contract for publishing or cartoons next to the draft and mark how the term and renewal, revenue share rate and settlement cycle, authority to create derivative works, right of first negotiation for the next work, serialization obligations and termination conditions differ. Forcing unfair contract terms on an artist by using a superior position, or refusing or delaying a fair share of revenue, is an unfair practice prohibited by Article 13 of the Act on the Guarantee of Artists' Status and Rights, and Article 9, Paragraph 1 of the Cartoons Promotion Act prohibits a cartoon business operator from demanding a one-sided transfer of intellectual property rights. · 3. Check the term, derivative work and publication obligation clauses — Unless otherwise agreed, an exclusive publication right lasts 3 years from the date of first publication (5 years for making a visual work), so if the draft sets a longer term or automatic renewal, check whether the term and the method of giving notice of termination are written down. Even when all economic rights are transferred, the right to create derivative works is presumed not to be included unless otherwise agreed (Article 45, Paragraph 2), so look for wording that broadly hands over secondary uses such as dramas, games or merchandise. Also check whether a publication deadline different from publication within 9 months of receiving the manuscript (Article 58, Paragraph 1) has been set. · 4. Write the revision proposal — For each clause to change, prepare a revision proposal that sets the current wording, the wording based on the standard contract and the reason for the change side by side. If the contract is a cultural and artistic service contract, such as one that commissions the writing of serialized manuscripts, write new wording for any missing items that Article 4-4, Paragraph 2 of the Artists' Welfare Act requires in the contract: contract amount, contract term, renewal, amendment and termination, rights and obligations of the parties, scope of the service, revenue sharing, and dispute resolution. · 5. Signing, keeping and registering the contract — The parties sign or affix their names and seals to the agreed final version and each keeps a copy. A cultural and artistic planning business operator must keep the signed contract for 3 years (Artists' Welfare Act, Article 5-2), and the establishment of an exclusive publication right or publication right, or a transfer of economic rights, cannot be asserted against a third party unless registered (Copyright Act, Article 54), so prepare a registration application as well when needed.

5Basic required documents

No prescribed submission form (a publishing contract is an agreement between the parties and has no statutory form submitted to a government agency) · Draft contract sent by the other party or the existing contract · Standard contract for publishing or cartoons (for comparison) · Information on the work (title, serialization platform and medium, serialization start date, manuscript volume) · Revenue sharing and settlement materials (proposed rate, advance payment terms, settlement statement format, etc., if applicable) · Other contracts for the same work (exclusive publication right contracts by medium, derivative work use contracts, etc., if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-09

Fees & official charges →
📘 Drafting Publishing Contracts for Web Novel and Webtoon Writers
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Fact finding & certification

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of Factual Statements and Fact-Certification DocumentsDraftingPreparation of Factual Statements and Fact-Certification Documents · Official check · 42-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of Factual Statements and Fact-Certification Documents
Actual processing agencyDocument recipient or related party
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
Deadline · procedural notes If the recipient sets a submission deadline, plan the investigation scope and order of evidence collection according to that deadline. Costs for issuing documents and on-site expenses vary by case.
1When this applies

Persons who must organize facts of accidents, transactions, facility defects, etc., by date, location, and evidence.

2Actual processing agency

Document recipient or related party

3Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

4Online route

Official check

5Procedure order

Define the purpose and the facts to prove: decide the agency and procedure (opinion submission, objection, administrative appeal, immigration review, etc.) first, then list the facts and reference dates that must be proven in that procedure. · Collect materials and check originals: obtain original contracts, receipts, photos, videos and message records, confirm creation dates, shooting dates and sender numbers, and cross-check them against public registers such as building ledgers, land ledgers and registry certificates. · On-site check (where needed): if the current condition of premises, facilities or land is at issue, visit with the consent of the owner or occupant and record photos showing location and date together with measurements. · Chronological account: put the confirmed facts in a dated table and attach the supporting document number to each fact. Claims not backed by materials are recorded separately as the client's statement. · Draft the statement or status report: follow the recipient's form if there is one; otherwise write it in the order of purpose, scope, method, findings and list of attachments, and the administrative agent signs and seals it. · Submission and follow-up: with a power of attorney, submit it to the agency on the client's behalf, and if a supplement request or further question arrives, file a supplementary document with additional evidence.

6Basic required documents

No prescribed submission form (statements of facts and status reports have no statutory form and are prepared on the recipient's form or the office's own form) · Documents from the recipient such as a supplement request or advance notice of disposition (if any) · Originals of transaction evidence such as contracts, receipts and transaction records · Photos, videos, text and messenger records (original files retaining date and sender information) · Public registers such as building ledgers, land ledgers and registry certificates · Confirmations from persons concerned (with a copy of the writer's ID) · Power of attorney and a copy of the client's ID

7Deadline · procedural notes

If the recipient sets a submission deadline, plan the investigation scope and order of evidence collection according to that deadline. Costs for issuing documents and on-site expenses vary by case.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application feeOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
View full service guide Send your case
02 Issuance of Fact Verification CertificatesDraftingIssuance of Fact Verification Certificates · Official check · 42-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameIssuance of Fact Verification Certificates
Actual processing agencyCertificate recipient
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
Deadline · procedural notes Prepare the issuance timing after setting the issuance date and the recipient's submission deadline. Issuance fees and submission formats vary based on recipient requirements.
1When this applies

Persons who need a certificate documenting facts within the scope of work directly verified or performed by an administrative agent.

2Actual processing agency

Certificate recipient

3Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

4Online route

Official check

5Procedure order

Confirm the fact to prove and the recipient: decide what must be proven to whom, and obtain in advance any required items or form set by the recipient. Banks and public offices require different items, so the scope is set at this stage. · Confirm prior work and identity: The issuing administrative agent must already have personally performed the relevant work. Confirm identity, purpose and retained work records. The original task, new investigation or a site visit is separate from the basic certificate-issuance service. · Review supporting materials: contracts, receipts, photos, communication records and public registers are compared to confirm that dates, places and parties match. Anything not backed by materials is left out of the certificate. · Drafting, signing and sealing: the confirmed facts, method of confirmation and date are entered on Form No. 17 and the administrative agent signs and seals it. Where needed, party confirmations or a certificate of personal signature are attached to strengthen its evidentiary value. · Issuance and record keeping: the original is issued to the applicant, and a copy with the supporting materials is kept at the office. If a dispute arises, the time of drafting and the supporting materials become the basis for judging credibility. · Submission and follow-up: if the recipient calls to confirm or asks for more materials, the office answers with the retained materials, and with a power of attorney it can also submit the certificate on the client's behalf.

6Basic required documents

No prescribed submission form (the client files no application; the administrative agent prepares and issues the fact verification certificate on Form No. 17 of the Enforcement Rule of the Certified Administrative Agents Act) · Applicant's ID (for a corporation, business registration certificate and representative's identification) · Originals of the contract, undertaking or agreement related to the fact to be certified · Transaction evidence such as receipts and transfer records · Photos, videos and communication records (originals retaining date and sender information) · Items or form required by the recipient (if any) · Party or third-party confirmations, certificate of personal signature (where needed)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Prepare the issuance timing after setting the issuance date and the recipient's submission deadline. Issuance fees and submission formats vary based on recipient requirements.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Issue of an administrative scrivener’s fact confirmation certificate from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Fact Confirmation Certificate Issued by an Administrative Agent 📘 How to Obtain a Real Estate Market Price Confirmation Certificate
View full service guide Send your case
03 Recording Transcript PreparationDraftingRecording Transcript Preparation · Official check · 42-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameRecording Transcript Preparation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

Confirming where and what to prove: First decide whether it goes to an administrative appeals commission, a school violence deliberation committee, an investigative agency or a court, and what fact the recording is meant to prove, to set the transcription range and key passages. · Checking that the recording is lawful: Confirm that the person who recorded took part in the conversation. A secret recording of a conversation between others cannot be used as evidence under the Protection of Communications Secrets Act, so it is screened out before transcription. · Preserving the original and recording its details: Keep the unedited original file separately and note the file name, running time, recording device and file creation date. Without the original, it is hard to answer suspicions of tampering. · Identifying speakers and marking elapsed time: Distinguish speakers by name or symbol and attach the elapsed time in the recording to each utterance. Inaudible parts are marked as inaudible rather than filled in by guesswork. · Including context and cross-checking: Transcribe the surrounding conversation rather than cutting out only the key passage, and compare the finished transcript with the original file again to correct missing words and speaker errors. · Preparing for submission: State the persons recorded, the person who recorded, the date, time and place, and the file name at the top of the transcript, and submit it with a copy of the original file. In an administrative appeal petition, quote the relevant passage and attach the transcript as documentary evidence.

5Basic required documents

No submission form (a transcript is a fact-certifying document with no statutory form; follow the format set by the receiving body, if any) · Original recording file (unedited, including the original stored on a mobile phone) · Note of the recording date, time and place (distinguishing the person who recorded from those recorded) · Names and relationships of the participants (for identifying speakers) · File name, running time and recording device information · Note of the range to transcribe (start and end times of the needed segments for long files) · Summary of the receiving body and the facts to be proved · Related case documents (disposition, notice, summons to a deliberation hearing, etc., if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 How to Prepare a Recording Transcript
View full service guide Send your case
04 Interested-party statement and resident-record extract applicationIssuanceInterested-party statement and resident-record extract application · Official check · 42-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameInterested-party statement and resident-record extract application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check eligibility to apply for the abstract — Check whether the repayment date of the claim has passed or the benefit of time has been lost, and whether the debt between individuals exceeds 500,000 won. Persons involved in the creation, change or extinction of rights over real estate or similar rights may apply regardless of amount under Annex 2, Item 2, but must submit related materials such as the contract or court judgment concerning the change of rights together with the returned certified letter. The application must state the subject's name and address, or name and resident registration number, accurately, so check the personal details on the loan agreement or contract in advance. · 2. Send a certified letter and keep the returned mail — Send a certified letter stating the details of the claim and a request for repayment to the last address the debtor gave you. The notes to Annex 1 of the Enforcement Rule require the returned certified letter to contain content showing a legitimate interest such as a creditor-debtor relationship, so state the loan date, amount and repayment date specifically in the letter. Keep the original mail returned as addressee unknown or address unknown, together with its envelope. · 3. Prepare the certificate of interested-party facts — The administrative agent checks the personal details of the creditor and debtor, the repayment date, the debt amount and the nature of the debt using materials such as the loan agreement, bank transfer records and message records, completes the certificate of interested-party facts section of the Form No. 11 application, writes the issue number and affixes a seal. A certificate without an issue number, or a copy, is not accepted as evidence, and the administrative agent who issues it must keep an issuance ledger for certificates of interested-party facts using Form No. 12. If you have a contract bearing both signatures or seals and the repayment date, you can instead attach that contract to the Form No. 7 application without a certificate. · 4. Apply for the abstract at a community service center or similar office — The applicant personally submits the application and the returned certified letter, with an ID card, at a city, county or district office or an eup, myeon or dong community service center. Another person's abstract cannot be obtained by electronic document or unmanned civil service kiosk, and the fee is 500 won for 1 copy. The purpose stated in the 'use and purpose' field is shown on the abstract issued, so it must be filled in. · 5. Review the abstract and prepare the next steps — An abstract issued on the basis of a creditor-debtor relationship omits the last digits of the resident registration number, the name of the head of household and relationship, past address changes and military service details, and mainly shows the current address. Use the confirmed address to resend the certified letter or for the next collection steps. The issuing office may refuse issuance if it considers there is a risk of invading privacy, and must give the reason in writing.

5Basic required documents

Application for viewing or issuance of a resident registration abstract by a person in a creditor-debtor relationship (Enforcement Rule of the Resident Registration Act, Form No. 11, original with the certificate of interested-party facts section bearing an issue number) · Original returned certified letter (containing the creditor-debtor details) · Documents showing how the claim arose and the repayment date, such as a loan agreement or money loan contract · Supporting materials confirming the amount and the other party, such as bank transfer records and conversation or text message records · Applicant's ID card (for a corporation, the visitor's ID card plus a certificate of employment or employee ID card) · Fee of 500 won (local government revenue stamp)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 200,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-30

Fees & official charges →
📘 Obtaining a Debtor's Resident Registration Abstract with a Certificate of Interested-Party Facts
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Welfare, veterans & labour

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of applications for veterans/national merit status registration and benefitsRegistrationApplicationPreparation of applications for veterans/national merit status registration and benefits · Official check · 43-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of applications for veterans/national merit status registration and benefits
Actual processing agencyCompetent Regional Veterans Office or Veterans Branch Office · National Cemetery Management Office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Patriots and Veterans Affairs (MPVA)
Online route MPVA Veterans Service (mpva.go.kr)
Deadline · procedural notes Processing times and fees differ by registration, rehearing, benefits, and burial services. Manage schedules based on supplement and review notices after submission to the regional veterans office.
1When this applies

Persons or surviving family members who intend to apply for registration, rehearing, veterans' benefits, education, or employment support as national merit recipients or beneficiaries of veterans' compensation.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Regional Veterans Office or Veterans Branch Office · National Cemetery Management Office

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Patriots and Veterans Affairs (MPVA)

4Online route

MPVA Veterans Service (mpva.go.kr)

5Procedure order

Application type and applicant: decide whether it is registration of the person or of the bereaved family/family members; for bereaved families, the first-ranked person under Article 8 of the Enforcement Decree applies. If the person cannot apply directly due to old age, illness or similar reasons, a Ministry official may apply with their consent. · Secure records of duty-relatedness: collect the certificate of military service, sickbed records, unit accident records, line-of-duty injury records and medical records. Military records are often obtained through information disclosure requests, and a copy of the writer's ID is attached to colleagues' statements. · File the registration application: attach the certificate of family relation records, a photo and supporting materials to the registration application on Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rule and file it in person or by mail with the regional veterans office or branch for the applicant's address. · Respond during review of requirements: if a supplement is requested during fact confirmation by the former agency or deliberation by the Review Board, submit additional medical records or accounts of events within the deadline. · Physical examination and disability grade: once the requirements are recognized, a physical examination is held at a veterans hospital or similar. If no disability grade (grades 1 to 7) is determined, the registration application is deemed dismissed even though the requirements were recognized, so prepare up-to-date diagnostic materials. · Objection and administrative appeal: file an objection on Form No. 54-2 with the competent veterans office within 30 days of receiving the disposition; separately from the objection, an administrative appeal may be filed within 90 days of learning of the disposition. If you were notified of the objection result, file within 90 days of that notice.

6Basic required documents

Registration application (Form No. 2 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Honorable Treatment and Support of Persons of Distinguished Services to the State) · Certificate of family relation records (removed family register transcript if the relationship cannot be confirmed) · One photo (3.5 x 4.5 cm) · Proof of service such as certificate of military service or discharge certificate · Sickbed records, medical records and unit accident records (obtained through information disclosure requests) · Medical certificates and copies of medical records · Colleagues' statements, accounts of the accident and other evidence of causation · For an objection: objection form (Form No. 54-2 of the same Rule) and documents proving the facts claimed

7Deadline · procedural notes

Processing times and fees differ by registration, rehearing, benefits, and burial services. Manage schedules based on supplement and review notices after submission to the regional veterans office.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will fill out the registration for veterans and application documents for veterans benefits. If you are dissatisfied with a decision of non-applicability, we will inform you by checking the decision notice and applicable procedures.

Scope & fee
Simple veterans benefit application
We will review the registration, identity, relationship, and proof of payment for 1 application for veterans benefits and prepare the application documents. New registration for veterans or proof of relevance to public service are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
New veterans eligibility registration
We will review the provided data, such as service, accidents, and medical treatment, for 1 new registration for veterans, and prepare a report, opinion, and application documents related to public service. Dissatisfaction after deliberation and decision by the hospital inspection/veterans review committee is not included. Scope of writing: 1 type of report/opinion related to public affairs, 5 pages per piece. It does not include in-office submissions.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Simple veterans benefit application from KRW 400,000
  • New veterans eligibility registration from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of applications for veterans/national merit status registration and benefits 📘 Appealing a Patriot Ineligibility or Below-Grade Disability Decision
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of application documents for welfare benefits, facility installation, designation of long-term care institutions, and business closureNotificationCertificationPreparation of application documents for welfare benefits, facility installation, designation of long-term care institutions, and business closure · Official check · 43-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for welfare benefits, facility installation, designation of long-term care institutions, and business closure
Actual processing agencyCompetent local welfare division · Local eup, myeon, or dong community office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Bokjiro Welfare Portal · Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Facility establishment/operation notifications and individual benefit applications have different processing times and fees. Prepare documents for reporting establishment/operation of facilities for persons with disabilities according to the applicable application guidance.
1When this applies

Corporations, facility operators, or individuals preparing to establish and operate social welfare facilities or to apply for welfare benefits.

2Actual processing agency

Competent local welfare division · Local eup, myeon, or dong community office

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

4Online route

Bokjiro Welfare Portal · Government24

5Procedure order

Determine facility type and applicable law: decide whether it is a facility under the Social Welfare Services Act or under a specific statute for persons with disabilities, seniors, children, etc.; capacity, floor area and staffing standards differ between residential and community-use facilities, so check the relevant annex of the enforcement rule first. · Check building use and safety standards: confirm that the use stated in the building ledger meets the facility standards (e.g., facilities for the elderly and children) and that sprinklers and other fire and evacuation equipment can be installed, before signing a lease. · Check the operator and disqualifications: decide whether an individual, a non-profit corporation or a social welfare corporation will operate it, and check whether 3 years have passed since any closure order and whether any officer is disqualified. For a corporation, also check that facility operation is within the purposes in its articles of incorporation. · Prepare the report documents: prepare the report form, the list of property with proof of ownership or right of use, the business plan and budget, a floor plan showing area by floor and structure and a site layout, together with operating rules and a staffing plan. · Filing and on-site check: once filed with the welfare department of the competent city, county or district, a confirmation request to the fire station and an on-site inspection follow. If a supplement is requested, revise the drawings and staffing documents and resubmit. · Report certificate and operating duties: once the report is accepted, receive the social welfare facility report certificate and comply with operating duties such as setting up an operating committee and keeping accounts under the financial and accounting standards. Violations can lead to improvement orders, suspension or closure orders.

6Basic required documents

Social welfare facility establishment and operation report (Form No. 15 of the Enforcement Rule of the Social Welfare Services Act; Form No. 20 of the Enforcement Rule of the Act on Welfare of Persons with Disabilities for disability welfare facilities) · Articles of incorporation (corporations) or bylaws (unincorporated organizations) · List of property needed for operation with proof of ownership or right of use · Business plan and budget · Floor plan of the facility (showing area by floor and structure) and building site layout · Building ledger (to confirm use) and fire safety equipment materials · Operating rules, staffing plan and copies of staff qualifications

7Deadline · procedural notes

Facility establishment/operation notifications and individual benefit applications have different processing times and fees. Prepare documents for reporting establishment/operation of facilities for persons with disabilities according to the applicable application guidance.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare application documents for basic living, basic pension, pension for the disabled, and single parent benefits, as well as documents for reporting the establishment of a social welfare center. The closure or abolition of a long-term care institution and the designation of a new transferee are separate procedures.

Scope & fee
Long-term care institution transferor: closure and discontinuance report
We will organize the protection, settlement, and data transfer plan provided by 1 long-term care institution, and prepare a report on closure and closure and a report on the results of implementation. It does not include actual beneficiary linkage and record transfer work. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Long-term care institution transferee: new designation application
We will review the facilities, personnel, and business data of 1 transferee and prepare an application for new designation, business plan, and operating regulations. This applies when the facility installation report is valid or has been completed separately and does not include new facility construction. Scope of writing: 1 operating regulation, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Long-term care institution transfer: transfer, closure and new designation documents
We will prepare documents for the closure or closure of the transferor of 1 long-term care institution and the designation of a new transferee. Business plans, operating regulations, protection and connection action plans, and schedules are prepared, and actual beneficiary connection and medical technology work are not included. Scope of writing: 1 operating regulation, 5 pages per type. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Basic livelihood security benefit application documents
We will review 30 pages of income, property, lease, and relationship data for 1 household and up to four household members to prepare documents for consent to salary, income, property, and financial information. The common form for living, medical, and housing benefits for the same application is not requested repeatedly, and asset inquiry and benefit decisions are performed by the agency. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Basic pension application documents
We will prepare basic pension application documents by reviewing 20 pages of income, assets, bank accounts, and relationship data of 1 applicant and his or her spouse. Verification of identity and consent to information inquiry are performed by the applicant, and the institution determines the amount of income recognition and receipt. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Disability pension application documents
We will prepare application documents for disability pension by reviewing 25 pages of previously registered disability information, income, and property data of 1 applicant and his or her spouse. Dissatisfaction with a new disability diagnosis or degree of disability is separate, and consent to information inquiry is carried out by the applicant. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Application documents for single-parent family support benefits
We will prepare application documents for single-parent family benefits by reviewing 25 pages of family relationship, childcare, income, and property data for 1 household and up to three household members. It does not include child custody-related disputes or separate factual investigations. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Report on establishment and operation of social welfare center, prepare business plan and budget
To report the establishment of a social welfare center by a private operator, we review 40 pages of facility, property, and human resources data and prepare 5 pages of business plan, 5 pages of operating regulations, 2 pages of annual budget, and reporting documents. Accompanying individual law applicable facilities, technical drawings, facility construction, and on-site inspections are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Long-term care institution transferor: closure and discontinuance report from KRW 500,000
  • Long-term care institution transferee: new designation application from KRW 700,000
  • Long-term care institution transfer: transfer, closure and new designation documents from KRW 1,000,000
  • Basic livelihood security benefit application documents from KRW 300,000
  • Basic pension application documents from KRW 300,000
  • Disability pension application documents from KRW 300,000
  • Application documents for single-parent family support benefits from KRW 300,000
  • Report on establishment and operation of social welfare center, prepare business plan and budget from KRW 900,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Long-Term Care Institution Designation Review and Renewal of Designation 📘 Long-Term Care Institution Transfer Procedure 📘 Reapplying for Medical Aid After Suspension
View full service guide Send your case
03 Report on Installation of a Community Child CenterNotificationReport on Installation of a Community Child Center · Official check · 43-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameReport on Installation of a Community Child Center
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Calculate capacity and area: Have an office, kitchen, dining room and group guidance rooms (2 or more rooms) separately, and calculate with the building register area whether the combined exclusive area is 82.5㎡ or more and 3.3㎡ or more per child. · Check building use and lease conditions: Before signing, confirm with the competent department that the building use is suitable for a child welfare facility, and if leasing, check that the remaining lease period is sufficient. Locating it in multi-unit housing requires prior consultation. · Check qualifications of the facility head and staff: The facility head must have a level 2 or higher social worker qualification and 3 years of child-related social welfare experience (or 5 years of social welfare experience), among other requirements. Nurses, dietitians and others need 5 or more years of social welfare experience after obtaining their qualifications. · Prepare and submit the installation report: Attach the facility floor plan, operation plan, budget and operating rules, and staff qualification documents to the report and submit it to the child welfare department of the city, county or district. · On-site check and acceptance: The department checks the site, and if it requests supplementation, the report is accepted after supplementing within the set period.

5Basic required documents

Child welfare facility installation report · Facility floor plan (office, kitchen, dining room and group guidance rooms marked) · Building register · Proof of building ownership or lease contract · Qualification certificates and career certificates of the facility head and staff · Operation plan, budget and operating rules · For corporations: articles of incorporation and certificate of corporate registration

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Community Child Center Establishment Report
View full service guide Send your case
04 Designation of a Welfare Equipment Provider (Long-Term Care Institution)CertificationDesignation of a Welfare Equipment Provider (Long-Term Care Institution) · Official check · 43-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameDesignation of a Welfare Equipment Provider (Long-Term Care Institution)
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · National Health Insurance Service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · National Health Insurance Service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service · Government24

4Procedure order

Medical device sales (rental) business report: Since much welfare equipment is a medical device, complete the medical device sales (rental) business report at the competent public health center before applying for designation. The report certificate is part of the designation application documents. · Secure office and facility space: Secure a dedicated office, a display and trial space (23.1㎡ or more), a cleaning, disinfection and repair space (56.2㎡ or more), and storage and rental space. The cleaning and disinfection space and storage space can be shared with other operators, so decide on sharing before signing a contract. · Prepare installation report and designation application documents: Prepare the in-home senior welfare facility installation report, long-term care institution designation application, business plan, budget and operating rules. The figures in the business plan, budget and facility status must match each other to reduce requests for supplementation. · Respond to the designation review: The city, county or district long-term care institution designation review committee reviews the business plan and operating capacity. Key review items differ by local government, so write the business plan and operating rules to that area's standards. · Start of benefits after designation and renewal: Benefits can be provided to beneficiaries and claimed only after designation. The designation has a validity period, so undergo the renewal review before it expires.

5Basic required documents

Medical device sales (rental) business report certificate · In-home senior welfare facility installation report · Long-term care institution designation application · Business plan, budget, operating rules · Office lease contract and facility floor plan · List of welfare equipment items handled · Documents on the facility head and staff

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Setting Up a Welfare Equipment Provider
View full service guide Send your case
05 Designation of a Disability Activity Support AgencyCertificationDesignation of a Disability Activity Support Agency · Official check · 43-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameDesignation of a Disability Activity Support Agency
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Check eligibility: Check whether a nonprofit corporation or organization has completed corporate permission or registration, and for a for-profit corporation, whether there is no nonprofit agency in the area and whether it is certified as a social enterprise. · Check the call for applications: Designation is made not by year-round application but through a call by the city, county or district. Check the application period, required documents and evaluation items in the announcement and prepare on schedule. · Secure space and staff: Actually secure an office, counseling and training space, and a training space for activity support workers, and organize the staffing status. The on-site inspection checks that these spaces actually exist. · Submit documents and on-site inspection: After submitting the designation application, business plan, operating rules, budget and business performance materials, the department conducts an on-site inspection. · Review and designation: Agencies scoring 80 points or more in the review committee's evaluation are designated in order of score. If the operating entity changes, the designation cannot be transferred and a new designation is required.

5Basic required documents

Designation application · Articles of incorporation, certificate of corporate registration (or organization registration documents) · Business plan, operating rules · Proof of meeting facility and staffing standards (space drawings and photos, staffing status) · Budget · Business performance materials

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Application for Designation as a Disability Activity Support Agency
View full service guide Send your case
06 Nursing Home (Elderly Care Facility) Establishment and Long-Term Care Institution DesignationNotificationCertificationNursing Home (Elderly Care Facility) Establishment and Long-Term Care Institution Designation · Official check · 43-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameNursing Home (Elderly Care Facility) Establishment and Long-Term Care Institution Designation
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Decide facility type and capacity: Choose between an elderly care facility (10 or more residents) and a group home for elderly care (5 to 9 residents), and calculate the required floor area (23.6㎡ or 20.5㎡ per resident). · Check building rights and use: Confirm in the building register whether the building is classified for facilities for the elderly and children or can be converted, and review before signing whether ownership proof is required or a lease can substitute. · Prepare space and equipment: Provide bedrooms of at least 6.6㎡ per resident with no more than 4 residents per shared room, and install wheelchair-accessible space, threshold removal, fire extinguishing equipment, and emergency exits under Annex 4 of the Enforcement Rule. · Secure staff: Sign employment contracts with the facility head, nurses or nursing assistants, and care workers (1 per 2.1 residents at elderly care facilities, 1 per 3 residents at group homes) according to the staffing standards, and organize copies of their licenses. · File the installation report: Submit the installation report with a location map, floor plan, equipment and structure statement, documents on deposits and fees borne by residents, a business plan covering links with medical institutions, and proof of rights to the land and building, then receive the installation report certificate once accepted. · Apply for designation: Submit the designation application with general, staffing, and facility status reports, a business plan, and operating rules; after review by the designation review committee a long-term care institution designation certificate is issued, or the reasons for refusal are notified in writing.

5Basic required documents

Report on installation of an elderly medical welfare facility (Enforcement Rule of the Welfare of Senior Citizens Act, Form No. 16) · Application for designation as a long-term care institution (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Long-Term Care Insurance for Senior Citizens, Form No. 19) · Location map, floor plan, and equipment and structure statement · Proof of ownership of the land and building (lease agreement etc. for facilities allowed to substitute a right of use) · Documents on deposits, fees, and other costs borne by residents · Business plan (including services and links with medical institutions) and operating rules · General, staffing, and facility status reports and copies of staff licenses · Articles of incorporation (for corporations), and copy of business registration certificate or unique identification number certificate

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Procedure for Setting Up a Nursing Home (Senior Care Facility)
View full service guide Send your case
07 Home Care Center Closure ReportNotificationHome Care Center Closure Report · Official check · 43-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameHome Care Center Closure Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Closure schedule: Count back from the planned closure date to the 3-month deadline for the in-home welfare facility abolition report and the 30-day deadline for the long-term care closure report, and put beneficiary transfer, record transfer and final billing on one timeline. · Beneficiary measures plan: Confirm the long-term care institution each beneficiary will move to, obtain that institution's acceptance and transfer date, and compile a list. Note separate linkage arrangements for beneficiaries whose guardians are hard to reach or who cannot choose an institution themselves. · Settlement and refund plans: Organize co-payments to be settled, unused service fees, the results of subsidy and donation use, and how remaining assets will be returned, and prepare a plan for each. · Filing with the city/county/district office: Submit the abolition/suspension report for elderly welfare facilities (Form No. 21) and the long-term care institution closure report (Form No. 26) with the measures plans, settlement report, and designation certificate/installation report certificate. · Transfer eligible care records: Compare retained care contracts and care-provision records with the transfer application, inventory and missing or damaged-record list, and transfer them to the National Health Insurance Service by closure. Original benefit claims and statements are excluded from transfer. Actual referrals and record-transfer preparation are supported only within the agreed separate scope. · Reporting results and wrap-up: Report the results of carrying out the measures plans to the city/county/district office by the time of abolition and complete billing for the final month. The tax office business closure report is handled separately by the applicant.

5Basic required documents

Long-term care institution closure report (Enforcement Rule of the Long-Term Care Insurance for the Elderly Act, Form No. 26) · Abolition/suspension report for in-home elderly welfare facilities (Enforcement Rule of the Welfare of Older Persons Act, Form No. 21) · Measures plan linking beneficiaries to other long-term care institutions or welfare services · Plan for refunding unused service fees and report on the use of subsidies and donations · Closure resolution (for corporations) · Long-term care institution designation certificate or in-home long-term care institution installation report certificate, and elderly welfare facility installation report certificate · Settlement report (long-term care institution financial accounting records) · Application for transfer of long-term care benefit records to NHIS (Form No. 36) with transfer list and lost/damaged list

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Home-Visit Care Center Closure Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
08 Preparation of application documents for installation reports of home-care welfare facilities and designation of long-term care institutionsNotificationCertificationPreparation of application documents for installation reports of home-care welfare facilities and designation of long-term care institutions · Official check · 43-8
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for installation reports of home-care welfare facilities and designation of long-term care institutions
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office · National Health Insurance Service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Decide the services to provide: Decide which of home visit care, home visit bathing, home visit nursing, day and night care, short-term care and in-home senior support services to combine. The facility area and staff needed differ by combination. · Check the office and building use: Have a counseling space and document storage space in an independent office, and review building use as a neighborhood living facility, business facility or facility for the elderly and children. Day and night care and short-term care require 90㎡ or more of total floor area, adding 6.6㎡ or more of living space per person if capacity is 6 or more. · Secure the facility head and staff: The facility head must meet requirements such as a social worker qualification, and staffing standards by service must be met, such as care workers for home visit care and nurses, nursing assistants or dental hygienists for home visit nursing. · Installation report: With facility standards, staff documents and operating rules in place, file an in-home senior welfare facility installation report with the city, county or district. · Apply for long-term care institution designation: Once the installation report is accepted, apply for long-term care institution designation and undergo the city, county or district designation review. Benefits can be provided and claimed only after designation. · Manage the designation validity period: Long-term care institution designation has a validity period, so undergo the renewal review before expiry. Keep records of staffing changes and operations organized.

5Basic required documents

In-home senior welfare facility installation report · Building register, floor plan, proof of right to use the office (ownership or lease) · List of the facility head and staff and copies of their qualifications · Operating rules, business plan · Long-term care institution designation application and designation review materials · Staff documents for home visit nursing if provided

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare and submit application documents for establishment of home-visit care and day/night care facilities and designation as long-term care facilities. We will also prepare the operating regulations and business plan necessary for the selected procedure.

Scope & fee
Report on installation of home-visit care only and prepare operating regulations
We will prepare and submit a 5-page installation report and operating regulations for 1 home-visit care facility. Facilities, personnel, usage rights, and safety confirmation data are provided as standard and do not include designation of long-term care institutions, on-site visits, construction, or employee recruitment.
Official fee source ↗
Designation of home-visit care and long-term care institutions only, writing of business plan
We will prepare and submit application documents and a 5-page business plan for designation as a long-term care institution for 1 home-visit care facility. This is the standard for completing the installation report or meeting the jurisdiction's parallel application requirements and providing existing operating regulations, facilities, and personnel data. Separate installation report, on-site visit, construction, and designated inspection are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Report on establishment of home-visit care, designate, operate regulations, prepare business plan, visit once
We will prepare a report on the establishment of 1 home-visit care facility, application documents for designation as a long-term care facility, 5 pages of operating regulations, and 5 pages of business plan. We include 1 visit to compare data in the the Seoul metropolitan area area and the receipt and confirmation of results for both applications. Facilities, manpower, technology, and safety data are provided, but construction, hiring, and fire inspection are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Report installation of day and night protection only and prepare operating regulations
We will prepare and submit an installation report and 5 pages of operating regulations for 1 day and night care facility. Facilities, personnel, usage rights, and safety confirmation data are provided as standard and do not include designation of long-term care institutions, on-site visits, construction, or employee recruitment.
Official fee source ↗
Designation of day and night care long-term care institutions only and preparation of business plan
We will prepare and submit application documents and a 5-page business plan for designation as a long-term care institution for 1 day and night care facility. This is the standard for completing the installation report or meeting the jurisdiction's parallel application requirements and providing existing operating regulations, facilities, and personnel data. Separate installation report, on-site visit, construction, and designated inspection are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Day and night protection installation report, designation, operating regulations, business plan preparation, 1 visit
We will prepare a report on the establishment of 1 day and night care facility, application documents for designation as a long-term care facility, 5 pages of operating regulations, and 5 pages of business plan. We include 1 visit to compare data in the the Seoul metropolitan area area and the receipt and confirmation of results for both applications. Facilities, manpower, technology, and safety data are provided, but construction, hiring, and fire inspection are not included.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Report on installation of home-visit care only and prepare operating regulations from KRW 500,000
  • Designation of home-visit care and long-term care institutions only, writing of business plan from KRW 500,000
  • Report on establishment of home-visit care, designate, operate regulations, prepare business plan, visit once from KRW 1,000,000
  • Report installation of day and night protection only and prepare operating regulations from KRW 500,000
  • Designation of day and night care long-term care institutions only and preparation of business plan from KRW 600,000
  • Day and night protection installation report, designation, operating regulations, business plan preparation, 1 visit from KRW 1,000,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of application documents for installation reports of home-care welfare facilities and designation of long-term care institutions
View full service guide Send your case
09 Daycare Center Establishment Approval ApplicationApprovalDaycare Center Establishment Approval Application · Official check · 43-9
Procedure type
Actual service nameDaycare Center Establishment Approval Application
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24 · Bokjiro Welfare Portal
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24 · Bokjiro Welfare Portal

4Procedure order

Confirm the type of center and local childcare demand: decide whether it is a home-based (5 to 20 infants), private, corporate or organization (21 or more) or cooperative (11 or more) center and check that capacity does not exceed 300. Check the supply and demand situation in the local childcare plan first, because the local government considers regional demand when approving. · Review building use and location: confirm that the building is of a use in which this type of center may be installed under Table 1 of the Enforcement Decree of the Building Act, and that it is at least 50 m from the facilities listed in Article 9-2(1) of the Housing Construction Standards Regulation. Home-based and private centers need a debt ratio below 50% on the land and building used, and cooperative centers need investment from 11 or more guardians. · Check installation standards and prepare floor plans: calculate at least 4.29㎡ of facility area and 2.64㎡ of childcare room per infant, and review whether the childcare room is on the first floor or fits an exception. Reflect in the floor plan the emergency stairs or escape slides for second- and third-floor rooms and the CCTV in each childcare room, play room and playground. · Prepare the approval application and operating plan: submit the application with floor plans showing areas by structure, the director qualification documents, the staff hiring plan and an operating plan with expenses and maintenance method to the competent city, county or district. Decide whether to consent to administrative information sharing for the building ledger, building registry and electrical safety inspection confirmation. · Site check and posting of the approval certificate: the local government checks compliance on site and, for second floors or above, asks the fire station to check fire and evacuation facilities, so documents are corrected to match supplementary requests. Once approved, post the approval certificate where visitors can see it and apply for change approval whenever important matters change.

5Basic required documents

Daycare center approval application (Form No. 4 attached to the Enforcement Rule of the Infant Care Act) · Articles of incorporation and contribution documents (corporations) or bylaws (organizations) · Lease agreement (if the property is leased) · Floor plan showing area by structure and a list of the center and its equipment · Director qualification documents and staff hiring plan · Operating plan (including expenses and maintenance method) and proof of ability to pay expenses (individuals) · Gas periodic inspection certificate and flame-retardant performance test report · Power of attorney (when an administrative agent submits on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Daycare Center Establishment Approval: Standards and Documents
View full service guide Send your case
10 Senior community centre report and operating rulesNotificationSenior community centre report and operating rules · Official check · 43-10
Procedure type
Actual service nameSenior community centre report and operating rules
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the installer and member capacity — Decide whether the installer is an individual, a residents' group or a corporation; a corporation prepares its articles of incorporation. Users of a senior center are persons aged 65 or older, and the capacity must be at least 20 members, or at least 10 on islands and in eup/myeon areas (Enforcement Rule Annex 7). Check the capacity against the member list in advance. · 2. Check facility standards and the right to use the building — A senior center must have a living room or lounge, a toilet and electrical facilities, and the living room or lounge must be at least 20㎡. If the installer does not own the building, a document proving the right of use, such as a lease or a consent to use, can replace ownership documents. The official checks the building and land registers and the electrical safety inspection certificate, so confirm the electrical safety inspection as well. · 3. Draft the operating rules (bylaws) — The head of the facility must prepare rules on operating methods, user obligations and other operating matters and submit them to the city, county or district office (Annex 8). Include membership eligibility, election and term of officers, membership fees and spending decisions, and the procedure for amending the rules, and state that subsidies are accounted for in a separate account. Also decide the books to be kept, such as the member list, budget and settlement statements and the income and expenditure ledger. · 4. Submit the installation report and receive the report certificate — Submit the Elderly Leisure Welfare Facility Installation Report (Form No. 19) to the competent city, county or district office with the right-of-use or ownership documents and, for a corporation, its articles of incorporation. Senior centers are exempt from submitting location maps, floor plans, user fee documents and business plans, and there is no fee. The processing period is 7 days, and once accepted an Elderly Welfare Facility Installation Report Certificate (Form No. 15) is issued. · 5. Change reports and support during operation — If the name, location, capacity or head of the facility (chairperson) changes, file a change report (Form No. 21-2) with the report certificate, and Article 21 of the Enforcement Decree requires filing 3 months before the change. A senior center may receive State or local government subsidies for grain and side-dish purchases and heating and cooling costs and may be eligible for reductions in electricity, telecommunications, city gas and water charges, with the scope of subsidies set by the budget and the competent authority's standards.

5Basic required documents

Elderly Leisure Welfare Facility Installation Report (Enforcement Rule of the Welfare of Senior Citizens Act, Form No. 19) · Documents proving ownership or right of use of the building and land (lease, consent to use, etc.; omitted if confirmed through shared administrative information) · One copy of the articles of incorporation (if the installer is a corporation) · Senior center operating rules (bylaws) · Member (user) list to confirm capacity · Consent to shared use of administrative information (if not given, submit building and land register certificates and the electrical safety inspection certificate directly)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-14

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Senior Center (Gyeongrodang) Installation Report
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Labour & social insurance administration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of documents for submission of safety and health plans, appointment of managers, and reporting of industrial accidentsNotificationPreparation of documents for submission of safety and health plans, appointment of managers, and reporting of industrial accidents · Official check · 44-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for submission of safety and health plans, appointment of managers, and reporting of industrial accidents
Actual processing agencyCompetent regional employment and labor office · Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA)
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Employment24
Deadline · procedural notes Submission and retention deadlines vary by workplace size and system. Manage both regular schedules and correction deadlines stated in supervisory or corrective documents separately.
1When this applies

Workplaces that need to prepare safety and health documents such as risk assessments, safety and health plans, and responses to corrective orders.

2Actual processing agency

Competent regional employment and labor office · Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA)

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

4Online route

Employment24

5Procedure order

Confirm obligations: Review the industry, number of regular workers, facility installation or relocation plans, and construction scale to determine whether a Hazard and Risk Prevention Plan or Process Safety Report is required and whether a safety manager, health manager, or safety and health manager in charge must be appointed. · Calculate deadlines: Set dates for 15 days before work begins (manufacturing plans), the day before construction starts (construction plans), 30 days before facility installation starts (Process Safety Report), and within 14 days of appointment or entrustment (appointment reports). · Collect attachments: Gather floor plans of each building level, an overview and layout drawings of machinery and equipment, and an overview of work methods for handling raw materials and products. For construction works, prepare the documents in Annex 10 of the Enforcement Rule and obtain the opinion of a person qualified in construction safety. · Prepare forms and submit on your behalf: Hwang Yunsang Administrative Office prepares the Hazard and Risk Prevention Plan (Form No. 16 for manufacturing, Form No. 17 for construction) and the appointment report (Form No. 2 or No. 3) and submits them to KOSHA or the competent regional employment and labor office. · Respond to the review result: If the result is conditionally appropriate, reflect the supplementary items in the notice. If an order to suspend construction or change the plan is issued after an inappropriate result, revise the plan and resubmit it to KOSHA. · Follow-up checks and accident reports: Keep the reviewed plan and result notice at the workplace, and receive KOSHA confirmation at the trial-run stage for facilities or every 6 months during construction. Submit the industrial accident investigation report for injuries requiring 3 or more days of leave within 1 month, confirmed by the workers' representative.

6Basic required documents

Hazard and Risk Prevention Plan (Form No. 16 for manufacturing, or Form No. 17 for construction), 2 copies · Floor plans of each level of the building · Overview and layout drawings of machinery and equipment (installation site overview and equipment drawings when installing equipment) · Overview of work methods for handling and manufacturing raw materials and products · Construction attachments (Annex 10 of the Enforcement Rule) and the opinion of a person qualified in construction safety · Safety and health manager appointment report (Form No. 2 or No. 3) and proof of qualifications · Entrustment contract for safety or health management work (if entrusted to a specialized institution) · Industrial accident investigation report (Form No. 30, confirmed by the workers' representative or the injured worker)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Submission and retention deadlines vary by workplace size and system. Manage both regular schedules and correction deadlines stated in supervisory or corrective documents separately.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

Based on the completed technical plan, we prepare administrative submission documents and prepare safety and health manager appointment and dismissal reports and industrial accident investigation forms. Internal appointment records of safety and health management personnel are distinguished from reports to government offices.

Scope & fee
Administrative application and filing support based on a completed technical plan
We will review the hazardous risk prevention plan and basic data completed by a qualified person at 1 business site and prepare an administrative application and attached materials. It does not include new technical plan preparation, safety diagnosis, or other reports. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Administrative submission of hazardous risk prevention plan for construction work and provision of technical data
We will receive the completed technical plan, drawings, and opinions of qualified personnel for 1 construction site, check the targets, deadlines, and required lists, and prepare administrative applications and attached documents. It does not include the creation of a new technical plan, safety diagnosis, on-site construction, or Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA) confirmation. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Process safety report review request and completion technical report provided
We will provide you with the completed PSM technical report and drawings for 1 business site and 1 process, compare the required table of contents, signatures, and versions, and prepare review application materials. It does not include process risk assessment, technical report preparation, technical suitability determination, or on-site confirmation. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Safety manager, health manager appointment, etc. report, 1 person
We will review the qualifications, employment, appointment or consignment certificates of 1 business site and 1 target person and prepare a report and attached documents, including the relevant appointment. It does not include placement of qualified personnel, performance of managerial duties, or conclusion of a consignment contract. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Safety manager/health manager dismissal/termination report/1 person
We will review the evidence of dismissal or termination of consignment from 1 business site and 1 subject and prepare the actual corresponding report and attached documents. Appointing a new person in charge and performing managerial duties are separate tasks. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Preparation of internal appointment records for safety and health management personnel
We will review the qualifications, education, and employment data of 1 business site and 1 person in charge to create an internal appointment letter, job assignment, and a list of evidence for preservation. It is not a report of appointment to the labor office and does not include the actual performance of safety and health duties by the person in charge. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Support for preparing and submitting industrial accident survey forms
We will provide 20 pages of basic data on 1 workplace, 1 accident, 1 casualty, business closure, medical treatment, and prevention of recurrence, and prepare a survey form and employee representative confirmation data. Technical cause investigation, claim for industrial accident benefits, criminal response, and immediate reporting of serious accidents are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Request confirmation of process safety report after PSM review
We will review the review results, conditions, and schedule of 1 business site for which the review has been completed and prepare a confirmation request and submission materials. It does not include the Korea Occupational Safety and Health Agency (KOSHA)'s on-site confirmation, accompanying due diligence, or modifying the technical report. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Administrative application and filing support based on a completed technical plan from KRW 400,000
  • Administrative submission of hazardous risk prevention plan for construction work and provision of technical data from KRW 300,000
  • Process safety report review request and completion technical report provided from KRW 400,000
  • Safety manager, health manager appointment, etc. report, 1 person from KRW 200,000
  • Safety manager/health manager dismissal/termination report/1 person from KRW 200,000
  • Preparation of internal appointment records for safety and health management personnel from KRW 300,000
  • Support for preparing and submitting industrial accident survey forms from KRW 300,000
  • Request confirmation of process safety report after PSM review from KRW 200,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
02 Administrative Filing Services for the Four Major Social InsurancesNotificationAdministrative Filing Services for the Four Major Social Insurances · Official check · 44-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameAdministrative Filing Services for the Four Major Social Insurances
Actual processing agencyNational Pension Service · National Health Insurance Service · Korea Workers' Compensation & Welfare Service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare · Ministry of Employment and Labor
Online route Four Major Social Insurance Information Center
Deadline · procedural notes Reporting deadlines vary by insurance type and reporting reason. Do not file workplace establishment and acquisition/loss reports together without separating by reference date.
1When this applies

Employers and employees who need to file the four major social insurance reports for establishment of the workplace, employee acquisition/loss, or changes in remuneration.

2Actual processing agency

National Pension Service · National Health Insurance Service · Korea Workers' Compensation & Welfare Service

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare · Ministry of Employment and Labor

4Online route

Four Major Social Insurance Information Center

5Procedure order

Identify the type of report: the forms and deadlines differ depending on whether the workplace has just become covered by hiring its first worker, a worker has joined, left or had a pay change, or a worker is on leave or has been transferred. · Workplace establishment report: for employment and industrial accident insurance, file within 14 days of the date the insurance relationship is established; for the national pension, submit the covered-workplace report by the 15th of the month following the month the workplace became covered. · Worker acquisition report: report health insurance within 14 days of the acquisition date and employment insurance by the 15th of the month following the month of hiring; both can be filed at once through the 4 Social Insurance Information Center. · Change reports: when an employee's health insurance details change, submit a change report within 14 days; events such as a worker's leave of absence or transfer are reported to employment and industrial accident insurance within 14 days of the event. · Loss report on resignation: report the loss of employment insurance status by the 15th of the month following the month the worker left, together with the total pay paid to that worker when the employment ended. · Total pay report: for employment and industrial accident insurance, report the total pay for the previous year to the Korea Workers' Compensation and Welfare Service by March 15 each year, or within 14 days of the insurance relationship ending if the business closes.

6Basic required documents

Common four-insurance report forms (Enforcement Rule of the National Pension Act, Form No. 3 workplace establishment report, Form No. 6 acquisition report, Form No. 7 loss report) · Copy of the business registration certificate (for the establishment report) · Copy of the representative's ID and workplace details (location, industry, number of regular workers) · Worker personal details (for foreign workers, alien registration number and status of stay) · Employment contract (to confirm start date, contractual working hours and monthly pay) · Payroll ledger or pay records (to calculate monthly and total pay) · Resigning worker's last day and reason for leaving (for the loss report) · Power of attorney from the workplace (for filing on its behalf)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Reporting deadlines vary by insurance type and reporting reason. Do not file workplace establishment and acquisition/loss reports together without separating by reference date.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000
  • monthly management from KRW 30,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application feeOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
03 Employment and Labor Authority Complaints and Administrative DocumentsAppealEmployment and Labor Authority Complaints and Administrative Documents · Official check · 44-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameEmployment and Labor Authority Complaints and Administrative Documents
Actual processing agencyCompetent Regional Employment and Labor Office · Korea Workers' Compensation & Welfare Service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Labor Portal
Deadline · procedural notes Deadlines vary depending on the date of occurrence, resignation date, or notices for wage arrears complaints. Manage reception numbers and correction request dates from the Labor Portal or the competent employment and labor office.
1When this applies

Employees and employers who need to organize administrative documents and reception routes related to wage arrears, employment contracts, attendance, or industrial accidents.

2Actual processing agency

Competent Regional Employment and Labor Office · Korea Workers' Compensation & Welfare Service

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

4Online route

Labor Portal

5Procedure order

Organize the employment relationship and arrears: write down start and end dates, workplace, agreed wages and amounts received in date order, and make a calculation sheet of monthly unpaid amounts and severance pay. Wages older than 3 years expire, so check the period first. · Secure evidence: even without an employment contract, the employment relationship can be shown with wage transfer records, attendance records, work schedules, work instruction messages and social insurance enrollment history, so collect them as original files. · Draft and file the petition: file a petition stating workplace details, period of employment, amounts by arrears item and demands through the Ministry of Employment and Labor's labor portal or with the regional employment and labor office for the workplace. · Prepare for the interview: once an inspector is assigned, an attendance date is notified. Organize the key points of your statement with the calculation sheet and evidence list, and secure the date first because failing to attend without good reason can close the case. · Confirmation of arrears and substitute payment claim: if arrears are confirmed, obtain the certificate of unpaid wages and employer confirmation and claim the simplified substitute payment from the Korea Workers' Compensation and Welfare Service within 6 months of its first issuance. A worker who has left is eligible only if the petition was filed within 1 year from the day after leaving. · Wrap-up: if the employer pays, check the deposit and close the case; after receiving the substitute payment, keep the certificate and investigation records so the remaining arrears can be claimed separately.

6Basic required documents

Wage arrears petition (online petition on the labor portal or the petition form of the competent regional employment and labor office) · Employment contract (if none, materials showing working conditions such as hiring messages or job postings) · Pay slips and bank records of wage transfers · Attendance records, work schedules and work instruction messages · Calculation sheet of monthly unpaid wages and severance pay · Proof of employment such as social insurance enrollment history · Workplace details (business name, address, business registration number, representative's contact) · For a substitute payment claim: certificate of unpaid wages and employer confirmation and an account in your own name

7Deadline · procedural notes

Deadlines vary depending on the date of occurrence, resignation date, or notices for wage arrears complaints. Manage reception numbers and correction request dates from the Labor Portal or the competent employment and labor office.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Basic scope from KRW 600,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application feeOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Industrial Accident Insurance Benefit Claim
View full service guide Send your case
04 National Pension survivor benefit claimApplicationNational Pension survivor benefit claim · Official check · 44-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameNational Pension survivor benefit claim
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the deceased meets the eligibility conditions — Under National Pension Act Article 72, a survivor pension is paid when an old-age pension recipient, a person with 10 or more years of coverage, a person who paid contributions for at least one third of the coverage period, a person who paid contributions for at least 3 years in the 5 years before death (excluded if contributions were in arrears for 3 years or more during the coverage period), or a recipient of a disability pension of grade 2 or higher dies. Some conditions do not apply to deaths during periods of overseas emigration or loss of nationality, so confirm the contribution history with the Service first. · 2. Determine who qualifies and in what order — Survivors are, in order, the spouse, children (under 25 or with a disability), parents (60 or older or with a disability, including a spouse's parents), grandchildren (under 19 or with a disability) and grandparents (60 or older or with a disability), who were supported by the deceased. The pension is paid only to the highest-ranking survivor, and if several people share the same rank the amount is divided equally. The standard for proving dependency is set by Presidential Decree, so income and asset records may be needed. · 3. Prepare the claim form and documents and file with the Service — Under Article 22, paragraph 10 of the Enforcement Rule of the National Pension Act, submit the survivor pension claim form (Form No. 17) to the National Pension Service together with a copy of the claimant's ID, a detailed family relation certificate, a document proving the death such as a death certificate, and the disability occurrence and death circumstances report. If an agent files the claim, a copy of the beneficiary's ID is also required. · 4. Receive the decision and check the amount — The survivor pension is 40% of the basic pension amount for coverage under 10 years, 50% for 10 to under 20 years, and 60% for 20 years or more, plus the dependent family pension amount. If the deceased was an old-age pension recipient, the amount cannot exceed the old-age pension the deceased was receiving. After receiving the decision, check that the amount and the beneficiary determination are correct, and if you object, confirm the review request deadline stated in the notice. · 5. Manage suspension and termination reports during receipt — A spouse beneficiary may have the pension suspended after 3 years of payment until age 55 (not suspended if the spouse has a disability, supports a child under 25, or is not engaged in work with income above the set level). If entitlement ends through remarriage, death or other causes, a termination report must be filed with the Service within 30 days under Article 29 of the Enforcement Rule, and a change report for another survivor taking over entitlement is also due within 30 days.

5Basic required documents

Survivor pension claim form (National Pension Act Enforcement Rule, Form No. 17) · Copy of the claimant's ID (may be replaced by showing the ID) · Copy of the beneficiary's ID (when an agent files the claim) · Detailed family relation certificate (including resident registration number) · Document proving the death, such as a death certificate · Disability occurrence and death circumstances report

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-19

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 National Pension Survivor Pension Claim: Documents and Procedure
View full service guide Send your case
05 Approval to establish an employee welfare fund corporationApprovalApproval to establish an employee welfare fund corporation · Official check · 44-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameApproval to establish an employee welfare fund corporation
Actual processing agencyCompetent Regional Employment and Labor Office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Employment and Labor
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Regional Employment and Labor Office

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Employment and Labor

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Form the preparatory committee — The employer forms the fund corporation preparatory committee and entrusts it with the establishment work and the selection of the first directors and auditors. The committee is formed like the welfare fund council, with an equal number of members representing employees and the employer, between 2 and 10 each. Employee members are elected by employees, and employer members are the business representative and persons appointed by that representative (Act Article 52, paragraphs 2 and 3, and Article 55). · 2. Draft the articles and decide the contribution — The committee drafts the fund corporation's articles as provided by Presidential Decree. If required items are missing from the articles or the content violates Articles 50, 51 or 62 of the Act, approval is not granted (Article 52, paragraph 6). The employer may contribute an amount decided by the welfare fund council based on 5% of the previous fiscal year's net profit before corporate or income tax, and may also contribute assets such as cash and securities (Article 61). · 3. Submit the approval application and attachments — Submit the establishment approval application (Enforcement Rule, Form No. 7) to the Minister of Employment and Labor with the articles, a certificate of employment or other identity proof for committee members, a contribution confirmation or property list, and a business plan and budget (Enforcement Decree Article 30, paragraph 1). Missing or false documents are grounds for refusal. · 4. Review and receipt of the approval certificate — The application is processed within 20 days of receipt, and upon approval it is entered in the establishment approval ledger and an establishment approval certificate is issued (Enforcement Decree Article 30, paragraphs 2 and 3). Approval must be granted unless a refusal ground set by law applies, such as missing items in the articles, so if a supplement request arrives, correct the documents within the deadline. · 5. Register within 3 weeks and hand over the work — The committee must register the establishment at the main office location within 3 weeks of receiving the approval certificate, and the corporation comes into being upon registration. After registration it hands the work over to the fund corporation's directors without delay, and the committee is treated as the first welfare fund council when the corporation is formed (Act Article 52, paragraphs 7, 9 and 10).

5Basic required documents

Fund corporation establishment approval application (Employee Welfare Benefits Act Enforcement Rule, Form No. 7) · Articles of incorporation · Certificate of employment or other identity proof of preparatory committee members · Contribution confirmation or property list for the company welfare fund · Business plan and budget

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 800,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-19

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Company Welfare Fund Establishment Approval: Procedure and Documents
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Vehicle registration, repair & dealing

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation of application documents for automobile transfer, mortgage, and license plate registrationRegistrationPreparation of application documents for automobile transfer, mortgage, and license plate registration · Official check · 45-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for automobile transfer, mortgage, and license plate registration
Actual processing agencyVehicle Registration Office · Local vehicle registration authority
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Car365 · Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Transfer registration deadlines and acquisition tax · registration related costs are calculated by transfer cause and vehicle. Some applications are available through the national automobile portal, but confirm original document and agent requirements.
1When this applies

Vehicle owners or transferees who want to process ownership transfer registration due to sale, inheritance, or gift, mortgage registration or cancellation, and license plate reissuance.

2Actual processing agency

Vehicle Registration Office · Local vehicle registration authority

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

4Online route

Car365 · Government24

5Procedure order

Check the register and deadline: check the owner and any registered lien or seizure in the vehicle register, and calculate the deadline by cause of transfer (sale, gift, inheritance). Missing the deadline leads to sanctions that grow with the number of days late. · Clear liens and seizures: a lien does not disappear when the owner changes, so to keep the buyer from taking it on, obtain cancellation documents from the lien holder before the deal and register the cancellation first. Even after paying off an installment loan, the cancellation must be applied for separately. · Prepare documents by cause: for a sale, the transfer certificate and the seller's certificate of seal impression for vehicle sale stating the buyer's details or a certificate of personal signature; for a gift, the deed of gift; for inheritance, documents on the heirs' relationship and the heirs' agreement. A vehicle sold by a registered dealer does not require a separate certificate of seal impression. · Insurance and application form: take out compulsory insurance in the transferee's name starting on the transfer date and fill in the transfer registration application on Form No. 14. For an application by proxy, attach a power of attorney and the principal's identification. · File with the registration authority: file at the vehicle registration office or the vehicle registration desk of the city, county or district for the principal place of use, or apply online through Car365. The acquisition tax due on transfer is paid in the applicant's name and a new vehicle registration certificate is issued. · Plate change and follow-up: if the registration number changes, replace the plates. If the transferor applied, check the authority's notice of transfer after the urging period ends, and if an individual takes over a long-term rental car (ha, heo, ho plates), change to regular plates.

6Basic required documents

Transfer registration application (Form No. 14 of the Motor Vehicle Registration Rule) · Vehicle transfer certificate (sale) or deed of gift (gift) · Seller's certificate of seal impression for vehicle sale or certificate of personal signature (sale) · Vehicle registration certificate · Transferee's ID and proof of compulsory insurance · Documents on the heirs' relationship and the heirs' agreement (inheritance) · Lien cancellation documents (if a lien remains) · Power of attorney and principal's identification (application by proxy)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Transfer registration deadlines and acquisition tax · registration related costs are calculated by transfer cause and vehicle. Some applications are available through the national automobile portal, but confirm original document and agent requirements.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We prepare documents for vehicle sale and transfer registration, mortgage establishment/cancellation/transfer/change, license plate reissuance, and registration number change. We distinguish between preparing for self-submission and submitting in person at the the Seoul metropolitan area government office.

Scope & fee
Private vehicle sale transfer — online-eligible case
We will prepare transfer registration application documents by comparing the registration book, sale, and insurance data of 1 vehicle sold between individuals. Other reasons, such as corporations and inheritance, and sale negotiations and vehicle driving are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Private vehicle sale transfer — one filing visit in the Seoul metropolitan area
We will prepare transfer registration application documents by comparing the registration book, sale, and insurance data of 1 vehicle sold between individuals. Other reasons, such as corporations and inheritance, and sale negotiations and vehicle driving are separate. 1 office visit is included.
Official fee source ↗
Prepare vehicle transfer-registration documents for applicant's own filing
We will review the identity, sale, and insurance data of 1 vehicle registered for sale and transfer by a foreigner and prepare transfer application, transfer certificate, delegation, attached documents, and signature guidance. It does not include signing new insurance contracts, negotiating sales, or driving a vehicle. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Vehicle transfer registration with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area
We will review the identity, sale, and insurance data of 1 vehicle registered for sale and transfer by a foreigner and prepare transfer application, transfer certificate, delegation, attached documents, and signature guidance. It does not include signing new insurance contracts, negotiating sales, or driving a vehicle. 1 office visit is included.
Official fee source ↗
Car mortgage registration/document preparation/submission in person
We will prepare an application and attached documents with 1 vehicle, 1 creditor and 1 debtor each, agreed-upon contract, bond amount, seal, and ownership data. It does not include new loan agreements, financial intermediation, or collection. We will provide you with documents and application instructions so you can submit them. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Registration of car mortgage and submission in the Seoul metropolitan area visit once
We will prepare an application and attached documents with 1 vehicle, 1 creditor and 1 debtor each, agreed-upon contract, bond amount, seal, and ownership data. It does not include new loan agreements, financial intermediation, or collection. We include 1-time submission by visiting the the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdictional registration office.
Official fee source ↗
Car mortgage cancellation registration/document preparation/submission in person
We will prepare cancellation application documents using 1 vehicle, 1 mortgage, cancellation certificate, existing contract, loss confirmation, and seal information. It does not include credit disputes and creditor tracking. We will provide you with documents and application instructions so you can submit them. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Car mortgage cancellation registration/Submit once in the Seoul metropolitan area visit
We will prepare cancellation application documents using 1 vehicle, 1 mortgage, cancellation certificate, existing contract, loss confirmation, and seal information. It does not include credit disputes and creditor tracking. We include 1-time submission by visiting the the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdictional registration office.
Official fee source ↗
Car mortgage transfer registration/document preparation/submission in person
We will prepare transfer application documents using an agreed upon bond transfer contract for 1 vehicle and 1 mortgage and new and old holder data. It does not include transfer negotiations and design of new bond agreements. We will provide you with documents and application instructions so you can submit them. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Car mortgage transfer registration and submission in the Seoul metropolitan area once
We will prepare transfer application documents using an agreed upon bond transfer contract for 1 vehicle and 1 mortgage and new and old holder data. It does not include transfer negotiations and design of new bond agreements. We include 1-time submission by visiting the the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdictional registration office.
Official fee source ↗
Car mortgage change registration/document preparation/submission in person
We will fill out the change application form with the agreed changes for 1 vehicle and 1 mortgage and new and old proof. Necessary interested party consent and judgment data are provided, and the dispute process for obtaining them is separate. We will provide you with documents and application instructions so you can submit them. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Car mortgage change registration/Submit once in the Seoul metropolitan area visit
We will fill out the change application form with the agreed changes for 1 vehicle and 1 mortgage and new and old proof. Necessary interested party consent and judgment data are provided, and the dispute process for obtaining them is separate. We include 1-time submission by visiting the the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdictional registration office.
Official fee source ↗
Reissuance of car license plate/document preparation/submission in person
We will fill out the application documents by checking the reason for reissue, such as damage to 1 vehicle, and the license plate and owner data to be returned. Loss that requires a number change is a separate route and does not include actual production, attachment or removal, or vehicle driving. We will provide you with documents and application instructions so you can submit them. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Re-issuance of car license plate, 1 visit to the Seoul metropolitan area
We will fill out the application documents by checking the reason for reissue, such as damage to 1 vehicle, and the license plate and owner data to be returned. Loss that requires a number change is a separate route and does not include actual production, attachment or removal, or vehicle driving. We include 1-time submission by visiting the the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdictional registration office.
Official fee source ↗
Change vehicle registration number, issue license plate, fill out documents/submit in person
We will fill out the application form with the reason for changing the legal number of 1 vehicle and owner information. The necessary police loss/theft certificate will be provided, but it does not include making or removing the actual license plate or driving the vehicle. We will provide you with documents and application instructions so you can submit them. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Change of vehicle registration number, issuance of license plate, visit the Seoul metropolitan area once and submit
We will fill out the application form with the reason for changing the legal number of 1 vehicle and owner information. The necessary police loss/theft certificate will be provided, but it does not include making or removing the actual license plate or driving the vehicle. We include 1-time submission by visiting the the Seoul metropolitan area jurisdictional registration office.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Private vehicle sale transfer — online-eligible case from KRW 300,000
  • Private vehicle sale transfer — one filing visit in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 400,000
  • Prepare vehicle transfer-registration documents for applicant's own filing from KRW 300,000
  • Vehicle transfer registration with 1 in-person filing in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 500,000
  • Car mortgage registration/document preparation/submission in person from KRW 300,000
  • Registration of car mortgage and submission in the Seoul metropolitan area visit once from KRW 500,000
  • Car mortgage cancellation registration/document preparation/submission in person from KRW 200,000
  • Car mortgage cancellation registration/Submit once in the Seoul metropolitan area visit from KRW 400,000
  • Car mortgage transfer registration/document preparation/submission in person from KRW 300,000
  • Car mortgage transfer registration and submission in the Seoul metropolitan area once from KRW 500,000
  • Car mortgage change registration/document preparation/submission in person from KRW 300,000
  • Car mortgage change registration/Submit once in the Seoul metropolitan area visit from KRW 500,000
  • Reissuance of car license plate/document preparation/submission in person from KRW 200,000
  • Re-issuance of car license plate, 1 visit to the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 400,000
  • Change vehicle registration number, issue license plate, fill out documents/submit in person from KRW 300,000
  • Change of vehicle registration number, issuance of license plate, visit the Seoul metropolitan area once and submit from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxGovernment fee, tax and bond costs vary by registration or transport procedureOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Preparation of application documents for automobile transfer, mortgage, and license plate registration 📘 Documents for Vehicle Transfer Registration in the Name of a Religious Organization 📘 Car Ownership Transfer for Foreigners in Korea: Alien Registration Card, Personal Signature Confirmation, and the 15-Day Deadline
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of documents for automobile deregistration and motorcycle reportingRegistrationNotificationPreparation of documents for automobile deregistration and motorcycle reporting · Official check · 45-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for automobile deregistration and motorcycle reporting
Actual processing agencyVehicle Registration Office · Local vehicle registration authority
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Deregistration deadlines and costs vary by reason. For scrapping or export deregistration, confirm supporting documents from related businesses and the sequence of submissions to the registration authority.
1When this applies

Owners who need to process deregistration due to scrapping, export, theft, or two-wheeled vehicle use/change/cancellation.

2Actual processing agency

Vehicle Registration Office · Local vehicle registration authority

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Check the cause and deadline: determine the cause (scrapping, export, return, loss, theft, etc.) and calculate whether the application must be made within 1 month from the event. Without deregistration, vehicle tax and fines for lack of compulsory insurance can keep coming. · Check seizures and liens in the register: if there are interested parties such as seizure or lien holders, as a rule their consent or release must be obtained first. If there are multiple seizures, check the arrears with each agency and request release. · Review vehicles with no realizable value: for a vehicle on which follow-up compulsory execution has not proceeded after seizure registration, deregistration can be applied for without consent if it meets criteria such as a passenger car aged 11 years or more or a van aged 10 years or more, and the registration authority notifies the seizing agencies and interested parties. · Prepare documents by cause: a scrapping certificate (Form No. 18) for scrapping, a return confirmation from the manufacturer or seller for a return, a theft report confirmation from the police for theft, and documents proving the planned export for export; return the plates. · Apply for deregistration: file the Form No. 17 application with the registration authority for the principal place of use. For export deregistration, report whether the export was carried out within 1 year of deregistration, and if the vehicle cannot be found, obtain recognition of loss before applying. · Confirm the result: confirm processing with a deregistration certificate, and if vehicle tax notices continue after deregistration, compare the deregistration date with the tax period and request correction.

6Basic required documents

Vehicle deregistration application (Form No. 17 of the Motor Vehicle Registration Rule) · Vehicle registration certificate and plates · Scrapping certificate (Form No. 18 of the same Rule, for scrapping or loss by accident) · Documents proving planned export such as an export contract or letter of credit (export deregistration) · Theft report confirmation (theft) or return confirmation (return) · Proof of seizure release or consent of interested parties (if applicable) · Owner's ID; for application by proxy, power of attorney and certificate of seal impression · For an application by an heir, family relation certificates confirming the succession

7Deadline · procedural notes

Deregistration deadlines and costs vary by reason. For scrapping or export deregistration, confirm supporting documents from related businesses and the sequence of submissions to the registration authority.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare vehicle cancellation registration documents appropriate for the reason for cancellation. We will connect you to a dedicated service regarding the use, modification, or disposal of two-wheeled vehicles.

Scope & fee
Type eligible for electronic application
We will review the reason for cancellation, such as scrapping, theft, or export of 1 vehicle, and the evidence of seizure, mortgage, or provision, and prepare the relevant cancellation registration documents. It does not include actual scrapping, export, or resolution of rights disputes. It does not include in-office submissions.
In-person submission
We will review the reason for cancellation, such as scrapping, theft, or export of 1 vehicle, and the evidence of seizure, mortgage, or provision, and prepare the relevant cancellation registration documents. It does not include actual scrapping, export, or resolution of rights disputes. 1 office visit is included.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Type eligible for electronic application from KRW 300,000
  • In-person submission from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxGovernment fee plus applicable registration tax, acquisition tax or bond costsOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Preparation of documents for automobile deregistration and motorcycle reporting
View full service guide Send your case
03 Two-wheeled Vehicle Use Notification · CancellationNotificationTwo-wheeled Vehicle Use Notification · Cancellation · Official check · 45-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameTwo-wheeled Vehicle Use Notification · Cancellation
Actual processing agencyCity, county, or district of the vehicle's principal place of use
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Deadlines and required documents for use/change/cancellation vary by reason. First check the reception guidance of the competent city/county/district of the primary place of use.
1When this applies

Owners who need to file use/change/cancellation notifications for two-wheeled vehicles.

2Actual processing agency

City, county, or district of the vehicle's principal place of use

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Decide the type of report: use report for a new or used acquisition, change report for a change of address or name or a sale or gift, and report of discontinued use for scrapping, loss, theft or destruction; calculate each deadline (change 30 days, sale 15 days, gift 20 days, discontinuation 15 days). · Prepare proof of ownership: a motorcycle manufacturing certificate for a newly made vehicle, an import declaration certificate for an imported vehicle, or a certificate of discontinued use when reusing a vehicle whose use was discontinued; if these cannot prove ownership, attach documents proving ownership. · Inspection and measurement: for motorcycles subject to use inspection, submit the motorcycle use inspection certificate, and for vehicles requiring measurement, the motorcycle measurement confirmation. · File the report: take out compulsory insurance before riding, file the report with the city, county or district for the principal place of use (or the town, township, neighborhood or branch office where authority is delegated), and receive the plate and use report certificate. · Report by the transferor: if the buyer does not report the transfer, the transferor may submit the change report documents; the city, county or district urges the transferee to report within 7 to 15 days and, if there is no objection, processes it as a transfer report. · Report of discontinued use: if the motorcycle is no longer used due to scrapping, destruction, loss or theft, file the report of discontinued use with the use report certificate and plate within 15 days. For loss or theft, attach the police loss or theft report confirmation instead of the plate.

6Basic required documents

Motorcycle use report (Form No. 63 of the Enforcement Rule of the Motor Vehicle Management Act); report of change of reported matters on Form No. 65 for changes; report of discontinued use on Form No. 68 for discontinuation · Motorcycle manufacturing certificate (new) or import declaration certificate (imported) · Proof of ownership such as a sales contract (used acquisition or transfer) · Motorcycle use report certificate and plate (for changes or discontinuation) · Motorcycle use inspection certificate or measurement confirmation (where applicable) · Loss or theft report confirmation (discontinuation due to loss or theft) · Owner's ID; power of attorney for application by proxy

7Deadline · procedural notes

Deadlines and required documents for use/change/cancellation vary by reason. First check the reception guidance of the competent city/county/district of the primary place of use.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • New Korean-made motorcycle use report — documents and client filing support from KRW 300,000
  • New Korean-made motorcycle use report — one filing visit in the Seoul metropolitan area from KRW 400,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxGovernment fee plus applicable registration tax, acquisition tax or bond costsOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Use Report for Imported and Deregistered Motorcycles
View full service guide Send your case
04 Used Car Dealer RegistrationRegistrationUsed Car Dealer Registration · Official check · 45-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameUsed Car Dealer Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Preliminary site review: Check the zoning district on the Land Use Planning Confirmation and the building use on the building register. For a knowledge industry center or collective commercial building, also check whether its management rules allow a car dealership. · Calculating the exhibition area: The exhibition facility must have at least 660㎡ of floor area, excluding non-exhibition areas such as shared corridors, restrooms, stairs, and elevators. When three or more dealers share an exhibition hall, the per-dealer standard can be reduced by up to 30%, so decide the operating structure first. · Office location and ordinance standards: The office must be attached to the exhibition facility or in the same building; if conditions such as walking access are met, a building within a 100-meter radius of the facility boundary is also allowed. Check whether the local ordinance has separate standards for road width or building use. · Lease and document preparation: Once registration looks feasible, sign the lease with a special clause allowing termination without penalty if dealer registration is refused. Prepare the site location map, floor plan, and a business plan that includes required funds and staffing plans. · Application and facility preparation notice: After you file the automobile management business registration application with the city, county, or district office, it reviews the standards and disqualifications and sends a notice setting the facility preparation period. If the facilities are not secured within that period without a justifiable reason, the notice is cancelled. · Registration certificate and opening: When you submit proof of the right to use the premises and documents showing compliance, the trade name, representative, location, and land and building areas are entered in the register and a certificate with the business start date is issued. Staff must obtain a dealer employee card from the Korea Automobile Dealers Association federation, wear it, and complete the required training.

5Basic required documents

Automobile management business registration application (one per place of business) · Site location map and floor plan (showing exhibition and office areas) · Business plan (including required funds and staffing plans) · Land Use Planning Confirmation and building register (zoning and building use) · Lease or other proof of the right to use the land and building · Exhibition area calculation and shared exhibition hall agreement (if shared) · Representative's ID; for a corporation, a list of officers (disqualification check) · Proof of fulfilling any ordinance or registration conditions, if attached

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Registration Requirements for a Motor Vehicle Trading Business (Used Car Dealership)
View full service guide Send your case
05 Automotive Repair Business (Car Repair Shop) RegistrationRegistrationAutomotive Repair Business (Car Repair Shop) Registration · Official check · 45-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameAutomotive Repair Business (Car Repair Shop) Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Choose the repair business type: General repair covers all vehicle types, and small-vehicle general repair covers passenger cars and light/small vans, trucks and special vehicles. Specialized repair may only work on devices outside the restricted work scope in Annex 26 of the Enforcement Rule, and registration may also be limited to electric and hydrogen electric vehicles. · Pre-review the land and building: Check zoning restrictions in the land use plan confirmation, and check in the building register whether the use is an automobile-related facility, whether a change of use is possible, and whether it is marked as an illegal building. Confirm on the drawings that the required facility area and ceiling height for a lift are available, along with any additional standards in the local ordinance. · Submit the registration application: Attach the site location map and floor plan, the facility list and planned layout, and a business plan including required funds and staffing plan to the automobile management business registration application, and submit it to the city, county or district office of the business site. The corporate register and land use information are checked by the official through shared administrative information. · Securing period notice: If the office finds no problem with the registration standards, restrictions or grounds of disqualification, it sets and notifies a securing period of up to 12 months for facilities and mechanics. It may be extended only once for reasons such as delays in permits or reviews under other laws or natural disasters. · Submit facility and staffing documents: Within the period, submit proof of the right to use the land and building, the facility list and layout, documents proving compliance with the registration standards, and copies of mechanics' qualification certificates with their consent to employment. If you install painting facilities, also check whether environmental reports such as for air pollutant emission facilities apply. · Certificate issuance and follow-up: Once the documents are complete, the business is entered in the register, a start date is set and the automobile management business registration certificate is issued. If registered items such as trade name, location or area change, apply for a change of registration within 15 days, and report suspension or closure before the planned date.

5Basic required documents

Automobile management business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Motor Vehicle Management Act, Form No. 77) · Site location map and floor plan · Facility list and planned layout (including the lease agreement for leased facilities and equipment) · Business plan (required funds and staffing plan, including officers for corporations) · Proof of the right to use the land and building (submitted within the securing period) · Documents proving compliance with the registration standards (purchase or lease records for inspection facilities, repair/inspection tools and test instruments) · Copies of mechanics' qualification certificates and consent to employment · Land use plan confirmation and building register (for pre-lease review)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Motor Vehicle Maintenance Business Registration Procedure and Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
06 Vehicle Manufacturer Registration and Self-Certification of Imported VehiclesRegistrationVehicle Manufacturer Registration and Self-Certification of Imported Vehicles · Official check · 45-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameVehicle Manufacturer Registration and Self-Certification of Imported Vehicles
Actual processing agencyMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
1Actual processing agency

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

4Procedure order

Define the import type and vehicle type: Documents and certification methods differ depending on whether you import as the domestic agent of the original foreign manufacturer or as an individual direct importer. First decide the vehicle type and size among passenger, van, truck, special and two-wheeled vehicles, whether it is for sale or own use, and the planned annual import volume. · Apply for manufacturer registration: Attach the production scale, a copy of the ISO VIN code assignment or the maximum annual production of the same type, and records of securing safety standard test facilities and safety inspection facilities to the application, and submit it to the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. If you plan to sell, also submit records or plans for after-sales service facilities and technical staff. · Certificate issuance: The Minister checks the self-certification capability standards and after-sales service facilities, assigns a manufacturer registration number and issues the certificate within 15 days from the application date. The performance test agency may be asked to verify these items, so prepare the facility materials in advance. · Apply for technical review: If you lack self-certification capability, submit a technical review application with the vehicle specification sheet, exterior drawing, VIN marking details, and the content and attachment method of the self-certification label to the performance test agency, and receive the technical review report within 14 days from the application. · Safety inspection and self-certification: Submit a vehicle safety inspection application with a copy of the technical review report, exterior drawing and specification sheet; the agency checks dimensions, weight distribution, running gear safety and other items and issues a vehicle safety inspection certificate. Specifications notified for the first time undergo an initial safety inspection, and later vehicles with the same specifications undergo a continuing safety inspection. · Specification notice and new registration: By 10 days before sales begin, submit the specification notice with the VIN and engine type marking notice, exterior drawing, specification sheet and cybersecurity management system certificate (or proof of exemption), and a specification management number is issued within 7 days. After attaching the self-certification label to the vehicle, proceed with new registration.

5Basic required documents

Application for registration, change of registration and reissuance of registration certificate of vehicle manufacturers (Enforcement Rule of the Motor Vehicle Management Act, Form No. 18) · Vehicle production scale (manufacturing and assembly records for the last 3 years) · Copy of the ISO VIN code assignment (importers) or the maximum annual production of the same vehicle type in the last 3 years · Records of securing safety standard test facilities and vehicle safety inspection facilities · Contract appointing the domestic agent of the original foreign manufacturer (including defect correction terms; notarized Korean translation if in a foreign language) · Records or plans for securing after-sales service facilities and technical staff (if selling self-certified vehicles) · Technical review application (Form No. 20), vehicle safety inspection application (Form No. 22), vehicle specification sheet (Form No. 25) and exterior drawing · Specification notice (Form No. 24) and VIN and engine type marking notice (Form No. 9)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Manufacturer Registration and Self-Certification for Direct Vehicle Imports
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Transport business licences

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Freight Vehicle Transport · Brokerage Business Permit · ModificationPermitFreight Vehicle Transport · Brokerage Business Permit · Modification · Official check · 46-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameFreight Vehicle Transport · Brokerage Business Permit · Modification
Actual processing agencyCompetent metropolitan/provincial or local authority · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Processing times and competent authority for permits and modifications vary by industry and delegation relationships. Confirm requirements with the competent authority before securing vehicles and preparing the workplace.
1When this applies

Business operators preparing permits, modifications, or transfers for freight vehicle transport and brokerage businesses.

2Actual processing agency

Competent metropolitan/provincial or local authority · Competent Korean authority or official service

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Classify the business type: First decide whether it is a transport business that carries cargo for pay with your own trucks (general trucking with 20 or more vehicles, individual trucking with 1 vehicle), a brokerage business that brokers or acts on transport contracts without vehicles, or a franchise transport business that runs a network of member operators. Permit standards and what can be taken over differ by type. · Check whether a new permit is possible: For a transport business, only the exception vehicle types in the Supply Standards can receive a new permit, such as parcel delivery trucks (maximum payload of 2.5 tons or less), towed vehicles, and road-sweeping or cleaning vehicles that the metropolitan mayor or provincial governor judges necessary for the region. For a brokerage business, new permits are prohibited in principle for both the main office and branch offices. · Review the business to be taken over: Before signing, check the transferor's permit details and number of vehicles, and whether the transferee or any officer of a corporate transferee falls under a disqualification ground. A transport business can be transferred only after 2 years from the date the transferor obtained the permit or acquired the business (6 months for individual trucking not limited to parcel collection and delivery), the whole business is transferred in principle, and some permits such as temporary permits cannot be transferred. · Prepare the requirements: For a transport business, prepare a cargo transport worker qualification certificate for everyone who will drive the acquired vehicles, and a garage installation confirmation that the city, county or district where the garage is located issues within 10 days of the application. For a brokerage business, secure an office with the floor area needed for the business. · File the transfer and acquisition report: The transferee submits the transfer and acquisition report with a copy of the contract and the requirement documents to the competent authority. The authority notifies whether it accepts the report within 5 days of receiving it, and once accepted, the transferee takes over the operator status together with the consignment contracts with owner-drivers on the same terms. · Manage follow-up reports: File a report on permit standards every 5 years (individual trucking operators excluded) and report transport or brokerage results. For a transport business, adding vehicles or moving the main office outside the jurisdiction requires a permit for change, while a change of trade name or representative (for a corporation) and vehicle replacement require a change report; a brokerage business files its change report with the competent association.

6Basic required documents

Transfer and acquisition report (submitted by the transferee) · Copy of the transfer and acquisition contract · Document proving the transferee does not fall under a disqualification ground (if the transferee is not already an operator of the same business) · Document proving the corporation's decision on the transfer or acquisition (if the transferor or transferee is a corporation) · Garage installation confirmation (transport business; not required if the contract shows the garage is also transferred) · Copy of the cargo transport worker qualification certificate of each person who will drive the acquired vehicles (transport business) · Consent of owner-drivers under consignment contracts (if any; at least one half of them if the whole business is transferred) · For exception vehicle types eligible for a new permit: permit application, documents on the main office and vehicles, garage installation confirmation, and vehicle sales contract or vehicle registration certificate

7Deadline · procedural notes

Processing times and competent authority for permits and modifications vary by industry and delegation relationships. Confirm requirements with the competent authority before securing vehicles and preparing the workplace.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxGovernment fee, tax and bond costs vary by registration or transport procedureOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Trucking Transport Business Permit and Transfer
View full service guide Send your case
02 Preparation of application documents for passenger automobile transport business licenses and registrationPermitRegistrationPreparation of application documents for passenger automobile transport business licenses and registration · Official check · 46-2
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of application documents for passenger automobile transport business licenses and registration
Actual processing agencyMetropolitan/provincial or local authority responsible for the transport sector
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
Deadline · procedural notes Deadlines and competent authority for licensing, registration, and modification differ by industry. Check public notices, competent authority guidance, and coordinate vehicle and personnel preparation schedules.
1When this applies

Business operators preparing licenses, registrations, or changes for passenger transport businesses such as taxis and buses.

2Actual processing agency

Metropolitan/provincial or local authority responsible for the transport sector

3Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

4Online route

Government24

5Procedure order

Business type and authority: decide whether it is a route business such as city, intercity or village buses or an area business such as taxis, chartered buses or special passenger transport, whether it needs a license or registration, and whether the licensing authority is the Minister or the Mayor/Do Governor (or the city, county or district where delegated). · Check whether new entry is possible: new licenses or registrations can be restricted by area or period, such as taxi quotas or chartered bus supply control, so confirm with the competent authority whether new applications are accepted before signing garage or vehicle contracts, and consider acquiring an existing business if necessary. · Check disqualifications: confirm that neither the representative nor any corporate officer falls under Article 6 (adult ward, bankrupt not reinstated, less than 2 years since serving a prison sentence for violating the Act, under a suspended sentence, less than 2 years since revocation of a license or registration). · Business plan and garage: write a business plan covering operation type, number of vehicles and staffing of drivers, and prepare proof of ownership or right of use of the garage land and details of business fixed assets. Route businesses also attach a route map showing the start and end points, distance and main route. · Apply for the license or registration: submit the Form No. 6 license application (route and general taxi) or the Form No. 9 registration application (village bus, chartered bus, special passenger) with documents to the competent authority and pay the fee. If a supplement is requested, revise the business plan and resubmit. · Start of operation: within 3 months of the license, register the vehicles, have the transport facilities confirmed and start operation. If that is difficult, a postponement of the start date can be requested on Form No. 10, and the authority may postpone or extend it within 3 months.

6Basic required documents

Passenger vehicle transport business license application (Form No. 6 of the Enforcement Rule of the Passenger Transport Service Act) or registration application (Form No. 9 of the same Rule) · Business plan (operation type, number of vehicles, driver staffing plan) · Document stating the total amount and details of business fixed assets (license application) · Proof of ownership or right of use of the garage land · Route map (route businesses; showing start and end points, distance and main route) · For existing corporations, corporate documents such as a list of officers; for individuals, identification · Proof of right to use the office and vehicle acquisition plan

7Deadline · procedural notes

Deadlines and competent authority for licensing, registration, and modification differ by industry. Check public notices, competent authority guidance, and coordinate vehicle and personnel preparation schedules.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the business plan and application documents required for registration of a passenger transport business or for a route license that can actually be applied for. We provide dedicated services for private taxi transfer/inheritance and special passenger registration.

Scope & fee
Business plan for 1 route of a registration-required transport business
We will prepare 5 pages of business plan and application documents with a list of up to 20 vehicles for each transportation business subject to registration, such as charter buses. Route licensing, private taxi transfer, and garage construction are separate. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Route Passenger transport business license application and business plan preparation
We will check the actual applicable license route for 1 corporation, 1 route, and 10 vehicles or less and prepare 8 pages of business plan, 2 pages of operation and revenue table, and application documents. You will receive 40 pages of route map, garage, vehicle, demand and cost data, but it does not include route design, surveying, construction, vehicle purchase, or guarantee of securing a license. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Business plan for 1 route of a registration-required transport business from KRW 500,000
  • Route Passenger transport business license application and business plan preparation from KRW 900,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxGovernment fee, tax and bond costs vary by registration or transport procedureOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Preparation of application documents for passenger automobile transport business licenses and registration
View full service guide Send your case
03 Car Rental Business (Rent-a-Car) RegistrationRegistrationCar Rental Business (Rent-a-Car) Registration · Official check · 46-3
Procedure type
Actual service nameCar Rental Business (Rent-a-Car) Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Decide operating area and fleet size: a nationwide business needs 50 or more vehicles; a business operating only within one city or county follows the number set by that local ordinance. First confirm with the transport department whether an ordinance exists and what number it sets. · Check disqualifications and vehicle types: confirm that the representative and corporate officers do not fall under Article 6 of the Passenger Transport Service Act, and that the vehicles to be secured are passenger cars, light or small vans, medium vans with 15 seats or fewer, or camping-type special vehicles. · Secure a garage and calculate its area: the garage area is calculated per vehicle as length × width or by the number of parking units. The garage should in principle be owned; land owned by others counts as owned only under a lease of 2 years or more, and part of a parking lot only under a use contract of 1 year or more. · Prepare the office and business plan: set up an office with the equipment and communication facilities needed to manage revenue and dispatch, and prepare a business plan stating the locations of the main office and branches, number of vehicles by type, garage location, area and capacity, and operating area. · Submit the registration application: file the application (Form No. 33) with the business plan, a vehicle list or vehicle purchase contract, and documents proving ownership or right of use of the garage land. Once the authority confirms the standards are met, it issues a car rental business registration certificate. · Register vehicles and report rental terms: if the fleet was recognized based on purchase contracts, complete vehicle registration within 30 days of the certificate's issuance and submit copies of the registration certificates. Report the rental terms and conditions to the Mayor/Do Governor before starting business.

5Basic required documents

Car rental business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Passenger Transport Service Act, Form No. 33) · Business plan (locations of main office and branches, number of vehicles by type, garage location, area and capacity, operating area) · List of business vehicles owned (registration number, type, model year, registration date, length, width) or vehicle purchase contract · Documents proving ownership or right of use of the garage land (certificate of registered matters, lease of 2 years or more, etc.) · Garage layout and area calculation (length × width per vehicle or number of parking spaces) · Office lease or proof of right of use · Parking lot use confirmation, parking fee payment certificate or parking lot use contract (when setting up a reservation office) · Copy or abstract of resident registration (if an individual applicant does not consent to administrative information sharing)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Car Rental Business Registration Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
04 Reporting of changes in freight vehicle replacement/substitution and reporting of transfer/acquisition of transport businessNotificationReporting of changes in freight vehicle replacement/substitution and reporting of transfer/acquisition of transport business · Official check · 46-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameReporting of changes in freight vehicle replacement/substitution and reporting of transfer/acquisition of transport business
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Distinguish replacement from transfer: if only the vehicle changes, file a change report with the association; if the business itself is transferred, file a transfer report with the competent authority. To also replace the vehicle after acquiring a business, complete the transfer report first and then proceed with the replacement. · Check replacement vehicle requirements: before contracting for a vehicle, confirm with the association that it is a truck of the same use and, for individual operators, within the small, medium or large category. A replacement that increases maximum load or gross weight is allowed only after the period set by public notice has passed since the last such replacement. · Submit the change report: file the report of change in permitted matters (Form No. 8) with the transport business permit, documents for the existing and replacement vehicles and garage documents to the competent association, and receive the notice of acceptance of the replacement. · Replace the vehicle within 15 days: within 15 days from the date of the change report, take the notice of acceptance to the vehicle registration office to deregister or transfer the existing vehicle and register the replacement. Up to 6 months is allowed only for reasons set by public notice, such as delayed delivery of a new vehicle. · Notify the association of completion: after registering the replacement vehicle, submit a copy of the new registration certificate to the association to report completion. Only after this notice does the vehicle on the permit register match the actually registered vehicle. · File the transfer report: the transferee files the transfer report (Form No. 16) with a copy of the contract, documents proving no disqualification, the garage installation confirmation and copies of drivers' freight transport qualification certificates with the competent authority, which notifies acceptance within 5 days.

5Basic required documents

Report of change in permitted matters for trucking transport business (Enforcement Rule of the Trucking Transport Business Act, Form No. 8) · Trucking transport business permit · Registration certificate of the existing vehicle and acquisition documents for the replacement vehicle (manufacturing certificate or purchase contract) · Association's notice of acceptance of the replacement report (submitted at the vehicle registration stage) · Garage installation confirmation (Enforcement Rule, Form No. 2) or garage lease · Consent to use from the management office head or residents' council when using an apartment complex parking lot as the garage · For transfer: transfer report (Enforcement Rule, Form No. 16), copy of the transfer contract, documents proving the transferee is not disqualified, documents proving the corporate decision · For transfer: copies of freight transport qualification certificates of drivers of the transferred vehicles, consent of consignment vehicle owners (if applicable)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the scrap vehicle change notification and transportation business transfer/transfer report documents for vehicle replacement. We distinguish between vehicle sales and transportation business relocation.

Scope & fee
Bus replacement (vehicle substitution)
We will review the permit, vehicle, and garage data provided for 1 commercial truck and prepare the scrap vehicle change report and completion notification documents. Actual vehicle replacement, cancellation, registration and transportation business transfer are separate. 1 office visit is included.
Business transfer
We will review the contract, qualification, garage, and driver data for 1 cargo transportation business transfer and transfer and prepare a transfer and transfer report document. Negotiation of business price, vehicle scrapping, and sales transfer registration are separate. 1 office visit is included.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Bus replacement (vehicle substitution) from KRW 500,000
  • Business transfer from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-09-29

Fees & official charges →
📘 Reporting of changes in freight vehicle replacement/substitution and reporting of transfer/acquisition of transport business
View full service guide Send your case
05 International Freight Forwarding Business Registration and Change RegistrationRegistrationInternational Freight Forwarding Business Registration and Change Registration · Official check · 46-5
Procedure type
Actual service nameInternational Freight Forwarding Business Registration and Change Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent metropolitan city or province
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent metropolitan city or province

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Confirm whether registration is required: Check whether you arrange import and export transport while issuing bills of lading (B/L) or air waybills (AWB) in your own name. Operating in this way requires international freight forwarding registration, and operating before registration is a criminal offense. · Meet the capital and guarantee insurance standards: A corporation needs capital of 300,000,000 won or more and an individual needs assets valued at 600,000,000 won or more, plus guarantee insurance of 100,000,000 won or more. Guarantee insurance is waived if capital is 1,000,000,000 won or more, or if you own a container yard, have a bank payment guarantee of 100,000,000 won or more, or carry cargo liability insurance of 100,000,000 won or more. · Check grounds for disqualification: Confirm that the representative and officers are not under adult guardianship or limited guardianship, that 2 years have passed since completing a prison sentence for violating the Framework Act on Logistics Policies, the Marine Transportation Act, the Aviation Business Act or similar laws, and that 2 years have passed since any registration cancellation. Foreign representatives and officers obtain an apostille or consular confirmation on documents showing no disqualification under their home country's law. · Prepare and submit the registration application: Submit the international freight forwarding registration and change registration application to the metropolitan city or province with documents proving the registration standards and the B/L and AWB forms and terms you will issue in your own name. Some provinces delegate intake and review to logistics associations, so confirm the competent intake office first. · Review and receipt of the registration certificate: The metropolitan city or province reviews disqualification grounds and registration standards and then issues a registration certificate. If supplementation is requested, resubmit evidence from the same reference date, and begin business after receiving the certificate. · Change registration, 3-year report and succession report: Apply for change registration within 60 days if the trade name, representative, officers, main office or nationality changes or capital decreases, file a registration standards report within 60 days every 3 years from registration, and report within 30 days if you take over the business by transfer, inheritance or merger.

5Basic required documents

International freight forwarding registration and change registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Framework Act on Logistics Policies, Annexed Form No. 5) · Documents proving capital of 300,000,000 won or more (assets valued at 600,000,000 won or more for individuals) · Guarantee insurance policy of 100,000,000 won or more (or a payment guarantee or cargo liability insurance policy if an exemption applies) · Bill of lading and air waybill forms and terms to be issued in your own name (in Korean or English) · Corporate registration certificate (if you do not consent to administrative information sharing) · Documents confirming no disqualification for foreign representatives and officers (apostille or consular confirmation) · Proof of foreign investment (for foreign-invested companies) · Power of attorney (when submitted by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 International Freight Forwarding Business Registration Requirements
View full service guide Send your case
06 Private taxi licence transfer approval and inheritance reportApprovalNotificationPrivate taxi licence transfer approval and inheritance report · Official check · 46-6
Procedure type
Actual service namePrivate taxi licence transfer approval and inheritance report
Actual processing agencyCompetent city, county, or district office
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent city, county, or district office

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check whether the license can be transferred — Under Article 14(3) of the Act and Article 10-2 of its Enforcement Decree, a private taxi license granted on or after November 28, 2009 cannot be transferred unless the ordinance of the competent local government provides otherwise. Even a transferable license can only be transferred after 5 years from the date it was granted, but it may be transferred earlier in cases of illness requiring treatment for 1 year or more, inability to use a substitute driver, emigration, or age 61 or older. First check the license date on the license certificate and the local ordinance. · 2. Check transferee eligibility — As of the date of the approval application, the transferee must meet the licensing standards in Article 19(1) of the Enforcement Rule. The driving experience requirement includes 5 years or more of driving business vehicles and an accident-free record of 5 years or more; a transferee with an accident-free driving record of 5 years or more in the past 5 years from the application date who has completed the traffic safety training of the Korea Transportation Safety Authority is deemed to meet this driving experience requirement. Separately, the transferee must not have received administrative fines 3 or more times in the last 3 years for violating transport worker obligations, must have 180 or fewer cumulative driver's license penalty points, and must hold a taxi driver qualification and pass the driving aptitude test. · 3. Prepare the transfer contract and attachments — The transferor prepares the original private taxi business license, the taxi driver qualification certificate and, for a transfer within 5 years, documents proving the reason such as a medical certificate. The transferee prepares proof of driving experience or a traffic safety training completion certificate, the overall driving aptitude test report, a copy of the transfer contract, proof of a secured garage, and a copy of the taxi driver qualification certificate. The driver's license and driving record certificate are checked by the official if the applicants consent to administrative information sharing. · 4. Apply to the competent authority for approval — The transferor and transferee both sign the private taxi business transfer approval application and submit it to the competent authority. The processing period on the form is 15 days and the fee is 3,000 won, and the law deems approval granted if the authority does not notify a decision within 20 days of the application. Approval cannot be granted if the transferor's or transferee's driver's license has been revoked or there are grounds for revocation, and once approved the transferee succeeds to the transferor's status as a transport business operator. · 5. Inheritance report when the license holder dies — For an heir to continue the business, a passenger transport business inheritance report must be filed within 90 days of the date of death, with proof of death, proof of relationship to the deceased, and consent from other heirs of the same rank (processing period 5 days, fee 3,000 won). An heir who wants to drive personally must meet the same eligibility requirements as a transferee; an heir who does not can transfer the license to another person after obtaining transfer approval. A license granted on or after November 28, 2009 can only be continued if an ordinance permits inheritance, and in that case the ordinance may set a different reporting period of 90 to 180 days.

5Basic required documents

Private taxi business transfer approval application (Enforcement Rule of the Passenger Transport Service Act, Annex Form No. 18) · Passenger transport business inheritance report (same Enforcement Rule, Annex Form No. 20, when continuing the business by inheritance) · Transferor: original private taxi business license, taxi driver qualification certificate, and documents proving the reason such as a medical certificate (when transferring within 5 years due to illness, inability to use a substitute driver, or age 61 or older) · Transferee: proof of driving experience or traffic safety training completion certificate, overall driving aptitude test report, copy of the taxi driver qualification certificate · Copy of the transfer contract and proof of a secured garage · For an inheritance report: proof of the deceased's death, proof of relationship to the deceased, and consent from other heirs of the same rank · Letter of authorization (when submitted by a representative)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-09

Fees & official charges →
📘 Private Taxi License Transfer Approval and Inheritance Report
View full service guide Send your case
07 Customs registration of freight forwarders and express carriersRegistrationCustoms registration of freight forwarders and express carriers · Official check · 46-7
Procedure type
Actual service nameCustoms registration of freight forwarders and express carriers
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityCompetent Korean authority or official service
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Competent Korean authority or official service

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the business type and prior registration — Customs registration applies to bonded transporters, freight forwarders who intend to handle bonded cargo, businesses delivering commercial documents and samples, and others (Customs Act, Article 222(1)). A freight forwarder must be engaged in freight forwarding under other laws, so first confirm that prior registration, such as international logistics brokerage registration, is in place (Article 223(ii)). · 2. Check the registration requirements — The applicant must not fall under any item of Article 175 (minors, persons under adult guardianship or limited guardianship, undischarged bankrupts, persons within the set period after punishment for Customs Act violations, corporations with such persons as officers, etc.). There must be no unpaid customs duties or national taxes, and 2 years must have passed since any cancellation (Article 223). For a corporation, check the officers as well. · 3. Prepare and submit the registration application — Submit to the head of the customs office, as set by the Commissioner of the Korea Customs Service, an application stating the applicant's address, name and trade name, the type of business and place of business, and the type, name and number of transport means, with attachments (Customs Act Enforcement Decree, Article 231(2)). The head of the customs office enters the applicant in the register and issues a registration certificate if the requirements are met, the applicant has the transport means and facilities and the minimum capital or deposit set by the Commissioner, and is not under investigation or indictment for a customs offense (Article 231(3)). · 4. Report changes and renew every 3 years — A registrant must report any change in registered matters without delay to the head of the customs office with jurisdiction over the place of registration (Enforcement Decree, Article 231(6)). Registration is valid for 3 years (Customs Act, Article 222(5)), and to renew, submit a renewal application to the head of the customs office at least 1 month before expiry (Enforcement Decree, Article 231(4)). Note the expiry date in a calendar so it is not missed.

5Basic required documents

Application for registration of bonded transporters, etc. (Customs Act Enforcement Decree, Article 231(2); form set by the Commissioner of the Korea Customs Service) · Proof of prior registration or permit (freight forwarding registration certificate, etc., per the business type) · Proof of capital or deposit (confirm the amount in the Commissioner's standard) · Status of transport means and facilities (type, name and number of transport means) · Document confirming no unpaid customs duties or national taxes · Corporate registry certificate and list of officers (to check disqualifications)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 300,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-17

Fees & official charges →
📘 How to Register with Customs
View full service guide Send your case
08 Special passenger transport business registration for hearsesRegistrationSpecial passenger transport business registration for hearses · Official check · 46-8
Procedure type
Actual service nameSpecial passenger transport business registration for hearses
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Confirm the business scope and vehicle type — A special passenger transport business carries funeral participants and bodies (including remains) under a single transport contract, with no fixed route and the whole country as its business area (Enforcement Decree of the Passenger Transport Service Act, Article 3(2)(b)). The vehicles allowed are special-purpose vans or passenger cars, divided into general hearses and coffin-only hearses (Enforcement Rule, Annex 1). · 2. Check the minimum vehicle count and the local ordinance — Under Annex 3 of the Enforcement Rule, the minimum is one or more vehicles in every metropolitan city, city, and county. However, a city or province ordinance may adjust the minimum count for this business, and if only one vehicle is registered the ordinance may exempt the business from keeping an office, so check the ordinance where the main office is located before buying a vehicle. · 3. Secure a garage of the right location and size — The garage must in principle be owned, but a long-term lease of another person's land or a contract to use part of a parking lot for two years or more is accepted, counted from the date the lease is submitted to the authority. The garage must be in the metropolitan city, city, or county of the main office or branch, or in an adjoining one. The minimum area per vehicle is set by the authority within 36 to 40 square meters for large vans, 23 to 26 for medium vans, 15 to 17 for small vans, and 13 to 16 for passenger cars. · 4. Check disqualifications and prepare the business plan — Confirm that neither the representative nor any corporate officer falls under the disqualifications of Article 6 of the Act, such as an adult ward, an undischarged bankrupt, less than two years since serving a prison sentence for violating the Act, or less than two years since cancellation of a registration. The business plan states the name and location of the main office and branches, the type, number, seating capacity, model and model year of the vehicles, and the location and capacity of the garage and support facilities (Enforcement Rule, Article 22(2)). · 5. File the application and prepare for operation — Submit the registration application on Form No. 9 with the business plan and proof of ownership or right to use the garage land to the competent authority. After registration, register the vehicle as a commercial vehicle using the registration certificate, and operate in line with the hearse rules in Annex 4 of the Enforcement Rule, such as loading the coffin from outside, fully separating the coffin compartment, and installing heating.

5Basic required documents

Passenger transport business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Passenger Transport Service Act, Form No. 9) · Business plan (main office and branches, vehicle type, number, seating capacity, model and model year, garage and support facility location and capacity) · Proof of ownership or right to use the garage land (a lease of two years or more if leased) · Layout showing the garage location and area per vehicle (if requested by the authority) · Existing corporation: list of officers' names and resident registration numbers, and a copy of the general meeting or board resolution on the application · Corporation to be established: notarized articles of incorporation, list of promoters' names and registration numbers, and statement of share subscription or capital contribution · Proof of right to use the office (where the ordinance requires an office or branch) · Letter of authorization (when an administrative agent files on your behalf)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-16

Fees & official charges →
📘 How to Register a Hearse Business in Korea: Special Passenger Transport Business Registration Standards and Garage Area
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Construction machinery administration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Construction Machinery Ownership Transfer and Registration ChangeRegistrationConstruction Machinery Ownership Transfer and Registration Change · Official check · 47-1
Procedure type
Actual service nameConstruction Machinery Ownership Transfer and Registration Change
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Check rights in the registration ledger: Use a copy of the construction machinery registration ledger to confirm the current owner and any mortgage or seizure, and if one exists, agree with the seller on how and when it will be cancelled before the final payment. · Prepare the certificate of transfer: For a direct sale, fill in Form No. 8-2 (direct transaction) with the registration number, model and type, chassis number, sale date and the buyer's details, and obtain the seller's certificate of seal impression if sealed, or a confirmation of personal signature if signed. · Cross-check documents: Confirm that the chassis number and registration number on the certificate of transfer, registration certificate and inspection certificate match the ledger exactly, and that the principal place of use to be reported is where the machine is actually kept. · Acquisition tax and deadline: The buyer files and pays the acquisition tax directly and keeps the receipt, and the reporting deadline of 30 days from the sale date (final payment date), or 6 months from the commencement of inheritance, is calculated as a calendar date. · File the report of change: Submit the report on Form No. 8 with documents proving the change and the registration and inspection certificates to the registration authority, and receive the certificates with the change recorded once accepted. A change of name or address only is deemed reported through a move-in report and similar filings. · If the buyer does not file: When the seller files with proof of sale, the authority notifies the buyer to file within a period of 7 to 15 days, and if the buyer neither objects nor files in that period, the change reported by the seller is entered in the ledger.

5Basic required documents

Report of change in construction machinery registered particulars (Enforcement Rule of the Construction Machinery Management Act, Form No. 8) · Certificate of transfer of construction machinery (Form No. 8-2 for direct sales, Form No. 8-3 for sales through a dealer) · Seller's certificate of seal impression or confirmation of personal signature (matching how the certificate of transfer was signed) · Construction machinery registration certificate · Construction machinery inspection certificate · Copy of the construction machinery registration ledger (to check mortgages and seizures) · Copy of the buyer's ID or corporate registration certificate · Acquisition tax payment receipt (filed and paid by the applicant), and for inheritance, family relation certificate or other proof of inheritance

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Construction Machinery Transfer Registration and Change of Registered Details
View full service guide Send your case
02 Construction Machinery Rental Business RegistrationRegistrationConstruction Machinery Rental Business Registration · Official check · 47-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameConstruction Machinery Rental Business Registration
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Decide the business type: Based on the number of units and whether you operate jointly, choose individual (one party, 4 units or fewer) or general (5 or more units or joint operation); for joint operation, the representative and every member must own construction machinery. · Calculate the parking yard area: Use the Annex 14 formula (24㎡ × number of non-tower-crane units to the power of 0.815 + 80㎡ × number of tower cranes to the power of 0.815), counting each crawler-type unit as half a unit. · Check the parking yard site: Before signing for the land, use the lot number to confirm that a parking yard is permitted in the zoning, that the surface is level with an access road for transport trailers, and that it is in the same city or county as the office or an adjoining area allowed by the rules. · Confirm parking yard possession: File an application on Form No. 29 with the mayor, county head or district head where the yard is located and receive the confirmation within the 7-day processing period; if the land is leased, attach the lease and the lessor's certificate of seal impression or confirmation of personal signature. · Submit the registration application: File Form No. 28 with proof of machinery ownership, proof of ownership or right of use of the office, and the parking yard confirmation at the office's city, county or district, which checks the standards and issues the registration certificate within the 10-day processing period. · After registration: Put up the construction machinery parking yard sign under Annex 14-2, check with the registration authority how to switch to rental business number plates (orange background), and sign rental contracts in writing stating the rent and period and keep them.

5Basic required documents

Construction machinery rental business registration application (Enforcement Rule of the Construction Machinery Management Act, Form No. 28) · Proof of construction machinery ownership (for each joint registrant if operated jointly) · Proof of ownership or right of use of the office (registry certificate or lease agreement) · Parking yard possession confirmation (Form No. 29, issued by the yard's city, county or district; if the office and yard are in the same area, the application may substitute) · Parking yard land lease and the lessor's certificate of seal impression or confirmation of personal signature (if not your own land) · Parking yard location map and area calculation (based on the Annex 14 formula) · Copy of the agreement among joint operators (term and termination, rights and duties of the representative and members, cost sharing, allocation of accident liability) · Office sharing agreement (if sharing an office with other rental or sales businesses)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Requirements for Registering a Construction Machinery Rental Business
View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of documents for type approval, type notification, and same-type import notification for imported construction machineryApprovalNotificationPreparation of documents for type approval, type notification, and same-type import notification for imported construction machinery · Official check · 47-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of documents for type approval, type notification, and same-type import notification for imported construction machinery
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Classify the machine: Check the machine type and travel system (crawler or wheel) to decide whether it requires type approval or falls under the type-report list in Article 11 of the Enforcement Decree, and check whether the R&D or export exception applies. · Check existing types: Before shipment, confirm whether the same manufacturer and model type has already been approved or reported in Korea. If so, prepare a same-type import report; if it is a new type, prepare a type report or type approval application. · Cross-check the specification sheet and technical data: Compare the construction machinery specification sheet (Form No. 3 series), the external view drawing, and the test reports or certificates issued by the manufacturer or an accredited testing institute against the items of the Rules on Safety Standards for Construction Machinery. · Prove after-sales service capacity: When reporting the type for the first time, prepare documents showing the after-sales facilities and technical personnel required by Article 56 and Annex 13 of the Enforcement Rule, together with how spare parts and maintenance data will be supplied. · File the report: Submit Form No. 26 with attachments to the Korea Transportation Safety Authority or an inspection agent. A same-type import report attaches the specification sheet and a copy of the shipping documents; a type report attaches the external view drawing and safety-standard conformity documents. · Inspection and registration after acceptance: If a confirmation inspection is taken after acceptance, the machine is deemed to have passed the new registration inspection. Apply for registration with the city or province within 2 months of acquisition (for imports for sale, from the date of sale), and file a change report when type details change.

5Basic required documents

Construction machinery type report (change report) or same-type construction machinery import report (Enforcement Rule of the Construction Machinery Management Act, Form No. 26) · Construction machinery specification sheet (Form No. 3, 3-2 or 3-3 of the same Rule, as applicable) · External view drawing of the machine (type report) · Safety-standard conformity documents (test reports or certificates issued by the manufacturer or an accredited testing/research institute) · Disassembly and transport method for road travel (only for machines covered by the Enforcement Decree of the Road Act) · Copy of shipping documents (same-type import report) · Proof of after-sales facilities and technical personnel (first report of the type) · Before-and-after specification comparison table (change report)

6Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare documents for the relevant route among type approval, type declaration, and same type import declaration for imported construction machinery. If necessary, we will prepare application materials for emissions, noise, and confirmation inspections.

Scope & fee
Import notification documents for an identical type only
We will prepare an import declaration form for imported construction equipment in the same format as the existing approval/declaration format. Existing types, specifications, and shipping data are provided, and new type approval, reporting, emission, noise certification, and actual vehicle inspection are separate.
New model notification documents only
We will prepare application documents for construction equipment type 1 subject to new type report. Specifications, appearance, safety, and after-sales service data are provided, and type approval, emissions, noise certification, and actual vehicle testing are separate.
New type-approval application documents only
We will prepare application documents for construction equipment type 1 subject to new type approval. Proof of specifications, technology, testing, and after-sales service is provided, and technical testing, design, and separate applications for emission and noise certification are not included.
Type approval, emissions, noise and confirmation-inspection documents (1 type)
We will prepare application documents for type approval, exhaust gas, noise, and confirmation inspection for construction equipment type 1. Based on the provision of completed technology and test data, we include two data comparison visits in the the Seoul metropolitan area area. The test/inspection itself and additional forms/visits are separate.
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Import notification documents for an identical type only from KRW 300,000
  • New model notification documents only from KRW 300,000
  • New type-approval application documents only from KRW 300,000
  • Type approval, emissions, noise and confirmation-inspection documents (1 type) from KRW 700,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-03

Fees & official charges →
📘 Preparation of documents for type approval, type notification, and same-type import notification for imported construction machinery
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by field

Daily administration

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.

01 Preparation and Filing Guidance for Family-Relation Registration ReportsNotificationPreparation and Filing Guidance for Family-Relation Registration Reports · Official check · 48-1
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation and Filing Guidance for Family-Relation Registration Reports
Actual processing agencyFamily Relations Registration Office of the competent city, district, eup, or myeon · Korean diplomatic mission overseas
Statutory and policy authorityNational Court Administration
Online route Electronic Family Relations Registration System
Deadline · procedural notes Birth and death reports are generally guided by a one-month filing deadline. Reporting deadlines, fines, and fees differ by case type and should be calculated based on the relevant report form.
1When this applies

Persons who intend to report family relation registration matters such as birth, marriage, divorce, death, name change, or correction.

2Actual processing agency

Family Relations Registration Office of the competent city, district, eup, or myeon · Korean diplomatic mission overseas

3Statutory and policy authority

National Court Administration

4Online route

Electronic Family Relations Registration System

5Procedure order

Report type and deadline: decide the type of report (birth, marriage, death, adoption, acknowledgment, etc.) and check whether it has a deadline, such as 1 month after birth or 1 month from learning of a death, then calculate the date. · Who reports: there are persons legally obliged to report, such as the parents for a birth and relatives living together for a death, and a marriage requires the signatures of both parties and two adult witnesses, so decide first who will sign. · Prepare attachments: gather the attachments for each type of report, such as a birth certificate (or a document proving the birth if born outside a hospital), a medical or post-mortem certificate, and documents issued by foreign authorities with translations. A marriage with a foreign spouse requires a certificate on the marriage requirements issued by the spouse's home-country authority. · Fill in the report: use the form set by the Supreme Court established rules, write in Korean and Arabic numerals, add Chinese characters to the name of the person concerned and write the family origin in Chinese characters. A child's name may use only Korean or commonly used Chinese characters. · File the report: file at the city (district), town or township office of the registration base or the reporter's address or current location, or report online through the electronic family relationship registration system. Reports concerning Korean nationals abroad can also be filed at the Family Registration Office for Overseas Koreans. · Confirm processing: once accepted, the report is entered in the family relationship register, so obtain a family relation certificate and basic certificate to check the entries, and if they differ, ask the office where it was filed how to correct them.

6Basic required documents

The relevant family relationship registration report such as a birth, marriage or death report (form under Supreme Court established rules pursuant to Article 29 of the Rules on the Registration, etc. of Family Relationships) · Reporter's ID · Birth certificate by a doctor or midwife, or a document proving the birth (birth report) · Medical certificate or post-mortem certificate (death report) · Signatures of two adult witnesses (witness section of the marriage report) · Documents issued by foreign authorities and translations (reports involving foreign nationals) · Proof of the registration base of the person concerned · Power of attorney and a copy of the principal's ID for submission by proxy

7Deadline · procedural notes

Birth and death reports are generally guided by a one-month filing deadline. Reporting deadlines, fines, and fees differ by case type and should be calculated based on the relevant report form.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 200,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →
📘 Inheritance Administrative Procedures: Order and Deadlines 📘 Korea-Vietnam International Marriage Report
View full service guide Send your case
02 Administrative Consultation and AdviceAdvisoryAdministrative Consultation and Advice · Official check · 48-2
Procedure type
Actual service nameAdministrative Consultation and Advice
Actual processing agencyAdministrative authority responsible for the matter
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Government24 · Agency-specific electronic civil service
Deadline · procedural notes First separate and record the deadlines for submission of opinions, applications, and appeals as stated in the notice. Fees are determined by the selected application and issuance materials.
1When this applies

Persons who received a notice or guidance but have not yet distinguished between applications, notifications, or objection procedures.

2Actual processing agency

Administrative authority responsible for the matter

3Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

4Online route

Government24 · Agency-specific electronic civil service

5Procedure order

Identify the current stage: Using the documents received and the receipt number, confirm whether the matter is at pre-application preparation, under processing, a request for supplementation, a prior notice of disposition or a notice of disposition, and identify the disposing agency, the department in charge and the legal basis. · Calculate deadlines: Calculate as calendar dates, from the day the notice was received, the opinion submission deadline in the prior notice, the objection deadline (30 days from receipt of the disposition, 60 days for a rejection of a statutory civil petition) and the administrative appeal deadline (90 days from learning of the disposition, 180 days from the disposition), and mark the deadline that ends first. · Check the processing period and progress: Confirm the published processing period for the petition, and check for delay by counting in hours from the time of receipt if the period is 5 days or less, or in days if it is 6 days or more, excluding public holidays and Saturdays. · Review response routes: For statutory petitions involving large costs, consider requesting a preliminary review before the formal application; if a prior notice of an adverse disposition has been received, confirm that an opinion may be submitted in writing, orally or online with supporting evidence, and that failing to submit by the deadline is treated as having no opinion. · Organize documents and preparation order: Make a list of the application, opinion statement, objection or administrative appeal petition suited to the chosen route and the attachments, and explain in order which agency issues any missing materials and how to obtain them. · Summarize the consultation and follow-up work: Summarize in writing the confirmed stage, deadlines, submission office and required documents, and if document preparation or submission on the client's behalf is needed, proceed with that service.

6Basic required documents

No prescribed submission form (consultation service; no document is filed with an agency) · Notices and information letters received from administrative agencies (prior notice, request for supplementation, disposition, etc., with the envelope or delivery record showing the date of receipt) · Copies of applications or reports already filed and receipts (receipt numbers) · Official letters, text messages and emails exchanged with the disposing agency · A chronological memo of the facts (dates, places, agencies and departments involved) · Related status materials such as permits, registration certificates and drawings (if applicable) · Power of attorney (when the consultation leads to document preparation or submission on the client's behalf)

7Deadline · procedural notes

First separate and record the deadlines for submission of opinions, applications, and appeals as stated in the notice. Fees are determined by the selected application and issuance materials.

8Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 100,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxNo government application feeOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

View full service guide Send your case
03 Preparation of school safety mutual-aid medical-benefit, review and further-review claim documentsApplicationAppealPreparation of school safety mutual-aid medical-benefit, review and further-review claim documents · Official check · 48-3
Procedure type
Actual service namePreparation of school safety mutual-aid medical-benefit, review and further-review claim documents
Actual processing agencySchool Safety Mutual Aid Association · Local government citizen-safety insurance authority
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route School Safety and Insurance Federation · Citizen Safety Insurance
Deadline · procedural notes Claim deadlines, statutes of limitations, and issuance actual costs vary by product and accident type. Retain insurer reception numbers and correction request dates.
1When this applies

Persons who need to organize facts and submission documents for insurance contracts, accidents, and claims according to the insurer's guidance.

2Actual processing agency

School Safety Mutual Aid Association · Local government citizen-safety insurance authority

3Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

4Online route

School Safety and Insurance Federation · Citizen Safety Insurance

5Procedure order

Confirming the accident type and applicable scheme: Check whether the accident occurred during an educational activity under the principal's management and supervision, such as classes, special activities, or school trips, or while commuting or attending an event approved by the principal, to determine whether it is a school safety accident. For an everyday accident outside school, check whether it falls within the coverage items of the citizen safety insurance of the local government of residence. · Comparing the school's accident record: Because the principal must notify the association of the accident without delay, compare the date, place, and activity recorded by the school with the circumstances known to the guardian. Where they differ, supplement the record with on-site photos, confirmation from student or teacher witnesses, and records of contact with the homeroom teacher. · Collecting evidence by benefit type: Obtain a doctor's certificate, medical bill receipts, and itemized medical statements for medical care benefits; a doctor's certificate stating the type of disability and a proof of income for disability benefits; and a medical opinion stating that nursing is needed for nursing benefits. Medication costs are paid only when based on a prescription, so keep the receipts for prescribed medication. · Prepare the claim and any necessary accident explanation: Complete the claimant, beneficiary, school, accident overview, benefit amounts and bank account on the benefit-claim form. A separate accident statement is prepared only if inconsistent records or another issue require explanation. Attach proof of the guardian’s claim entitlement and complete the authorization section where applicable. · Filing and tracking the decision period: Our administrative office files the claim form and evidence on the client's behalf with the principal or the association (School Safety Accident Compensation Support System) and checks that the association decides on payment within 14 days of the claim. If the period is extended by 14 days for an investigation, the notice is received, and if the association requests more materials, supplementary documents are prepared and submitted. · Reviewing the decision and review-request deadlines: On receiving a payment or non-payment decision, check the amount and the reasons, and if the client disagrees, prepare and file a review request within 90 days of learning of the decision and a re-review request within 90 days of receiving the original written review decision. If treatment continues for a long time, file an interim claim first and a final claim separately after treatment ends.

6Basic required documents

Benefit (consolation money, compensation for expenses) claim form (Enforcement Rule of the Act on the Prevention of and Compensation for School Safety Accidents, Form No. 1) · Accident statement (only where the accident notice and account differ or additional explanation is needed) · Doctor's certificate stating the details of the medical care (medical certificate) · Medical bill receipts and itemized medical statements (for medication, receipts based on a prescription) · Certified copy of resident registration · Family relationship certificate (claims by a guardian; survivors' benefits and funeral expenses) · Doctor's certificate stating the type of disability and proof of income (disability benefit claims) · Copy of the bankbook for payment, and a medical opinion stating that nursing is needed (nursing benefit claims)

7Deadline · procedural notes

Claim deadlines, statutes of limitations, and issuance actual costs vary by product and accident type. Retain insurer reception numbers and correction request dates.

8Official source

Official check

Official check

We will prepare the initial claim for school safety mutual-aid compensation medical care benefits and the application documents for review and re-examination. We distinguish cases where a separate accident report is required from basic claims.

Scope & fee
Initial school safety mutual-aid medical benefit claim
We will prepare the first medical care benefit claim with 15 pages of data and 10 receipts for 1 accident, 1 insured person, and 1 medical institution for which the school accident notification has been completed. Separate audit reports, other salaries, reviews, and re-examinations are not included. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Initial claim requiring a separate accident account
We will prepare documents in cases where it is actually necessary to file an initial claim for school safety mutual-aid compensation medical care benefits and to complete a separate two-page accident report. If the accident summary in the basic claim is sufficient, a separate report is not added. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
School safety mutual-aid review request documents
We will prepare 20 pages of accident and issue data for 1 initial decision on school safety mutual-aid compensation, 3 pages of reasons for requesting review, and claim and supporting documents. It does not include initial claims and re-examinations. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
School safety mutual-aid further review request documents
We will prepare 30 pages of existing and additional data for 1 school safety mutual-aid compensation review decision, along with a 3-page reason for reexamination and claim/supporting documents. It does not include initial claims and prior examination claims. It does not include in-office submissions.
Official fee source ↗
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • Initial school safety mutual-aid medical benefit claim from KRW 300,000
  • Initial claim requiring a separate accident account from KRW 400,000
  • School safety mutual-aid review request documents from KRW 400,000
  • School safety mutual-aid further review request documents from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-08-27

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Preparation of school safety mutual-aid medical-benefit, review and further-review claim documents
View full service guide Send your case
04 Natural Disaster Private Property Damage ReportNotificationNatural Disaster Private Property Damage Report · Official check · 48-4
Procedure type
Actual service nameNatural Disaster Private Property Damage Report
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of the Interior and Safety
Online route Competent Korean authority or official service
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service · Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of the Interior and Safety

3Online route

Competent Korean authority or official service

4Procedure order

Secure evidence before repairs: Before cleaning up or repairing, photograph the whole site, the damaged parts and the flood water line from several angles. If repairs have already been made, keep photos of the repair process, construction contracts and receipts for materials and work. · Calculate the deadline: Check the disaster end date in local government notices or alert messages and count 10 days from that date. If the deadline has passed, ask the responsible department whether the unavoidable-reason rule or an extension notice applies. · Organize the damage items: Arrange the damage location, how it happened, facility type, form of damage (total or half destruction, flooding, washout, etc.), area and quantity, and whether and at what cost it was repaired, separately for houses, farmland, crops, facilities and livestock. · Prepare sector-specific documents: For farming and livestock damage, prepare proof of farming activity such as farm business registration; for aquaculture damage (excluding seaweed), prepare the stocking and shipment/sales reports filed before the disaster, sales slips and seed purchase documents. · Submit the damage report: File the natural disaster damage report (Form No. 1) at the city, county or district office or community service center, or online through the private property damage report menu of Safety Korea 24. For online filing, make sure you reach the final submission screen rather than a temporary save. · Damage confirmation and payment decision: The local government checks the site based on the report and verifies resident registration and family relation records through shared administrative information. Households with housing damage may be paid first, while fishing boats and aquaculture facilities may be paid after recovery is completed.

5Basic required documents

Natural disaster damage report (Regulation on Standards for Sharing Natural Disaster Relief and Recovery Costs, Form No. 1) · Damage photos (whole site before repair, damaged parts, flood water line) · Repair process photos, construction contracts and receipts for work and materials (if already repaired) · ID card and a copy of the applicant's own bankbook for payment · Resident registration abstract, income amount certificate and family relation certificate (if you do not consent to shared administrative information checks) · Proof of farming or livestock business such as farm business registration (if applicable) · Report on stocking and shipment/sales of fish, shellfish and fishery seed (Form No. 2 of the same Regulation), sales slips and seed purchase/production documents (aquaculture damage) · Lease contract or other proof of residence (tenant housing damage)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Natural Disaster Private Property Damage Report
View full service guide Send your case
05 Permit to Relocate an Unclaimed GravePermitPermit to Relocate an Unclaimed Grave · Official check · 48-5
Procedure type
Actual service namePermit to Relocate an Unclaimed Grave
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityMinistry of Health and Welfare
Online route Government24
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Ministry of Health and Welfare

3Online route

Government24

4Procedure order

Site check and photographs: Confirm on site the grave's location, number, mound condition, and any markers such as a tombstone or stone table, and photograph the grave from several angles for the application. Any name or year carved on the tombstone is recorded as is, since it becomes grave information for the public notice. · Review of public records: Use the land register and the certified copy of the real estate register to confirm the applicant owns the land, and document how the grave came to be installed without the owner's consent. This forms the basis for the statement of reasons why the relatives are unknown and the document proving the relatives hold no rights to the land. · Drafting the notification or public notice and publishing it twice: State the grave's location, the reason for relocation, where and for how long the remains will be placed afterwards, and the landowner's name, address, and contact details, with a period of at least 3 months. Known relatives are notified in writing; otherwise the notice is published in two or more daily newspapers (including at least one national daily) or on the province or city/county/district website plus at least one daily newspaper, with the second notice more than 40 days after the first. · Preparing and filing the relocation permit application: If the relatives remain unknown after the notice period, file the relocation permit application with the city/county/district where the grave is located, attaching the grave photographs, the statement of reasons, proof of land ownership, and the notification or public notice. The land (forest) register and land registration details are checked by the official through administrative information sharing. · Receiving the permit, cremation, and enshrinement: The processing period on the form is 3 days; after receiving the relocation permit, the grave is opened and the remains are cremated. The ashes are enshrined in a charnel facility for 5 years, after which they are scattered at a designated scattering facility within a funeral facility or given a natural burial. Book the crematorium and charnel facility in advance to match the relocation date. · Reporting the disposal: Cremation, enshrinement, and disposal after the public notice must be reported to the competent city/county/district; relocating without notification or public notice, or failing to report the disposal, is subject to an administrative fine. Keep the relocation permit and the cremation and enshrinement certificates until the process is complete.

5Basic required documents

Relocation permit application (Enforcement Rule of the Act on Funeral Services, etc., Form No. 3) · Photographs of the existing grave · Statement of reasons why the grave's relatives are unknown · Document proving the cemetery or land is owned by the applicant · Document proving the grave's relatives hold no rights to use the land · Notification letter or public notice (newspaper notice page, copy of website notice) · Applicant's ID · Power of attorney (if filed by an agent)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
📘 Permit to Relocate an Unclaimed Grave
View full service guide Send your case
06 Application to Restrict Access to the Resident Registration Record of a Domestic Violence VictimApplicationApplication to Restrict Access to the Resident Registration Record of a Domestic Violence Victim · Official check · 48-6
Procedure type
Actual service nameApplication to Restrict Access to the Resident Registration Record of a Domestic Violence Victim
Actual processing agencyCompetent Korean authority or official service
Statutory and policy authorityAgency by case
Online route Official check
1Actual processing agency

Competent Korean authority or official service

2Statutory and policy authority

Agency by case

3Online route

Official check

4Procedure order

1. Check eligibility: The applicant must be a victim directly harmed by a domestic violence crime under Article 2(5) of the Act on Special Cases Concerning the Punishment of Domestic Violence Crimes. The applicant's registered address must differ from the perpetrator's, so if the applicant has moved, complete the move-in report first. Violence between former spouses, lineal relatives, and cohabiting relatives is also domestic violence. · 2. Designate restricted persons: Restricted persons are designated from those under Article 29(2)(5) of the Resident Registration Act, that is, the head of household's spouse and lineal blood relatives, lineal blood relatives of the head's spouse, spouses of the head's lineal blood relatives, and spouses and lineal blood relatives of household members. For each restricted person, the application states the relationship to the applicant (per the family relations register), name, and address or resident registration number. Household members and lineal relatives to be protected also sign in the applicant section. · 3. Prepare evidence: Prepare one document specified by law, such as a counseling confirmation from a counseling center or emergency hotline, shelter admission confirmation, a court interim measure or victim protection order (certified copy), a decision notice on a complaint, a police investigation result notice, or a copy of a final judgment. If a crime victim shelter confirmation is submitted, a medical certificate or a police-issued document substantiating the domestic violence must also be submitted. · 4. Apply in person at the community center: The victim shows an ID such as a resident registration card and submits the application and evidence to the township office or neighborhood community center. Processing is immediate and there is no fee. When the restriction is applied, the head of the issuing office notifies the restricted persons in writing of the reason. · 5. Effect and release: Restricted persons cannot inspect the victim's resident registration record or obtain certified copies or abstracts, and requests for abstracts citing interests such as claims or debts are also restricted. To release the restriction, the applicant submits a release application; if the applicant has died, household members, lineal relatives, or the restricted person may apply for release under the conditions set by law, such as consent of all family members at the same address.

5Basic required documents

Application to restrict inspection of resident registration record or issuance of certified copies and abstracts (Enforcement Rule of the Resident Registration Act, Annex Form No. 14-3) · ID (resident registration card, mobile resident registration card, etc., to be shown) · One item of evidence: counseling confirmation, shelter or emergency refuge admission confirmation, notice of resident registration number change decision, certified copy of interim measure or victim protection order, decision notice on complaint, investigation result notice, copy of final judgment, etc. · If a crime victim shelter confirmation is submitted: medical certificate or police-issued document substantiating the domestic violence · For release: application to release the restriction (same Rule, Annex Form No. 14-4) · For release after the applicant's death: consent form (same Rule, Annex Form No. 14-5)

6Official source

Official check

Official check
Fees & official charges
Administrative service fee
  • from KRW 500,000

All administrative service fees exclude 10% VAT.

Government fee / taxDepends on the filing type and competent authorityOfficial fee source

Last verified: 2026-10-09

Fees & official charges →

Conditional success fee For this service, any conditional success fee may be separately agreed within the lawful service scope and stated in a written engagement agreement. No outcome is guaranteed.

📘 Restricting Access to a Domestic Violence Victim's Resident Registration Records
View full service guide Send your case

Detailed services by actual processing agency

All services

Tap a detailed service to expand and view the actual reception/processing agency, policy jurisdiction, online route, basic documents, and procedure order.